HomeMy WebLinkAboutAgenda Packet City Council - 03/23/2021City Council
City of Corpus Christi
Meeting Agenda - Final-revised
1201 Leopard Street
Corpus Christi, TX 78401
cctexas.com
Council Chambers11:30 AMTuesday, March 23, 2021
Addendums may be added on Friday.
Public Notice: Persons with disabilities who plan to attend this meeting and who may
need auxiliary aids or services are requested to contact the City Secretary’s office (at
361-826-3105) at least 48 hours in advance so that appropriate arrangements can be
made.
Si Usted desea dirigirse al Concilio y cree que su inglés es limitado, habrá un intérprete
inglés-español en todas las juntas del Concilio para ayudarle.
This meeting may be held via videoconference call pursuant to Texas Government Code
§ 551.127. If this meeting is held via videoconference call or other remote method of
meeting, then a member of this governmental body presiding over this meeting will be
physically present at the location of this meeting unless this meeting is held pursuant to
Texas Government Code § 551.125 due to an emergency or other public necessity
pursuant to Texas Government Code § 551.045.
A.Mayor Paulette M. Guajardo to call the meeting to order.
B.Invocation to be given by Pastor David Bendett, Rock City Church.
C.Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag of the United States and to the Texas Flag to be
led by Loriana Vela, Brownie Troop 9668, Girl Scouts of Greater South Texas.
D.City Secretary Rebecca L. Huerta to call the roll of the required Charter Officers.
E.Proclamations / Commendations
Page 1 City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/22/2021
March 23, 2021City Council Meeting Agenda - Final-revised
F.PUBLIC COMMENT - AUDIENCE AND PRESENTER SOCIAL DISTANCING AND
PUBLIC TESTIMONY AND PUBLIC HEARING INPUT AT PUBLIC MEETINGS OF
THE CITY COUNCIL. To reduce the chance of COVID-19 transmission, public
meetings will be held in a manner intended to separate, to the maximum practical
extent, audience and presenters from personal contact with members of
Community, City Staff, and City Council. This meeting will be broadcast at
cctexas.com/services/council meeting-agendas-minutes-video. Public testimony
and public hearing input for Public Comment and all items on the agenda at
public meetings of the City Council should be provided in written format and
presented to the City Secretary and/or designee no later than five minutes after
the start of each meeting of the City Council. Testimony and/or public input shall
be in accordance with the City Secretary’s instructions, which shall be posted
on the City Secretary’s door and on the City website, and allow for electronic
submission. The written public testimony shall be provided to members of City
Council prior to voting on measures for that meeting. Written testimony shall be
limited in accordance with the City Secretary requirements and shall be placed
into the record of each meeting. This testimony shall serve as the required public
testimony pursuant to Texas Government Code 551.007 and shall constitute a
public hearing for purposes of any public hearing requirement under law. The
meeting may be held telephonically or via videoconference. The public may
participate remotely by following the instructions of the City Secretary at
cctexas.com/departments/city-secretary.
G.CITY MANAGER’S COMMENTS / UPDATE ON CITY OPERATIONS:
a.HALO FLIGHT BRIEFING, PRESENTED BY TOM KLASSEN, EXECUTIVE
DIRECTOR OF HALO FLIGHT
b.EASTER WEEKEND CAMPING AT CITY PARKS
H.BOARD & COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS: (NONE)
I.EXPLANATION OF COUNCIL ACTION:
J.CONSENT AGENDA: (ITEMS 1 - 14)
1.21-0350 Minutes for the Regular Meeting of March 16, 2021.
Sponsors:City Secretary's Office
Consent - Second Reading Ordinances
2.21-0060 Zoning Case No. 1120-02, Ocean Harbor II, LLC (District 4). Ordinance
rezoning property at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward
from the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the
“RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and a
Page 2 City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/22/2021
March 23, 2021City Council Meeting Agenda - Final-revised
Planned Unit Development (Planning Commission and Staff recommend
Approval)
Sponsors:Development Services
3.21-0129 Zoning Case No. 1220-02, Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC.: (District 4)
Ordinance rezoning a property at or near 14725 Running Light Drive from
the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the
“RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay. (Planning
Commission and Staff recommend Approval)
Sponsors:Development Services
4.21-0130 Zoning Case No. 1220-03, The Episcopal Church Corporation in West
Texas: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near 4518 Saratoga
Boulevard (State Highway 357) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to
the “ON” Office Neighborhood District. (Planning Commission
recommends Denial and Staff recommends Approval) (3/4 vote required to
overturn the Planning Commission’s recommendation)
Sponsors:Development Services
5.21-0254 Zoning Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning
property at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road
2292) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial
Compatible District with a Special Permit (as amended March 16, 2021).
(Planning Commission and Staff recommend approval of the “IC” Industrial
Compatible District with a Special Permit) (3/4 Vote required to overrule
Planning Commission’s recommendation).
Sponsors:Development Services
6.21-0202 Ordinance adopting the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as an element
of the Plan CC Comprehensive Plan.
Sponsors:Planning & Environmental Services
7.21-0272 Ordinance approving the Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3 (Downtown)
Project & Financing Plans approved by the Board of Directors of
Reinvestment Zone #3, City of Corpus Christi on January 26, 2021.
Sponsors:Finance & Business Analysis
Consent - Contracts and Procurement
8.21-0123 Motion authorizing a three -year supply agreement with Hajoca Corporation,
dba Moore Supply Company, of Corpus Christi, Texas, in an amount not to
exceed $340,158.00, to purchase gate valves for the City Warehouse as a
central distribution point, for the Water and Wastewater Divisions of the
Utilities Department, with funding in FY 2021 in an amount of $113,386.00
available through the Stores Fund.
Sponsors:Contracts and Procurement
9.21-0132
Page 3 City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/22/2021
March 23, 2021City Council Meeting Agenda - Final-revised
Resolution authorizing a five-year service agreement with Global ARFF
Services, LLC of Houston, Texas, in an amount not to exceed $394,530.36
for aircraft rescue fire truck inspections, maintenance, and repairs, for the
Corpus Christi International Airport, with FY 2021 funding in an estimated
amount of $78,906.07 available through the Airport Fund.
Sponsors:Aviation Department and Contracts and Procurement
10.21-0268 Motion authorizing a five-year service agreement with Grande
Communications Network LLC for in an amount not to exceed $159,000
for Internet access with a 90% E-Rate discount with the Corpus Christi
Public Libraries, effective upon issuance of a notice to proceed with FY
2021 funding in an amount of $3,180 available in the General Fund.
Sponsors:Libraries, Information Technology Services and Contracts and Procurement
Consent - Capital Projects
11.20-0106 Motion awarding a professional services contract to HDR Engineering,
Inc., Corpus Christi, Texas for the design, bid, and construction phase
services for the reconstruction of Alameda Street from Louisiana Avenue
to Chamberlain Street, located in Council District 2, in an amount of
$522,302.20, with FY 2021 funding available from the Bond 2018, Storm
Water, Wastewater, Water, and Gas Funds.
Sponsors:Engineering Services, Public Works/Street Department and Contracts and
Procurement
12.21-0156 Motion authorizing the award of a professional services contract to Turner
Ramirez & Associates, Inc., Corpus Christi, Texas, to provide design, bid,
and construction phase services for the Bond 2020 Police Training
Academy project, located at the Del Mar South Campus in Council District
5, in a total amount of $1,056,100.00, with FY 2021 funding approved and
available from Bond 2020.
Sponsors:Engineering Services and Contracts and Procurement
General Consent Items
13.21-0327 Resolution accepting a grant from the Texas Department of Housing and
Community Affairs for homeless and housing services program funds in
the amount of $190,458.00 to provide housing and case management to
homeless people with mental illness and other disabilities and authorizing
the City Manager or designee to enter into an agreement with TDHCA.
Sponsors:Grant Monitoring
14.21-0300 Resolution by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi requesting
financial assistance from the Texas Water Development Board for a
12-mile OSO Creek Channel Bottom and Green Infrastructure project;
authorizing the filing of an application for financial assistance; and making
certain findings in connection therewith.
Page 4 City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/22/2021
March 23, 2021City Council Meeting Agenda - Final-revised
Sponsors:Development Services
K.RECESS FOR LUNCH
L.PUBLIC HEARINGS: (NONE)
M.INDIVIDUAL CONSIDERATION ITEMS: (NONE)
N.FIRST READING ORDINANCES: (ITEMS 15 - 16)
15.21-0375 Ordinance amending the Code of Ordinances, Chapter 55, Utilities,
Section 55-61 (a.)(1&2) regarding classification of customers and
schedules of rates in order to mitigate the gas bills from February's
extreme weather event for residential customers effective June 1, 2021.
Sponsors:Gas Department
16.21-0349 Ordinance appointing Mike Alaniz, Jacqueline Del Llano Chapa, Mark
DeKoch, Gail G. Loeb, Julianna Siracusa Rivera, and David Walsh as
full-time Municipal Judges of the Municipal Court of Record in the City of
Corpus Christi, Texas; appointing Gail G. Loeb as the presiding judge;
appointing Jerry L. Batek, Bill Bonilla, Kali Guttman, Christopher E. Matt,
George Picha, and Todd A. Robinson, as part-time judges of the Municipal
Court of Record in the City Of Corpus Christi; determining salary; providing
a term of office; and declaring an effective date.
Sponsors:City Secretary's Office and Municipal Court Committee
O.BRIEFINGS: (NONE)
P.LEGISLATIVE UPDATE:
Q.EXECUTIVE SESSION: (ITEM 17)
17.21-0351 Executive Session pursuant to Texas Government Code § 551.071
and Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct Rule 1.05 to consult
with attorneys concerning legal issues related to the Municipal Court
Judges and Texas Government Code § 551.074 (personnel matters) to
deliberate the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, or
duties of a public officer or employee (including, but not limited to, the
Municipal Court Judges).
R.ADJOURNMENT
Page 5 City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/22/2021
1201 Leopard Street
Corpus Christi, TX 78401
cctexas.com
City of Corpus Christi
Meeting Minutes
City Council
11:30 AM Council ChambersTuesday, March 16, 2021
Addendums may be added on Friday.
Public Notice: Persons with disabilities who plan to attend this meeting and who
may need auxiliary aids or services are requested to contact the City Secretary’s
office (at 361-826-3105) at least 48 hours in advance so that appropriate
arrangements can be made.
Si Usted desea dirigirse al Concilio y cree que su inglés es limitado, habrá un
intérprete inglés-español en todas las juntas del Concilio para ayudarle.
This meeting may be held via videoconference call pursuant to Texas
Government Code § 551.127. If this meeting is held via videoconference call or
other remote method of meeting, then a member of this governmental body
presiding over this meeting will be physically present at the location of this
meeting unless this meeting is held pursuant to Texas Government Code §
551.125 due to an emergency or other public necessity pursuant to Texas
Government Code § 551.045.
Mayor Paulette M. Guajardo to call the meeting to order.A.
Mayor Guajardo called the meeting to order at 11:35 a.m.
Invocation to be given by Reverend Angel Montana, Our Lady of Pilar Church.B.
Reverend Angel Montana, Our Lady of Pilar Church gave the invocation.
Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag of the United States and to the Texas Flag to be
led by Trinity Chase Salazar, Elliott Grant Middle School.
C.
Trinity Chase Salazar of Elliott Grant Middle School led the Pledge of
Allegiance to the Flag of the United States and the Texas Flag.
City Secretary Rebecca L. Huerta to call the roll of the required Charter Officers.D.
City Secretary Rebecca L. Huerta called the roll and verified that a quorum of
the City Council and the required Charter Officers were present to conduct the
meeting.
Charter Officers: City Manager Peter Zanoni, City Attorney Miles K. Risley and
City Secretary Rebecca L. Huerta.
Page 1City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Mayor Paulette M. Guajardo,Council Member Roland Barrera,Council
Member Gil Hernandez,Council Member Michael Hunter,Council Member
Billy A. Lerma,Council Member John Martinez,Council Member Ben
Molina,Council Member Mike Pusley, and Council Member Greg Smith
Present:9 -
Proclamations / CommendationsE.
Mayor Guajardo read the proclamation declaring the month of March as
Professional Social Work Month.
PUBLIC COMMENTF.
Mayor Guajardo referred to comments from the public.
The following citizens called in support of Item 25: Tom Schmid, 5541 Ocean
Dr.; Rick Patel, 3200 E. Surfside Blvd.; Steve Banta, 2914 N. Shoreline Blvd.;
and Carrie Meyer, 4401 Gulfbreeze Blvd.
The following citizens submitted written public comments which are attached
to the Minutes: Encarnacion Serna, 105 Lost Creek Dr.; Blanca Parkinson,
10801 Silverton Dr.; Amanda Gallegos, 7621 Cedar Brook Dr.; and Eli McKay,
1008 Marguerite St.
CITY MANAGER’S COMMENTS / UPDATE ON CITY OPERATIONS:G.
Mayor Guajardo referred to City Manager's Comments. City Manager Peter
Zanoni reported on the following topics: 1) In response to social media
altercation at Cole Park, the City has a zero tolerance policy for violence. The
City is working on adding more security to Cole Park and other public parks. 2)
Quarterly update-FY 2021 on residential street maintenance - 96 projects, 45
completed and 51 underway. 3) Stage 1 water restrictions still in place. 4) The
City Manager will resume one-on-one monthly meetings with Council
Members.
Council Members, City Manager Zanoni and Police Chief Mike Markle
discussed the following topics: more safety procedures will be added to the
parks; and staff plans to bring a storm water fee to Council in the summer.
GOVERNMENT ACTIONS RELATED TO CORONA VIRUSa.
Health Director Annette Rodriguez presented an update on COVID-19:
COVID-19 Nueces County timeline; COVID-19 testing overview; timeline of
COVID-19 case numbers and policies in Texas; COVID-19 positive cases per
month; Nueces County COVID-19 cases by month as of March 15, 2021 phone
bank calls in coming as of 3-15-21; COVID-19 statistics for U.S. and Texas and
Nueces County 3-15-21; total COVID-19 vaccines administered in Nueces
County; new COVID-19 vaccine Johnson & Johnson-single dose; phase I began
3-15-21; and Nueces County surveillance of flu illness annual comparison of
weekly cases.
Council Members and Health Director Rodriguez discussed the following
topics: the health department provides proof of vaccination cards which can
be used for air travel; HUB vaccination sites need to meet state guidelines; the
Health Department is evaluating additional locations that meet guidelines; and
Page 2City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
a Council Member's request for information on usage of the Johnson &
Johnson vaccination.
MINUTES:H.
1.Regular Meeting of March 2, 2021.
A motion was made by Council Member Pusley, seconded by Council Member
Molina that the Minutes be approved. The motion carried by a unanimous vote.
A Council Member requested to move the minutes to the consent agenda. This
passed unanimously.
BOARD & COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS: (NONE)I.
EXPLANATION OF COUNCIL ACTION:J.
CONSENT AGENDA: (ITEMS 2 - 16)K.
Consent - Second Reading Ordinances
Approval of the Consent Agenda
Mayor Guajardo referred to the Consent Agenda. Council Members requested
that Items 2, 8 and 15 be pulled for individual consideration.
A motion was made by Council Member Molina, seconded by Council Member
Pusley to approve the Consent Agenda with the exception of Items 2, 8 and 15.
The motion carried by the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
2.Ordinance rejecting the apparent low bid of Burnside Services, Inc. as
non-responsive for lack of related experience and awarding a
construction contract to Clark Pipeline Services, Corpus Christi, Texas,
for the reconstruction of Leopard Street from Palm Drive to Nueces Bay
Boulevard, located in Council District 1, with new asphalt pavement and
utility improvements in an amount of $5,262,457.37 with FY 2021 funding
available from Bond 2018, Bond 2016, Storm Water, Wastewater, Gas,
and Water Funds.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 2.
A Council Member pulled this item to restate that he was voting against this
item.
Page 3City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Council Member Pusley made a motion to approve the ordinance, seconded by
Council Member Martinez. This Ordinance was passed on second reading and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council
Member Martinez, Council Member Molina and Council Member Pusley
6 -
Nay:Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez and Council Member
Smith
3 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: 032375
3.Ordinance authorizing a four-month service agreement with Lindamood
Inc., for an amount not to exceed $212,378.00 for demolition of Aircraft
Hangar One at the Corpus Christi International Airport; appropriating
funds from the unreserved fund balance of the Airport Capital Reserves;
and amending the budget.
This Ordinance was passed on second reading on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: 032376
4.Ordinance appropriating $202,931.55 from the unreserved fund balance
in the Airport Operating Fund for the purchase of parking/revenue control
systems, pay-on-foot machines, booths, and canopies for Corpus Christi
International Airport and amending the budget.
This Ordinance was passed on second reading on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: 032377
Consent - Contracts and Procurement
5.Motion authorizing a three-year service agreement with
Industrial/Organizational Solutions, Inc. of Oak Brook, Illinois for a total
amount not to exceed $379,210.00 for promotional testing services for
the Corpus Christi Police Department (CCPD) through the Human
Resources Department, with FY 2021 funding in an amount of
$63,000.00 available through the General Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-045
6.Motion authorizing a three-year service agreement with
Industrial/Organizational Solutions, Inc. of Oak Brook, Illinois, for a total
amount not to exceed $409,915.00 for promotional testing services for
the Corpus Christi Fire Department (CCFD) through the Human
Resources Department, with FY 2021 funding in an amount of
$68,000.00 available through the General Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Page 4City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Enactment No: M2021-046
7.Motion authorizing a two-year service agreement for executive
recruitment services in an amount not to exceed $294,000.00 with
payment only when services are rendered with Baker Tilly US, LLP of
Plano, Texas, for the recruitment of hard to fill executive-level positions to
be used by City departments through the Human Resources Department,
effective upon issuance of a notice to proceed, FY 2021 funding is
available in various funds.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-047
8.Motion authorizing a three-year service agreement with Gulf Coast
Security Enterprises LLC of New Orleans, Louisiana, in an amount not to
exceed $145,890.00 for Armed Security Guard Services for Sunrise
Beach, with FY 2021 funding in an estimated amount of $32,420.00
available through the Utilities Department Water Fund.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 8.
A Council Member requested that Chief Financial Officer Constance Sanchez
provide a profit and loss statement for Sunrise Beach.
Council Member Pusley made a motion to approve the motion, seconded by
Council Member Molina. This Motion was passed and approved with the
following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: M2021-048
9.Motion authorizing the lease-purchase of one Roll Off Truck from
Lonestar Freightliner Group, LLC of Waco, Texas for a total amount of
$214,522.96 to be used by Solid Waste Operations, effective upon
issuance of letter of acceptance with FY 2021 funding in the amount of
$7,150.76 available through the General Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-049
10.Motion authorizing the lease-purchase of one John Deere 644P wheel
loader from Doggett Heavy Machinery Services, LLC, of Corpus Christi,
Texas for a total amount of $316,507.18 to be used by Solid Waste
Operations, effective upon issuance of letter of acceptance with FY 2021
Page 5City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
funding in the amount of $10,550.24 available through the General Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-050
11.Resolution authorizing a three-year supply agreement in an amount not to
exceed $612,537.94 with TDW (US), Inc. of Tulsa, Oklahoma, for the
purchase of Stopple equipment parts for Gas Operations, effective upon
issuance of notice to proceed, with FY 2021 funding in the amount not to
exceed $119,105.00 available in the Gas Fund.
This Resolution was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: 032378
12.Motion authorizing the purchase of four replacement Club Car Carryall
1500 Trucksters, and one replacement Club Car Carryall 1700 Truckster
to be used for the cleanup of parks and beaches from River City
Marketing, Inc. (dba Corpus Christi Golf Cars) for a total amount of
$78,542.85 with FY 2021 funding available through the Equipment
Replacement Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-051
13.Motion authorizing a five-year service agreement with Freeit Data
Solutions, Inc., in an amount of $146,400.00 for uninterruptible power
supplies maintenance services for the City’s Data Centers, effective upon
issuance of a notice to proceed, with FY 2021 funding available through
the Information Technology fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-052
General Consent Items
14.Motion authorizing a one-year service agreement for Digital Marketing
Campaign for the Corpus Christi International Airport (CCIA) with Bell
Media LLC of Montgomery, Alabama for a total amount of $89,880.00,
with FY 2021 funding available through the Airport Fund.
This Motion was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: M2021-053
15.Resolution relating to City of Corpus Christi’s intention to reimburse itself
from future issuances of Certificates of Obligation in an amount not to
exceed $12,000,000 for expenses budgeted in the Fiscal Year
2020-2021 Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and two additional needed
Page 6City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
projects that may begin before the issuance of the Certificates of
Obligation.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 15.
A Council Member and Director of Finance Heather Hurlbert discussed the
following topics: items financed by a Certificate of Obligation are generally for
capital maintenance type items like solid waste utilities.
Council Member Hernandez made a motion to approve the resolution,
seconded by Council Member Pusley. This Resolution was passed and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: 032379
16.Resolution authorizing a developer participation agreement with
Southside Ventures III, LP to reimburse the developer up to $91,578 for
the City’s share of the cost to construct Oso Parkway associated with a
planned residential subdivision known as Cayo Del Oso Subdivision,
Section 4. (District 5)
This Resolution was passed on the consent agenda.
Enactment No: 032380
RECESS FOR LUNCHL.
The recess for lunch was held during Executive Session Item 27.
PUBLIC HEARINGS: (ITEMS 17 - 22)M.
17.Zoning Case No. 1120-02, Ocean Harbor II, LLC (District 4). Ordinance
rezoning property at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward
from the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the
“RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and a
Planned Unit Development (Planning Commission and Staff recommend
Approval)
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 17.
Director of Development Services Al Raymond stated that the purpose of this
item is to allow for the construction of a 44 unit town home development. The
following information was presented: aerial overview; adjacent development
and zoning pattern; PUD deviations; master site plan; public notification; and
planning and staff recommend approval.
Council Members and Director Raymond discussed the following topics: the
Page 7City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
developer is taking four, 17-foot wide lots and creating a development that is
feasible.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
There were no written public comments submitted.
Developer of Ocean Harbor Alex Harris, 2138 State Hwy. 286, spoke in favor of
the rezoning.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
Council Member Smith made a motion to approve this ordinance, seconded by
Council Member Molina. This Ordinance was passed on first reading and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
18.Zoning Case No. 1220-02, Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC.: (District 4)
Ordinance rezoning a property at or near 14725 Running Light Drive from
the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the
“RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay. (Planning
Commission and Staff recommend Approval)
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 18.
Director of Development Services Al Raymond stated that the purpose of this
item is to allow for the construction of condos and town homes. The following
information was presented: aerial overview; adjacent development and
zoning pattern; public notification; and planning and staff recommend
approval.
Council Members and Director Raymond discussed the following topics: the
objectors are opposed to the zoning because of noise, traffic, gatherings and
parties.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
There were no written public comments submitted.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
A Council Member requested that staff provide the Council a zoning district
guide.
Council Member Smith made a motion to approve this ordinance, seconded by
Council Member Molina. This Ordinance was passed on first reading and
approved with the following vote:
Page 8City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
19.Zoning Case No. 1220-03, The Episcopal Church Corporation in West
Texas: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near 4518 Saratoga
Boulevard (State Highway 357) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District
to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District. (Planning Commission
recommends Denial and Staff recommends Approval) (3/4 vote required
to overturn the Planning Commission’s recommendation)
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 19.
Director of Development Services Al Raymond stated that the purpose of this
item is to allow for the construction of a professional office building. The
following information was presented: aerial overview; adjacent development
and zoning pattern; public notification; planning recommends denial and staff
recommends approval; and setbacks.
Council Members, Director Raymond and Real Estate Agent Wayne Lundquist
discussed the following topics: a Council Member requested that staff and
planning commission resolve issues before going to Council; a Special Permit
will help to alleviate much of the opposition and allow for the office building to
be built; the developer has made attempts to reach out to the Neighborhood
Association; the planning commission supported the opposition; a Council
Member's concern about keeping the church maintained; the builder will have
to plat the 1.5 acres for the office building and keep it separate from the
church; the deed restrictions were modified from a church only to a
professional office only; and the seller is not opposed to a special permit.
Real Estate Agent for The Episcopal Church Wayne Lundquist, 700 Everhart Rd.
spoke in support of this zoning.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
City Secretary Rebecca Huerta read the following citizens' written public
comments into the record which are attached to the Minutes: Xavier Galvan,
2725 Swantner St.; Deanna Stevens, 4517 Clearwater Dr.; Laura Sheldon, 2201
Egret Dr.; Lee Trujillo, 4730 Wooldridge Rd.; Donna Shook, 4521 Bluefield Dr.;
Gary Richmer, 4406 Clearwater Dr.; and Elizabeth Parsley, 6413 Coral Gables
Dr.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
Council Member Molina made a motion to approve this ordinance as
recommended by staff, seconded by Council Member Hernandez. This
Ordinance was passed on first reading and approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Hernandez, Council Member Hunter,
Council Member Lerma, Council Member Martinez, Council Member
Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council Member Smith
8 -
Page 9City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Abstained:Council Member Barrera1 -
20.Zoning Case No. 1020-02, Mustang Island, LLC. (District 4).
Ordinance rezoning property at or near 7213 State Highway 361 from the
“RM-AT” Multifamily AT District to the “RV” Recreational Vehicle Park
District and “CR-2” Resort Commercial District. (Planning Commission
and Staff recommend Approval) (3/4 vote required due to opposition by
adjacent property owners)
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 20.
Director of Development Services Al Raymond stated that the purpose of this
item is to allow for the development of a four-story, 90-room hotel. The
following information was presented: aerial overview; adjacent development;
zoning pattern; public notification; planning and staff recommend approval.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
City Secretary Rebecca Huerta read the following citizens' written public
comments into the record which are attached to the Minutes: Sunil Reddy,
7345 State Hwy. 361; Carl Badalich; and Richard Weitzel, 16602 Willow Run.
Architect Jim Boggs, 4701 Donegal Dr. spoke in favor of this development on
behalf of the developer, John Pietrobon.
Jim Boggs presented information on the following topics: overview of project;
clubhouse golf cart rental, tennis courts, basketball; retail-2 floors with gas
station; planned resort layout; conceptual renderings for RV resort; clubhouse;
hotel and beach front condominium; phase II condominium; and condo beach
front and proposed plan.
Council Members, Director Raymond, Mr. Boggs, John Pietrobon, Steven
Pietrobon and James Gay with the Padre Island Business Association
discussed the following topics: zoning for a luxury RV resort was recently
approved by Council a few feet from this development; the development will
consist of a private condominium with a private deed; the applicant has not
provided the proposed density for this development; there will be
approximately 10 RVs per acre; and the density could change based on what
the needs are for the short-term rentals.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
Council Member Hernandez made a motion to table this item, seconded by
Council Member Molina. This item was tabled with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina and Council Member Pusley
8 -
Abstained:Council Member Smith1 -
21.Zoning Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning
property at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road
Page 10City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
2292) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial
Compatible District with a Special Permit (as amended March 16, 2021).
(Planning Commission and Staff recommend approval of the “IC”
Industrial Compatible District with a Special Permit) (3/4 Vote required to
overrule Planning Commission’s recommendation).
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 21.
Director of Development Services Al Raymond stated that the purpose of this
item is to allow for the construction of an office warehouse to store office
structures. The following information was presented: aerial overview; zoning
pattern; air installation compatibility use zone; public notification; planning
and staff recommend approval of the "IC/SP" Industrial Compatible District
with a Special Permit; and proposed special permit.
Council Members, Director Raymond and developer Lawrence Valls discussed
the following topics: the applicant is agreeable with the Industrial Compatible
District zoning; a Council Member's request to make this zoning more
beneficial for the taxpayers; the developer is comfortable with a 15-foot
setback; the UDC does not allow for a chain link fence; and an 8-foot fence
could cost twice as much as a 6-foot fence.
Council Member Hunter made a motion to amend condition two of the special
permit for the buffer yard along the southern property line to be 15-feet in
width, and include a solid screening fence of 6-feet in height, seconded by
Council Member Hernandez.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
There were no written public comments submitted.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
Council Member Hunter made a motion to approve this ordinance as amended,
seconded by Council Member Hernandez. This Ordinance was passed on first
reading as amended and approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
22.Ordinance adopting the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as an
element of the Plan CC Comprehensive Plan.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 22.
Director of Planning and Environmental Services Daniel McGinn and Project
Manager with Askura Robinson Matt Rufo presented information on the
following topics: project overview-study area; timeline; vision and goals;
concept plan-overview; model design for Northwest Blvd.; transportation
strategies overview; reduce congestion at I-69; improve intersections for safety
and mobility; build active infrastructure; land use strategies-overview; land
Page 11City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
use-existing future land use map; proposed future land use map;
streetscape-overview; enhance planting areas; expand and plant medians;
street signs; install public art; and implementation.
Council Members, City Manager Peter Zanoni, Director McGinn and Project
Manager Rufo discussed the following topics: a Council Member's concern that
the City does not have a good track record of maintaining landscaping; a new
Public Works Director has been hired to focus on the right-of-ways; new
leadership is in place to fix and maintain the City; traffic issues need to be
addressed; the importance of Vision Zero, sidewalks and additional lighting for
safety purposes; and a Council Member's concern about maintaining
landscaping in the medians.
Mayor Guajardo opened the public hearing.
City Secretary Rebecca Huerta read the following citizen's written public
comment into the record: Kevin Kaplan, 14201 Northwest Blvd.
Mayor Guajardo closed the public hearing.
Council Member Lerma made a motion to approve this ordinance, seconded
by Council Member Pusley. This Ordinance was passed on first reading and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
INDIVIDUAL CONSIDERATION ITEMS: (ITEMS 23 - 25)N.
23.One-reading ordinance amending the FY 2020 - 2021 Capital Budget to
include Bond 2020 Propositions A, B, and C; appropriating $75,000,000
to the Capital Budget, and amending the Capital Improvement Program
by adding 42 Bond 2020 Program projects.
Mayor Guajardo referred to item 23.
Director of Engineering Jeff Edmonds presented the following information: this
ordinance is the financial action that allows the City to begin the Bond 2020
program implementation and amends the Capital Improvement Program.
A Council Member requested that addendums be added to the spreadsheet.
Council Member Barrera made a motion to approve this ordinance, seconded
by Council Member Molina. This Ordinance was passed on emergency and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Page 12City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Abstained:0
Enactment No: 032381
24.Resolution authorizing the negotiation and execution of 22 professional
services contracts for recommendation for Civil Engineering Services in
an amount not-to-exceed $16,340,000 with nine engineering consultants
for the Bond 2020 Streets projects, located Citywide, with funding
available from the Streets Bond 2020 Fund.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 24.
Director of Engineering Jeff Edmonds presented information on the following
topics: bond 2020 program summary; proposition A-streets; contract
negotiations; RFQ schedule; selection committee; review and evaluation
criteria; project summary; and street award recommendations.
Council Members, City Manager Peter Zanoni and Director Edmonds discussed
the following topics: a written proposal was submitted by 23 firms and the
selection committee scored each one based on three categories: the firm's
experience, the team's experience and their understanding of the projects as
they wrote in their proposals; the firms that scored the highest were hired for
the most difficult jobs; a Council Member's request for more quantitative
information to be provided; the only new company that was considered was
Halff Associates; 50% of the weight is put on interviews because it allows the
firms to prove their qualifications; the proposal has two firms per project and
the City will choose the best price; when dealing with bids and projects, the
most important things are openness, fairness, and transparency; Council
Members' desire to hire local businesses; Council Policy No. 26 outlines the
City's current local preference policy; and Mayor Guajardo directed City
Manager Zanoni to look into the local preference policy.
Council Member Barrera made a motion to approve the resolution, seconded
by Council Member Pusley. This Resolution was passed and approved with the
following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hunter, Council
Member Lerma, Council Member Martinez, Council Member Molina,
Council Member Pusley and Council Member Smith
8 -
Nay:Council Member Hernandez1 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: 032382
25.Motion awarding Amendment Number 1 to Lockwood, Andrews &
Newnam, Inc., Corpus Christi, Texas, to provide additional preliminary
design services to develop three drainage solution options for North
Beach drainage [navigable canal, open channel, and closed conduit],
located in Council District 1, in an amount of $123,745.00 for a total
amount not to exceed $632,733.00, with FY 2021 funding available from
the Storm Water Capital Fund.
Page 13City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 25.
Director of Engineering Jeff Edmonds presented information on the following
topics: this item is to fund the next step for the North Beach navigable canal
project and authorize an amendment to the prior contract with Lockwood,
Andrews & Newnam, Inc. (LAN) to do cost estimates in the first phase, as well
as look at options for drainage that were not addressed in the first phase.
Council Members, City Manager Peter Zanoni, Director Edmonds, Associate
Regional Manager with LAN Scott Harris and City Attorney Miles Risley
discussed the following topics: the purpose of this item is for an engineering
firm to give us probable estimates for three drainage solutions on North Beach;
a Council Member's suggestion to allow developer Jeff Blackard to work
alongside LAN; City Manager clarified that Council Members could
communicate with contractor, but asked that he be notified prior to contact; the
next steps are to identify funding, put together a calendar, and a design build
bid; the funds for this project are coming from the storm water capital funds;
LAN will use the 2018 HDR written report; Option 3A and 3B allow solutions to
resolve the dissolved oxygen issues; if the City moves forward with this project,
there could be two separate permits required; the consultant has permission to
reach out to the engineering firms; the purpose of this contract today is to
determine cost estimates; when the time comes, design changes can be
modified; Jeff Blackard cannot be put in the design room because he's not an
engineer; and a Council Member's concern that currently no improvements
have been made to North Beach.
Council Member Pusley made a motion to approve the motion, seconded by
Council Member Barrera. This Motion was passed and approved with the
following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: M2021-054
FIRST READING ORDINANCES: (ITEM 26)O.
26.Ordinance approving the Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3
(Downtown) Project & Financing Plans approved by the Board of
Directors of Reinvestment Zone #3, City of Corpus Christi on January 26,
2021.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Item 26.
Director of Finance Heather Hurlbert presented the following information: this
ordinance approves the Sixth Amendment to the TIRZ #3 Amended Project and
Financing Plan, which will incorporate changes to both the Chaparral Street
Grant Program to include Mesquite Street in the Marina Arts District and the
New Tenant Commercial Finish-Out Grant Program to help expedite
micro-grants to small businesses.
Page 14City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Council Members, Director Hurlbert and Director of Downtown Management
District Alyssa Barrera Mason discussed the following topics: the applicant
would first go to the Downtown Management District (DMD) and then it would
be approved by the City Manager or his designee; since TIRZ meetings are
now quarterly, this would be effective to move small projects forward without
the need of a TIRZ #3 meeting for approval; and the DMD Board reviews all
projects with City staff.
Council Member Pusley made a motion to approve the ordinance, seconded by
Council Member Lerma. This Ordinance was passed on first reading and
approved with the following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
BRIEFINGS: NONEP.
LEGISLATIVE UPDATE: NONEQ.
EXECUTIVE SESSION: (ITEMS 27 - 29)R.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Executive Session Item 27. The Council went into
Executive Session at 1:57 p.m. The Council returned from Executive Session at
2:42 p.m.
Mayor Guajardo referred to Executive Session Items 28 and 29. The Council
went into Executive Session at 6:06 p.m. The Council returned from Executive
Session at 7:48 p.m.
27.Executive Session pursuant to Texas Government Code § 551.071
and Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct Rule 1.05 to
consult with attorneys concerning litigation including, but not limited to, the
case of Martha Martinez and Nora Avila v. City of Corpus Christi,
including potential consideration of settlement offers and/or fees for
attorneys, engineers, other expert witnesses assisting in this case,
deposition fees, and court costs, and updates on litigation in other cases.
The Council considered the following motion:
Motion to authorize the City Manager or designee to execute all documents
necessary to settle Nora Avila’s lawsuit in the case of Martha Martinez and
Nora Avila v. City of Corpus Christi in an amount not to exceed $100,000.
Council Member Martinez made a motion to approve the motion, seconded by
Council Member Smith. This Motion was passed and approved with the
following vote:
Page 15City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
March 16, 2021City Council Meeting Minutes
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Hunter, Council Member Lerma, Council Member
Martinez, Council Member Molina, Council Member Pusley and Council
Member Smith
9 -
Abstained:0
Enactment No: M2021-055
28.Executive Session pursuant to Texas Government Code § 551.071
and Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct Rule 1.05 to
consult with attorneys concerning legal issues related to (1) rates,
charges, claims, and ordinances related to water, wastewater, and/or gas
and (2) potential legislation related to the Port of Corpus Christi Authority
of Nueces County, Texas.
The Council considered the following resolution:
Resolution opposing any legislation that expands authority of the Port of
Corpus Christi authority of Nueces County, Texas.
Council Member Barrera made a motion to approve the resolution, seconded
by Council Member Pusley. This Resolution was passed and approved with the
following vote:
Aye:Mayor Guajardo, Council Member Barrera, Council Member Hernandez,
Council Member Lerma, Council Member Pusley and Council Member
Smith
6 -
Nay:Council Member Martinez and Council Member Molina2 -
Abstained:Council Member Hunter1 -
Enactment No: 032383
29.Executive Session pursuant to Texas Government Code § 551.071
and Texas Disciplinary Rules of Professional Conduct Rule 1.05 to
consult with attorneys concerning legal issues related to the purchase,
exchange, and value of property south of Yorktown near Oso Creek and
Oso Bay, property along La Volla Creek, property between Safety Steel
Drive, Oso Creek, and a line extending south from the intersection of
Yorktown and Rodd Field Road, and Texas Government Code §
551.072 to discuss and deliberate the potential purchase, exchange,
and/or value of the aforementioned areas of real property .
This E-Session Item was discussed in executive session.
ADJOURNMENTS.
This meeting was adjourned at 7:53 p.m.
Page 16City of Corpus Christi Printed on 3/19/2021
DATE: December 30, 2020
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Al Raymond, AIA, Director, Development Services Department
AlRaymond@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3575
CAPTION:
Zoning Case No. 1120-02, Ocean Harbor II, LLC (District 4). Ordinance rezoning
property at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward Drive from the “RM-
AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development
SUMMARY:
The purpose of the rezoning request is to develop a 44-unit townhome development.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The subject property is 2.13 acres in size and is currently zoned “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with an Island Overlay and consists of vacant property and
has remained undeveloped since annexation in 1981. To the north is a vacant
property zoned “CR-2/IO” Resort Commercial with the Island Overlay and Beach
Access Road 3A. To the south is a condo development (Nautilus Galleria)
zoned “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with an Island Overlay. To the east is a
condo development (The Gulfstream Condominium) zoned “CR-1/IO” Resort
Commercial with the Island Overlay. To the west is a townhome development
(Village by the Beach) zoned “RS-TH/IO/PUD” Townhouse with the Island
Overlay and a Planned Unit Development.
Conformity to City Policy
The subject property is located within the boundaries of the Mustang/Padre Island
Development Plan (ADP). The proposed rezoning to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily
AT District with an Island Overlay and Planned Unit Development is consistent with
the adopted Mustang/Padre Island ADP. The proposed rezoning is also consistent
with the policies of the Comprehensive Plan. Infill development should be encouraged
at this site. PUDs allow flexibility for attractive, efficient design and can often reduce
infrastructure installation and maintenance costs to the city. PUDs can encourage
development on difficult sites. Additionally, PUDs are encouraged in the
Mustang/Padre Island ADP. The PUD will allow for Daily, Weekly, and Monthly rentals.
Rezoning a property at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward Drive
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Public Hearing & First Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 3/16/21
Second Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 3/23/21
The current “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay allows this use
today.
Public Input Process
Number of Notices Mailed
52 within 200-foot notification area
6 outside notification area
As of December 30, 2020:
In Favor
4 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
In Opposition
0 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
Totaling 0.00% of the 200-foot notification area* is in opposition.
*Created by calculating the area of land immediately adjoining the subject property and extending 200-foot therefrom. The opposition is
totaled by the total area of land that each individual property owner owns converted into a percentage of the total 200-foot notification
area.
Notified property owner’s land in square feet / Total square footage of all property in the notification area = Percentage of public opposition
Commission Recommendation
Planning Commission recommended approval of the change of zoning from the “CR-1/IO”
Resort Commercial District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily District
with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development Overlay on November 11, 2020.
ALTERNATIVES:
1. Denial of the change of zoning from the “CR-1/IO” Resort Commercial District with the
Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily District with the Island Overlay and a
Planned Unit Development Overlay
FISCAL IMPACT:
There is no fiscal impact associated with this item.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the zoning request.
Vote Count:
For: 8
Opposed: 0
Absent: 1
Abstained: 0
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Ordinance
Presentation - Aerial Map
Planning Commission Final Report
Zoning Case No. 1120-02, Ocean Harbor II, LLC.: (District 4) Ordinance rezoning
property at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward Drive from the “RM-
AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described as Lots 1 thru 4, Padre Island-Corpus Christi Section A as
shown in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-
AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit
Development
The subject property is located at or near 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward
Drive. Exhibit A, which is a map of the subject property and Exhibit B, which is a copy of
The Smuggler’s Cove (PUD) Guidelines and Master Site Plan attached to and
incorporated in this ordinance.
SECTION 2. The Planned Unit Development Overlay granted in Section 1 of this
ordinance is subject to the Owner following the conditions listed below:
1. Planned Unit Development Guidelines and Master Site Plan: The Owners shall
develop the Property in accordance The Smuggler’s Cove (PUD) Guidelines and
Page 2 of 5
Master Site Plan. The development of the Property is to consist of 44 single-family
lots and 3 common area lots.
2. Dwelling Units per Acre: The density of dwelling units on the Property shall not
exceed 21 dwelling units per acre.
3. Parking: The property must have a minimum of 1.75 parking spaces (9 feet wide by
18 feet long) per dwelling unit.
4. Setbacks and Lot Width: Minimum front yard setbacks for all lots shall be ten feet
and on a corner ten feet.
5. Open Space: The Property must maintain a minimum of 25% open space. Any
surfaces constructed within the required open space must be constructed of
pervious material.
6. Private Street Access: On-street parking is prohibited. The 2-way private access
drive shall not be less than 24 feet and the 1 foot ribbon curb shall be striped or
marked to indicate “Fire Lane/No Parking.”
7. Pedestrian Access: Sidewalks shall be 6 feet wide on one side of the private street
and shall be constructed as identified on the master site plan.
8. Other Requirements: The conditions listed herein do not preclude compliance with
other applicable UDC, Building, and Fire Code Requirements.
9. Time Limit: An approved development plan shall expire 24 months after the date
that the development plan was approved, unless a complete building permit
application has been submitted or, if no building permit is required, a certificate of
occupancy has been issued.
SECTION 3. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 4. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
SECTION 5. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 6. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
Page 3 of 5
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 7. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 8. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 4 of 5
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second reading
on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this the
_____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 5 of 5
Exhibit A
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 2
CONTENTS
DEVELOPMENT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
DEVELOPMENT LOCATION MAP ............................................................................................................................... 3
ADJACENT LAND USE AND ZONING ........................................................................................................................... 3
LOT LAYOUT .......................................................................................................................................................... 4
DEVELOPMENT DEVIATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 5
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES ..................................................................................................................................... 5
OPEN SPACE LAYOUT .............................................................................................................................................. 7
VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ....................................................................................................................... 8
PARKING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................ 9
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION ......................................................................................................................................... 9
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 3
DEVELOPMENT DESCRIPTION
Smuggler’s Cove, P.U.D., consists of a residential development of 2.13 acres, being all of Lots 1 thru 4, Padre
Island-Corpus Christi Section A, of Volume 33, Pages 97-thru 99 M.R.N.C.T. The development is a planned
community that will consist of 44 single-family lots and 3 common areas lots. The property currently is currently
vacant land and is zoned Multifamily Apartment Tourist/Island Overlay (RM-AT/IO). The City of Corpus Christi
Future Land Use Plan designates the area as mixed use. The proposed zoning is RM-AT/IO/PUD. The proposed
density will be 21 units per acre.
DEVELOPMENT LOCATION MAP
ADJACENT LAND USE AND ZONING
The following table indicates the Adjacent Land Use and Zoning at the time of the PUD:
CURRENT LAND USE ZONING
North of Property Vacant CR-2/IO
South of Property Medium Density Residential RM-AT/IO
East of Property High Density Residential CR-1/IO
West of Property Medium Density Residential RS-TH/IO/PUD
Development Location Park Rd. 22 N
Bing Maps Imagery Year: 2020
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 4
LOT LAYOUT
The following is the Lot Layout for the development:
· 44 SINGLE-FAMILY LOTS
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 5
DEVELOPMENT DEVIATIONS
The following table indicates the Development Deviations for the Residential Lots:
DESCRIPTION UDC- ZONING/PLATTING ORDINANCE
REQUIREMENTS (RM-AT) PUD REQUIREMENTS
Lot Area in Square Feet Minimum = 5,000
Maximum = N/A
Minimum = 1,100
Maximum = N/A
Lot Width at Front Yard
Requirement Line in Feet
Minimum = 50
Maximum = N/A
Minimum = 17
Maximum = N/A
Right-of-way / Access Easement 50 feet Minimum = 24 feet
Pavement Width in Feet Minimum = 28 Minimum = 24 Yard Requirements (Minimum in Feet) Street – Non-Corner 20 10
Street – Corner 10 10
Side – Single 5 0
Side – Total 0 0
Rear 5 5 (Center of Alley)
Open Space 25% 25%
Curb Type Standard 6” Curb and Gutter 1’ Edge Curb
Sidewalk 5’ width on both sides 6’ sidewalk on one side of
private access drive
Parking Spaces 2 per Unit = 88 1.75 per Unit = 77
Parking Guest Spaces 1 per 5 Units = 9 1 per 5 Units = 9
The following table indicates the Development Deviations for the Common Area Lots:
DESCRIPTION UDC- OPEN AREA PUD REQUIREMENTS
Parking requirement per Parks and
Open Area in Square Feet 1 per 10,000 SF outdoor lot area = 3 1 per 10,000 SF* = 3
* – The development is designed to be walkable and the common areas are intended for the residences only.
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES
The following tables indicate the Development Guidelines for each lot type within the development: DEVELOPMENT LOTS DESCRIPTION BLOCK NUMBER LOT NUMBERS
Residential Lot(s) 1 1-44
Common Area and Access Easement Lot(s) 1 45-47
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 6
RESIDENTIAL LOTS DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS
Usage Residential
Open Space- Percent Minimum 25%
Building Height – Maximum in Feet UDC 4.2.8
Building Spacing – Minimum in Feet 0
Parking Requirement Per Unit 1.75
Maintenance Lot Owner and/or Home Owners Association (HOA)
Improvements Allowed Residential structure(s) and support structure(s) including decks,
porches, pavements, fencing, landscaping, etc.
Improvements Placement
Shall not protrude into the yard or easement(s), or beyond the
property line (whichever is applicable) except for pavements,
fencing, and landscaping.
Rental Daily, weekly, and monthly rentals are allowed
COMMON AREA LOTS DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS
Usage Non-Residential Structures and improvements
supporting the Community
Lot Area in Square Feet Minimum = N/A Maximum = N/A
Lot Width at Front in Feet Minimum = N/A Maximum = N/A Yard Requirements (Minimum in Feet) Street – Non-Corner 10’ *
Street – Corner N/A
Side – Single 0
Side – Total 0
Rear 5’ (Center of Alley)
Building Height – Maximum in Feet 1-story
Building Spacing – Minimum in Feet As per International Building Code
Landscape Requirement Will be determined during building permitting.
Maintenance Home Owners Association (HOA)
Improvements Allowed Community structures and support structures including decks,
pool, porches, pavements, fencing, landscaping, utilities, etc.
Improvements Placement
Shall not protrude into the yard or easement(s), or beyond the
property line (whichever is applicable) except for pavements,
fencing, landscaping, utilities.
* – Yard requirement is for Block 1, Lot 46 only.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 7
OPEN SPACE LAYOUT
The following is the Open Space Layout for the development:
OPEN SPACE CALCULATION
QUANTITY
(SQUARE FEET)
QUANTITY
(ACRE)
Total Area of PUD 92,783 2.13
Total Non-Open Space (Impervious Area) 1,2,3 59,318 1.36 64%
Total Open Space (Pervious Area) 4 33,465 0.77 36%
1 Constructed building area
2 Driveway area
3 Area of all Pavement and Sidewalk
4 Minimum Open Space required is 25%
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 8
VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
The Vehicular and Pedestrian Access for the development is indicated below. The entrances into the development will
provide a 24 foot clear entrance/exit for emergency vehicles. The private drive within the development will be a
minimum of 24’ wide from back-of-curb to back-of-curb. The development will provide 6’ sidewalks on one side of the
road to promote walkability and access to future amenities as indicated.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 9
PARKING REQUIREMENTS
The following is the Parking Requirements for the development:
LOT TYPE REQUIREMENTS
QUANTITY OF
LOTS
QUANTITY OF PARKING
PROVIDED (PUD)
Residential 1 1.75 per unit 44 77
Residential - Guest Parking 1 1 per 5 units 44 9
Common Area 1 per 10,000 SF 3 3
Total: 89
1 – Parking anywhere within the limits of the development.
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION
The following are Typical Cross Section(s) for the development:
NOTE: The Right of Way is a Private Access Easement and Private Utility Easement.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 10
Cross Section A
Cross Section B
LEEWARD DRWINDWARD DRST BARTHOLOMEW AVE
BEACH ACCESS 3-A RD
VILLAGE BEACH DR
VILLAGE BEACH WAY
C R -1CR-1IOIO
C R -2CR-2IOIO
R M -A TRM-A TIOIORS-T HRS-T HIO/P U DIO/P U D
R M -A TRM-A TIOIO
R S -T HRS-T HIO/P U DIO/P U D
Gulf of MexicoSTATE HYW 361PARK RD 22WHITECAP
µ
Corpus Christi Bay
0 500250Feet
LOCATION MAP
Date Created: 10/28/2020Prepared By: ReyRDepartment of Development Services
SUBJECTPROPERTY
SUBJECTPROPERTY
C A S E : 1 1 2 0 -0 2
SubjectProperty
A e r i a l w i t h S u b j e c t P r o p e r t y
Map Scale: 1:1,800
PLANNING COMMISSION FINAL REPORT
Case No. 1120-02
INFOR No. 20ZN1026
Planning Commission Hearing Date: November 11, 2020 Applicant & Legal Description Owner: Ocean Harbor II, LLC.
Applicant: Hanson Professional Services, Inc.
Location Address: 14805, 14809, 14813, and 14817 Windward Drive
Legal Description: Lots 1 thru 4, Padre Island-Corpus Christi Section A,
located along the west side of Windward Drive, south of St. Bartholomew Drive,
and north of Robla Drive. Zoning Request From: “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay
To: “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay with a
Planned Unit Development
Area: 2.13 total acres
Purpose of Request: To develop a 44-unit townhome development. Existing Zoning and Land Uses Existing Zoning District Existing
Land Use
Future
Land Use
Site “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT
with the Island Overlay Vacant Mixed Use
North
“CR-2/IO” Resort
Commercial with the
Island Overlay
Vacant Planned
Development
South “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT
with the Island Overlay
Medium Density
Residential Mixed Use
East
“CR-1/IO” Resort
Commercial with the
Island Overlay
High Density
Residential Mixed Use
West
“RS-TH/IO/PUD”
Townhouse with the
Island Overlay and a
Planned Unit Development
Medium Density
Residential Mixed Use ADP, Map & Violations Area Development Plan: The subject property is located within the boundaries
of the Mustang/Padre Island Area Development Plan and is planned for mixed
uses. The proposed rezoning to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with
the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development is consistent with the
adopted Future Land Use Map which calls for mixed uses.
Map No.: 028026
City Council District: 4
Zoning Violations: None
Staff Report
Page 2
Transportation Transportation and Circulation: The subject property has approximately 400
feet of street frontage along Windward Drive which is designated as an “C1”
Minor Collector Street and 230 feet of street frontage along St. Bartholomew
Drive which is designated as a “C1” Minor Collector Street. According to the
Urban Transportation Plan, “C1” Minor Collector Streets can convey a capacity
up to 500 Average Daily Trips (ADT). Street R.O.W. Street
Urban
Transportation
Plan Type
Proposed
Section
Existing
Section
Traffic
Volume
Windward Drive “C1” Minor
Collector
60’ ROW
40’ paved
100’ ROW
60’ paved N/A
St. Bartholomew
Avenue
“C1” Minor
Collector
60’ ROW
40’ paved
100’ ROW
30’ paved N/A
Staff Summary:
Requested Zoning: The applicant is requesting a rezoning from the “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT
District with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development to allow for a 44-unit
townhome development.
Development Plan: The subject property is a total of 2.13 acres in size. Smuggler’s Cove,
Planned Unit Development (PUD) is a planned community that will consist of 44 single-
family lots and 3 common areas lots.
Minimum
Dimensions
“RM-AT” District
Standards
“RS-TH” District
Standards Proposed PUD Deviation
Lot Area 5,000 sf. 1,600 sf. 1,100 sf. Yes
Minimum Lot
Width 50 ft. 16 ft. 17 ft. Yes
Front Yard 20 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. Yes
Front Yard
(Corner) 10 ft. 10 ft. 10 ft. No
Side Yard 5 ft. 0 ft. 5 ft. No
Rear Yard 5 ft. 5 ft. 5 ft. No
Open Space 25% 30% 25% No
Paved Street
Width 28 ft. 28 ft. 24 ft. Yes
Curb Type 6-in. curb & gutter 6-in. curb & gutter 1 ft. ribbon curb Yes
Parking
Requirement
1.5/ unit(1 bedroom)
2/ unit (2 bedroom)
1/5 units (guests)
Com: 1:250 sf.
1.5/ unit(1 bedroom)
2/ unit (2 bedroom)
1/5 units (guests)
Com: 1:250 sf
1.75 parking
spaces per unit
(Totaling 77
spaces)
Yes
Sidewalks
5 ft. on both sides or
6 ft. on both sides of
private streets
5 ft. on both sides or
6 ft. on both sides of
private streets
6 ft. sidewalk on
one side of the
private street
Yes
Staff Report
Page 3
Existing Land Uses & Zoning: The subject property is currently zoned “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with an Island Overlay and consists of vacant property and has
remained undeveloped since annexation in 1981. To the north is a vacant property zoned
“CR-2/IO” Resort Commercial with the Island Overlay and Beach Access Road 3A. To
the south is a condo development (Nautilus Galleria) zoned “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT
District with an Island Overlay. To the east is a condo development (The Gulfstream
Condominium) zoned “CR-1/IO” Resort Commercial with the Island Overlay. To the west
is a townhome development (Village by the Beach) zoned “RS-TH/IO/PUD” Townhouse
with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development.
AICUZ: The subject property is not located in one of the Navy’s Air Installation
Compatibility Use Zones (AICUZ).
Plat Status: The property is platted.
Utilities:
Water: 8-inch ACP line located along St. Bartholomew Avenue.
Wastewater: 8-inch VCP line located along the rear alleyway
Gas: 2-inch line located along the rear alleyway.
Storm Water: 18-inch line located along St. Bartholomew Avenue.
Plan CC & Area Development Plan Consistency: The subject property is located within
the boundaries of the Mustang/Padre Island Development Plan (ADP). The proposed
rezoning to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with an Island Overlay and
Planned Unit Development is consistent with the adopted Mustang/Padre Island ADP.
The proposed rezoning is also consistent with the following policies of the Comprehensive
Plan:
• Promote a balanced mix of land uses to accommodate continuous growth and
promote the proper location of land uses based on compatibility, locational needs,
and characteristics of each use (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design
Policy Statement 1).
• Encourage residential infill development on vacant lots within or adjacent to
existing neighborhoods. (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy
Statement 3).
• Tourist-oriented business and development will continue to be encouraged and
promoted by all agencies of the City as illustrated on the Future Land Use Map.
This includes commercial ventures, condominiums and resorts, fishing and
outdoor recreation facilities, and recreational vehicle parks (Policy Statement B.2).
• The designation of “Mixed Use” in the Future Land Use Plan expresses the City’s
desire to mix residential and non-residential uses. (Policy Statement B.10).
Department Comments:
• The proposed rezoning is compatible with the Future Land Use Map, Plan CC, and
the Mustang/Padre Island Area Development Plan (ADP). The proposed rezoning is
also compatible with neighboring properties and with the general character of the
surrounding area. This rezoning does not have a negative impact upon the
surrounding neighborhood.
Staff Report
Page 4
• The property is currently vacant, zoned “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with an
Island Overlay, and has never been developed.
• Surrounding properties have been rezoned within the past decade indicating a pattern
towards high density residential and commercial development. The zoning pattern is
in line with a Plan CC policy statement of creating urban villages and accommodating
continuous growth.
• The PUD will allow Daily, Weekly, and Monthly rentals. The current “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay allows this use today.
• Infill development should be encouraged at this site. PUDs allow flexibility for
attractive, efficient design and can often reduce infrastructure installation and
maintenance costs to the city. PUDs can encourage development on difficult sites.
Additionally, PUDs are encouraged in the Mustang/Padre Island ADP.
• Staff finds that the proposed deviations are acceptable, and the request has been
approved by the Technical Review Committee (TRC).
Planning Commission and Staff Recommendation (November 11, 2020):
Approval of the change of zoning from the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the
Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay and
a Planned Unit Development Overlay with the following conditions:
1. Planned Unit Development Guidelines and Master Site Plan: The Owners shall
develop the Property in accordance The Smuggler’s Cove (PUD) Guidelines and
Master Site Plan. The development of the Property is to consist of 44 single-family
lots and 3 common area lots.
2. Dwelling Units per Acre: The density of dwelling units on the Property shall not
exceed 21 dwelling units per acre.
3. Parking: The property must have a minimum of 1.75 parking spaces (9 feet wide by
18 feet long) per dwelling unit.
4. Setbacks and Lot Width: Minimum front yard setbacks for all lots shall be ten feet
and on a corner ten feet.
5. Open Space: The Property must maintain a minimum of 25% open space. Any
surfaces constructed within the required open space must be constructed of
pervious material.
6. Private Street Access: On-street parking is prohibited. The 2-way private access
drive shall not be less than 24 feet and the 1 foot ribbon curb shall be striped or
marked to indicate “Fire Lane/No Parking.”
7. Pedestrian Access: Sidewalks shall be 6 feet wide on one side of the private street
and shall be constructed as identified on the master site plan.
8. Other Requirements: The conditions listed herein do not preclude compliance with
other applicable UDC, Building, and Fire Code Requirements.
Staff Report
Page 5
9. Time Limit: An approved development plan shall expire 24 months after the date
that the development plan was approved, unless a complete building permit
application has been submitted or, if no building permit is required, a certificate of
occupancy has been issued.
Public Notification Number of Notices Mailed – 59 within 200-foot notification area
5 outside notification area
UAs of December 30, 2020U:
In Favor – 4 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
In Opposition – 0 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
Totaling 0.00% of the 200-foot notification area* is in opposition.
*Created by calculating the area of land immediately adjoining the subject property and
extending 200-foot therefrom. The opposition is totaled by the total area of land that
each individual property owner owns converted into a percentage of the total 200-foot
notification area.
Notified property owner’s land in square feet / Total square footage of all property in the
notification area = Percentage of public opposition
Attachments:
A. Location Map (Existing Zoning & Notice Area)
B. Public Comments Received (if any)
C. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Guidelines and Master Site Plan
Staff Report
Page 6
Staff Report
Page 7
Staff Report
Page 8
Staff Report
Page 9
Staff Report
Page 10
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 2
CONTENTS
DEVELOPMENT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................................... 3
DEVELOPMENT LOCATION MAP ............................................................................................................................... 3
ADJACENT LAND USE AND ZONING ........................................................................................................................... 3
LOT LAYOUT .......................................................................................................................................................... 4
DEVELOPMENT DEVIATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 5
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES ..................................................................................................................................... 5
OPEN SPACE LAYOUT .............................................................................................................................................. 7
VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ....................................................................................................................... 8
PARKING REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................................ 9
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION ......................................................................................................................................... 9
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 3
DEVELOPMENT DESCRIPTION
Smuggler’s Cove, P.U.D., consists of a residential development of 2.13 acres, being all of Lots 1 thru 4, Padre
Island-Corpus Christi Section A, of Volume 33, Pages 97-thru 99 M.R.N.C.T. The development is a planned
community that will consist of 44 single-family lots and 3 common areas lots. The property currently is currently
vacant land and is zoned Multifamily Apartment Tourist/Island Overlay (RM-AT/IO). The City of Corpus Christi
Future Land Use Plan designates the area as mixed use. The proposed zoning is RM-AT/IO/PUD. The proposed
density will be 21 units per acre.
DEVELOPMENT LOCATION MAP
ADJACENT LAND USE AND ZONING
The following table indicates the Adjacent Land Use and Zoning at the time of the PUD:
CURRENT LAND USE ZONING
North of Property Vacant CR-2/IO
South of Property Medium Density Residential RM-AT/IO
East of Property High Density Residential CR-1/IO
West of Property Medium Density Residential RS-TH/IO/PUD
Development Location Park Rd. 22 N
Bing Maps Imagery Year: 2020
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 4
LOT LAYOUT
The following is the Lot Layout for the development:
· 44 SINGLE-FAMILY LOTS
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 5
DEVELOPMENT DEVIATIONS
The following table indicates the Development Deviations for the Residential Lots:
DESCRIPTION UDC- ZONING/PLATTING ORDINANCE
REQUIREMENTS (RM-AT) PUD REQUIREMENTS
Lot Area in Square Feet Minimum = 5,000
Maximum = N/A
Minimum = 1,100
Maximum = N/A
Lot Width at Front Yard
Requirement Line in Feet
Minimum = 50
Maximum = N/A
Minimum = 17
Maximum = N/A
Right-of-way / Access Easement 50 feet Minimum = 24 feet
Pavement Width in Feet Minimum = 28 Minimum = 24 Yard Requirements (Minimum in Feet) Street – Non-Corner 20 10
Street – Corner 10 10
Side – Single 5 0
Side – Total 0 0
Rear 5 5 (Center of Alley)
Open Space 25% 25%
Curb Type Standard 6” Curb and Gutter 1’ Edge Curb
Sidewalk 5’ width on both sides 6’ sidewalk on one side of
private access drive
Parking Spaces 2 per Unit = 88 1.75 per Unit = 77
Parking Guest Spaces 1 per 5 Units = 9 1 per 5 Units = 9
The following table indicates the Development Deviations for the Common Area Lots:
DESCRIPTION UDC- OPEN AREA PUD REQUIREMENTS
Parking requirement per Parks and
Open Area in Square Feet 1 per 10,000 SF outdoor lot area = 3 1 per 10,000 SF* = 3
* – The development is designed to be walkable and the common areas are intended for the residences only.
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES
The following tables indicate the Development Guidelines for each lot type within the development: DEVELOPMENT LOTS DESCRIPTION BLOCK NUMBER LOT NUMBERS
Residential Lot(s) 1 1-44
Common Area and Access Easement Lot(s) 1 45-47
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 6
RESIDENTIAL LOTS DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS
Usage Residential
Open Space- Percent Minimum 25%
Building Height – Maximum in Feet UDC 4.2.8
Building Spacing – Minimum in Feet 0
Parking Requirement Per Unit 1.75
Maintenance Lot Owner and/or Home Owners Association (HOA)
Improvements Allowed Residential structure(s) and support structure(s) including decks,
porches, pavements, fencing, landscaping, etc.
Improvements Placement
Shall not protrude into the yard or easement(s), or beyond the
property line (whichever is applicable) except for pavements,
fencing, and landscaping.
Rental Daily, weekly, and monthly rentals are allowed
COMMON AREA LOTS DESCRIPTION REQUIREMENTS
Usage Non-Residential Structures and improvements
supporting the Community
Lot Area in Square Feet Minimum = N/A Maximum = N/A
Lot Width at Front in Feet Minimum = N/A Maximum = N/A Yard Requirements (Minimum in Feet) Street – Non-Corner 10’ *
Street – Corner N/A
Side – Single 0
Side – Total 0
Rear 5’ (Center of Alley)
Building Height – Maximum in Feet 1-story
Building Spacing – Minimum in Feet As per International Building Code
Landscape Requirement Will be determined during building permitting.
Maintenance Home Owners Association (HOA)
Improvements Allowed Community structures and support structures including decks,
pool, porches, pavements, fencing, landscaping, utilities, etc.
Improvements Placement
Shall not protrude into the yard or easement(s), or beyond the
property line (whichever is applicable) except for pavements,
fencing, landscaping, utilities.
* – Yard requirement is for Block 1, Lot 46 only.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 7
OPEN SPACE LAYOUT
The following is the Open Space Layout for the development:
OPEN SPACE CALCULATION
QUANTITY
(SQUARE FEET)
QUANTITY
(ACRE)
Total Area of PUD 92,783 2.13
Total Non-Open Space (Impervious Area) 1,2,3 59,318 1.36 64%
Total Open Space (Pervious Area) 4 33,465 0.77 36%
1 Constructed building area
2 Driveway area
3 Area of all Pavement and Sidewalk
4 Minimum Open Space required is 25%
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 8
VEHICULAR AND PEDESTRIAN ACCESS
The Vehicular and Pedestrian Access for the development is indicated below. The entrances into the development will
provide a 24 foot clear entrance/exit for emergency vehicles. The private drive within the development will be a
minimum of 24’ wide from back-of-curb to back-of-curb. The development will provide 6’ sidewalks on one side of the
road to promote walkability and access to future amenities as indicated.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 9
PARKING REQUIREMENTS
The following is the Parking Requirements for the development:
LOT TYPE REQUIREMENTS
QUANTITY OF
LOTS
QUANTITY OF PARKING
PROVIDED (PUD)
Residential 1 1.75 per unit 44 77
Residential - Guest Parking 1 1 per 5 units 44 9
Common Area 1 per 10,000 SF 3 3
Total: 89
1 – Parking anywhere within the limits of the development.
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION
The following are Typical Cross Section(s) for the development:
NOTE: The Right of Way is a Private Access Easement and Private Utility Easement.
SMUGGLER’S COVE PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT (PUD) Page 10
Cross Section A
Cross Section B
Ocean Harbor II, LLC.
Rezoning for a Property at 14805 Windward Drive
From “RM-AT/IO” To “RM-AT/IO/PUD”
Zoning Case #1120-02
N
City Council
March 16, 2021
2
Aerial Overview
N
3
Adjacent Development and Zoning Pattern
N
4
PUD Deviations
Minimum
Dimensions
“RM-AT” District
Standards
“RS-TH” District
Standards Proposed PUD Deviation
Lot Area 5,000 sf.1,600 sf.1,100 sf.Yes
Minimum Lot
Width 50 ft.16 ft.17 ft.Yes
Front Yard 20 ft.10 ft.10 ft.Yes
Front Yard
(Corner)10 ft.10 ft.10 ft.No
Side Yard 5 ft.0 ft.5 ft.No
Rear Yard 5 ft.5 ft.5 ft.No
Open Space 25%30%25%No
Paved Street
Width 28 ft.28 ft.24 ft.Yes
Curb Type 6-in. curb & gutter 6-in. curb & gutter 1 ft. ribbon curb Yes
Parking
Requirement
1.5/ unit(1 bedroom)
2/ unit (2 bedroom)
1/5 units (guests)
Com: 1:250 sf.
1.5/ unit(1 bedroom)
2/ unit (2 bedroom)
1/5 units (guests)
Com: 1:250 sf
1.75 parking spaces
per unit (Totaling 77
spaces)
Yes
Sidewalks
5 ft. on both sides or 6 ft.
on both sides of private
streets
5 ft. on both sides or 6 ft.
on both sides of private
streets
6 ft. sidewalk on
one side of the
private street
Yes
5
Master Site Plan
6
Public Notification
59 Notices mailed inside 200’ buffer
5 Notices mailed outside 200’ buffer
Notification Area
Opposed: 0 (0.00%)
In Favor: 4
Separate Opposed Owners: 0
Notified property owner’s land in square
feet / Total square footage of all property in
the notification area =
Percentage of public opposition
N
7
Planning Commission and
Staff Recommendation
Approval of the
“RM-AT/IO/PUD” Multifamily AT District with the
Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development
as per the Smuggler’s Cove Development
Guidelines and Master Site Plan.
DATE: January 13, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Al Raymond, AIA, Director
Development Services Department
AlRaymond@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3575
CAPTION:
Zoning Case No. 1220-02, Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC.: (District 4) Ordinance rezoning a
property at or near 14725 Running Light Drive from the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the
Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay.
SUMMARY:
The purpose of the zoning request is to allow for the construction of condos and townhomes.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The subject property is 1.15 acres in size. The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6/IO”
Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay. The property was annexed in 1989.
Conformity to City Policy
The subject property is located within the boundaries of the Padre/Mustang Island Area
Development Plan and is planned for a Medium Density Residential use s. The proposed rezoning
to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay is generally consistent with the
adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC) and does not have a negative impact upon the adjacent
residential or multifamily properties. Surrounding properties have been rezoned to high density
residential multifamily zoning districts indicating a pattern towards multifamily or rental
communities in a townhouse or condominium style. If the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with
the Island Overlay is approved, the condominium/ townhouse development will need to abide all
requirements of the Unified Development Code (UDC). Specifically, Section 6.4 -IO, Island
Overlay includes design characteristics for the development in the Island Overlay.
Public Input Process
Number of Notices Mailed
38 within 200-foot notification area
1 outside notification area
Rezoning a property at or near 14725 Running Light Drive
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Public Hearing & First Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 3/16/21
Second Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 3/23/21
As of December 3 , 2020:
In Favor
0 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
In Opposition
3 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
Totaling 11.25% of the land within the 200-foot notification area in opposition.
Commission Recommendation
Planning Commission recommended approval of the change of zoning from the “RS-6/IO” Single-
Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island
Overlay on December 9, 2020.
ALTERNATIVES:
1. Denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island
Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay.
FISCAL IMPACT:
There is no fiscal impact associated with this item.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the zoning request.
Planning Commission recommended approval of the change of zoning from the “RS-6/IO” Single-
Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island
Overlay with following vote count.
Vote Count:
For: 9
Opposed: 0
Absent: 0
Abstained: 0
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Ordinance
Presentation - Aerial Map
Planning Commission Final Report
Case No. 1220-02, Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC.: (District 4) Ordinance rezoning
a property at or near 14725 Running Light Drive from the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family
6 District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the
Island Overlay
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described Lots 2, 3, 4, and 5, Block 3, Padre Island Section E, as shown
in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay
The subject property is located at or near 14725 Running Light Drive. Exhibit A, which is
a map of the subject property attached to and incorporated in this ordinance.
SECTION 2. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 3. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
Page 2 of 4
SECTION 4. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 5. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 6. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 7. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 3 of 4
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez _______________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 4 of 4
Exhibit A
PLANNING COMMISSION FINAL REPORT
Case No. 12020-02
INFOR No. 20ZN1028
Planning Commission Hearing Date: December 9, 2020 Applicant & Legal Description Owner: Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC
Applicant: Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC
Location Address: 14737, 14733, 14729, and 14725 Running Light Drive
Legal Description: Lots 2,3, 4, and 5, Block 3, Padre Island Section E, located
along the south side of Running Light Drive and west of Aruba Drive. Zoning Request From: “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay
To: “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay
Area: 1.15 Acres
Purpose of Request: to allow for the development of condos and townhomes
that will be rented. Existing Zoning and Land Uses Existing Zoning District Existing
Land Use
Future
Land Use
Site “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6
District with Island Overlay Vacant
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
North
“RS-6” Single-Family 6
District and “RM-AT”
Multifamily AT District
Vacant
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
South “RS-6” Single-Family
6 District Water Water
East “RS-6” Single-Family
6 District Vacant
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
West
“RS-TH/IO/PUD”
Townhouse District with the
Island Overlay and a
Planned Unit Development
Medium Density
Residential
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential ADP, Map & Violations Area Development Plan: The subject property is located within the boundaries
of the Padre/Mustang Island Area Development Plan and is planned for
Medium Density Residential uses. The proposed rezoning to the “RM-AT/IO”
Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay is partially consistent with the
adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC) and warrants an amendment to the
Future Land Use Map.
Map No.: 028026
City Council District: 4
Zoning Violations: None
Staff Report
Page 2
Transportation Transportation and Circulation: The subject property has approximately 200
feet of street frontage along Running Light Drive which is designated as a
Local street. According to the Urban Transportation Plan, Local Streets can
convey a capacity of up to 500 Average Daily Trips (ADT). Street R.O.W. Street
Urban
Transportation Plan
Type
Proposed
Section
Existing
Section
Traffic
Volume
Running
Light Drive Local Street 50’ ROW
28’ paved
60’ ROW
36’ paved N/A
Staff Summary:
Requested Zoning: The applicant is requesting a rezoning from the “RS-6/IO” Single-
Family 6 District with the Island Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the
Island Overlay to allow for the construction of condominiums and townhomes.
Development Plan: The subject property is 1.15 acres in size. The applicant has not
submitted any specific plans concerning the condominium and townhouse development.
Existing Land Uses & Zoning: The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6/IO” Single-
Family 6 District with the Island Overlay, consists of vacant land, and has remained
undeveloped since annexation in 1989. To the north is a vacant land zoned “RS-6/IO”
Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay and “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District
with the Island Overlay. To the south is a navigation channel. To the east is vacant land
zoned “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island Overlay. To the west is
townhouse development/ planned unit development zoned “RS-TH/IO/PUD” Townhouse
District with the Island Overlay and a Planned Unit Development.
AICUZ: The subject property is not located in one of the Navy’s Air Installation
Compatibility Use Zones (AICUZ).
Plat Status: The property is platted.
Utilities:
Water: 8-inch ACP line located along Running Light Drive
Wastewater: 8-inch VCP line located along Running Light Drive.
Gas: 2-inch Gas Main approximately 500 feet to the east at Leeward Drive.
Storm Water: Storm Basin is Laguna Madre with conveyance to the navigation
channel in in the southwest (rear).
Plan CC & Area Development Plan Consistency: The subject property is located within
the boundaries of the Padre/Mustang Island and is planned for MediumDensity
Residential. The proposed rezoning to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the
Staff Report
Page 3
Island Overlay is consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC). The
following policies should be considered:
• Encourage orderly growth of new residential, commercial, and industrial areas
(Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy Statement 1).
• Promote a balanced mix of land uses to accommodate continuous growth and
promote the proper location of land uses based on compatibility, locational
needs, and characteristics of each use (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban
Design Policy Statement 1).
• Encourage residential infill development on vacant lots within or adjacent to
existing neighborhoods (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy
Statement 3).
Department Comments:
• The proposed rezoning is partially consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan
(Plan CC), compatible with the adjoining residential properties, and does not have a
negative impact upon the adjacent commercial properties.
• The property is currently vacant. The subject property has never been developed.
• Surrounding properties have been rezoned to medium density residential multifamily
zoning districts indicating a pattern towards multifamily or rental communities in a
townhouse or condominium style.
• If the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay is approved, the
condominium/ townhouse development will need to abide all requirements of the
Unified Development Code (UDC).
• Specifically, Section 6.4 -IO, Island Overlay includes design characteristics of for the
development in the Island Overlay.
Planning Commission and Staff Recommendation (December 9, 2020):
Approval of the change of zoning from “RS-6/IO” Single-Family 6 District with the Island
Overlay to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District with the Island Overlay.
Public Notification Number of Notices Mailed – 38 within 200-foot notification area
1 outside notification area
As of December 3, 2020:
In Favor – 0 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
In Opposition – 3 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
Totaling 11.25% of the land within the 200-foot notification area in opposition.
Attachments:
A. Location Map (Existing Zoning & Notice Area)
B. Public Comments Received (if any)
Staff Report
Page 4
Staff Report
Page 5
Staff Report
Page 6
Staff Report
Page 7
Mario A. Martinez Holdings, LLC.
Rezoning for a properties at 14725 Running Light Drive:
From “RS-6/IO” to “RM-AT/IO”
Zoning Case #1220-02
City Council
March 16, 2021
2
Aerial Overview
N
3
Adjacent Development and Zoning Pattern
N
4
Public Notification
38 Notices mailed inside 200’ buffer
1 Notices mailed outside 200’ buffer
Notification Area
Opposed: 3 (11.25%)
In Favor: 0
X
Notified property owner’s land in square
feet / Total square footage of all property in
the notification area =
Percentage of public opposition
Separate Opposed Owners: 3
X
X
N
5
Planning Commission and
Staff Recommendation
Approval of the change of zoning
to the “RM-AT/IO” Multifamily AT District
with the Island Overlay
DATE: January 13, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Al Raymond, AIA, Director
Development Services Department
AlRaymond@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3575
CAPTION:
Zoning Case No. 1220-03, The Episcopal Church Corporation in West Texas: (District 3)
Ordinance rezoning property at or near 4518 Saratoga Boulevard (State Highway 357) from the
“RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District.
SUMMARY:
The purpose of the zoning request is to allow for the construction of a professional office building.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The subject property is 1.50 acres in size. The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District and is a portion of a larger 2.50 acre property. The property was annexed in
1962.
Conformity to City Policy
The subject property is located within the boundaries of the Southside Area Development Plan
and is planned for a Medium-Density Residential use. The proposed rezoning to the “ON”
Neighborhood Office District is generally consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan
CC) and does not have a negative impact upon the adjacent residential or multifamily
properties. The property is currently occupied by a vacant church with associated parking.
Surrounding properties have been established single-family residential neighborhoods and
multifamily residential for the last 40 to 50 years.
Public Input Process
Number of Notices Mailed
26 within 200-foot notification area
8 outside notification area
Rezoning a property at or near 4518 Saratoga Boulevard (SH 357)
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Public Hearing & First Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 02/16/21
Second Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 02/23/21
As of March 12, 2021:
In Favor
9 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
In Opposition
20 inside notification area
5 outside notification area
Totaling 8.69% of the land within the 200-foot notification area in opposition.
Commission Recommendation
Planning Commission recommended denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District on December 9, 2020.
ALTERNATIVES:
1. Approval of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “ON”
Office Neighborhood District. (3/4 vote to overturn Planning Commission’s
recommendation)
FISCAL IMPACT:
There is no fiscal impact associated with this item.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the zoning request.
Planning Commission recommended denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single Family
6 District to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District with following vote count.
Vote Count:
For: 9
Opposed: 0
Absent: 0
Abstained: 0
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Ordinance
Presentation - Aerial Map
Planning Commission Final Report
Case No. 1220-03, The Episcopal Church Corporation in West Texas: (District 3)
Ordinance rezoning property at or near 4518 Saratoga Boulevard (State Highway
357) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “ON” Office Neighborhood
District
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described as being a 1.50 Acre Zoning Tract, being a portion of Lot 10,
Block 49, Country Club Estates Unit 11, as recorded in Volume 34, Page 2, of the Map
Records of Nueces County, Texas, as shown in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “ON” Neighborhood Office District
The subject property is located at or near 4518 Saratoga Boulevard (State Highway 357).
Exhibit A, which is the Metes and Bounds of the subject property with an associated map
attached to and incorporated in this ordinance.
SECTION 2. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 3. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
Page 2 of 5
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
SECTION 4. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 5. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 6. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 7. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 3 of 5
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez _______________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 4 of 5
Exhibit A
Page 5 of 5
PLANNING COMMISSION FINAL REPORT
Case No. 1220-03
INFOR No. 20ZN1029
Planning Commission Hearing Date: December 9, 2020 Applicant & Legal Description Owner: The Episcopal Church Corporation in West Texas
Applicant: Urban Engineering
Location Address: 4518 Saratoga Boulevard
Legal Description: Being 1.50 Acre Zoning Tract, being a portion of Lot 10,
Block 49, Country Club Estates Unit 11, as recorded in Volume 34, Page 2, of
the Map Records of Nueces County, Texas, located along the north side of
Saratoga Blvd (State Highway 357), the west side of Brisbane Drive, east of
Swansea Drive, and south of Clearwater Drive. Zoning Request From: “RS-6” Single Family 6 District
To: “ON” Office Neighborhood District
Area: 1.50 Acres
Purpose of Request: To allow for the development of a two to three-story
professional office building to be constructed. Existing Zoning and Land Uses Existing Zoning District Existing
Land Use
Future
Land Use
Site “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District Public Semi-Public
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
North “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District
Low Density
Residential
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
South “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District
Low Density
Residential
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential
East “RM-1” Multifamily District Medium Density
Residential
High Density
Single Family
Residential
West “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District
Low Density
Residential
Medium Density
Single Family
Residential ADP, Map & Violations Area Development Plan: The subject property is located within the boundaries
of the Southside Area Development Plan and is planned for Medium Density
Single Family Residential. The proposed rezoning to the “ON” Office
Neighborhood District is partially consistent with the adopted Comprehensive
Plan (Plan CC) and warrants an amendment to the Future Land Use Map.
Map No.: 045034
Zoning Violations: None
Staff Report
Page 2
Transportation Transportation and Circulation: The subject property has approximately 275
feet of street frontage along Saratoga Boulevard (State Highway 357) which is
designated as a “A3” Primary Arterial Street. According to the Urban
Transportation Plan, “A3” Primary Arterial Streets can convey a capacity
between 30,000 to 48,000 Average Daily Trips (ADT). The property also has
approximately 435 feet of street frontage along Brisbane Drive, which is
designated as a Local Street. According to the Urban Transportation Plan,
Local Streets can convey up to 500 Average Daily Trips (ADT). Street R.O.W. Street
Urban
Transportation Plan
Type
Proposed
Section
Existing
Section
Traffic
Volume
Saratoga
Boulevard
(SH 357)
“A3” Primary Arterial 130’ ROW
79’ paved
120’ ROW
72’ paved
34,786 ADT
(2018)
Brisbane
Drive Local Street 50’ ROW
28’ paved
60’ ROW
36’ paved N/A
Staff Summary:
Requested Zoning: The applicant is requesting a rezoning from the “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District to allow for the construction of
a professional office building.
Development Plan: The subject property is 1.50 acres in size and is a portion of a larger
2.50 acre property. The remaining portion of the property will remain zoned “RS-6” Single-
Family 6 District. The applicant has not submitted any specific plans concerning
professional office development.
Existing Land Uses & Zoning: The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District and consists of a Church built approximately in the early 1980’s. To the
north is a single family subdivision established in the late 1960’s and zoned “RS-6” Single-
Family 6 District. To the south is Saratoga Boulevard constructed in 1967. To the east is
Brisbane Drive and the County Club Townhomes which are zoned “RM-1” and “RM-3”
Multifamily Residential.
AICUZ: The subject property is not located in one of the Navy’s Air Installation
Compatibility Use Zones (AICUZ).
Plat Status: The property is platted.
Utilities:
Water: 12-inch ACP line located along Saratoga Blvd, and a 6-inch ACP line along
Brisbane Drive
Wastewater: 8-inch VCP line located along the north and western property line
Gas: 6-inch Gas Main runs along Saratoga Blvd, and a 2-inch Gas main runs along
the northern and western property line.
Staff Report
Page 3
Storm Water: Storm Basin is Osos Creek, with conveyance to Saratoga and
Brisbane. 30-inch public storm pipe runs from a Brisbane storm inlet location.
Plan CC & Area Development Plan Consistency: The subject property is located within
the boundaries of the Southside Area Development Plan and is planned for a Medium-
Density Residential use. The proposed rezoning to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District
is partially consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC). The following
policies should be considered:
• Encourage orderly growth of new residential, commercial, and industrial areas
(Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy Statement 1).
• Promote a balanced mix of land uses to accommodate continuous growth and
promote the proper location of land uses based on compatibility, locational
needs, and characteristics of each use (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban
Design Policy Statement 1).
• Support having a stakeholder committee to develop design standards and
policies for areas of the city where deemed appropriate. (Future Land Use,
Zoning, and Urban Design Policy Statement 3).
Department Comments:
• The proposed rezoning is partially consistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan
(Plan CC), is compatible with the adjoining residential properties, and does not have
a negative impact upon the adjacent residential or multifamily properties.
• The property is currently occupied by a vacant church with associated parking.
• Surrounding properties have been established single-family residential
neighborhoods and multifamily residential for the last 40 to 50 years.
• “The Neighborhood Office zoning district provides a location for office development.
The uses allowed have relatively low traffic generation. Areas of the Neighborhood
Office zoning district may be appropriate adjacent to most residential uses, and as a
transition between residential and nonresidential areas.” (UDC Section 4.5.1)
• If the “ON” Office Neighborhood District is approved, the professional office
development will need to abide all requirements of the Unified Development Code
(UDC).
• Specifically, Section 7.9.6 Zoning District Buffer Yards, which would impose a Type
B buffer yard between the development and adjacent properties.
Staff Recommendation:
Approval of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single Family Residential District to the
“ON” Office Neighborhood District.
Planning Commission Recommendation (December 9, 2020):
Denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single Family Residential District to the
“ON” Office Neighborhood District.
Staff Report
Page 4
Public Notification Number of Notices Mailed – 26 within 200-foot notification area
8 outside notification area
As of March 12, 2021:
In Favor – 9 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
In Opposition – 20 inside notification area
– 5 outside notification area
Totaling 8.69% of the land within the 200-foot notification area in opposition.
*Created by calculating the area of land immediately adjoining the subject property and extending
200-foot therefrom. The opposition is totaled by the total area of land that each individual
property owner owns converted into a percentage of the total 200-foot notification area. Notified
property owner’s land in square feet / Total square footage of all property in the notification area
= Percentage of public opposition
Attachments:
A. Location Map (Existing Zoning & Notice Area)
B. Public Comments Received (if any)
Staff Report
Page 5
From:Sheri Bihner
To:Craig Garrison
Subject:Rezoning Case # 1220-03
Date:Sunday, December 6, 2020 4:08:52 PM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
Dear Mr. Garison:
We are writing you to express our concerns about the proposed rezoning of the Episcopal Church
property at 4518 Saratoga Blvd. We hope that the City Planning Commission will recommend that the
City Council deny the proposed rezoning of the property.
Our property is on the corner of Clearwater Dr. and Brisbane. Our backyard is adjacent to the church
parking lot. We are concerned about the following issues:
1. If the property's only entrances are on Brisbane, a business there would greatly increase traffic
which would pose greater risk for children playing in the park on Brisbane and Congressional.
2. We have lived here since 1996 and since then the church was our neighbor. We only had to
contend with extra traffic a few times a week and only for short periods. Our driveway is accessed using
Brisbane and the extra traffic from businesses on the former church property could be a nightmare each
time we try to leave the house.
3. Several-story office buildings would not only increase traffic but would create privacy issues since
people could look directly into our backyard.
4. If multi-family buildings were constructed on the property, they would create a major increase in
traffic and noise for our property. Having that kind of commercial property right behind our house could
potentially negatively affect our future property values.
Thank you for consideration of our concerns over the proposed rezoning. If the proposed changes are
allowed, it would have a serious negative affect on our daily lives at all times of each day.
Sincerely,
Thomas R. Bihner and Sheri Bihner
4529 Clearwater Dr.
Property Owner ID 22
From:Deanna Stevens
To:Catherine Garza; Craig Garrison
Subject:Rezoning Case No. 1220-03
Date:Saturday, December 5, 2020 8:16:11 PM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
I received the attached Public Hearing Notice (Case No. 1220-03) regarding the petition by the
Episcopal Church for the City of Corpus Christi to consider a zoning change from Single
Family Residential (RS-6) to Office Neighborhood (ON) for the property at 4518 Saratoga
Blvd.
I live behind the property at 4517 Clearwater Dr., and I oppose the zoning change.
Please recommend that City Council deny the petition and please do not recommend an
intermediate zoning classification and/or special permit.
Please keep the zoning Single Family Residential in accordance with the Goals and Strategies
in Plan CC’s Vision for Housing & Neighborhoods, adopted by City Council, that states
that Corpus Christi “sustains and maintains established neighborhoods” to keep them safe and
free from crime.
The Planning Commission can also recommend that the petitioner seek a buyer interested in
building single-family residences such as townhouses to “encourage residential infill
development on vacant lots within or adjacent to existing neighborhoods” as stated in Plan
CC’s Goals and Strategies for Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design.
Quality of life and safe, quiet, residential neighborhoods are a cornerstone to successful
communities. There are numerous commercial/retail/office properties currently located across
the street along the southwest and southeast corners of Saratoga and Everhart to support
business growth. Please consider this matter as if you lived behind the property in
question, and again, please recommend to deny the zoning change request.
Thank you,
Deanna Stevens
4517 Clearwater Dr., Corpus Christi, TX
(361) 728-9709
From:Gene Di Russo
To:Craig Garrison
Subject:Rezoning case 1220-03
Date:Monday, December 7, 2020 12:52:05 PM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will NEVER ask for a
password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When in doubt, please forward to
SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
________________________________
Achille Di Russo
4525 Clearwater 78413
From:Lanette Joubert
To:Craig Garrison; Catherine Garza
Subject:Re: Rezoning Case No. 1220-03 - The Episcopal Church Corp. of West Texas
Date:Sunday, December 6, 2020 8:37:47 PM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN: Please ignore the email accidentally sent at 8:12
p,.m. 12/6/2020. My name is Lanette Smith Joubert and I have lived at 4502
Greensboro Dr., Corpus Christi, Texas since 1983. I received a copy of the City
Planning Commission Public Hearing Notice on the Episcopal Church Corporation
in West Texas petition for the rezoning of the property described in the notice and
commonly known as 4518 Saratoga Blvd., Corpus Christi, Nueces County, Texas. I
strongly oppose the rezoning of the property from single family to office
neighborhood. This neighborhood is quiet with well-kept homes generally
occupied by the owners. The broad categories of possible structures that could be
built on the rezoned property mean that we could have a restaurant/bar in that
location or a three story office building with retail space. Such a structure would
destroy the neighborhood and lower property values in the area. I can't imagine a
single structure in that range of possible businesses that would enhance or benefit
the neighborhood or area. While my property is not abbutting the subject property,
lower property values in the area would adversely affect my property value.
I strongly urge the City Planning Commission to deny the petition for rezoning as
proposed. Thank you. Lanette Smith Joubert
361-855-3617
On Sun, Dec 6, 2020 at 8:12 PM Lanette Joubert <lsjfamilylaw@gmail.com> wrote:TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
--
Lanette Smith Joubert
ATTORNEY AT LAW
405 N. Tancahua (78401)
P.O. Box 23 (78403)
Corpus Christi, Texas
Office: 361-887-6661
Fax: 361-887-9377
email: lsjfamilylaw@gmail.com
--
Lanette Smith Joubert
ATTORNEY AT LAW
405 N. Tancahua (78401)
P.O. Box 23 (78403)
Corpus Christi, Texas
Office: 361-887-6661
Fax: 361-887-9377
email: lsjfamilylaw@gmail.com
From:Michael W. Gordon
To:Craig Garrison; Catherine Garza
Cc:Beth Padgett
Subject:Rezoning case # 1220-03 (4518 Saratoga Blvd.)
Date:Monday, December 7, 2020 3:29:51 PM
Attachments:image002.png
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
To whom it my concern –
As one of the nearby (6413 Swansea) homeowners to the subject property I am greatly
concerned about the proposed rezoning. First and foremost this is a residential
area/neighborhood and as a matter of property values, public safety and aesthetics, putting
an office building in the middle of it runs counter to the fundamental purpose of having
residential zones, and indeed to the purpose of having zoning restrictions at all. If we are
going to allow exceptions that completely defeat the purpose of zoning laws any time
someone wants to build something that will change the nature of a neighborhood, then why
bother with having zoning laws at all? There is plenty of available space in CC in areas that are
already zoned for the type of construction being proposed at 4518 Saratoga. The developers
should look there to locate their project.
Additionally, although the current proposal is for a “2 or 3 story office building”, I see
nothing in the rezoning proposal that limits development of a different kind should the zoning
change occur. At one time there was an effort to put a funeral home on that lot – who’s to
say that if the current zoning restrictions are changed the development plan wouldn’t be
changed to a funeral home, or an 8 story office building, or anything else? Even in the event
that zoning is changed and indeed this results in a 2-3 story office building for “professional
offices” located on that site – what sort of professionals will lease those offices? We could
have counselors who treat sex offenders with offices across the street from a park full of kids.
Does that seem like a good idea?
Finally there is the matter of the purpose behind zoning restrictions. I touched on this
earlier but to be more specific, when a potential home buyer looks for the right home –
location is one of the primary considerations. People who choose to invest in home
ownership have the right to expect that when they buy a home in a single family residential
area, that area will remain as such, with all that implies as far as property values, traffic, safety
and quality of living. If one doesn’t mind living in a mixed residential/commercial area then
there are similar houses there than can be purchased for a lower price – precisely because
they are in a less desirable area. Stability is one of the most important factors in choosing a
neighborhood, and that is one of the main reasons we have zoning laws in the first place. Even
within single family residential areas, the homes near the border to a commercial area will be
valued at less than similar homes farther into the same residential area. Why? Because the
homes near the commercial areas are less desirable than the homes deeper into the
residential zone. And why is that the case? Because of more traffic, more noise, more privacy
concerns and more worries about safety.
My wife and I bought our home in November of 2003, deliberately choosing a single
family residential area so that we could raise our children in safety, without having to worry
about them going to play at the nearby park (County Club Park – right across the street from
the subject property), and so that we could generally enjoy the benefits of living in this type of
neighborhood. We could have bought in a mixed-use area and probably could have gotten
more house per dollar there – but we didn’t do that. We invested in a home in a single family
and residential only neighborhood because that’s where we wanted to live. We were willing
to (and did) pay more for our house because of that. We believed that our home would
better hold its value because of that. It is not fair to us – or the other homeowners in the area
– to change the rules in the middle of the game because someone wants to build an office
building.
Please register our strong opposition to the rezoning of the property at 4518 Saratoga
Blvd.
Michael W. Gordon
Assistant District Attorney
Chief Felony & Misdemeanor Prosecutor
Nueces County District Attorney’s Office
901 Leopard, Room 206
Corpus Christi, TX 78401
(361) 888-0410 (phone)
(361) 888-0474 (fax)
Michael.gordon@nuecesco.com
DA.efile@nuecesco.com
Personal and Confidential
The information contained in this message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the designated recipient
named above. This message may attorney-client communication and/or may be attorney work product and as such is
privileged and confidential. The attorney-client privilege and attorney privilege are expressly retained and intended to be
preserved if the reader of this message is not the intended recipient you are hereby notified that you have received this
document in error and that any review, dissemination, distribution, or copying of this message is strictly prohibited. If you
have received this communication in error, please notify us immediately by telephone and return to us by mail.
From:Bert Richmer
To:Craig Garrison; Catherine Garza
Subject:Case 1220-03 - Rezoning of Property at Brisbane and Saratoga
Date:Monday, December 7, 2020 10:54:02 AM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
HI -
My name is Gary Richmer. I live at 4406 Clearwater Drive, the street right behind the
property owned by the Episcopal Church Corporation - the property in question of being
rezoned. The reason I'm sending you this e-mail is because I am in strong opposition to
having that property rezoned from "RS-6" (Single Family Residential) to "ON" (Office
Neighborhood). I have lived in this Country Club Estates neighborhood since 1980 (for the
past 40 years), and I strongly object to seeing the dynamics of this neighborhood change by
allowing office buildings to be built. My reasons for objecting to this rezoning request
includes the following:
- TRAFFIC: Office buildings bring people, and people bring traffic. There is a
quiet little park where children run with their dogs, fly their kites and practice and play school
sports (baseball, softball, soccer, football, etc) on Brisbane (the same street where the rezoning
is being requested; in fact, this park is within the 200 ft radius, the same radius as the 28
houses that received the city's Public Hearing Notices).
- PRIVACY: This office building, possibly multi-story, with houses bordering
the perimeter of the property in question, would totally encroach on the privacy of the homes
bordering this property. No amount of "buffer" property, along the fence-line of these homes,
would be enough to assure the privacy that these homes presently have and, of course, had
when the homeowners bought their houses.
- LONG-TERM USE OF THE PROPERTY IN QUESTION: If rezoning of this
property is successful, and the lawyers decide, at any time, that the demographics of this
location is not good for law offices, nothing would prevent the owners from "renting" their
facility to other establishments such as places that do "body art" (tatoos), chiropractors (places
that do massages), or for that matter any other "business" that would not be conducive to the
present "quietness" of this neighborhood.
- PROPERTY VALUES OF THE 108 HOUSES IN THIS COUNTRY CLUB
ESTATES NEIGHBORHOOD - I've spoken with several realtor friends about this situation
and they all said mostly the same thing - that having a "business" in a neighborhood makes the
houses within that neighborhood harder to sell, and because of that, the expected selling price
of these houses will usually have to be reduced (sometimes several times) in order to be sold.
Also, for your information, I would like for you to know that there WAS a prospective buyer
for that property who is a minister and who wanted to keep the existing building there and use
it for his church. He contacted Ms Caroline Mowen (Cantor/Assistant Treasurer of the
Episcopal Diocese of West Texas) to make an offer to buy the church property; I also told Mr
Lundquist about this individual, but he didn't seem interested. After several attempts to make
something happen there for his church, Pastor Terry eventually gave up.
I thank you for your time and for your interest in helping us with this extremely sensitive
situation. As a very concerned neighbor in this Country Club Estates neighborhood (one of
the nicest older neighborhoods in this city) I ask that you DISAPPROVE rezoning of this
property.
Sincerely,
GARY L RICHMER
From:Reynaldo Narvaez
To:Craig Garrison
Subject:[EXTERNAL]Zoning Change Case 1220-03
Date:Monday, December 07, 2020 4:49:16 PM
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
My name is Reynaldo Narvaez and my wife is Josefa Narvaez. We reside at 4401 Congressional Dr
and have lived at this same address since I retired from the Navy in May of 1993. We chose this
neighborhood because it was and still is a nice, friendly, clean and quiet neighborhood to raise our
family.
My wife and I want to voice our objection to the proposed zoning change to the property at 4518
Saratoga case 1220-03. We are very concerned of any type of business even if they are just for
offices being erected on this property. There are no business establishments
Anywhere near our neighborhood and we prefer to keep it that way. We do not object to a church
or single family residential homes. If we allow the zoning change what could come next, a zoning
change at the Country Club Park just down the street from 4518 Saratoga on Brisbane Dr? We
cannot allow this to happen.
Thank you for this opportunity to voice our concerns and opinion. Please let our voices be heard.
From:Heather Hallock
To:Craig Garrison
Cc:Catherine Garza
Subject:Rezoning Case No 1220-03
Date:Monday, December 07, 2020 10:03:25 AM
Attachments:Country Club Estates Unit 11 Deed.pdf
[ [ WARNING: External e-mail. Avoid clicking on links or attachments. We will
NEVER ask for a password, username, payment or to take action from an email. When
in doubt, please forward to SecurityAlert@cctexas.com. ] ]
Dear Planning Commission,
My husband Royce and I have lived in Country Club Estates for 29 out of our 37 years as Corpus Christi
residents and we wanted to write and express our strong to the proposed rezoning case 1220-03 before you
on Wednesday, Dec 9, 2020.
At the time of its formation on Sep 7th, 1967 the deed for Country Club Estates required all lots to be used
only for single family residential purposes with the exception of Lot 12 of Block 27 and Lot 10 of Block 49
which were specifically exempted as allowing church and related ecclesiastical purposes. After 30 years
this deed and its restrictions renew every 10 years unless a majority of the owners change the restrictive
covenants and file an amendment with the CountyClerk. To our knowledge (and that of City Staff) these
restrictions have not been changed and the neighborhood deed is still in effect. We are concerned that the
current city process is not respecting the deed or informing all 108 homes to which it applies as the
character of a neighborhood such as ours is not measured by a simple 200 foot radius around the subject
property. This deed is attached for your reference.
The city’s approved Comprehensive Plan in section 3 states that one of its’ primary goals is that “Corpus
Christi sustains and maintains established neighborhoods”. Our neighborhood has been established for 53
years and no agreement has ever been reached with a majority its 108 owners to change the intended use for
this lot. The proposed rezoning is also not in alignment with the Southside Area Development plan land use
map that was approved by our City Council as recently as March 17, 2020. Both of these misalignments are
noted by staff on Page 1 and Page 3 of their report but a simple amendment is not appropriate as these
documents were approved with intent to provide a consistent roadmap for decision making and planning in
our city.
Per Staff’s presentation, “ON” zoning would allow townhouse, apartments, offices, overnight
accommodation, and accessory uses such as restaurants and retail sales. The rezoning being submitted is
not dependent on an approved development plan and so your consideration for any rezoning needs to
include all possible uses, not just the stated intended use of the owner/developer at this time. We recognize
that their application references a 2-3 story office building but we find any use outside of Single Family
residential out of keeping with the character (and legal deed) of the existing neighborhood. This poses real
issues concerning privacy and an increase in noise and traffic for the surrounding homes and the adjacent
city park.
In summary and as you make your deliberations we would ask that you please consider carefully that this
rezoning application it not in alignment with our City Comprehensive Plan, not in alignment with the
Southside Area Development Plan, not in alignment with the deed and is definitely not in the best wishes of
either us personally or our established neighborhood.
Thank you for your time considering our opposition and your ongoing service to our community.
Sincerely,
Heather and Royce Hallock
6417 Swansea Dr.
The Episcopal Church Corporation in West Texas
Rezoning for a Property at 4518 Saratoga
From “RS-6” to “ON”
Zoning Case #1220-03
City Council
March 16, 2021
2
Aerial Overview
N
3
Adjacent Development and Zoning Pattern
4
Public Notification
28 Notices mailed inside 200’ buffer
8 Notices mailed outside 200’ buffer
Notification Area
Opposed: 20 (8.69%)
In Favor: 9 (14.24 %)
0
XX
X
X
XX
Notified property owner’s land in square
feet / Total square footage of all property in
the notification area =
Percentage of public opposition
Separate Opposed Owners: 20 XX
X
0000
XX 00
X
XXX00
5
Recommendation
Staff Recommendation:
Approval of the change of zoning
to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District
Planning Commission Recommendation:
Denial of the change of zoning
to the “ON” Office Neighborhood District
6
Setbacks
DATE: February 15, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Al Raymond, AIA, Director
Development Services Department
AlRaymond@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3575
CAPTION:
Zoning Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near 502
South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road 2292) from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to
the “IL” Light Industrial District.
SUMMARY:
The proposed use will be a development consisting of a warehouse with office and a multi-acre
improved storage-yard to store modular office structures.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The subject property is 30.77 acres in size. The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District, consists of vacant property, and has remined undeveloped since annexation in
1962. The proposed zoning is inconsistent with Plan CC and the Air Installation Compatible Use
Zone (AICUZ). The alternate recommendation supported by Planning Commission and staff of
"IC" Industrial Compatible District allows the proposed use, a maximum of height of 35 feet and
a screening fence/buffer while prohibiting uses that are inconsistent with the AICUZ.
Conformity to City Policy
The subject property is located within the boundaries of the Northwest Area Development Plan
and is planned for a Agriculture or Rural Enterprise use. The proposed rezoning to the “IL” Light
Industrial District is inconsistent with the adopted Future Land Use Map and the adopted
Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC). However, the proposed use does not have a negative impact
upon the adjacent properties. Although, the requested use of warehousing within the “IL”
District is compatible in a one-to-one ratio with the FAR requirements in the “IC” District, there
are many uses that are incompatible with the Air Installation Compatible Use Zone (AICUZ)
and Accident Potential Zone (APZ) Overlay. Incompatible uses include: Waste-Related
Services, Truck stop with overnight accommodations, Fairgrounds, and a Vocational, trade
or business school. By-products of some of these uses that are a priority to be aware of as
listed in the Naval Air Station-Corpus Christi (NAS-CC) Joint Land Use Study (JLUS) are
vibration, dust, smoke, steam, air quality, etc. The AICUZ Overlay over the subject property
Rezoning a property at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Public Hearing & First Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 03/16/21
Second Reading Ordinance for the City Council Meeting 03/23/21
has been established to protect the proposed runways that were included in the Corpus
Christi International Airport Masterplan (adopted 2007). The property is designated as per the
future land use as Agriculture/ Rural Enterprise. As per Plan CC, this land is intended to be
used for single-family homes on very large lots or associated with rural enterprise uses,
agricultural uses, vacant land that has not previously been developed, and small business
clusters that serve a rural population. The subject property is in the path of the proposed
runway. The proposed runway does not have a timeline for construction, and much of the
land is still under private ownership.
Public Input Process
Number of Notices Mailed
12 within 200-foot notification area
6 outside notification area
As of March 12, 2021:
In Favor
0 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
In Opposition
2 inside notification area
0 outside notification area
Totaling 2.54% of the land within the 200-foot notification area in opposition.
Commission Recommendation
Planning Commission recommended denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single-
Family 6 District to the “IL” Light Industrial District, in lieu thereof, approval of the “IC/SP”
Industrial Compatible District with a Special Permit (SP) with conditions on February 3, 2021.
ALTERNATIVES:
1. Approval of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single Family 6 District to the “IL” Light
Industrial District. (Requires ¾ vote to approve due to Planning Commission
recommendation of denial)
FISCAL IMPACT:
There is no fiscal impact associated with this item.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends denial in lieu of a Special Permit of the zoning request.
Planning Commission recommended denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single-
Family 6 District to the “IL” Light Industrial District, in lieu thereof, approval of the “IC/SP” Industrial
Compatible District with a Special Permit (SP) with conditions with following vote count.
Vote Count:
For: 7
Opposed: 1
Absent: 0
Abstained: 1
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Ordinance
Presentation - Aerial Map
Planning Commission Final Report
Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near
502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road 2292) from the “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial Compatible District with a Special Permit
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described as being a 30.77 acre tract as described in a deed recorded
in Volume 1911, Page 207, Deed Records Nueces County, Texas. Said 30.77 acre tract
being out of the Thomas Gallagher (400) Acre Survey, Patent No. 359, Volume 37,
Abstract No. 988, and also being out of a portion of Section 402, Beaty, Seale and
Forwood Certificate No. 1739 as shown in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RS-6” Single-Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial Compatible District with
a Special Permit.
The subject property is located at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market
Road 2292). Exhibit A, Exhibit A, which is the Metes and Bounds of the subject property
with an associated map attached to and incorporated in this ordinance .
SECTION 2. The Special Permit granted in Section 1 of this ordinance is subject to the
Owner following the conditions listed below:
1. Height: The maximum height of any structure shall not exceed 35 feet. Stacking
containers shall not exceed three containers high.
Page 2 of 5
2.Buffer Yard: The required buffer yard along the southern property line shall be 15-
feet in width and must include a solid screening fence at least 6-feet in height along
the property line.
3.Federal Aviation Administration (FAA): Prior to obtaining building permits or
beginning any construction, a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (Form
7460) shall be submitted and a determination rendered by the FAA of no hazard to
air navigation and/or flight operations to/from the Corpus Christi International Airport
(CCIA) regarding any construction at the site or temporary structures such as
construction cranes on site.
4.Time Limit: In accordance with the UDC, this Special Permit shall be deemed to
have expired within 12 months of this ordinance unless a complete building permit
application has been submitted, and/or the Special Permit shall expire if the allowed
use is discontinued for more than six consecutive months.
SECTION 3. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 4. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
SECTION 5. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 6. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 7. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 8. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 3 of 5
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez _______________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 4 of 5
Exhibit A
Page 5 of 5
Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near
502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road 2292) from the “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District to the “IL” Light Industrial District
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described as being a 30.77 acre tract as described in a deed recorded
in Volume 1911, Page 207, Deed Records Nueces County, Texas. Said 30.77 acre tract
being out of the Thomas Gallagher (400) Acre Survey, Patent No. 359, Volume 37,
Abstract No. 988, and also being out of a portion of S ection 402, Beaty, Seale and
Forwood Certificate No. 1739 as shown in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RS-6” Single-Family 6 District to the “IL” Light Industrial District.
The subject property is located at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market
Road 2292). Exhibit A, Exhibit A, which is the Metes and Bounds of the subject property
with an associated map attached to and incorporated in this ordinance .
SECTION 2. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 3. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
Page 2 of 5
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
SECTION 4. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 5. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 6. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 7. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 3 of 5
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its secon d
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez _______________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 4 of 5
Exhibit A
Page 5 of 5
Case No. 0221-01, Adhub, LLC.: (District 3) Ordinance rezoning property at or near
502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market Road 2292) from the “RS-6” Single
Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial Compatible District with a Special Permit
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the Planning Commission during which all interested persons were allowed to
be heard;
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to the City Council its final
report and recommendation regarding the application for an amendment to the City of
Corpus Christi’s Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning Map;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, a public hearing was held during a
meeting of the City Council, during which all interested persons were allowed to be heard;
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that this rezoning is not detrimental
to the public health, safety, or general welfare of the City of Corpus Christi and its citizens;
and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds that this rezoning will promote the best and most
orderly development of the properties affected thereby, and to be affected thereby, in the
City of Corpus Christi.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Unified Development Code (“UDC”) and corresponding UDC Zoning
Map of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas is amended by changing the zoning on the
subject property described as being a 30.77 acre tract as described in a deed recorded
in Volume 1911, Page 207, Deed Records Nueces County, Texas. Said 30.77 acre tract
being out of the Thomas Gallagher (400) Acre Survey, Patent No. 359, Volume 37,
Abstract No. 988, and also being out of a portion of Section 402, Beaty, Seale and
Forwood Certificate No. 1739 as shown in Exhibit “A”:
from the “RS-6” Single-Family 6 District to the “IC/SP” Industrial Compatible District with
a Special Permit.
The subject property is located at or near 502 South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market
Road 2292). Exhibit A, Exhibit A, which is the Metes and Bounds of the subject property
with an associated map attached to and incorporated in this ordinance .
SECTION 2. The Special Permit granted in Section 1 of this ordinance is subject to the
Owner following the conditions listed below:
1. Height: The maximum height of any structure shall not exceed 35 feet. Stacking
containers shall not exceed three containers high.
Page 2 of 5
2. Buffer Yard: The required buffer yard along the southern property line shall be 30 -
feet in width and must include a solid screening fence at least 8-feet in height along
the property line.
3. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA): Prior to obtaining building permits or
beginning any construction, a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (Form
7460) shall be submitted and a determination rendered by the FAA of no hazard to
air navigation and/or flight operations to/from the Corpus Christi International Airport
(CCIA) regarding any construction at the site or temporary structures such as
construction cranes on site.
4. Time Limit: In accordance with the UDC, this Special Permit shall be deemed to
have expired within 12 months of this ordinance unless a complete building permit
application has been submitted, and/or the Special Permit shall expire if the allowed
use is discontinued for more than six consecutive months.
SECTION 3. The UDC and corresponding UDC Zoning Map of the City, made effective
July 1, 2011 and as amended from time to time, except as changed by this ordinance,
both remain in full force and effect including the penalties for violations as made and
provided for in Article 10 of the UDC.
SECTION 4. To the extent this amendment to the UDC represents a deviation from the
City’s Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to conform to the UDC,
as it is amended by this ordinance.
SECTION 5. All ordinances or parts of ordinances specifically pertaining to the zoning of
the subject property that are in conflict with this ordinance are hereby expressly repealed.
SECTION 6. A violation of this ordinance, or requirements implemented under this
ordinance, constitutes an offense punishable as provided in Article 1, Section 1.10.1 of
the UDC, Article 10 of the UDC, and/or Section 1-6 of the Corpus Christi Code of
Ordinances.
SECTION 7. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus
Christi as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
SECTION 8. This ordinance shall become effective upon publication.
Page 3 of 5
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez _______________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Page 4 of 5
Exhibit A
Page 5 of 5
PLANNING COMMISSION FINAL REPORT
Case No. 0221-01
INFOR No.
Planning Commission Hearing Date: February 3, 2021 Applicant & Legal Description Owner: Adhub, LLC
Applicant: Valls Holdings, Ltd.
Location Address: 502 South Clarkwood Road
Legal Description: 502 South Clarkwood Road and described as being a 30.77
acre tract as in a deed recorded in Volume 1911, page 207, Deed Records Nueces
County, Texas, said 30.77 acre tract being out of the Thomas Gallagher (400) Acre
Survey, Patent No. 359, Volume 37, Abstract No. 988, and also being out of a
portion of Section 402, Beaty, Seale and Forwood Certificate No. 1739, and located
along the east side of South Clarkwood Road (Farm to Market 2292), south of State
Highway 44 (SH 44), north of County Road 34, and west of South Blockholt Road. Zoning Request From: “RS-6” Single-Family District 6 District
To: “IL” Light Industrial District
Area: 30.77 acres
Purpose of Request: The owner of the property is requesting a change of zoning
from RS-6 to IL. Proposed use will be a development consisting of a warehouse
with office and a multi-acre improved storage-yard to store modular office
structures. Existing Zoning and Land Uses Existing Zoning District Existing
Land Use
Future
Land Use
Site “RS-6” Single-Family District
6 District Vacant Agriculture/ Rural
Enterprise
North “RS-6” Single-Family District
6 District Vacant
Agriculture/ Rural
Enterprise and
Medium Density
Residential
South “RV” Recreational Vehicle Vacant
Agriculture/ Rural
Enterprise and
Flood Plain
Conservation
East “RS-6” Single-Family District
6 District Drainage Corridor
Agriculture/ Rural
Enterprise and
Permanent Open
Space/ Light
Industrial,
Commercial
West “RS-4.5” Single-Family
District 6 District
Vacant/ Public/Semi-
Public Transportation
Staff Report
Page 2
Staff Summary:
Requested Zoning: The applicant is requesting a rezoning from the “RS-6” Single-Family 6
District to the “IL” Light Industrial District to allow for the construction of a warehouse and
outdoor storage of modular offices.
Development Plan: The subject property is 30.77 acres. The proposed development of a
warehouse and outdoor storage yard will have access to South Clarkwood Road. The
business will have a limited staff.
Existing Land Uses & Zoning: The subject property is currently zoned “RS-6” Single Family
Residential District consists of vacant property and has remined undeveloped since
annexation in 1962 and 1981. To the north are a few single-family residential homes zoned
“RS-6” Single-Family 6 District, and two vacant properties zoned “IC” Industrial Compatible
District/ “IL/SP” Light Industrial District with a Special Permit. To the south is vacant property
zoned “RV” Recreation Vehicle. To the west is South Clarkwood Road and the city limit ends
on the west side of the South Clarkwood Road right of way. To the west is vacant land and a
drainage corridor zoned “FR” Farm Rural District and “RS-6” Single-Family 6 District.
AICUZ: The subject property is located in one of the Navy’s Air Installation Compatibility Use
Zones (AICUZ).
Navy Land Use Compatibility in Accident Potential Zones (APZs):
As part of the Naval Air Station-Corpus Christi (NAS-CC’s) Joint Land Use Study (JLUS),
AICUZs has been identified for proposed CCIA runway, and the subject property is in both
the APZ-I and APZ-II.
ADP, Map & Violations Area Development Plan: The subject property is located within the boundaries of
the Northwest Area Development Plan and is planned for Agriculture or Rural
Enterprise uses. The proposed rezoning to the “IL” Light Industrial District is
inconsistent with the adopted Future Land Use Map.
Map No.:058042, 058043, 057043, and 057042
City Council District: 3
Zoning Violations: None Transportation Transportation and Circulation: The subject property has approximately 1,100
feet of street frontage along South Clarkwood Road which is designated as a “A3”
Primary Arterial Street. According to the Urban Transportation Plan (Urban
Transportation Plan), Primary Arterial can convey a capacity of 30,000 – 48,000
average daily trips. The proposed development of warehousing and an outdoor
storage yard will have access to South Clarkwood Road. Street R.O.W. Street
Urban
Transportation Plan
Type
Proposed
Section
Existing
Section
Traffic
Volume
South
Clarkwood
Road
“A3” Primary Arterial 130’ ROW
79’ paved
112’ ROW
25’ paved
799
(2019)
Staff Report
Page 3
As part of the NAS-CC’s JLUS, the City created two new zoning districts to increase land use
compatibility around the runways. Those districts are the “IC” Industrial Compatible District
and the “CC” Commercial Compatible District. These new districts were intended for
properties within an AICUZ. An ideal zoning district for this use is the “IC” district. The
proposed use of warehousing is allowed a Maximum Floor to Area Ratio (FAR) of 1.00.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) - Determinations of Hazards
The applicant is required to request a determination of hazards from the FAA for each
structure constructed on the subject property.
Plat Status: The property is not platted.
Utilities:
Water: 12-inch ACP line along the property on the west. A 48-inch CSCP line runs
through the property.
Wastewater: 10-inch VCP line along to the north.
Gas: 4-inch gas line located along the property on the west.
Storm Water: 43-inch line across South Clarkwood Road to the north. Stormwater
drainage ditches are available to the north and east.
Plan CC & Area Development Plan Consistency: The subject property is located within the
boundaries of the Northwest Area Development Plan (Adopted 2001) and is planned for
Agriculture or Rural Enterprise uses. The proposed rezoning to the “IL” Light Industrial District
is inconsistent with the adopted Northwest Area Development Plan. The proposed rezoning
is inconsistent with the following policies of the Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC) (Adopted
2016). The following policies should be considered:
• Protect the Corpus Christi International Airport by discouraging heavy industrial uses
from locating under flight approach zones. The primary airport approach flight path is
located over the Annaville/Calallan areas in a southeast-northwest direction. The plan
recommends residential and light industrial uses in these underlying areas. (Northwest
Area Development Plan, Land Use Policy Statement (h))
• Encourage orderly growth of new residential, commercial, and industrial areas
(Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy Statement 1).
• Promote a balanced mix of land uses to accommodate continuous growth and
promote the proper location of land uses based on compatibility, locational needs,
and characteristics of each use. (Future Land Use, Zoning, and Urban Design Policy
Statement 1).
Department Comments:
• The proposed rezoning is inconsistent with the adopted Comprehensive Plan (Plan CC).
The proposed rezoning is also incompatible with the future land use and but does not
have seem to have a direct negative impact upon the adjacent properties.
• Although the requested use of Warehousing within the “IL” District is compatible in a one
to one ratio with the FAR requirements in the “IC” District, there are many uses that are
incompatible with the AICUZ Overlay. Incompatible uses include: Waste-Related
Services, Truck stop with overnight accommodations, Fairgrounds, and a Vocational,
trade or business school. By-products of some of these uses that are a priority to be aware
of as listed in the NAS-CC JLUS are vibration, dust, smoke, steam, air quality, etc.
Staff Report
Page 4
• The AICUZ Overlay over the subject property has been established to protect the
proposed runways that were included in the Corpus Christi International Airport
Masterplan (adopted 2007).
• The subject property is suitable for the uses proposed by this rezoning.
• The property is designated as per the future land use as Agriculture/ Rural Enterprise.
As per Plan CC, this land is intended to be used for single-family homes on very large
lots or associated with rural enterprise uses, agricultural uses, vacant land that has not
previously been developed, and small business clusters that serve a rural population.
• The subject property is in the path of ta proposed runway. The proposed runway does
not have a timeline for construction, and much of the land is still under private
ownership.
Planning Commission and Staff Recommendation (February 3, 2021):
Denial of the change of zoning from the “RS-6” Single-Family 6 District to the “IL” Light
Industrial District, in lieu thereof, approval of the “IC/SP” Industrial Compatible District with a
Special Permit (SP) with the following conditions.
1. Height: The maximum height of any structure shall not exceed 35 feet. Stacking
containers shall not exceed three containers high.
2. Buffer Yard: The required buffer yard along the southern property line shall be 30-feet
in width and must include a solid screening fence at least 8-feet in height along the
property line.
3. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA): Prior to obtaining building permits or
beginning any construction, a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (Form
7460) shall be submitted, and a determination rendered by the FAA of no hazard to air
navigation and/or flight operations to/from the Corpus Christi International Airport (CCIA)
regarding any construction at the site or temporary structures such as construction
cranes on site.
4. Time Limit: In accordance with the UDC, this Special Permit shall be deemed to have
expired within 12 months of this ordinance unless a complete building permit application
has been submitted, and/or the Special Permit shall expire if the allowed use is
discontinued for more than six consecutive months.
Staff Report
Page 5
Public Notification Number of Notices Mailed – 12 within 200-foot notification area
6 outside notification area
As of January 24, 2020:
In Favor – 0 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
In Opposition – 2 inside notification area
– 0 outside notification area
Totaling 2.54% of the land within the 200-foot notification area* in opposition.
*Created by calculating the area of land immediately adjoining the subject property and extending
200-foot therefrom. The opposition is totaled by the total area of land that each individual
property owner owns converted into a percentage of the total 200-foot notification area. Notified
property owner’s land in square feet / Total square footage of all property in the notification area
= Percentage of public opposition
Attachments:
A. Location Map (Existing Zoning & Notice Area)
B. Public Comments Received (if any)
Staff Report
Page 6
Staff Report
Page 7
Staff Report
Page 8
Adhub, LLC
Rezoning for a Property at 502 South Clarkwood Road
From “RS-6” to “IL”
Zoning Case #0221-01
City Council
March 16, 2021
2
Aerial Overview
N
3
Zoning Pattern
N
4
Air Installation Compatibility Use Zone
N
5
Public Notification
12 Notices mailed inside 200’ buffer
6 Notices mailed outside 200’ buffer
Notification Area
Opposed: 2 (2.54%)
In Favor: 0 (0.00 %)
XX
Separate Opposed Owners: 2
Notified property owner’s land in square feet
/ Total square footage of all property in the
notification area =
Percentage of public opposition
6
Planning Commission and
Staff Recommendation
Denial of the change of zoning
to the “IL” Light Industrial District
and lieu thereof
Approval of the change of zoning to the
“IC” Industrial Compatible District w/ a
Special Permit
7
Proposed Special Permit
Special Permit Requirements:
1.Height: The maximum height of any structure shall not exceed 35 feet. Stacking containers
shall not exceed three containers high.
2.Buffer Yard: The required buffer yard along the southern property line shall be 30-feet in
width and must include a solid screening fence at least 8-feet in height along the property line.
3.Federal Aviation Administration (FAA): Prior to obtaining building permits or beginning any
construction, a Notice of Proposed Construction or Alteration (Form 7460) shall be submitted
and a determination rendered by the FAA of no hazard to air navigation and/or flight
operations to/from the Corpus Christi International Airport (CCIA) regarding any construction
at the site or temporary structures such as construction cranes on site.
4.Time Limit: In accordance with the UDC, this Special Permit shall be deemed to have
expired within 12 months of this ordinance unless a complete building permit application has
been submitted, and/or the Special Permit shall expire if the allowed use is discontinued for
more than six consecutive months.
8
Buffer Yards:
“IL” to “RV”
Type C: 15-points, 15-feet wide
Setbacks:
Street: 20 feet
Side: 40 feet adjacent to any residential
Rear: 40 feet adjacent to any residential
use
UDC Requirements:
1:2 Slope Building Setback Height
Uses Allowed: Warehouse and Freight
Movement, Wholesale Trade Uses,
Waste-Related Services, Commercial
Parking, Restaurant Uses, etc.
UDC Requirements
N
9
Utilities
Water:12-inch ACP line along
the property on the west. A 48-
inch CSCP line runs through the
property.
Wastewater:10-inch VCP line
along to the north of the
property.
Gas:4-inch gas line located
along the property on the west.
Storm Water:43-inch line
across South Clarkwood Road to
the north. Stormwater drainage
ditches are available to the north
and east.
N
10
Existing Land Use Future Land Use
Vacant Low Density Residential Medium Density
Residential
Medium Density
Residential Park
Commercial
Government Flood Plain
ConservationPublic/Semi-Public
Commercial
Land Use
N
Agriculture/ Rural
Enterprise
Light Industrial
DATE: February 21, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Daniel McGinn, AICP, Director of Planning & ESI
DanielMc@cctexas.com
(361) 826-7011
CAPTION:
Ordinance adopting the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as an element of the Plan CC
Comprehensive Plan.
SUMMARY:
The Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan is an element of the City’s Comprehensive Plan, designed
to provide guidance and direction for future development and public investments in the study area.
The purpose of this planning effort was to identify strategies for improving the safety of the corridor
for all users (motorists, bicyclists, pedestrians, transit riders, and those with limited mobility),
improving the attractiveness of the corridor, and fostering a thriving economic climate. As one of
the City Manager’s FY 19/20 Budget Initiatives, this project represents the City’s effort to
proactively plan for safe, orderly and attractive growth consistent with the community’s vision.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The City of Corpus Christi worked with urban planning consultants from Asakura Robinson to
create the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan to identify opportunities to improve Northwest
Boulevard (FM 624) in the Calallen Area and guide future development.
The plan includes:
A community-based vision statement and goals.
Strategies and actions to achieve the vision and goals including conceptual drawings and
examples of suggested improvements.
An Implementation Plan summarizing the strategies and actions including time frames,
rough cost estimates, potential funding sources, and responsible parties.
An appendix containing the Assessment of Opportunities Report and summaries of
surveys and meetings.
Community input was used to create the plan. An Advisory Committee was formed, and the
committee met three times. Two online public meetings were held. Two online public surveys
were conducted – a Vision Survey and a Concepts Survey. Several individual stakeholders were
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
First Reading for the City Council Meeting of March 16, 2021
Second Reading for the City Council Meeting of March 23, 2021
Public Hearing on the Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
consulted. Several community priorities emerged from the public process and are summarized as
follows:
Reduce traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard.
Preserve and enhance the business and commercial space.
Enhance beauty and landscaping in the area.
Improve bicyclist and pedestrian safety.
The project team used the results of community input to develop the following vision statement
and goals, which were reviewed with the public during the second phase of public engagement
and refined for the final draft plan.
The Vision: “Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s “Main Street,” providing the amenities of a
prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming,
diverse, and family-friendly place where people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and
raise a family.”
The Goals:
“Northwest Boulevard’s future is:
1) Safe, accessible, and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
2) Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses.
3) Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
4) Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole.”
For each goal above, the plan identifies six to nine strategies and actions the City and community
partners could complete to achieve the goals.
ALTERNATIVES:
The planning process, in general, involves the analysis of alternatives that are reviewed with the
community. The plan being presented represents the selection of the best alternatives for
improving the corridor.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Adoption of the plan itself does not have a financial impact. While the plan provides
approximations of the cost of potential improvements, City staff and Council would review and
approve future actions with financial obligations needed to implement this plan.
Funding Detail:
Fund: N/A
Organization/Activity: N/A
Mission Element: N/A
Project # (CIP Only): N/A
Account: N/A
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan.
Planning Commission recommends approval with conditions:
Amend the document to address the implementation of additional street lighting.
Amend the document to emphasize the implementation of new/future city utilities;
(Water, Wastewater, and Storm Water).
Transportation Advisory Commission recommends approval.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan – Final Report (Jan. 2021)
Ordinance
PowerPoint
Ordinance adopting the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as
an element of the Plan CC Comprehensive Plan.
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission has forwarded to City Council its reports
and recommendations concerning the adoption of the Northwest Boulevard Corridor
Plan;
WHEREAS, with proper notice to the public, public hearings were held
during a meeting of the Planning Commission, and during a meeting of the City
Council, in the Council Chambers, at City Hall, in the City of Corpus Christi, during
which all interested persons were allowed to give testimony and present written
evidence;
WHEREAS, City Staff invited the public to workshops and public meetings to
give input to help develop a Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan for Corpus Christi,
and to receive public feedback;
WHEREAS, the City shall use the Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as a
guideline for urban growth, implementation of policy initiatives and public investments,
and to facilitate other plans that the city considers necessary for systematic growth
and development; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that these amendments would
best serve public health, safety, necessity, convenience, and general welfare of the
City of Corpus Christi and its citizens.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan is adopted as shown in Exhibit
A, which is attached and incorporated by reference.
SECTION 2. That the Plan CC Comprehensive Plan adopted by City Council
ordinance #030978 on September 27, 2016 is hereby amended to include the
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan as an element.
SECTION 4. To the extent that the amendment made by this ordinance represents a
deviation from the Comprehensive Plan, the Comprehensive Plan is amended to
conform to the amendment made by this ordinance. The Comprehensive Plan, as
amended from time to time and except as changed by this ordinance, remains in full
force and effect.
SECTION 5. The City Council intends that every section, paragraph, subdivision,
clause, phrase, word or provision hereof shall be given full force and effect for its
purpose. Therefore, if any section, paragraph, subdivision, clause, phrase, word or
provision of this ordinance is held invalid or unconstitutional by final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction, that judgment shall not affect any other section,
paragraph, subdivision, clause, phrase, word or provision of this ordinance.
SECTION 6. This ordinance takes effect after final passage on second reading.
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second reading on this
the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this the _____
day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Exhibit A
City of Corpus ChristiNorthwest
Boulevard (FM 624)
Corridor Plan
Draft Report
Submitted January 2021
Acknowledgements
City Council
Mayor Paulette M Guajardo
Michael Hunter
John Martinez
Mike Pusley
Billy Lerma
Ben Molina
Roland Berrera
Greg Smith
Gil Hernandez
Planning Commission
Sheldon Schroeder
Kamran Zarghouni
Michael M Miller
Michael York
Daniel M Dibble
Jeremy Baugh
Brian S Mandel
Javier O Gonzalez
Cynthia S Garza
Benjamin Polak, Ex Officio
City Staff
Steve Viera, Assistant City Manager
Peter Zanoni, City Manager
Annika Gunning Yankee, Sr. Planner/Project Manager
Daniel McGinn, AICP, Director
Avery Oltmans, AICP, City Planner
Advisory Committee
Dr. Arturo Almendarez, Calallen Independent School District
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living
Rose Fernandez, Calallen Apartments
Thomas Tiffin, P..E., Wood River Community Association
Charles Benavides, P.E., Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, AICP, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Gordon Robinson, AICP, Regional Transportation Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Mike Pusley, Northwest Business Association
Yasmene McDaniel, Corpus Christi Medical Center - Northwest
Angela Rhoden, Corpus Christi Medical Center - Northwest
Juan Pimentel, P.E., Nueces County Public Works
Carolyn Vaughn, Nueces County Commissioner
Everett Roy, City Councilmember
Sarah Munoz, P.E., City of Corpus Christi Public WorksAsakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, AICP | Project Manager
Zakcq Lockrem, AICP | Principal-in-Charge
Brianna Frey, AICP | Deputy Project Manager
Hugo ColÓn, Associate AIA | Lead Designer
Contents
Introduction .....................................................2
Why a Corridor Plan? ....................................................................2
A Public Process .............................................................................3
Vision and Goals ..............................................6
Strategies and Actions .....................................9
Overview ...........................................................................................9
Transportation ..............................................................................14
Land Use, Zoning and Business ................................................22
Streetscape....................................................................................28
Implementation .............................................39
Overview .........................................................................................39
Implementation Matrix ................................................................40
Funding the Plan ...........................................................................45
Appendix .......................................................47
Engagement Summary and Documentation ..........................47
Assessment of Opportunities ....................................................47
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 January 2021 January 2021
INTRODUCTION
Why a Corridor Plan?
Thanks in part to a surge of industrial development in
the Corpus Christi metropolitan area in recent years,
the Calallen area of far-northwest Corpus Christi has
experienced new development. From oil refining and
transportation to steel production, the expansion in these
export industries is bringing wealth and job opportunities
to the region. With this investment comes development
pressure and demand grows for new homes, retailers and
services. The City of Corpus Christi anticipates additional
residential and commercial development, as well as a
new elementary school, in the Northwest Boulevard (FM
624) Corridor. Plans to build a new steel factory in Sinton
could drive additional demand for new housing and
commerce in Calallen. While new development creates
new opportunities for people to live, work and do business
in Calallen, it also brings new challenges, such as more
auto traffic, and more demands on critical infrastructure.
The Northwest Boulevard (FM624) Corridor Plan
represents the City of Corpus Christi’s effort to proactively
plan for orderly, attractive and sustainable growth and
development consistent with the community’s vision.
A Public Process
Meaningful public engagement has been essential to
the development of this Plan’s vision and priorities, and
the Plan successfully shifted in person engagement
online when COVID-19 presented itself in March 2020.
Throughout the three-phase planning process - in which
the project consulting team first gathered data, facilitated
visioning, and refined strategies for implementation - the
City of Corpus Christi provided multiple opportunities for
the public to express their ideas, hopes, and concerns
through numerous channels. These included:
• Two online surveys received a combined 590
responses
• One online mapping tool to identify issues and assets
• Two virtual public meetings
• Three Advisory Committee meetings
• Multiple social media announcements of surveys and
public meetings
• Multiple e-newsletter mailings through City of Corpus
Christi listservs
• Poster advertisements at bus stops within the study
area
Throughout the planning process, the City and
consultants engaged and interviewed numerous Corridor
stakeholders, from TxDOT and Calallen High School
leadership to developers and land owners. The City also
convened an Advisory Committee composed of public
agency partners, local business and neighborhood
association representatives, and major employers to
advise the City staff and consultants on development of
the Plan’s strategies and specific recommendations.
The Northwest Boulevard Corridor lies 20 miles upriver
from downtown Corpus Christi. The study area comprises a
500-foot buffer to the north and to the south from Interstate
69 to Wright Moravek Road (County Road 73) - nearly three
miles. The Nueces River bounds adjacent neighborhoods
to the north, while Interstate 69 presents a physical barrier
to the east. To the west and south, development quickly
transitions from suburban to rural conditions. The Wood River
neighborhood is north of the corridor, and major anchors
include one preschool, two elementary schools, one high
school, River Hills Country Club, Hazel Bazemore Park, Corpus
Christi Medical Center, and retail destinations including
Walmart and the Five Points Shopping Center.
2020 March April May June July August
Phase 1: Understand 1
Phase 2: Envision 2 1
Phase 3: Act 3 2
Advisory Committee Meeting Public Input Meeting
Through compilation of the ideas, aspirations, and
concerns collected, several priorities emerged:
Reduce traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard
Participants repeatedly stressed the importance that the
roads should be more convenient for drivers, particularly
by mitigating traffic congestion and improving roadway
safety.
Preserve and enhance the business and commercial space
Participants especially desired more grocery shopping and
dining options, especially family-friendly establishments.
Many asked for access to businesses to be maintained,
and that they want commercial development to continue
to front Northwest Boulevard.
Enhance beauty and landscaping in the area
Respondents desire to improve area aesthetics with
proper landscape maintenance. Many desire easy-to-
maintain plantings, consistent sign regulations, and to
overall improve the attractiveness to visitors.
Improve bicyclist and pedestrian safety
Participants agree the study area’s roads should be
safer, more accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and
pedestrians. Many observed pedestrians walking along
Northwest Boulevard without sidewalks.
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 January 2021 January 2021
4 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5 January 2021 January 2021
0 500 1,000 2,000 ftSource: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019; City of Corpus Christi GIS Services; TXDOT
Zoning of Vacant Land
Neighborhood Commercial
General Commercial
Farm-Rural
Multi-family
Single-family
Study Area boundary
City boundary
Existing Land Use
High-density residential
Low-density residential
Estate residential
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Public/Semi-Public
Water
Planned Developments
1
2
3
5
4
6
7
89
Figure 1: Study Area Existing Land Uses and Planned Developments
Northwest BlvdE Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
rRiver Hill DrWood River DrMagee
Elementary
School
Calallen
High School
Wood River
Elementary
School
Hazel
Bazemore
Park
Northwest
Park
River Hills
Country
Club
Key Proposed/Planned Use Zoning Future Land Use Designation (PlanCC)Plat Status
1 River Ridge Unit 4 RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density residential (4 to 13 units/ acre)Under review
2 Calallen Elementary School RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Recorded
3 Office/Neighborhood retail CN-2 Neighborhood Commercial Commercial Pending
4 Urgent care clinic CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use Recorded
5 Office building CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use
6 Grocery, neighborhood retail, residential CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use Recorded
7 “The Lakes at Northwest” 71 single-family homes RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Construction
8 West River Place Unit 2 CG-2 General Commercial Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Approved
9 Mesquiteville restaurant CG-2 General Commercial Commercial Construction
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 January 2021 January 2021
VISION
Northwest Boulevard's Future Is:
2) Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses
»A variety of neighborhood restaurants and retail outlets offer a diverse array of goods, services, and family-friendly experiences
»Businesses can receive support and incentives from public entities to recover from loss of income
3) Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
»Trees and vegetation provide shade and help drain stormwater
»Trails are easily accessible for walking, hiking and biking
4) Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole
»Public infrastructure is expanded to areas planned for development
»Public art and neighborhood branding convey a sense of place and beautify the public realm
»Wayfinding signage draws attention to neighborhood attractions and guides visitors
»Regulation of commercial signage ensures a consistent, physical appearance along the Boulevard
1) Safe, accessible and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
»Congestion is less frequent, making it easier for people to get around and navigate the neighborhood
»Traffic is calmed, making it safer for people to drive, walk across, and bike along the boulevard
»Streets and sidewalks are accessible, and built to ADA standards
“Business growth and a diverse population that reside there have made the areas around Northwest Blvd a true melting pot with its own unique sense of pride and character."
"This area is the future of Corpus Christi and is the first impression for tourists and visitors coming here. Make it more attractive and accessible so they want to return.” - Survey Respondants
Hazel Bazemore Park. Source: Flickr user birdybirdbits
Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s “Main Street,” providing the amenities of a prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming, diverse, and family-friendly place where people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and raise a family.
Calallen Cats. Source: Callalen ISD National Walk and Bike to School Day. Source: pexels.com Trails for walking, hiking, and biking. Source: Corpus Christi CVB
Live, work and play. Source: The Char Atnip Team Mike Cotton's BBQ. Source: Gerald McLeod
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 January 2021 January 2021
GOALS
STRATEGIES AND ACTIONS
Overview
The Corridor Plan’s four goals and individual strategies and actions aim to fulfill the Vision by:
»Identifying major capital and infrastructure projects along with smaller, incremental program or policy changes.
»Leveraging public-sector actions to encourage private sector responses.
»Encouraging new development in underutilized areas, while avoiding negative impacts on existing neighborhoods and institutions.
Goal 1: Safe, accessible and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
Goal 3: Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
Goal 2: Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses
Goal 4: Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole
Land Use, Zoning, a
n
d
B
u
s
i
nessTransportationS t r e e t s cape
Strategies and Actions Goals
Transportation 1 2 3 4
T1. Reduce congestion at I-69
T2. Improve intersections for
safety and mobility
T3. Build active infrastructure
along roadways
T4. Coordinate with ISD to
manage traffic demand
Land Use, Zoning and
Business
1 2 3 4
L1. Adopt Future Land Use
Map Amendment
L2. Relax zoning and other city
restrictions for businesses
adapting to COVID-19
L3. Provide small businesses
programs that target long-term
impacts of COVID-19
Streetscape 1 2 3 4
S1. Reduce lane widths
S2. Enhance planting areas
S3. Expand and plant medians
S4. Design and install signage
and banners
S5: Install Public Art
10 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11 January 202110 11 January 2021
Intersection Enhancements
A FM 1889 - Ped. countdown signals, crosswalks, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
B CR 69 - Ped. countdown signals, raised crosswalk, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
C Wildcat Drive - Ped. countdown signals, raised crosswalk, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
D US Hwy 77 - Ped. countdown signals; high-visibility crosswalks; ped. refuge island.
Traffic Circulation Partnerships
E Grocery and Neighborhood retail
F Calallen Elementary and High School
Concept Map
Many of the strategies and actions focus on specific
locations within the Corridor. The map below indicates
these locations and organizes them by goal. Many
other strategies and actions apply more broadly to the
Corridor overall, and do not appear in this map. The
strategy descriptions in the following pages and the
Implementation Matrix on page 44 offer additional details
about these.
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrE
A
Es 69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Calallen
Elementary
School
B
F
DC
s
u u
R S
Figure 2: Overall Concept Map
Active Transportation Enhancements
Off-road shared use trails are wide, raised, behind-the-curb paths that provide space for
bicyclists and pedestrians to travel in both directions along the path.
Buffered bike lanes are on-street bike lanes with a physical buffer, which may be marked
with pavement paint or incorporated vertical elements such as posted bollards, between
automobiles and bicyclists.
Bike boulevards are on-street bikeways in which bicyclists share space with automobiles on
low speed and low trafficked streets.
Study area
Parks and open
space
Water
City Boundary
Proposed Future Land Use
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre,
including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Public Art Opportunity
Gateway Public Art
Art Attraction
u Crosswalk Art
S Mural Art Opportunity
s
SuR
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
12 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13 January 202112 13 January 2021
Elements of a Safe, Accessible, and Attractive Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard's wide right-of-way provides ample
room for building roadway design elements that improve
safety and accessibility for people driving, walking and
biking on Calallen’s “Main Street.” The diagram below
illustrates how many such features, which are described
in detail in the following pages, work together to create a
comprehensive, “complete street” that meets the needs of
businesses, residents, institutions, and commuters.
2
4
8
5
6
7
3
9
1 High Visibility Crosswalks
Pedestrian Countdown Signals
Pedestrian Refuge Island
Sidepath
Landscaped Median
Reduced lane widths
Shade Trees and planting area
Pedestrian Lighting and Street Banners
Curb extensions on cross streets
Figure 3: Proposed, Model Design for Northwest Boulevard
14 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15 January 202114 15 January 2021
Transportation Strategies
T1: Reduce congestion at I-69
Goals:
Problem:
Reducing congestion along Northwest Boulevard,
particularly between Calallen High School and the IH-69
interchange, emerged as the clear top priority among
participants in the planning process; 47% of all survey
respondents cited traffic flow and congestion as “the one
improvement you’d like to see in the Study Area,” and an
additional 6% cited traffic light challenges specifically. 80%
“strongly agreed” that “roads should be more convenient
for auto traffic with less congestion.” People noted that
long back-ups accessing the interstate on-ramps form
during morning and afternoon peak periods associated
with school opening and dismissal times.
Solution
Several options are available to reduce congestion at the
historic “Five Points” intersection of IH-69, Northwest
Boulevard, and Leopard Street: reducing traffic demand,
expanding interstate throughput capacity, and expanding
surface street throughput capacity. The first option
has already occurred to the extent that the COVID-19
pandemic has increased working-from-home and virtual
learning. However, long-term success for the corridor
relies on students returning to classrooms and shoppers
returning to businesses. TXDOT is currently studying
opportunities to improve traffic flow and entrance and
exit movements on IH-69, which could reduce vehicles
queuing on surface roads to access the interstate. In the
Single-point urban interchange (SPUI), Phoenix, AZ. Source: Google Maps
FM624/I-69 Interchange. Source: Google Maps 51st Street Roundabout, Austin. Source: ASCE Texas Roundabout. Source: Mobility CC
short term, the City can work with TXDOT to redesign and
rebuild the Five Points intersection to more efficiently
move traffic.
Encouraging greater use of recently improved County
Road 52 could reduce demand during peak hours,
particularly for traffic heading south. Effective diversion of
traffic would eventually increase.
A Single Point Urban Interchange (SPUI) received broad
support from survey respondents as a potential innovative
solution. A SPUI condenses two signalized intersections
into a single intersection with one set of traffic signals,
improving efficiency and traffic flow. These are called
“urban” because they consume much less right-of-way
than other interchange types, such as cloverleafs.
Multilane Roundabouts – unsignalized, circular
intersections, offer a second alternative to the existing
intersection design. Traffic travels in the same direction
around a central median in two ore more lanes to
accommodate exits from the outer lane. Advantages
include the elimination of left-hand turns, which are
frequent causes of vehicular crashes ; reduced idling
during non-peak hours; and traffic calming. However, the
drawbacks make roundabouts less viable than a SPUI
– they consume much more right-of-way and can be
prohibitive for truck traffic. Numerous public comments
also suggested that motorists would not understand how
multilane roundabouts work, and that the new design
could cause crashes.
Regardless of the specific design intervention, the City of
Corpus Christi in the short-term should work with TXDOT
and the Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
(MPO) to study alternatives to the existing intersection
design and function, identify a preferred design, and
allocate funding for design and construction.
1 2 3 4
16 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17 January 202116 17 January 2021
T2: Improve intersections for safety and mobility
Goals:
Problem
Between 2018 and 2019, 272 crashes, resulting in 3
deaths, 4 suspected serious injuries, 12 crashes with non-
incapacitating injuries, and 60 crashes involving possible
injury occurred in the corridor. Three fatal collisions in the
corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death
of one cyclist and two pedestrians. Intersections are
frequent locations for traffic crashes. Every pedestrian-
vehicle collision occurred near an intersection (River
Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate 69E). Numerous
survey respondents warned of the need to calm high-
speed traffic, particularly at intersections where existing
shoulders allow motorists to make turns at high speeds.
Solution
Reducing speed and improving visibility at intersections
are proven methods for making roadways safer.
Numerous intersection design interventions can
effectively calm through-traffic and turning traffic,
Raised, high-visibility crosswalk in Appleton, WI. Source: Fox11 News/City of Appleton
Raised, high-visibility crosswalk. Source: Appleton Department of Public Works Pedestrian countdown signal. Source: Maricopa Association of Governments
Pedestrian refuge island Source: NACTO
including high-visibility crosswalks, raised crosswalks,
curb extensions (also known as “bump-outs”), pedestrian
countdown signals, and roundabout treatments.
The concept map on pages 10-11 shows locations for
recommended priority intersections for these types of
traffic calming measures:
IH-69
Numerous crashes have occured at this major
intersection in recent years. The costs are measured
not just in human injuries and property damage but
also increased traffic congestion and use of emergency
response resources.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Pedestrian refuge
island.
County Road 69
One mile west of IH-69, this signalized intersection is
the next north-south road to extend to County Road 52
and points southward, and therefore is an important
alternative route for westbound and eastbound traffic.
Northward, it serves Hazel Bazemore County Park and the
future Calallen Elementary School.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Raised crosswalks;
Curb extensions; Pedestrian refuge island.
Farm-to-Market Road 1889
FM1889 is the next road to the west of CR69 to provide
a southern connection to CR52. The H-E-B grocery
company (landowner) has installed infrastructure at the
large, currently undeveloped parcel to the southeast, and
neighborhood retail and new housing are also planned for
the vicinity.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Raised crosswalks;
Curb extensions; Pedestrian refuge island.
River Trail Drive, Riverview Drive, and East Riverview Street
These three roads serve the low-density residences
outside city limits to the north of Northwest Boulevard
between FM 1889 and County Road 73. They are each
two lane roads and their intersections with Northwest
Boulevard are unsignalized. Public feedback indicated
unsafe conditions making left turns from the roads onto
Northwest Boulevard eastbound. A fatal pedestrian
collision also occurred at this part of the corridor in recent
years.
• Recommendation: Roundabout or signal timed to
prioritize east-west traffic .
Curb bump-out. Source: NACTO
1 2 3 4
18 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 19 January 202118 19 January 2021
Figure 4: Summary of Right-of-Way Change
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
ACB
100%80%60%40%20%0%Street Sections% of Right of Way
C
B
A
Study area
Automobile
Median
Sidewalk/Shared Use Path
Planting Zone
Shoulder
Buffer
Northwest Boulevard at I-69
Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard at River Hill Drive
T3: Build active infrastructure along roadways
Goals:
Problem
75% of Visioning Survey respondents “Strongly Agree”
(53%) or “Somewhat agree” (22%) that “Northwest
Boulevard and area roads should be safer and more
accessible and convenient for people to walk or bike along
(such as by adding sidewalks, crosswalks, bike lanes,
and pedestrian signals).” Recent crashes involving people
riding bikes could have possibly been avoided if safer
facilities were in place to accommodate them.
Solution
Wide sidewalks and bikeways separated from vehicular
traffic are safer and more comfortable than the existing
roadway facilities, which consist of wide shoulders west of
Calallen High School, and narrow sidewalks immediately
adjacent to traffic lanes east of the high school. The City's
adopted Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle
Mobility (an amendment to MobilityCC) provides guidance
for these types of facilities. Sidepaths are essentially wide
(at least 10’) sidewalks that permit shared use by people
walking or bicycling. These are recommended the entire
length of the north side of Northwest Boulevard within the
study area, and on the south side of Northwest Boulevard
from FM1889 to IH-69. On-street bike lanes separated by
a two-foot pavement marking – known as buffered bike
lanes – are recommended for less travelled north-south
collector roadways, including County Road 69, Riverview
Drive, River Hill Drive, and Wood River Drive. Shared lane
markings (“sharrows”) are appropriate on local, low-
volume, low-speed streets that are nonetheless important
connectors between destinations, sidepaths and buffered
bikeways. The City may pair installation of sharrows with
wayfinding and regulatory signage reminding motorists
that “Bicycles May Use Full Lane” (MUTCD Section
9B.06). The Concept Map on pages 10-11 illustrates
recommended locations for installing each of these
facilities.
Sidepath. Source: City's Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase
1 Bicycle Mobility
Shared lane markings. Source: Corpus Christi Caller Times
Buffered bike lane. Source: League of American Bicyclists
1 2 3 4
Existing
Existing
Existing
Proposed
Proposed
Proposed
20 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 21 January 202120 21 January 2021
Walking School Bus. Source: New Dream blog
Consider one-way routing of drop-off and pick-up traffic
Westbound right-turn-only lane: Change to through lane OR add more signage/warning that lane ends
Potential roundabout to calm traffic at Wildcat Drive Wildcat DriveNorthwest Blvd
Walking/bicycling paths on both sides of Northwest Boulevard connect to residential neighborhoods
T4: Coordinate with ISD to manage traffic demand
Goals
1 2 3 4
Traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard tends to
peak during school opening and dismissal times. Closer
coordination between the City of Corpus Christi, TXDOT
and Calallen ISD can help manage the flow of this traffic
and reduce the number of vehicles travelling to and from
campuses. This coordination began during the corridor
planning process and resulted in short-term actions:
• The City, ISD, and TXDOT will review signal timing at
Wildcat Drive and River East Drive for the opportunity
to prioritize predominant traffic movements during
peak morning and afternoon periods - particularly
during the 4pm rush hour.
• TXDOT is working with Callen ISD to produce a traffic
management plan designed for special events -
namely, football games and the exit of hundreds of
vehicles from Calallen High School at once.
Programs can reduce the number of vehicles needing
to access the school site for pick-up and drop-off. For
instance, parent volunteers and school officials can
organize walking school busses, in which parents and
guardians drop elementary school students a short
distance from campus, and students walk together to
school as a group. This program offers the added benefit
of increasing children’s daily physical activity. More
information is available at: http://guide.saferoutesinfo.org/
walking_school_bus/
Figure 5: Improved Traffic Circulation
22 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 23 January 202122 23 January 2021
Land Use, Zoning and Business Strategies L1: Adopt Future Land Use Map Amendment
Goals
Problem
While the properties fronting Northwest Boulevard
between IH-69 and CR 69 are largely developed, large,
undeveloped parcels front the roadway west of CR 69. The
PlanCC Comprehensive Plan adopted in 2016 includes
a Future Land Use Map for the area, but the Northwest
Boulevard Corridor planning process has given the public
- and the Planning Division - the opportunity to focus more
closely on the Calallen study area.
Visioning survey respondents offered broad support for
various principles of new development. 59% somewhat
or strongly agreed that “the area should provide more
compact, mixed-use development,” while 79% somewhat
or strongly agreed that “the area should offer more
opportunity for jobs and for opening and growing
businesses. 91% said restaurants, including fast food, ice
cream shops, and sit-down restaurants, are appropriate
on Northwest Boulevard, and nearly 70% of respondents
said they are appropriate for side streets. Attracting a
full-service grocery store and more dining options was
the second most popular response to the question “If you
could do one thing to improve the Northwest Boulevard
area, what would you do?”
In response to two alternative future land use map
scenarios - in which one offers a uniform land use
pattern of residential uses set behind commercial uses
facing Northwest Boulevard of consistent intensity, and
the other proposes a mix of uses fronting the roadway
but varying from higher intensity toward the east to low
intensity toward the west - survey respondents frequently
cited support for commercial uses fronting Northwest
Boulevard, but to limit development intensity westward in
the corridor in order to mitigate traffic.
Figure 6: Existing Future Land Use Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services 0 2,000 ft
69
Figure 7: Proposed Future Land Use Map
0 2,000 ft
69
Study area
City Boundary
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre, including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
Solution
The proposed Future Land Use Map to the left responds to
each of the concerns and priorities described above to fulfill
the project vision and goals. It combines elements of the two
alternatives. This recommendation's intent is to provide only
for low-to-moderate intensity commercial or residential uses
in the corridor west of FM 1889. However, the Future Land
Use Map categories adopted in the PlanCC Comprehensive
Plan do not distinguish between low- and high-intensity
commercial or mixed uses. Therefore, policymakers
considering any proposed changes to the zoning of parcels
in this corridor should consult beyond FIgure 7 for guidance.
The new map proposes the following changes:
• Conversion of Commercial land east of CR 69 to Mixed Use,
to incentivize and provide flexibility for redevelopment of
aging commercial properties. The intent is not to encourage
exclusively residential development directly fronting
Northwest Boulevard.
• Conversion of low-density residential land east of CR 69 and
south of Northwest Blvd. to “Medium-density residential,”
consistent with surrounding residential land and more
intense uses of this segment of the corridor.
• Conversion of land south of the 500’ buffer from Northwest
Boulevard between CR 69 and FM 1889 designated “Mixed
Use” to “Medium-density residential.” This designation is
recommended over “Commercial” in order to allow flexibility
to proposed, large developments that include residential
uses as part of compact, mixed-use development. The intent
is not to encourage exclusively residential development
directly fronting Northwest Boulevard.
• Conversion of land fronting Northwest Boulevard between
East Riverview Street and CR 69 currently designated
“Commercial,” “High-density residential,” and “Government”
and undesignated land to “Mixed Use”
These changes result in a land use plan that allows flexibility
necessary for the private real estate development to respond
to market demand while respecting community priorities for
orderly development.
In addition to adopting the Future Land Use Map changes
described above, the City should phase public investment
into new site-serving infrastructure to areas south of the
Northwest Boulevard that currently lack them. Property
owners cited this absence of infrastructure access as a key
impediment to development of this area. This should be done
in coordination with planned improvements to the roadway
itself to reduce impact on existing businesses and residents.
1 2 3 4
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRi
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRi
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
24 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 25 January 202124 25 January 2021
L2: Relax zoning restrictions for businesses adapting to COVID
Goal
Challenge
COVID-19 has created unprecedented challenges for
small and local business owners who, due to coronavirus
restrictions, have temporarily closed or reduced services
offered. Businesses may have been able to capitalize on
temporary financial assistance programs to address gaps
in revenue, but as COVID-19 continue to threaten any
return to normal, businesses are finding it difficult to make
minor, temporary adjustments to their regular operations
due to City regulations, or to reduce expenses, such as
rent or utility bills. Meanwhile, the study’s participants
hold the Northwest Boulevard businesses in high regard
and value their small-town feel, while also enjoying the
diversity of restaurants, retails and goods, and services
the corridor offers. The area residents support strategies
that would bolster existing and future businesses,
especially restaurants and retail, likelihood of surviving the
pandemic.
Opportunity
Allow outdoor operations in parking spaces
City Unified Development Code 7.2.2 requires a standard
ratio for all commercial zoning districts; restaurants
have the lowest ratio at 1 off-street parking spot per 150
square feet of gross floor area. If businesses such as
restaurants and retail could extend their services to 50%
of its off-street parking spaces, restaurants would be
able to accommodate more customers while maintaining
social distancing. The City of Houston launched their
“More Space”1 program in August 2020, where at no cost
to the business owner, the owner can simply fill out an
on-line form stating its intention and proposal to meet the
program’s requirements.
• Corpus Christi City Code 38-232 restricts no more than
two food trucks on a private property. The City may
consider granting permission to increase the number
of food trucks in a parking lot as long as it does not
conflict with the 50% rule previously mentioned.
1. https://houstontx.gov/mayor/press/2020/more-space-program-restaurants.html#:~:text=The%20new%20program%20allows%20any,strict%20health%20and%20safety%20guidance. 2. https://library.municode.com/tx/corpus_christi/codes/code_of_ordinances?nodeId=PTIIITHCOOR_CH38PEVEMOFOVEITMESO_ARTIINGE_S38-17VEGERE
Parking lots provide ample space for restaurant-goers to dine outdoors while socially distancing. Source: Montgomery County Planning Commission Conceptual illustration showing the conversion of a parking lot and adjacent plaza into dining space. Source: Montgomery County Planning Commission
Collaborate with business owners to transform vacant properties/storefronts into entrepreneurship incubator spaces
Businesses may be faced with vacating their leases
due to reduced revenue over time. Temporary permits
for pop-ups and incubator spaces can be tedious and
cost prohibitive. To help facilitate temporary activations,
the City of Austin created a Pop-up retail Ordinance
(Section 25-1-364)3 that allows for issuance of temporary
Certificates of Occupancy. Permits can be issued for
up to 45 days and renewed once for a maximum of 90
days. This opportunity creates the flexibility needed for
entrepreneurs while helping bridge the costs of rent and
property taxes.
3. https://library.municode.com/TX/Austin/codes/land_development_code?nodeId=TIT25LADE_CH25-1GEREPR_ART9CECOOC_S25-1-364TECEOC
EXISTING PROGRAM
United Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce
Grant Program: up to $5,000 to businesses with
3-20 employees in economically disadvantaged,
vulnerable neighborhoods
1 2 3 4
26 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 27 January 202126 27 January 2021
L3: When funding becomes available, continue to provide small business programs that target the long-term impacts of COVID-19
Goal
Challenge
Available public aid for small businesses and economic
opportunity has nearly all been distributed to Corpus
Christi businesses and organizations. Unfortunately, the
end of the pandemic is likely going to extend through
2021, which will continue to strain small businesses
throughout the city.
Opportunity
Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses, such as “shop local” discounts, regular small business “festival” events, etc.
A group of organized businesses can help create an ideal
condition for a successful commercial area, promoting
each other and contributing to events and special
discounts. Marketing and promotions can be an easy
first step with a direct impact of attracting foot traffic. At
minimum, the group can create a social media campaign,
place similarly branded flyers on doorways, and create a
discount program for frequent visitors.
EXISTING PROGRAM
United Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce Small
Business of the Day highlights a different business
everyday. Loca for Local's outdoor market is a local
example of a successful curbside pickup and online
ordering system during the pandemic with several
small businesses participating
Provide grants or low/no-interest loans to physically adapt brick and mortar stores
These can help fulfill safety standards to keep employers,
employees, and customers safe, including plexiglass
barriers, walk-up service windows, outdoor seating
and shade structures, and social distancing interior
modifications.
EXISTING PROGRAM
City of Corpus Christi COVID-19 Recovery and
Response Fund: PPE funds for nonprofits and
the Small Business (>20 employees) Regional
Pandemic Grant Program available from the United
Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce, Port of
Corpus Christi, and City of Corpus Christi.
EXISTING POLICY
City of Corpus Christi Resolution 032077 adopted
on March 31, 2020 creates the Public Improvement
District Policy.
Other purchases may include social distancing signage. Source: Kevin Rivoli, The Citizen
Businesses need to purchase PPE, such as plexiglass dividers, to protect their customers and employees during the pandemic.. Source: zoranm/E+/Getty Images
Coordinated marketing flyers can create a cohesive business district. Source: Steve Mellon / Pittsburgh Post-Gazette
Create a Public Improvement District (PID) that raises tax revenue for local improvements
After business has returned to normal post-COVID, a
PID can help the study area’s businesses upkeep public
infrastructure like medians and landscaping. Maintenance
was raised as a major concern, but beautification
of the corridor was a major priority as well. Costs of
improvements are paid entirely by property owners within
the PID who elect to be included- which is why the timing
of this strategy needs to wait for the economic conditions
to rebound after COVID-19.
1 2 3 4
28 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 29 January 202128 29 January 2021
Streetscape Strategies
Goals
No pedestrian or bicycling infrastructure
Hardscaped medians
Wide lanes
Limited safe crossings
Reduced lane widths
Figure 8: Streetscape Elements Diagram
Problem
Northwest Boulevard’s current design is incomplete.
It is characterized by multiple wide lanes in each
direction, hardscaped medians that limit left turn access,
few sidewalks, and few safe crossing opportunities
for pedestrians. The lack of options to walk on the
community’s “Main Street” limits opportunities for the
types of neighborhood-serving businesses for which
project participants voiced support. The lack of ideal
walking/biking options also results in residents using a
vehicle to get around, further increasing congestion and
traffic. Wide lanes in urban areas also encourage higher
speeds.
Solution
Northwest Boulevard enjoys a wide, 150-foot right-of-way,
and so building roadway design elements that improve
safety and accessibility for all modes of travel does not
require sacrificing vehicular mobility by eliminating traffic
lanes. The diagram on pages 12-13 illustrates how many
such features work together to create a comprehensive,
“complete street” that meets the needs of all users.
The guidance that follows should be relied upon to inform
the design and engineering of future improvements to
Northwest Boulevard.
S1: Reduce lane widths
Reducing lane widths discourages speeding while
preserving traffic flow capacity, and creates more room
for pedestrians to safely cross the street, such as at a
wide median, or a curb extension.
1 2 3 4
FM 624 Eastbound near Riverwood Drive.
30 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 31 January 202130 31 January 2021
Enhance planting areas
Figure 9: Streetscape Elements Diagram
S2: Enhance planting areas
Beyond a comfortable sidewalk, shade is perhaps the
next most important street feature to people walking in
the Texas sun. Minimum 6’ wide planting areas located
between the back-of-curb and the sidewalk or sidepath
are recommended to accommodate shade trees approved
by the City’s landscape ordinance and TXDOT. Additional
trees may be planted on the outside of sidewalks and
sidepaths, between them and the property line.
Shade trees enhance sidewalk comfort. Source: Duplantis Design Group
Figure 10: Northwest Boulevard Native Plant PalletteTREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
TREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
TREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
32 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 33 January 202132 33 January 2021
Wildflower plantings on medians. Source: Prairie Restorations, Inc.
Structured plantings on medians. Source: King of Prussia District
BENEFITS
• Less conflict with vehicles along roadway and planting
• More control over type of planting within median
• Prioritize funding for pedestrian realm
• Provide shade for pedestrian and cyclists
• Low Maintenance by using native species and reduction of
tree generated debris on roadway
CONS
• Limited shade on roadway
Ornamental Grasses and
perennials
18” Offset for maintenance
safety and reduce plant over
roadway
Ornamental Grasses and perennials
18” Offset for mainteance safety and reduce plant over roadway
S3: Expand and plant medians
Current medians serve access management purposes,
but could be reconfigured to provide safer crossings
and a more attractive streetscape. The U.S. Access
Board’s Public Rights-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines
(PROWAG) require a minimum six-foot wide median
to accommodate people crossing each direction of
roadway travel. Eliminating the existing striped buffers
provided for turning lanes, or narrowing lane widths, can
provide the space needed to widen existing medians and
build new ones that meet this width requirement. Such
medians should be designed with a curbed end cap to
better protect the pedestrian from head-on and U-turn
traffic while in the area of refuge. PROWAG standards
require detectable warning surfaces on each side of the
pedestrian refuge to assist the visually impaired or those
with disabilities..
Structured plantings on medians with trees. Source: Jimbo.info
Expand and plant medians
Figure 11: Streetscape Elements Diagram
Public attitudes toward medians are mixed. Many
participants in the first public meeting and respondents to
the Visioning Survey warned against investing in median
landscapes that the City and State are unable to maintain.
Others expressed desire to beautify the roadway by
adding plantings along the roadway sides and medians. In
response to review of three different median treatments -
“Shade,” “Ornamental,” and “Limited,” - a near majority (70
of 144, 49%) preferred Shade, followed by 44 (31%) who
preferred the Limited treatment.
Given funding constraints for maintenance, the City should
work with TXDOT to at a minimum plant drought-resistant
ornamental grasses, perennials, and wildflowers, which
absorb stormwater, beautify their environment. and require
minimal maintenance.
Figure 12: Limited Median Landscaping
34 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 35 January 202134 35 January 2021
Custom branded street signs, wayfinding signage and
banners help create a sense of place and distinguish
a district. Respondents to the Concepts Survey
overwhelmingly supported (101 of 144, 70%) conceptual
designs for unique street signage that’s consistent with
the identity of the Callalen Independent School District.
Street banners, which typically adorn individual
streetlights or may be hung between separate fixtures,
even across a street, can supplement branded signage,
and be replaced more frequently to mark or advertise
seasonal occasions and events, such as festivals or
Street Signs
Street Overhead Signage
Option 1
Option 1
Option 2
Option 2
Option 3
Option 3
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard Northwest Boulevard
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Figure 13: Street Signage Options
football games. 90 of 143 Concept Survey respondents
(63%) supported this concept.
To support the long-term health and cohesion of the
Corridor as a distinct place to live, work and learn, the
City should work with the ISD, TXDOT, and community
to develop and produce a family of street signage and
banner typologies. Initial signage and banner installations
should occur toward the eastern side of the Corridor, at
intersections with IH-69 southbound, Wildcat Drive, and
County Road 69.
Monument Signage
Option 1 Option 2
Option 3
Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Northwest Boulevard
Figure 14: Monument Signage Options
S4: Design and install signage and banners
36 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 37 January 202136 37 January 2021
Gateway
Option 1
Option 2
NORTHWEST
NORTHWEST
BOULEVARD
BOULEVARD
Figure 15: Gateway Options
Street Banners
Option 2 Option 3
Kite Festival Kite
Festival
JULY 4th Celebration July 4th, 6:30pm - 9pm
Calallen Wildcat Stadium
JULY 4th Celebration July 4th, 6:30pm - 9pm
Calallen Wildcat Stadium
7.25
County Park
County Park
7.25
Option 1
Kite
Festival
7.25
County Park
Kite
Festival
County Park
7.25
Figure 16: Street Banner Options
Gateway
Option 1
Option 2
NORTHWEST
NORTHWEST
BOULEVARD
BOULEVARD
S5: Install Public Art
Public art is a way to bring creativity and interest to the
Calallen study area, and solidify its identity as a small,
tight-knit and family-friendly community. Public art should
be made by local artists that reflects local culture and
traditions. Blank walls on commercial structures make
excellent opportunities for murals, while prominently
located, publicly owned land is appropriate for sculptures.
75 of 142 Concept Survey respondents (53%) supported
this idea. Art locations are suggested at a variety of
strategic locations in the district in the concept map on
pages 10-11.
Existing Hobby Lobby Wall, potential site for a mural.
Source: Google Maps
Historic Walker Lake Mural.
Source: Zakcq Lockrem
Mural
Existing Underpass Conditions, potential site for a gateway art.
Source: Google Maps
Toronto Underpass Park.
Source: Justin + Lauren
Underpass Art
Crosswalks near Calallen High School, potential site for crosswalk art.
Source: Google Maps
Crosswalks in Lima.
Source: Carlos Cruz-Diez
Crosswalk Art
Riverwood Drive, potential site for an art attraction.
Source: Google Maps
Glass totems in Cathedral Square.
Source: Danny Mingledorff Flickr
Sculpture Installation
38 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan January 2021
IMPLEMENTATION
Overview
If implemented successfully, the strategies detailed in
this report will contribute significantly to achieving the
community's vision for Northwest Boulevard.
This responsibility rests not just on the City of Corpus Christi,
but also its government, nonprofit and business partners who
participated in the planning process. The Implementation
Matrix that follows organizes all of the Plan’s recommended
strategies in one place.
Each strategy includes recommended actions and responsible
actors, supportive partners, and phasing.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 39 January 2021
40 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 41 January 2021 January 2021
Implementation Matrix
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Transportation
1. Reduce congestion
at I-69
Study alternatives
to existing design,
identify preferred
design
1 year Less than
$500,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
2 years None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Complete
construction
4 years Up to $5
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
TXDOT; CCMPO
2. Improve
intersections for
safety and mobility
Incorporate
traffic-calming
and pedestrian
facilities into designs
for prominent
intersections
5 years Less than
$500,000 per
intersection
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
3. Build active
infrastructure along
roadways
Construct sidepaths
as recommended
along Northwest
Boulevard
5 years Up to $5
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO, CCRTA
Install buffered
bike lanes along
recommended
roadways
3 years Less than
$250,000
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Install shared-
lane markings
and signage along
recommended
roadways
3 years Less than
$100,000
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
4. Coordinate with
ISD to manage traffic
demand
Review signal timing
at Wildcat Drive and
River East Drive
to prioritize
predominant traffic
movements during
peak morning and
afternoon periods -
particularly
during the 4pm rush
hour.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT,
Calallen ISD
Produce and execute
a traffic management
plan designed for
special events
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT,
Calallen ISD
Organize a walking
school bus program
and other activities
to encourage walking
and biking to school
2 years None N/A Calallen ISD
42 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 43 January 2021 January 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Land Use, Zoning and Business
5. Adopt Future Land
Use Map Amendment
Hold necessary
Planning
Commission and City
Council hearings to
approve adoption of
updated Future Land
Use Map (Figure 7,
page 22)
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
Phase investment
into new water,
wastewater,
and drainage
infrastructure in
areas south of
Northwest Boulevard
1-10 years Up to $7
million to be
determined
through
engineering
assessment
and
negotiation
of shared
costs with
developers.
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi; Nueces
County
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
6. Relax zoning and
other city restrictions
for businesses
adapting to COVID-19
Request City staff to
explore a temporary
program to expand
businesses' outdoor
operations into off-
street parking. Seek
City Council approval.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
Request City staff to
create a temporary
Certificate of
Occupancy program
for entrepreneurs in
vacant properties.
Seek City Council
approval.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
44 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 45 January 2021 January 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
7. Provide small
businesses programs
that target long-term
impacts of COVID-19
Encourage
Northwest Boulevard
businesses to
organize and
create marketing
opportunities for the
area. The City will
provide ombudsman
services.
1 year None N/A Northwest
Boulevard
businesses; City of
Corpus Christi
Continue to provide
small and local
business resources
for low/no-cost loans
1 year None Federal and State
grants, Philanthropic
grants
City of Corpus
Christi Small
Business Recovery
Program
Request City staff
to determine if the
Northwest Boulevard
area would benefit
from a new Public
Improvement
District.
2 years None N/A City of Corpus
Christi and property
owners
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Landscape/Streetscape
8. Reduce lane widths Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include narrower
lane widths
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
9. Enhance planting
areas
Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include street
trees
5 years Less than
$500,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
10. Expand and plant
medians
Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include minimally
landscaped,
expanded medians
5 years Less than $1
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
11. Design and install
signage and banners
Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
12. Install public art Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
46 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 47 January 2021 January 2021
Funding the Plan
MPO/TXDOT Funds
A combination of local, state, federal and even philanthropic
funding sources will be necessary to fully implement the
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan. As of the report's
writing, funding has not been allocated to support all of the
improvements and programs recommended in the Corridor
Plan.
TXDOT and the CC Metropolitan Planning Organization
have included $18 million in the regional Transportation
Improvement Plan (TIP) to expand Northwest Boulevard from
four to six lanes with a median, from CR 69 to FM 73, citing
traffic volumes and the roadway's designation as a Hurricane
Evacuation Route.
This Plan has documented several reasons to prioritize
funding for roadway improvements outside of capacity
expansion, including public desire to mitigate new traffic to the
corridor, and to fix existing safety and accessibility problems.
48 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan January 202148Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan January 2021
APPENDIX
Engagement Summary and Documentation
Assessment of Opportunities
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 49 January 2021
50 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 51 January 2021 January 2021
Public Meetings
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/88697436750
•
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/88697436750
•
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
2
o
•
o
o
o
•
o
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
52 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 53 January 2021 January 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
3
•
o
•
o
•
o
o
•
o
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
4
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
o
o
•
o
54 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 55 January 2021 January 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
5
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
6
The meeting adjourned before panelists had the opportunity to answer all questions. Unanswered
questions are below with responses provided through this document.
How far out is the jurisdictional boundary of the zoning area going west on FM 624?
The City can only control zoning/land use within its City limits. North of Northwest Boulevard
(FM 624), East Riverview Drive is the western boundary. South of Northwest Boulevard, the
boundary is parallel to and approximately 1,800 feet west of County Road 73.
Have any of the developers personally been to our area?
Due to travel restrictions related to COVID-19, the planning consultant team has not yet visited
the study area in person but will do so in subsequent project phases when determined safe. The
planning consultant team does not include private land developers.
What is the total timeline for the construction?
TxDOT estimates that construction will begin on Northwest Boulevard from Country Road 73 to
Wildcat Drive in five to ten years. However, this estimate is subject to change based on future
funding availability and prioritization of regional projects.
When will Calallen get an H-E-B grocery store?
The City does not know the timing related to the opening of any new H-E-B stores.
56 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 57 January 2021 January 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
7
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
8
58 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 59 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Public Meeting #2 Summary (Web)
July 30, 2020 | 5:30 PM - 7:00 PM CT
Held via Zoom Webinar video conference
https://corridorscc.com/6206/widgets/19187/documents/13061
Presenters:
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Hugo Colon, Asakura Robinson
Annika Gunning Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Agenda:
1. Welcome & Introductions (5:30-5:40 PM)
4. Project Overview (5:40-5:45 PM)
5. Engagement Findings 1 (5:45-6:00 PM)
6. Draft Vision Statement & Goals (6:00-6:15 PM)
7. Draft Land Use & Transportation Alternatives (6:15-6:55 PM)
5. Review of Next Steps and Adjourn (6:55-7:00 PM)
Summary:
The purpose of the meeting was to share key proposed elements of the Northwest Boulevard (FM 624)
Corridor Plan with the community for their review and comment. Brianna Frey introduced Dan McGinn,
Director of Planning, and Annika Gunning Yankee, Senior City Planner, who welcomed attendees and
explained the project purpose and recognized Councilmember Everett Roy in attendanc e. Matt Rufo
followed with a presentation of a project overview, findings from the first phase of public engagement,
and draft proposed vision statement and supportive goals. Presenters then took a few moments to
respond to several questions. Mr. Rufo, Zakcq Lockrem, and Hugo Colon then presented a series of draft
transportation, land use, streetscape and landscape concepts, or alternatives. Following this
presentation, presenters responded to additional audience questions.
Q&A Part 1
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni had a clarifying question on the goal: “Businesses can
receive support to recover from the loss of income” He specifically asked if it was from COVID
support funds or in general.
o Zakcq responded that that is referring to COVID incentives. He shared the when concept
plans are reviewed later in the presentation, it will offer more details on what that
means.
o Peter followed-up in concern that the language is very general and implies the
government is going to have subsidies no matter what or when; there are limited
resources. He states that they probably do not have any more funds and that they used
about $1-1.5 million already. He’s not sure if the goal is appropriate.
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 2
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked if the trails/vegetation pictures used in the
presentation were in Corpus Christi and the project area specifically.
o Matt answered that the image was in Corpus Christi but was not in the project area. He
said they are examples near the area.
o Zanoni responded that he would not depend on pictures provided on the tourism
website, and he suggested finding pictures of a particular site in Hazel Bazemore Park.
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked for clarification if the goal “Prosperous, with a
strong local economy anchored by small businesses” referred to which location specifically.
o Zakcq clarified it refers to the entire Northwest Boulevard study area.
o Zanoni suggested that the planning team should make sure that the local residents want
the area to be anchored by small businesses or would prefer larger businesses
anchoring the area.
o Matt clarified that residents did say they wanted small businesses as a priority from the
community survey. He did mention the desire for an HEB as one large business, but
many people shared a desire to preserve small businesses.
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked how many people are on the call.
o Matt answered that 25 people were on the call, excluding the panelists.
• Question: a chat question asked if the planning team was disappointed that only four percent of
respondents were identified as small businesses.
o Matt answered yes, that the team would of course want to see more participation from
small businesses. He shared, however, that members of the Northwest Business
Association have been included in an Advisory Committee for the project and that
they’ll continue finding ways how to increase engagement for small businesses in the
community when they concepts come up for adoption.
• Question: is there additional housing included in the plan? What type of housing?
o Matt answered that the city does not plan to create its own housing, but will create
conditions for the private market to develop housing since the City’s role is to zone land
appropriately to permit housing where needed. He said that later in the presentation
they would go over the expected housing demand in the next couple of years from
population growth.
o Dan acknowledged there are some infrastructure challenges in the area. The city is
working with a developer just east of the corridor and just east of the NW Boulevard
area in response to the Steel Dynamics project because they know it’s going to have a
major impact in Calallen. The city anticipates housing will increase and is doing what
they can to help developers for only single-family housing now.
Q&A Part 2
• Question: there were questions on eliminating turn lanes and how that applies to customers
accessing businesses, including people already expressing concern because customers turning
left are already getting backed up turning on the boulevard.
o Matt answered the medians now are trying to cover several purposes, such as balance
flow through the corridor for thru-traffic access, but medians limit access. A lot can be
achieved by working with the interaction to make it easier to turn left or right, make a
60 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 61 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 3
U-turn, etc. He suggested roundabouts go a long way in helping with that and that
there is potential to reduce the number and length of medians if you’re making
intersections easier to navigate. He reminded participants that this is a TxDOT roadway
and that the city does not have the authority to do it, but reassured that if the Plan
reflects consistent resident support, it can go a long way with making a case for
changes.
• Question: there were questions about pedestrian crossways, specifically crossing to the
Walmart and Hobby Lobby plaza. How do we encourage pedestrians to cross at traffic lights
and not jaywalking?
o Matt answered that pedestrians are going to follow their most convenient route. He
shared that the school inquired about a pedestrian overpass. He said good pedestrian
infrastructure is necessary to preserve the safety with their convenience; he
emphasized enhancing the signalized interactions, curb extensions, high -profile
crosswalks, high visibility crosswalks, pedestrian countdown signals as pieces of
infrastructure the team is proposing at the signalized intersections. He said it can be
tricky for the long stretches of roadway between signals; there isn’t a commonly
approved way to cross six-lane roadways without putting something like a HAWK signal
that only turns red when someone needs to cross the street. He said that he wasn’t
sure there were many applications for that across a six-lane roadway in an urban area.
o Zakcq added that another challenge here is that there many cases of someone trying to
cross the street from one destination to another must typically walk another half-mile
to get to a signalized crosswalk, so he suggested that by human nature that if someone
is just trying to get directly across to reach their destination, they will naturally take
that route, even if it’s dangerous. The school and community college were examples of
this. Zakcq shared that the school is shuttling people between those two spaces. He
said that we need to think of human-understanding solutions for travel from one
location to another.
• Question: An attendee asked Matt to clarify that there will be turning opportunities in the
corridor to turn left.
o Matt shared that there will not be extending medians to block left-turn lanes. They
haven’t heard public opinion expressing a desire for that, so it is not on the table. There
are places where medians exist and they will stay that way. The design concepts
showing medians are those cases.
o Hugo added that the median will not go along the whole way because left turns are
needed for businesses, residential areas, etc. He said another reason why medians are
important is that in those areas where there are crossing, it can act as a refuge for
those crossing. Given that this is a six-lane road, the refuge is vital, but this needs more
study with TxDOT.
• Question: Can we add an RTA bus stop next to the Walmart?
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 4
o Matt answered that whether or not that can be done is something the team can relay
to the RTA. RTA is currently considering a change to the routing for the area, so instead
of going down Leopard Street, circling Five Points, and heading down Route 77
southward toward Robstown, the route would instead move westward and take a left
onto 1889, traveling south in that direction; then the reverse direction back up 1889 to
the right to Northwest Boulevard. This case presents the need for new bus stop
installations and sidewalk infrastructure to serve them. They are still studying this, but
the plan would improve pedestrian facilities, ADA-accessible, and provide safe crossings
through the roadway. He wasn’t sure where the suggestion was for the new bus stop or
what the challenges were with it, but the comments will be relayed.
• Question: if you expand the number of traffic lanes throughout the boulevard, what kind of
funnel traffic effect will it create at the current mess we already have at the intersection
69/624?
o Matt answered when we talk about the expansion of four lanes to six lanes, it’s going
to attract more traffic, which naturally happens when you provide more capacity. It
simply attracts more cars. If you’re looking to decrease traffic on 624 or slow the
increase, expanding does not help. That is a consideration if you’re weighing in on the
land scenarios. The uniform land scenario is one where six lanes make more sense
because preserving land uses to be less intense; it goes a long way to prevent six-lane
expansion.
• Question: What will be done to the intersection that County Road 69 and Northwest Boulevard
that is already backed up and will get worse when the new school opens?
o Matt answered is that the northern part of 69 will be widened to accommodate that
traffic. He brought up roundabouts as potential to support this. The intention would be
traffic calming and continuation while providing safety for pedestrians.
o Zakcq added that the congestion is happening during pick-up and drop-off. Schools
across the country and Texas have created plans to smooth that flow, such as airport
cell-phone weighting lots, one-way flows, and more. The team is examining this with
the schools.
• Question: there are concerns about maintenance for trees and landscaping for medians.
o Hugo answered there are ways around this considering planting intensity and
strategies for special areas to maintain just those areas. This would need further
study. He suggested more intensity can be just for prime locations, such as near
schools, so it doesn’t have to be along the whole corridor. In terms of watering,
they would focus on low-water, native plants. Some plants may not need irrigation
or only at the beginning.
o Zakcq added there are nongovernmental ways to adopt a highway or median that
can be evaluated.
• Question: the panelist said alternate routing was asked about, specifically if the team was
considering this or if TxDOT was interested in expanding them or find cross -town routes
62 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 63 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 5
(e.g., County Roads 52 or 73). The concerns were rather than expanding the Northwest
Boulevard, is TxDOT considering looking at othe r routes?
o Matt answered that 52 is a popular route. He asked Dan if there is no plan to
extend 52 westwards. Dan said correct, there is no plan for that. The county did
expand 69 to 1889 recently to provide relief from the highway; there is no plan to
go further west.
• Question: since most of the growth is west coming down 624, there is fear that the
beautification recommendations will not address growth outside the project boundary.
o Matt answered this is true. He said the city cannot control what is outside its
jurisdiction but can work with them about ideas they generally support based on
changing conditions, such as new industrial plants. The hope is that this is a plan
that guides future land use and transportation de cision-making; a tool rather than
concrete law. The plan can be amended as conditions evolve. This plan is intending
to capture the overall sentiment the team has received.
Additional Notes
• Matt and Annika invited attendees who did not have a chance to ask or have their questions
answered to submit their questions or comments over email.
Adjourn
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
April 9, 2020 | 1:00 PM
Held via GoToMeeting video conference
Attendees:
Arturo Almendarez Calallen ISD
Annika Gunning Yankee City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Avery Oltmans City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Daniel McGinn City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Sarah Munoz City of Corpus Christi, Public Works
Yasmene McDaniel Corpus Christi Medical Center- Northwest
Angela Rhoden Corpus Christi Medical Center- Northwest
Mark Porterfield Grace United Methodist Church
Craig Casper MPO
Jack Taylor Northwest Business Association
Mike Pusley Northwest Business Association
Paul Thurman Nueces County Commissioner Office- Precinct 1
Juan Pimentel Nueces County Public Works
Gordon Robinson Regional Transportation Authority
Judy Telge Transportation Advisory Commission
Charles Benavides TxDOT
Thomas Tiffin Wood River Community Association
Brianna Frey Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Matt Rufo Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Meghan Skornia Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Zakcq Lockrem Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Absent:
Rose Fernandez Calallen Apartments
Everett Roy City of Corpus Christi Councilmember District 1
Carolyn Vaughn Nueces County Commissioner- Precinct 1
Agenda:
1. Welcome and Introductions
2. Presentation
3. Group Discussion
4. Next Steps
5. Adjourn
Questions for Group Discussion:
1. Does your department/organization have any projects or plans in this study area?
Advisory Committee Meetings
64 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 65 January 2021 January 2021
2. What do you and your department/organization see as key issues facing the study area?
3. What are the biggest challenges you see for this project?
4. What opportunities for programming and new uses do you see? What community needs
could be met?
5. Who are the key stakeholders that should be engaged?
6. What impediments to implementation might we face?
Notes:
Welcome and Introductions
Presentation
● Discussion and clarification for the engagement timeline during the COVID crisis.
● Discussion and clarification about the plan’s goals, such as the land use component and
addressing the existing traffic issues.
● Discussion about upcoming projects along the corridor, including the HEB tract and
Country Road 52.
Group Discussion
● Discussion of ongoing projects in the area, including from TxDOT, the MPO, and
developers.
○ TxDOT is planning flyover enhancements to alleviate vehicle stacking. This
project has started and will add additional lanes through new striping.
○ The MPO and TxDOT are funding a separate feasibility study to examine
construction along the Northwest Boulevard corridor, but the State will be billions
short in tax revenues. Current expected timeline is 24 months
○ HEB owns a large parcel at Northwest Boulevard and FM1889
○ Calallen Retail Partners also owns adjacent land and plans to build apartments
○ A new elementary school is planned adjacent to the high school. This school will
let out at 3pm. 80% to 100% of students will qualify as bus riders.
● Discussion of specific traffic problems, such as certain choke points, peak traffic hours,
access management, and dangerous intersections.
○ Attendees expressed concern that any new development will exacerbate existing
traffic challenges
○ In general, the Boulevard has high traffic counts - carries about 33,000 vehicles
per day, comparable to Staple Street.
○ Country Road 52 was to alleviate traffic counts but has not performed as well as
intended
○ Right of way between I-69 and the high school is as wide as possible.
○ Access management
○ I-69 and Northwest Boulevard intersection:
■ Long delays at peak hours, and the problem is worsening. Current delays
can be up to 10-15 minutes and worse during school opening and closing
times.
■ Stacking regularly occurs at the northbound onramp to I-37 in front of
Chilis - TxDOT is examining alternatives to mitigate this traffic.
○ School drop off and pick up impacting traffic patterns - TxDOT works with
schools on internal traffic control plans to slow flow onto Northwest Boulevard,
such as through metering.
○ A couple hundred of the 1,200 high school students drive their own cars. Eight
buses drop off in the morning and pick up in the afternoon.
● Discussion of study area’s challenges, including the lack of available infrastructure for
future development, and drainage problems.
○ Continued sprawl of Corpus Christi residents moving outward will continue to
increase traffic numbers on Northwest Boulevard
○ Limited utility infrastructure continues to curb potential commercial and
residential development in the study area
○ The Boulevard has drainage ditches rather than stormwater drainage system,
and stormwater lingers in them for days.
○ The areas south and west of the Boulevard are served by two different water
districts.
○ The city’s development regulations require new development sites to have
detention ponds to prevent frequent and significant flooding
● Study Area Opportunities: Attendees named several amenities and facilities that could
improve quality of life for study area residents, including:
○ Pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure that connect homes to schools and open
space
○ Increased transit service, particularly for residents of the new Wood River
apartments at FM 1889
○ Practice ballfields (baseball) with lighting
○ Neighborhood bicycle/pedestrian connections to Hazel Bazemore Park
● Discussion of stakeholders that need to be involved in the planning process and how to
reach existing residents.
○ Attendees offered support to the project team in identifying study area
constituents to engage
○ Existing businesses and the Business Association
○ Neighborhoods and the Neighborhood Associations, including Wood River
neighborhood
Next Steps
● The project team is conducting a Needs Assessment over the next month and will have
a draft for presentation at the next Advisory Committee meeting.
● The project team is also working toward a project public launch and redesigning the
engagement plan in light of restrictions against travel and public gathering.
Adjourn
66 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 67 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
May 21, 2020 | 10:00 AM CT
Held via Zoom video conference
Attendees:
Annika Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Avery Oltmans, City of Corpus Christi
Charles Benavides, Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Gordon Robinson, Regional Transit Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Keren Costanzo, City of Corpus Christi
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living & Transportation Advisory Commission
Leane Heldenfels, City of Corpus Christi
Mark Porterfield, Grace United Methodist Church
Michael Alvarez
Mike Pusley, Northwest Business Association
Rob MacDonald, Corpus Christi MPO
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Meghan Skornia, Asakura Robinson
Abygail Mangar, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Agenda:
1. Introductions
4. Project Schedule
5. Phase I: Findings
6. Phase II: Visioning
7. Phase II: Outcomes
5. Adjourn
Notes:
Introductions
Presentation
• Discussion on project schedule status
• Discussion on latest city goals
• Discussion on Phase I findings from the Needs Assessment; Focuses on residents, land
use, open space / community assets, congestion and safety. Concluded with discussion
on what is missing from Needs Assessment findings.
• Discussion on Phase II visioning; focuses on land use changes from 2016
comprehensive plan, recent TxDOT and CC MPO regional Transportation Improvement
Plan investment, development opportunities/ideas (e.g., streetscape, public arts/murals,
bicycling infrastructure).
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 2
• Discussion on marketing the upcoming engagement
• Summary of Phase II outcomes (i.e., vision statement, supportive goals, development
ideas)
Project Overview
• Discussion on upcoming meeting and goals:
o 5/28 is first virtual public meeting. Marketing materials (e.g., flyers) have already
been created and will be shared
o Draft vision statement and goals will be determined following the meeting; draft
deliverables will be submitted to committee in July for public comment
o Judy: concern from the wording that there will be an emphasis on accessibility
(i.e., not ADA requirement, but feeling the word “accessibility” must explicitly be
in the goals). Multimodal and accessibility must vitally be reflected.
Matt shared that there will be engagement questions regarding top 3
words important to project, where such comments as these would be
highly relevant
o Mike P.: public meeting announcements must go out to NW business
association so that they have time to participate if interested. NW Chamber of
Commerce is suggested.
Phase I: Findings
• Discussion on Needs Assessment
o Poll on who received the reviewed the Needs Assessment.
o Attendees were skeptical of the traffic volume information shared:
Mike P. requested clarification on the lack of change in traffic volumes in
the last 20 years. Zakcq: traffic volume decreased significantly during the
Great Recession. Explained data from Figure 20 of the Needs
Assessment that clarified the different types of traffic changes.
o Clarification on zoning map changes:
Commercial #3 rezoned to residential? Site #3 is called Martin Plaza. It is
zoned commercial. It was recently subdivided into two commercial lots.
The subdivision plat application indicates urgent care is proposed at that
location.
o Attendees expressed concern on accessibility and public transportation for
vulnerable populations:
Judy: Pedestrian access will be needed for any added bus stops to the
corridor, especially connections to schools and apartments.
68 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 69 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 3
Gordon: Higher priority to increase flex service to grocery stores and
other key destinations. Would like to program the capital for ADA
compliance because some apartments are not served effectively.
Annika: Laura R. is a nurse, serving residents of low-income. Route 27
public transit would be especially useful for these underserved groups
according to Laura.
Mike P.: Impact on county roads have had on current traffic conditions
and routes, particularly how it may favorably impact conditions. On the
development and right on way maps, County Road 52 goes all the way to
FM 1889.
Phase II: Visioning
• Clarification on existing plans and investments:
o Comprehensive plan approved in 2016 provided new land use map
o TxDOT and CC MPO already approved $18 million for street infrastructure
improvements, but the designs from the proposal not approved yet.
o Jack T: Curb cuts as currently configured are essential to his businesses and
asked whether those changes would be made by this plan. Matt R. responded
that proposed guidelines may suggest improvements to future curb cuts but that
existing curb cuts from recently completed development will not be prioritized for
changes.
• Reviewed examples of streetscape mechanisms (e.g., wayfinding, bike racks, signage,
etc.) that could be implemented in the project. Other design enhancements reviewed
include public art/murals, pedestrian safety infrastructure, bicycling infrastructure.
• Discussion on materials available to advertise upcoming engagement opportunities:
o Public meeting will be 5/28 at 6 PM; website, flyer, and city press release/social
media are available about the project and meeting
o planning@cctexas.com email to respondents on marketing documents.
Commission and city council engagement will be in late August / early
September. Visioning survey and marketing materials provided in email sent in
the past week.
o Reviewed sections and capacities of visioning survey
Phase II: Outcomes
• Summary on phase II outcomes (i.e., vision statement, supportive goals, development
ideas)
Next Steps
• Visioning survey is on the website and looking for as many respondents as possible.
Action: Annika send survey
• May 28th: public meeting
• June: consultant team analysis meeting
• July: advisory meeting #3
• Late July: public meeting #2
Adjourn
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
May 21, 2020 | 10:00 AM CT
Held via Zoom video conference
Attendees:
Annika Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Avery Oltmans, City of Corpus Christi
Carolyn Vaughn, Commissioner
Charles Benavides, Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Dr. Arturo Almendarez, Callalen ISD
Gordon Robinson, Regional Transit Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Keren Costanzo, City of Corpus Christi
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living & Transportation Advisory Commission
Leane Heldenfels, City of Corpus Christi
Michael Alvarez, City of Corpus Christi Public Works
Sarah M, City of Corpus Christi Public Works
Thomas Tiffin, P.E, Red River Community Association
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Hugo Colon, Asakura Robinson
Meghan Skornia, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Agenda:
1. Introductions
4. Project Overview
5. Engagement Findings
6. Draft Vision Statement and Goals
7. Draft Land Use and Transportation Alternatives
5. Review of Next Steps and Adjourn
Notes:
Introductions
Presentation
• Discussion on project schedule status
• Discussion on survey findings
• Discussion on Vision Statement and Goals, including reviewing PlanCC, draft Vision
Statement and the four goals. Concluded with a discussion of first reactions to drafted
goals.
• Discussion on the Concept Plan, which encompasses seven categories of
transportation, land use, zoning, small business support, streetscape, landscape, and
public art/placemaking. Concluded with a discussion of support or concern.
70 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 71 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 2
• Discussion on project’s remaining steps through September.
Project Overview
• Discussion on upcoming meeting and goals:
o 7/30 is second virtual public meeting. Marketing materials (e.g., flyers) have
already been created and will be shared
o Draft vision statement and goals will be refined following this meeting and the
public meeting; draft concept plan will be finalized as well to support the final
vision statement and goals.
Engagement Findings
• Discussion on survey findings
o Judy was happy to hear safety features are of high importance. She gave an
overview on the Transportation Advisory Committee’s efforts and concerns, and
confirmed the consultant team was looking at Vision Zero and the Active Mobility
Plan.
o Attendees supported the summary of survey findings.
Draft Vision Statement and Goals
• Discussion on Vision Statement and Goals
o Attendees expressed concern on the alignment of the goals to any upcoming
MPO work, and asked for clarification on funding and timing of MPO work.
Commissioner Vaughn expressed concern that this study’s beautification
efforts would not be reflected in future MPO work.
Charles asked for clarification on MPO funding because dollars have not
been allocated yet.
Craig clarified that yes, although the Northwest Boulevard/FM 624 has
been identified as a priority area, the Harbor bridge has consumed a
majority of the MPOs funding. 2025-2028 is a likely timeline for this
effort’s implementation. Clarified that federal funding is performance
based.
Zakcq highlighted this planning effort will hopefully position the corridor
well for federal funding opportunities.
Annika shared a story about a North Carolina community who formed a
Corridor Commission 10 years in advance of a highway redevelopment
project, to better align their community’s vision with future construction.
o Judy asked for clarification on what was highlighted in the survey results about
housing and affordable housing.
Matt explained the mixed results from the survey respondents. Most
agreed with the statement that anyone who works in the study area
should find housing options, but in another question a majority opposed
diverse new housing types. Housing is not addressed in the goals, but
the consultant team hopes to collect more nuance from the public in the
next phase of engagement.
• Draft Land Use and Transportation Alternatives
o Discussion of the transportation strategies
Attendees were supportive of the school improvement recommendations,
but asked for a more detailed recommendation regarding traffic patterns
after major school events, like football games.
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 3
• Artie described the illegal U-turns when attendees want to
redirect back east towards I-69.
• Zakcq suggested a more detailed phone call between the project
team, TxDOT, and the Schools.
o Discussion of the land use strategies
The group asked for clarification on if the plan shows residential south of
Northwest Boulevard, are we proposed the City would develop utilities?
• Matt provided explanation that no, the land use and zoning
recommendations would set the stage for private development to
build where the market is feasible.
o Due to time limitations, following discussion of zoning, small business support,
streetscape designs and landscape elements, the Advisory Committee was
asked to provide comments through email or through the upcoming online
survey.
Next Steps
• Concept plan survey will be posted the website during the public meeting and the team
is looking for as many respondents as possible.
o Action: Annika will share survey once it’s been presented at the public meeting.
• July 30: Public meeting #2
• August: Consultant team will refine preferred concepts into a Corridor Plan with
implementation tactics.
• September: Presentation of final report at public hearings.
Adjourn
72 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 73 January 2021 January 2021
Surveys and Results
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 1
Visioning Survey Summary
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
Prepared by Asakura Robinson
July 15, 2020
Overview
The Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan process has sought public input on priorities for land
use, transportation, and streetscape enhancements. To this end, the City of Corpus Christi Planning
Division published an online visioning survey on May 20th, 2020 to gather input from area stakeholder.
The responses yielded the following top priorities:
1. Reduce traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard. Approximately 80% of respondents
strongly agreed that the roads should be more convenient for drivers, particularly by mitigating
traffic congestion and improving roadway safety.
2. Introduce more grocery shopping and dining options. Respondents shared a strong desire for
a grocery store and family-friendly dining options.
3. Enhance beauty and landscaping in the area. Respondents desire to improve area aesthetics
with proper landscape maintenance.
4. Improve bicyclist and pedestrian safety. Over 50% of respondents strongly agreed that the
study area’s roads should be safer, more accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and
pedestrians.
Disparities were shown in the representation of survey respondents, particularly regarding household
income. The survey showed a 15-percentage points gap in representation of households with incomes
under $50,000 in the study area. Further engagement efforts should therefore attempt to better achieve
representation from lower-income households.
Methodology
The survey encompassed 17 questions regarding respondents’ perspectives on the Northwest
Boulevard’s current landscape and desired and safety. It was open from May 20th to June 29th, 2020,
accumulating 435 responses in the open period. Surveys were made available online through a website
dedicated to the Northwest Boulevard project (https://corridorscc.com/). The survey was also advertised
at the first public meeting on May 28th, 2020, as well as on several social media platforms (e.g.,
Facebook. Twitter, Instagram, etc.).
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 2
Findings
The following sections illustrate the findings of each question from the survey.
Question 1: What is your connection to the Northwest Boulevard area? (n=434)
The majority of respondents identified as living in the Northwest Boulevard area. The second most
comment connection to Northwest Boulevard was visiting the area for retail, shopping, or dining. 15%
own property in the area. Approximately 11% of respondents work in the area, and nearly 10%
identified as either going to school, owning a business, or having another unidentified connection to the
area.
37%
28%
15%
11%
4%4%1%0%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
I live in the
area
I go out to
eat, shop or
go to events
in the area
I own
property in
the area
I work in the
area
I go to school
in the area
I own a
businessin
the area
Other I have no
connection to
the area% of RespondentsConnection to Northwest Boulevard
74 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 75 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3
Question 2: What makes the Northwest Boulevard area a unique and special place today? (n=327)
A free response format, this question gave respondents the opportunity to share their thoughts on the
study area’s greatest assets. While no specific prompts were given, a handful of consistent themes
emerged:
1. The study area enjoys a small-town atmosphere, yet has access to the amenities and services of a
big city.
o “Small town nested inside a city, with great potential for growth.”
o “The small town feel makes it special and the high school being physically central create
a focus on youth and young kids.”
o “Small town community "feel" and culture, with conveniences of being part of a larger
city.”
o “It has everything you could need while still maintaining that small town feel”
o “Small town” feel, but also has many restaurants, shops, etc. It is convenient for those
who live in the area so we don’t have to drive into town for everything.”
o “Away from the hustle and bustle that exists in other areas of the city. Like living in the
country but being in the city limits.”
2. The study serves achieves many purposes, meeting many needs in one space.
o “I use it every single day to go to and from my house and everything we shop is in the
same area!! It’s our lifeline.”
o “It has everything we need and nothing we dont. It's quiet, away from the city, and has a
great school.”
o “Various businesses, schools, and parks are all in a central area.”
o “The ease of getting to the area along with the surprising variety of places to eat and
shops to visit.”
3. The study area represents a small, tight knit community.
o “It’s a small community where people take care of one another. Going out you frequently
run into friends or family.”
o “The small town feeling. Everyone knows everyone. The fact a lot of the stores or
shopping is super close.”
o “We are a close knit community away from the main part of the city but close enough to
have all the benefits of a city.”
o “It is a tight-knit community, with almost everything we need within a stone's throw.”
4. The study area offers many businesses and shopping options to residents.
o “Business growth and a diverse population that reside there have made the areas around
Northwest Blvd a true melting pot with its own unique sense of pride and character.”
o “It’s a small town with some big and small businesses to keep me and my family happy.”
o “Still has small business, family-owned unique places. Friendly people with good
customer service.”
o “What makes it special is the amount of people who don’t live in the area that come to
visit and enjoy the small businesses.”
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 4
Question 3: What are three words you would use to describe your vision for the future of the Northwest
Boulevard area? (for instance: healthy, prosperous, safe, fun, family-friendly, welcoming, accessible)
(n=379)
The chosen words for vision regarded topics of safety, accessibility, economic development,
transportation, and culture. Over 20% of respondents identified safety as its main vision for Northwest
Boulevard. A desire for a family-friendly environment was clear as the second top word for vision.
Accessibility was the third most common word for a vision of Northwest Boulevard; based on the
feedback given in other questions, accessibility seemed to regard road accessibility in terms of traffic
conditions. It should be noted that several of the top words from respondents were given in the question
itself as examples, potentially acting as a leading question.
22%
13%11%
7%5%4%3%2%1%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Top Words for Vision
76 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 77 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5
Question 4: If you could do one thing to improve the Northwest Boulevard area, what would you do?
(n=395)
Transportation topics collectively represented nearly 70% of responses as the one improvement desired
for Northwest Boulevard. Improving traffic flow and congestion was respondents’ top concern for
improvement with 47% of responses. Other transportation concerns discussed included traffic light
challenges (i.e., potential light synchronization issues in particular and the desire for more lights) and
safety for bicyclists and pedestrians. Regarding the latter, one respondent wrote, “Find a way to
accommodate foot traffic safely. There are too many walkers on the shoulders of the road. There should
be sidewalks a safe distance from the road and perhaps barriers to prevent road traffic from impeding
sidewalks.”
The second top choice for improvement was a need for a grocery store and more restaurants in the study
area. Other top desired improvements included a desire for more businesses and improving
infrastructure (i.e., in general, or specific mentions to burying power lines); government/city services
and healthcare regarded the desire for a larger police presence as well as a desire for a hospital in the
study area.
3%3%
5%
6%
6%
7%
12%
47%
One Improvement to Northwest Boulevard
Better Government/City Services and
Healthcare
Upgrade Infrastructure
Increase the Businesses/Shopping Options
Improve Bicycling and Pedestrian Safety
Address Traffic Lights Challenges
Enhance Beautification and Landscaping
Develop a Grocery Store and Restaurants
Improve Traffic Flow and Congestion
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 6
Question 5: Please tell us how much you agree with the following land use priorities. (n=432)
The two most supported land use priorities for Northwest Boulevard were:
• The area should offer more opportunity for jobs and for opening and growing businesses (79%
“Strongly agree” or “Agree”)
• Area signage should be regulated to be more attractive (72% “Strongly agree” or “Agree”)
The two most opposed land uses for the study area were:
• The area should allow light industrial uses, such as warehousing, commercial food production,
commercial printing, commercial laundry, etc. (54% “Strongly disagree” or “Disagree”)
• The area should provide a wider variety of housing options for different types of households
(45% “Strongly disagree” or “Disagree”)
Respondents showed more mixed attitudes toward the remaining two land use priorities presented.
Approximately 60% of respondents agreed or strongly agreed that Northwest Boulevard should provide
more compact, mixed-use development to promote walkability in the area; nearly 60% of respondents
also agreed or strongly agreed that people who work in Northwest Boulevard should be able to find
housing in the area.
47%41%32%27%
13%8%
32%31%
27%28%
17%15%
11%20%
22%25%
24%
22%
6%5%
10%12%
19%
22%
4%3%
9%8%
26%32%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
The area should offer
more opportunity for
jobs and for opening
and growing
businesses
Area signage should
be regulated to be
more attractive
The area should
provide more
compact, mixed-use
development that
makes it easier for
people to walk to
places if they wish or
if walking is their only
form of
transportation
People who work in
the area should be
able to find housing
within their means in
the area
The area should
provide a wider
variety of housing
options for different
types of households
The area should allow
light industrial uses,
such as warehousing,
commercial food
production,
commercial printing,
commercial laundry,
etc.% of RespondentsLand Use Priorities
Strongly agree Somewhat agree Neither Agree nor Disagree Somewhat disagree Strongly disagree
78 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 79 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7
Question 6: What kind of housing needs are currently not being met in the Northwest Boulevard area?
What should be done to address them? (n=278)
The most common response was that Northwest Boulevard’s current housing market is sufficient (31%).
Respondents’ second most common sentiment regarded an unfavorable viewpoint toward low-income or
government housing (11%). Many respondents proposed housing options alternative to low-income or
government options: multifamily housing (10%), affordable housing in general (10%), single-family
housing (10%), and middle-class housing (8%). One respondent shared, “Affordable apartments or
townhomes that aren’t income restricted. Either you make too much or not enough, but rent is still high.
Not sure what should be done to address them.”
*LIH: low-income housing
1%
1%
2%
3%
7%
8%
8%
10%
10%
10%
11%
31%
0%5%10%15%20%25%30%35%
Mobile Homes
Need More Housing Overall
Condos
High End Housing
Not Sure
Other Housing Concerns
More Middle Class Housing
More Affordable Housing
More Single Family
More Multifamily Housing
Too Much LIH* / No More LIH
Current Housing Sufficient
% of Responses
Unmet Housing Needs in Northwest Boulevard
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 8
Question 7: Please add any additional thoughts you have about housing in the area. (n=205)
This question was a free response format for respondents to share their thoughts on housing in the study
area. The following themes emerged:
1. The study area lacks a variety of housing options.
o “There’s not much that meets the needs of the average working class or single income
families.”
o “Townhome options for senior citizens should be encouraged to build.”
o “Would be nice to have single living options outside of low income options.”
2. The study area shows challenges in affordable housing for residents.
o “Being someone who makes $50k/year, it was hard to find a house in the area I could
afford. If I could, it wasn't in the shape or neighborhood I wished to live. Renting an
apartment = house payment.”
o “Affordable housing options but with property standards to be kept. Nice architectural
features with clean and appealing aesthetic and colors.”
o “The city needs more affordable housing options and mixed used residential areas.”
3. The study area requires infrastructure upgrades in order to support new development.
o “Need to be able to walk on sidewalks from houses to school and businesses.”
o “It needs to be developed with sewer lines not septic.”
o “People want acreage and utilities.”
*LIH: low-income housing
80 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 81 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 9
Question 8: Please tell us how much you agree with the following roadway and transportation
priorities. (n=427)
The most supported roadway and transportation priority for Northwest Boulevard was “Northwest
Boulevard and area roads should be more convenient for auto traffic, with less congestion,” with 94%
agreement, 80% of which was strong agreement. Safety for bicyclists and pedestrians was the second-
highest transportation priority, with one in three respondents agreeing that roads must be safe,
accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and pedestrians. Addressing landscaping and beautification also
showed a considerable agreement, with 69% identifying it as a priority.
Improvement of public transportation (i.e., buses) to connect people in the Northwest Boulevard area to
other parts of the region was slightly unfavorable (17%) but overall, 48% agreed or strongly agreed that
this is a priority. Public transportation connections into the Northwest area similarly showed slight
opposition (16%) but general agreement, with 49% of respondents agreeing or strongly agreeing it is a
priority. One in three respondents, expressed neutral perspectives on these statements (i.e., 36% and
34%, respectively).
80%
53%43%
26%24%
14%
22%
26%
22%25%
4%
12%18%
36%34%
1%
5%5%8%7%
1%
8%7%9%9%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should be more
convenient for auto traffic,
with less congestion
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should be safer
and more accessible and
convenient for people to
walk or bike along (such as
by adding sidewalks,
crosswalks, bike lanes, and
pedestrian signals)
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should have more
trees and landscaping for
beautification and shading
Northwest Boulevard should
have better transit/bus
options that connect the
area to other parts of the
region.
Northwest Boulevard should
have better transit/bus
options to help people get to
places along Northwest
Boulevard.% of RespondentsRoadway and Transportation
Strongly agree Somewhat agree Neither Agree nor Disagree Somewhat disagree Strongly disagree
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 10
Question 9: What types of new public and commercial uses are appropriate in the Northwest Boulevard
area? (n=426)
The survey asked respondents to indicate whether various types of public and commercial land uses
were appropriate on Northwest Boulevard or on side streets.
• Restaurants were the most supported land use for the overall study area. 91% said that this
category, including fast food, ice cream shops, and sit-down restaurants, is appropriate on
Northwest Boulevard, and nearly 70% of respondents said they’re appropriate for side streets.
• 84% of respondents said retail goods are appropriate on Northwest Boulevard, and 70% said
they’re appropriate on side streets.
• 76% of respondents said outdoor commercial recreation is appropriate on side streets, while
60% said they’re appropriate for Northwest Boulevard.
• The most opposed use in the study area was vehicle sales and services (e.g., car rentals, repair
shops, tire sales, etc.). 24% of respondents said they’re not appropriate anywhere in the study
area, while 20% said they’re only appropriate on Northwest Boulevard. Nevertheless, a plurality
– 28% - said they’re appropriate everywhere in the study area.
• 23% of respondents opposed overnight accommodations (hotels, bed and breakfasts, inns,
motels) anywhere in the study area, though 52% said they’re appropriate on Northwest
Boulevard.
82 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 83 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11
Question 10: Please add any additional thoughts you have about public and commercial development in
the area. (n=159)
1. Address traffic congestion and roadway challenges in the study area.
o “Need better roads to and from the area. Easy access to make it safer.”
o “Safer use for pedestrians and cyclists.”
o “The commute from FM 666 to IH 37 has become significantly more dangerous & time
consuming within the last 5 years. Adding more commercial businesses and
neighborhoods will only increase the problem. Please concentrate on alternate routes.”
o “This area has been neglected for too long and because of that there is an increase in
traffic accidents, traffic congestion, risky driving related to frustration and others driving
under the posted speed limit, which further causes congestion.”
o “Yes, there are several areas of concern with NW BLVD. The majority of the issues are
during commuting times and when Calallen ISD is in session. Again, my suggestion is to
expand FM 52 to a four lane with biking and sidewalks, not NW BLVD.”
2. Respondents want additional shopping, restaurants, and businesses in the study area.
o “More fun type restaurants for gathering with friends.”
o “Mom and Pop Main street type of business/local owners.”
o “We are a residential community and wish to remain so. Shopping and recreational
activities are welcome. Minimize industrial activities and high-density housing.”
o “We need more restaurants in the area that are more diverse.”
3. Respondents want a grocery store in the study area.
o “We need an HEB.”
o “Just hoping for more variety of food options or grocery options like for instance a meat
market.”
o “We need a large Grocery store.”
4. Respondents want development in the study area to be based on strategic decisions, such as
master planning.
o “There needs to be a plan. The plan needs to be enforced. Currently there is too much
mixed business/housing/office in the area that makes it less approachable for
shopping/eating than other parts of Corpus Christi.”
o “Commercial development needs to be spread out all the way down NW boulevard and
not just compacted at 5 points.”
o “Love the idea of development as long as it looks uniform to the are and traffic flows
well.”
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 12
Question 11: In which ZIP code do you live? (n=356)
Respondents covered 22 ZIP codes areas and 12 cities/towns. Representation was highest from ZIP code
78410 (238 responses, 67%) and 78380 (77 responses, 22%).
84 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 85 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13
Question 12: What is your age? (n=427)
Question 13: How would you describe yourself? Select all that apply. (n=367)
Approximately 88% of respondents identified as White. This roughly matched the Assessment of
Opportunities report’s findings of the White population accounting for 90% of the study area’s total
resident population. One-percent of study area residents is Black, but the survey only received one
respondent that identified as Black; Asian respondents similarly were lacking representation in the
survey with only one respondent identifying as so while the study area shows one% of Asian-identifying
residents. The survey nevertheless seemed to closely resemble the racial breakdown of the study area.
0%
14%
41%
32%
13%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
Under 18 18-34 35-49 50-64 Over 64% of RespondentsAge of Respondents
5%5%0%
0%
2%
0%
88%
Race of Respondents
Prefer to self describe
More than once race
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific
IslanderAsian
Native American or Alaska Native
Black or African American
White
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 14
Question 14: Are you of Hispanic or Latinx origin? (n=350)
Approximately 29% of respondents identified as having a Hispanic or Latinx origin. The Assessment of
Opportunities report found that approximately 47% of the study area’s residents identified as Hispanic,
demonstrating a 18 percentage point discrepancy between residents and survey respondents.
Question 15: What is your annual household income (before taxes)? (n=349)
The Needs Assessment found that 22% of the study area’s residents have household incomes below
$50,000, but the survey represented only 10% of individuals under this threshold. This marked a
socioeconomic disparity in survey respondents, most notably seen in the representation of households
with income under $15,000. Another socioeconomic disparity was seen with overrepresentation of
households with incomes over $75,000.
71%
29%
Hispanic/Latinx Origin of Respondents
No
Yes
1%2%
7%
16%18%
27%
30%
7%
4%
11%
16%
13%
20%
28%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
Less than $15,000 $15,000-$24,999 $25,000-$49,999 $50,000-$74,999 $75,000-$99,999 $100,000 -
$149,999
More than
$150,000
Household Income of Residents
with Comparison to the Study Area
Survey Northwest Boulevard
86 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 87 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15
Question 16: Please add any other thoughts or ideas you have for improving the Northwest Boulevard
area. (n=186)
1. Respondents want the study area to show beautification, landscaping, and improved signage in
the study area.
o “Beautification!! Goes a long way.”
o “This area is the future of Corpus Christi and is the first impression for tourists and
visitors coming here. Make it more attractive and accessible so they want to return.”
2. Respondents want improvement in public services and safety in the study area.
o “Make it safe.”
o “Keep it clean and community friendly. Keep the community involved!”
o “Keeping it safe and clean in all ways including types of businesses.”
3. Respondents want the traffic congestion addressed in the study area.
o “Better traffic flow. Too much congestion around schools, shopping centers, and entrance
and exit off main highway.”
o “Traffic congestion needs to be addressed, especially around Calallen High School. It
feels like there is no plan for the area so whatever goes.”
o “Traffic flow and congestion needs to be addressed.”
4. Respondents want to grocery store in the study area.
o “We need an HEB.”
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 16
Other Non-Survey Comments
Participants in public meetings and other engagement events were given the project managers’ contact
information to share additional comments through email. The following were highlighted quotes from
email feedback.
“I know we are very interested in seeing the bus stops extended into our area since the route seems to
stop near the high school presently. It would be nice to see it continue out to the Wood River area which
would give access to our church location and some of the services we offer.” – Grace United Methodist
Church Food Distribution (Emailed on 7/3/2020)
“While driving down the current road trying to envision the project. We do not want three more miles of
unkept medians and overgrown right of ways that the state of Texas only maintains on a semiannual or
quarterly basis. Nor do we want the overgrown median on Leopard St near Violet Rd or Callicoatte.
Which the City of Corpus Christi neglects. We’ve been forgotten for years don’t start something you
don’t intend to maintain.” (Emailed on 6/9/2020)
List of Traffic and Land Use Priorities (Emailed on 4/24/2020):
• What are the key issues facing the study area?
o Lack of east and west traffic carrying corridors.
o Please notice that Hwy 77 or I-69 has limited east/west penetrations at Northwest Blvd.,
County Rd. 52 and County Rd. 48. With minimal right-of-way extensions east of said
highway.
o Several large areas of residential infill needed to complete traffic circulation particularly
in the Annaville area.
o Limited land use growth opportunities to the north and south of the following major
corridors Leopard, Northwest Boulevard and IH-37. Limitations are due to several
factors: 1) Nueces River (Annaville & Calallen areas) 2) and more concerning the
encroachment and expansion of the Industrial districts in the Annaville & Tuloso Midway
areas.
o Air quality or lack there of in and around the Kane meat processing facility and
industrial plants. Solar Estates and Arlington Heights neighborhoods adversely impacted
with very poor air quality on most days.
• Assets and opportunities: What is important to preserve, protect, and enhance?
o Several large undisturbed natural areas in and around the Nueces River.
o City to continue making enhancements to West Guth Park (large regional park) More
tree plantings, water feature improvements, etc.
o Encourage Nueces County to make enhancements to Hazel Bazemore Park.
o More tree plantings, upgrade to facilities and park features.
• Challenges and threats: What problems need to be solved?
o Improve the traffic grid. Extremely limited east and west traffic corridors funnel traffic
loads onto Northwest Boulevard and Leopard creating a real traffic snarl at five points
and other intersections along said corridor and Leopard.
o City Engineering needs to improve many rural residential rights-of-way by building
proper curb and cutter and ADA compliant sidewalks. Many older residential
neighborhoods do not have sidewalks so there is no walkable connectivity.
• What changes are planned for the study area?
88 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 89 January 2021 January 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17
o A new H.E.B. was forecast to be constructed but has yet to be built. This would seriously
relieve the over grounding at the both Walmart and current H.E.B. at Violet and
Leopard.
o County Road 52 or Cooperative Avenue improvements must continue to relieve traffic
pressures on Northwest Boulevard.
o Development of and east and west corridor in the Annaville area south of Leopard
between I-69 Corridor and Callicoatte Road, Violet Road, McKinzie Road and Rand
Morgan Road.
o Improvements to HWY 44 with new and under construction overpasses between Corpus
Christi and Robstown.
• What uses would you propose for new private development?
o City sale a portion or all of Labonte Park to private water park developeramusement
park.
o Development of additional grocery store opportunities. Both H.E.B. and Walmart
function as regional stores in an expanding food desert in this area of Nueces county and
Corpus Christi.
• What kind of public amenities and services are desired? Answered above.
• Who are the key stakeholders?
o Multiple Refinery Companies with terminals and facilities abutting and
o encroaching into planned residential areas.
o Nueces County
o City of Corpus Christi
o Engineering Department (traffic engineering)
o Parks and Recreation
o Code Enforcement
Transportation and Land Use Strategies Survey
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
Prepared by Asakura Robinson
July 29 – August 23rd, 2020
The Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan process has sought the public’s feedback on
support, opposition, or other thoughts on 20 transportation and land use strategies proposed for the
Northwest Boulevard study area. The City of Corpus Christi Planning Division published an online
transportation and land use concepts survey on July 23rd, 2020 to gather input from area
stakeholders. The survey closed on August 23rd. The responses yielded the following key takeaways:
1. Strong support for the Vision Statement. Approximately 78 percent of respondents
supported the Vision Statement for this project.
2. Coordinating with Calallen ISD to mitigate school traffic (i.e., including one-way
drop-off and pickups, closing U-turns during special events, and organizing walking
school buses) is the most supported strategy out of the 20 given. Approximately 82
percent of respondents supported this strategy.
3. Agreement with Goal #2: “Northwest Boulevard is prosperous, with a strong local
economy anchored by small businesses.” This goal received 76-percent of respondents
support, showing the most supported out of the four proposed Goals for the Northwest
Boulevard study area. Some respondents left additional comments expressing a desire for
more information on the business incentives to allow for this goal.
4. Mixed feelings on the small business support strategies. The six small business
support strategies received a range of 25-64 percent strong agreement. “Create a Public
Improvement District that raises tax revenue for local improvements,” received the
strongly opposition (i.e., 28 percent collectively somewhat and strongly opposing).
“Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses” received the strongest support
(i.e., 87 percent collectively somewhat and strongly supporting).
5. Mixed feelings on currently adopted Future Land Use Map. Many respondents
express support for the future land use map, particularly for its flexibility on what could
be developed and the mixed-use (i.e., commercial, low and high residential). The
“Uniform” future land use scenario overall seemed to show more support, however,
compared to the “Transitional” future land use scenario.
6. Concern for roundabouts safety. Several respondents expressed concern that the study
area’s visitors are not educated on roundabout usage (i.e., causing more accidents). The
opposition was from this concern, but roundabout education was recommended by some.
7. Mixed feelings on public art and other aesthetics. About half of respondents supported
public art ideas. Opposing respondents expressed that public art funds be instead used to
address critical infrastructure needs before such aesthetics. Respondents shared similar
opposing sentiments regarding a gateway entrance and signage.
Summary of Question Responses
Q1 Do you support the following Vision Statement? "Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s
“Main Street,” providing the amenities of a prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-
knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming, diverse, and family-friendly place where
people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and raise a family."
90 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 91 January 2021 January 2021
• I support this goal (78%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (12%)
• I have no opinion (3%)
• I have more thoughts to share (7%)
Q2 Do you support Goal #1? Northwest Boulevard is safe, accessible and easy for people of
all ages and abilities to get around. » Congestion is less frequent, making it easier for people to
get around and navigate the neighborhood. » Traffic is calmed, making it safer for people to
drive, walk across, and bike along the boulevard. » Streets and sidewalks are accessible, built
to ADA standards.
• I support this goal (65%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (28%)
• I have no opinion (2%)
• I have more thoughts to share (6%)
Q3 Do you support Goal #2? Northwest Boulevard is prosperous, with a strong local economy
anchored by small businesses. » A variety of neighborhood restaurants and retail outlets offer
a diverse array of goods, services, and family-friendly experiences » Businesses can receive
support and incentives from public entities to recover from loss of income
• I support this goal (76%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (14%)
• I have no opinion (7%)
• I have more thoughts to share (4%)
Q4 Do you support Goal #3? Northwest Boulevard is healthy for people and nature, with
opportunities to be active outdoors. » Trees and vegetation provide shade and help drain
stormwater » Trails are easily accessible for walking, hiking and biking
• I support this goal (68%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (19%)
• I have no opinion (9%)
• I have more thoughts to share (5%)
Q5 Do you support Goal #4? Northwest Boulevard is attractive and orderly, with new
development that fits into a cohesive whole. » Public infrastructure is expanded to areas
planned for development » Public art and neighborhood branding convey a sense of place and
beautify the public realm. » Wayfinding signage draws attention to neighborhood attractions
and guides visitors » Regulation of commercial signage ensures a consistent, physical
appearance along the Boulevard
• I support this goal (69%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (19%)
• I have no opinion (10%)
• I have more thoughts to share (1%)
Q6 Do you support the following idea? Improve Vehicular Flow at I-69/US-77 by replacing
the intersections with innovative solutions, such as a single point urban interchange or
roundabouts
• Support (60%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (21%)
• No opinion (6%)
• I have more thoughts to share (13%)
Q7 Do you support the following idea? Address safety hazards by investing in traffic calming
infrastructure, like raised crosswalks, curb extensions ("bump-outs"), and roundabouts.
• Support (67%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (17%)
• No opinion (7%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q8 Do you support the following idea? Build active infrastructure, including sidewalks, safe
crossings, and walking and biking trails.
• Support (78%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (10%)
• No opinion (5%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q9 Do you support the following idea? Coordinate with Calallen ISD to mitigate school
traffic, including one-way drop-off and pickups, closing u-turns during special events, and
organizing walking school buses.
• Support (82%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (5%)
• No opinion (9%)
• I have more thoughts to share (4%)
Q13 Please tell us how much you support or oppose the following small business support
strategies
Provide grants or low/no-interest loans to physically adapt brick and mortar stores
• Strongly oppose (7%)
• Somewhat oppose (5%)
• Neither support nor oppose (15%)
• Somewhat support (27%)
• Strongly support (46%)
Allow outdoor operations in parking spaces
• Strongly oppose (10%)
• Somewhat oppose (13%)
• Neither support nor oppose (17%)
• Somewhat support (31%)
• Strongly support (30%)
Collaborate with business owners to transform vacant properties/storefronts into
entrepreneurship incubators spaces
92 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 93 January 2021 January 2021
• Strongly oppose (3%)
• Somewhat oppose (2%)
• Neither support nor oppose (10%)
• Somewhat support (33%)
• Strongly support (52%)
Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses ("shop local" discounts, regular small
business "festival" events, etc.)
• Strongly oppose (2%)
• Somewhat oppose (3%)
• Neither support nor oppose (8%)
• Somewhat support (23%)
• Strongly support (64%)
Create a Public Improvement District that raises tax revenue for local improvements
• Strongly oppose (14%)
• Somewhat oppose (14%)
• Neither support nor oppose (19%)
• Somewhat support (26%)
• Strongly support (27%)
Consider project-based Tax Increment Financing (TIF) for commercial affordability and
infrastructure
• Strongly oppose (8%)
• Somewhat oppose (15%)
• Neither support nor oppose (24%)
• Somewhat support (28%)
• Strongly support (25%)
Q14 Do you support the street redesign option for Northwest Boulevard at I-69?
• Support (76%)
• Oppose (please specify below) (8%)
• No opinion (5%)
• I have more thoughts to share (10%)
Q15 Do you support the street redesign options for Northwest Boulevard at River Hill Drive?
• Support (73%)
• Oppose (please specify below) (9%)
• No opinion (10%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q16 Which proposed street redesign option for Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
do you support?
• Option 1 - Expand to six lanes and add sidewalk/sidepath (15%)
• Option 1B - Expand to six lanes with shoulders, and add sidewalk/sidepath (36%)
• Option 1C - Expand to six lanes with shoulders, but reduce lane widths, and add
sidewalk/sidepath (16%)
• Option 2 - Improve with sidewalks/paths, but keep to four lanes (22%)
• Keep as is (3%)
• No opinion (6%)
• Other (please specify) (1%)
Q17 Which roadway median treatments do you support?
• I support the Ornamental median treatment to beautify the street (18%)
• I support the Shade median treatment to beautify and cool the street (44%)
• I support the Limited median treatment to preserve any landscaping budget for trees
along the sidewalk/sidepath (28%)
• I do not support any median treatments (5%)
• I have other ideas (5%)
Q18 Do you support the ideas for Public Art?
• I support the proposed public art ideas (51%)
• The public art ideas need improvement (specify below) (16%)
• I have no opinion (22%)
• I have other ideas (12%)
Q19 Do you support the idea of building gateway entrances to the study area?
• I support community gateway entrances (40%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (12%)
• I have no opinion (35%)
• I have other ideas (14%)
Q20 Do you support the ideas for unique street signage?
• I support the proposed street signs (67%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (9%)
• I have no opinion (17%)
• I have other ideas (7%)
Q21 Do you support the ideas for Monument Signage?
• I support these monument signage ideas (48%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (15%)
• I have no opinion (26%)
• I have other ideas (11%)
Q22 Do you support the ideas for Street Banners?
• I support these street banner ideas (63%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (10%)
• I have no opinion (22%)
• I have other ideas (6%)
Calallen High School
Contents
Introduction .....................................................2
Development History .....................................................................4
Previous Planning ...........................................................................6
Resident Demographics .............................................................10
Land Use and Market Analysis .......................14
Current Zoning ..............................................................................16
Future Land Use Designations ..................................................17
Housing Stock ...............................................................................18
Businesses.....................................................................................18
Retail Market Analysis .................................................................20
Commercial Characteristics ......................................................22
Land Ownership ............................................................................22
Catalytic Development Sites ......................................................23
Transportation Analysis .................................26
Traffic Volumes .............................................................................26
Transit .............................................................................................28
Traffic Safety .................................................................................30
Roadway Geometry .....................................................................33
Pedestrian and Bicycling Infrastructure ..................................35
Assessment of Opportunities
June 2020
96 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 1 January 2021 January 2021
This Assessment of Opportunities report
summarizes key findings from a review of existing
demographic, land use, and economic conditions
and recent trends. Among the noteworthy
takeaways are:
1. Study area residents enjoy higher incomes and longevity than the average Corpus
Christi resident.....................................................................................................................12
The median household income for the study area is between $75,000 to $99,999, much higher
than the median household income for Corpus Christi, which is $55,709. The average life
expectancy for the census tracts in the study area is 80.5 years, 2.5 years higher than that of
Nueces county and 1.7 years higher than that of Texas.
2. The study area is home to approximately 140 businesses and 1,450 employees....18
Businesses serving regional demand include banks, big box retail like Walmart and the Five Points
Shopping Center, fast food restaurants, restaurant chains, and medical facilities. Restaurants and
schools employ the most workers: 2005 and 200, respectively.
3. Residents spend over $120 million annually on groceries, general merchandise,
clothing, and health and personal care outside the primary trade area...................20
The current supply of grocery stores could double in number or size to meet just resident demand
within the trade area. Residents currently spend over $50 million on groceries outside the trade
area.
4. The study area contains 1.5 million square feet of vacant land zoned for
commercial uses .................................................................................................................22
Commercial parcels vary largely in size. The majority of commercial properties range between
20,000 and 60,000 square feet.A handful of landowners in the area own 56% of the available
vacant land ripe for development, or 29% of the entire study area.
KEY TAKEWAYS
5. Traffic volumes along Northwest Boulevard are similar in 2018 to those traffic volumes
collected in 1999..................................................................................................24
A steady, incremental increase of traffic volumes on Northwest Boulevard is expected based on the 20
year Average Annual Daily Trip (AADT) trends.
6. Three fatal collisions in the corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death of one
cyclist and two pedestrians...................................................................................28
Every pedestrian-vehicle collision occurred near an intersection (River Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate
69E).
7. No sidewalks are present for most of the length of Northwest Boulevard........................35
Sidewalks are present directly along Northwest Boulevard on the northside between Calallen High School
campus and Interstate 69E and on the southside between Wildcat Drive and Interstate 69E
8. The 2018 Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility recommends a
cycletrack on either side of Northwest Boulevard...................................................................38
Located between Wildcat Drive and River Hill Drive, this facility would connect the Wood River
neighborhood to the intersection with Highway 77.
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 January 2021 January 2021
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces River37
69
358
181
Corpus
Christi
Bay
Nueces Bay
Wood River
Elementary
School
Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
rWood River DrStudy area
Parks and open space
Schools
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 1: Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
0 1 2 4 mi
Buildings
Parcels
Introduction
Thanks in part to a surge of industrial development in
the Corpus Christi metropolitan area in recent years,
the Calallen area of far-northwest Corpus Christi has
experienced new development. From oil refining and
transportation to steel production, the expansion in these
export industries is bringing wealth and job opportunities
to the region. With this investment comes development
pressure and demand grows for new homes, retailers and
services. The City of Corpus Christi anticipates additional
residential and commercial development, as well as a
new elementary school, in the Northwest Boulevard (FM
624) Corridor, shown below. Plans to build a new steel
factory in Sinton, if realized, could drive additional demand
for new housing and commerce in Calallen. While new
development creates new opportunities for people to
live, work and do business in Calallen, it also brings new
challenges, such as more auto traffic, and more demands
on critical infrastructure.
This planning study represents the City of Corpus
Christi’s effort to proactively plan for orderly, attractive
and sustainable growth and development consistent
with the community’s vision. The Northwest Boulevard
Corridor lies 20 miles upriver from downtown Corpus
Christi. The study area comprises a 500-foot buffer to
the north and to the south from Interstate 69 to Wright
Moravek Road (County Road 73) - nearly three miles.
The Nueces River bounds adjacent neighborhoods to
the north, while Interstate 69 presents a physical barrier
to the east. To the west and south, development quickly
transitions from suburban to rural conditions. The Wood
River neighborhood is north of the corridor, and major
anchors include one preschool, two elementary schools,
one high school, River Hills Country Club, Hazel Bazemore
Park, Corpus Christi Medical Center, and retail destinations
including Walmart and the Five Points Shopping Center.
4 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5 January 2021 January 2021
Development History
The Town of Calallen was established in 1910 where
the St. Louis, Brownsville and Mexico railroad crossed
the Nueces River, and grew into a center for agricultural
trade.1 The initial settlement was located to the northeast
of the Northwest Boulevard study area, between what is
today Interstate 37 and the Nueces River.
1 Calallen Independent School District, History of
Calallen, Accessed 20 April 2020, Available at: https://www.
calallen.org/domain/88.
Study area
Annexation Periods
1960s
1970s
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 2: Annexation and Development History
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
1950
1979 1995
1985 2017
1980s
1990s
2000s
The City of Corpus Christi annexed this area in the 1960s,
and annexed the majority of the Northwest Boulevard
study area in the 1980s and 1990s. Urban development
coincided with annexation; its peak development was in
the 1980s and 1990s, though many current structures
were built prior to annexation.
Satellite image source: Google Earth
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 January 2021 January 2021
Previous Planning
As a primary artery serving mutliple institutional uses
in Corpus Christi's northwest, Northwest Blvd. has been
subject to numerous citywide, comprehensive, and long-
range planning efforts. They focus on the function of the
roadway, and emphasize the safe balance of user modes,
particularly east of FM 1889.
Plan Major Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Bicycle Mobility Plan, CCMPO,
2018
This plan is Phase I of the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility under the CCMPO.
The major vision goals are 1) develop a cohesive, strategic network of bicycle
facilies that accommodates a diversity of riders 2) Increase the percentage
of trips of all types that are made by bicycle 3) Promote health and wellness
through bicycling and 4) Enhance safety for bicyclists. The plan methods
included developing a community hotspot analysis to determine demand
that was then used for bicycle route selection via network analyst reflecting
community preferences: 1) Off-road trail connections were prioritized over
routes that followed the street network 2) neighborhood streets and minor
collectors were prioritized over busier roadways and 3) streets that pass
through areas adjacent to activity centers were prioritized over streets that
run right through the heart of an activity center or through areas with a
very low concentration of destinations. Once presented and “tested” with
the community for feedback, specific bicycle infrastructure treatments and
facilities were then identified.
As Phase 1 of the Mobility Plan, the Bicycle Mobility
identifies street segments for bikeway infrastructure and
details what types of bicycle facilities are recommended
for each street segment. Community engagement informed
detailed mapping analyses to select routes and suggest
corresponding facility recommendations matching
stakeholder preferences.
This plan recommendations bicycle infrastructure along
Northwest Boulevard between Wildcat Drive and River
Hill Drive in the form of protected cycletracks on either
side of the boulevard located outside of the vehicular
traffic lanes.
Transit Plan 20/20, Corpus Christi
Regional Transportation Authority,
2016
A Five-Year Service Plan was developed based on the existing conditions
report findings and community engagement activities, including surveys,
according to the following themes: upgrades to southside services, more
frequent service on Leopard and Port, expanded Sunday service, more direct
westside service, Downtown/North Beach route improvements, increased
direct routing and frequency in Robstown, consolidated Port Aransas service,
expanded Express service, and improved speed and reliability, which are
organized within the report according to service types and are divided into two
implementation phases. Recommended improvements address service design
(i.e. direct routing, route alignment, route deviations, schedule simplicity),
established performance metrics (i.e. ridership productivity, passenger loads,
schedule reliability, schedule efficiency), and bus stops (i.e. accessibility,
amenities, real time arrival information, etc).
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommendations to improve
current service after comprehensively analyzing the
strengths of the system and identifying gaps in service.
The plan includes recommendations that directly impact
Northwest Boulevard.
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommended
improvements to Route 27, a portion of which operates
along Northwest Boulevard within the study area
corridor. The plan recommends rerouting Route 27
from the I-69 Access Road after looping around the Five
Points Shopping Center to Northwest Boulevard before
turning south onto FM 1889. The reroute will likely
create additional bus stops along Northwest Boulevard
and FM 1889, requiring pedestrian infrastructure
to connect these potential bus stops to the existing
sidewalk network.
8 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 9 January 2021 January 2021
Plan Major Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Mobility CC, City of Corpus Christi,
2013
Of the eight policies the plan establishes, the following are relevant to the
Northwest Boulevard Study Area:
Policy 1: Integrate street infrastructure that provides balanced transportation
options and design features into street design and construction to create
safe and inviting environments for all users to walk, bicycle, and use public
transportation.
Policy 3: Plan and develop a comprehensive and convenient bicycle and
pedestrian transportation network.
Policy 6: Provide children with safe and appealing opportunities for walking
and bicycling to school in order to decrease rush-hour traffic, and fossil fuel
consumption, encourage exercise and healthy living habits in children, and
reduce the risk of injury to children through traffic collisions near school.
Policy 7: Create safe routes to parks and open spaces.
This document is the transportation element of the city’s
Comprehensive plan. It guides decision-making pertaining
to the planning, design, operation and mainenance of the
city’s transportation networks. It “houses all transportation
related plans, including the City’s Thoroughfare Plan,
Trails Master Plan, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Master Plan (formerly the ADA transition plan), plans for
the installation of roundabouts and road diets at select
locations, and plans for specific street corridors.”
The Urban Transportation Plan establishes roadway
classifications for the city’s streets, broadly categorized into
Local Access Streets, Collectors, Arterials, and Freeways.
The UTP identifies Northwest Boulevard as an “A3
Primary - Arterial Divided” urban street, indicating a
130’-wide right-of-way, up to 6 lanes of traffic, 17.5’ of
distance between curb and property line, and 30,000 to
48,000 maximum average daily trips.
HikeBikeCC recommends 10.26 miles of on-street and
off-street facilities to comprise the Nueces River Trail,
which would connect Northwest Boulvard to the river
via Trinity River Drive, River Walk Drive, and a drainage
corridor through the Wood River subdivision, and
eastward along the river’s south bank to Labonte Park.
Northwest Area Development Plan,
City of Corpus Christi, 2001
Relevant Policy Statements:
A) Environment. (A1): Maintain and/or improve water quality in the Nueces
River - The river provides 2/3 of the City’s drinking water supply.
B) Land Use. (B1e): The expansion of business uses along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) or any other arterial street should be planned and zoned
so that the traffic carrying capacity of the street is protected. West of County
Road 75, commercial uses on Northwest Boulevard should only be allowed
at arterial intersections. (B3): Encourage development of recreational vehicle
parks in the northwest area to capture “Winter Texans” traveling U.S. 77 (IH-
69). (B5): Development along all arterial and expressways will be required to
plant street trees on fifty-foot centers in a tree planting zone located within 10
feet of any property line abutting the street rights-of-way.
C) Annexation. (C1): Pursue annexation of property in advance of
development, particularly, along major roadways for the purpose of creating
compatible land use and development patterns. (C2): Prior to annexation,
develop detailed assessments of infrastructure and action plans for
improving and or replacing inadequate infrastructure in outlying substandard
developments. (C3): The City should aggressively pursue annexation of the
developing areas within the Nueces River watershed within Nueces County.
D) Transportation. (D1a): Relief of traffic congestion along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) and at the Five Points Intersection is a major focus of the
plan recommendations.
E) Public Services. (E3): Create a Nueces River Hike and Bike Trail system with
connections to the Oso Parkway system, and schools, parks and other public
facilities in the Northwest Area.
The Northwest Area Development Plan componnent of
the City’s Comprehensive Plan illustrates the decades-
long attempt to guide transportation and land use
development in an orderly manner that enhances quality
of life. Specifically, it names mobility improvements around
Northwest Boulevard designed to mitigate congestion of its
eastern terminus at the “Five Points Intersection.” Several of
these improvements remain to be funded and constructed.
This plan also indicated the community's desire to improve
the appearance of Northwest Boulevard through three
plantings.
PS D1 Recommendation a1: “Northwest Boulevard is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate 120’
minimum right-of-way, six traffic lanes, and a median.”
PS D1 Recommendation a2: “A two-lane 60-foot
right-of-way loop collector street (south of Wal-Mart) is
proposed between U.S. 77 and the extension of River
East Drive.”
PS D1 Recommendation a3: “County Road 52 is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate
100’ minimum right-of-way, four travel lanes and a
landscaped median.”
10 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11 January 2021 January 2021
Study area
Study area block groups
Estate residential
Low-density residential
Medium-density residential
Mobile home
Parks and open space
Water
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 4: Adjacent Residential Areas, by Census Block Group
0 0.75 1.5 3 mi
69
37
37
44
4469
Northwest Blvd FM624
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
58.023
Resident Demographics
An estimated 11,000 people reside in the five Census
Block Groups adjacent to the study area, as of 2019.2 This
is an 8.3% increase since 2010, nearly 1% per year - just
under the city's rate of 9.8%. Population growth ranged
from 6.3% to 13.8% among the Block Groups to the north,
west, and south of the study area, while it declined 3.1% in
the neighborhood east of I-69.
The median age group of residents is between 35 and 44,
but residents ages 55 and over roughly make up almost a
third (32.3%) of the study area population. Comparatively,
in Corpus Christi, Nueces County, and Texas, residents
ages 55+ only make up about a quarter of their population
(27.7%, 28.1%, and 24.7%, respectively). The percent of
households with children is slightly higher than the county
average (43% and 36%, respectively).3
2 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
3 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
Figure 3: Population change by Censu Block Groups
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
15%3%6%9%12%-3%
-3.1%
10.0%
13.8%
6.3%
9.7%
The study area contains two nursing homes, each with
120 beds: the Windsor Calallen Nursing Home and River
Ridge Nursing and Rehabilitation. Almost 8 in 10 residents
(78.6%) live in family households compared to non-family
households (21.5%) at rates higher to those of the county
and state, where 68.1% of the population live in family
households in Nueces and 69.6% in Texas.4
4 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
12 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13 January 2021 January 2021
The study area is composed of predominantly white
residents (90.0%), of whom almost half identify with
Hispanic origin (46.6%).5 The median household income
for the study area is $87,253, much higher than the
median household income for Corpus Christi, which is
$53,614. The average life expectancy for the census tracts
in the study area is 80.5 years, 2.5 years higher than that
of Nueces county and 1.7 years higher than that of Texas6,
suggesting that residents have relatively high access to
public health resources.
The study area is majority homeowners (79%), and has a
slightly higher percentage of homeowners compared to
the city (70%). Since 2010, homeownership has decreased
by about 3% within the study area and citywide, likely due
to increases in multi-family development7.
5 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
6 National Center for Health Statistics. U.S. Small-
Area Life Expectancy Estimates Project, 2010-2015]. National
Center for Health Statistics. 2018. Available from: https://
www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/usaleep/usaleep.html.
7 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
20%40%60%80%100%
Renter
Owner
Five
Block
Groups
Corpus
Christi
78.7%21.3%
56.6%43.4%
Figure 7: Tenure
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
Source: Calallen ISD
Calallen High School, home of the Wildcats, serves 1,256 students in
grades 9-12. The school is located on Northwest Boulevard, close to
the I-69 intersection.
Figure 6: Household income in the past 12 months (in 2018 inflation-adjusted dollars)
20%40%60%80%100%
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
Corpus
Christi
Less than $15,000
$15,000 - $24,999
$25,000 - $49,999
$50,000 - $74,999
$75,000 - $99,999
$100,00 - $149,999
$150,000 or more
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
Figure 5: Household types
20%40%60%80%100%
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
Corpus
Christi
Nueces
County
Texas
Family households
Non-family households
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
14 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15 January 2021 January 2021
Existing Land Use
The map in Figure 8 shows existing land uses within
the study area as determined for the 2016 Plan CC
Comprehensive Plan. The study area contains a wide
variety of land uses, including agriculture, low- to medium-
density residential, commercial, as well as many currently
vacant lands. Several civic uses such as schools, colleges,
and parks also reside within the study area.
Land Use and Market Analysis
The breadth of land uses indicate the importance of the
study area across a variety of stakeholders in addition
to the challenges of creating an attractive and unified
corridor that accomplishes the collective vision of the City.
The study area and adjacent neighborhoods have large
parcels of land not fully developed; which are currently
zoned as Farm Rural, Multifamily, Neighborhood
Commercial, or General Commercial.8
8 City of Corpus Christi Zoning Shapefile
City limits
Agriculture (1 unit/ 5 acres)
Drainage corridor
Estate residential (1 unit/ 1 acre)
Low-density residential (up to 8
units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (8-22
units/ 1 acre)
Mobile home
Professional office
Commercial
Light industrial
Park and open space
Public and semi-public
Vacant
Future development
Buildings
Water
100-year floodplain
500-year floodplain
Figure 8: Existing Land Use Map
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverWood River
Elementary
School
Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River
Hills
Country
Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
rWood River DrSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Future
elementary
school
Del Mar
College
Walmart
Five
Points
Shopping
Center
Corpus Christi
Medical Center
- Northwest
16 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17 January 2021 January 2021
Figure 9: Current Zoning Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 10: Future Land Use Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
0 2,000 ft02,000 ft
Study area
Neighborhood Commercial
General Commercial
Farm-Rural
Light Industrial
Neighborhood Office
Multi-family
Two-family
Single-family
Park and open space
Water
Study area
High-density residential (more than 13
units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/
acre, including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
69 69
Current Zoning
Most of the land fronting Northwest Boulevard is zoned
General Commercial, which intends to provide "sufficient
space in appropriate locations for all types of commercial
and service activity, particularly along arterial streets
where a general mixture of such activity now exists."9
Neighborhood Commercial Districts are interspersed
among the General Commercial Districts, near the center
of the study area. These provide areas for commercial
activity such as sale of convenience goods and personal
services that primarily benefit nearby residential areas,"
and are usually have pedestrian access from nearby
residential neighborhoods.10
9 City of Corpus Christi Unified Development
Code, Section 4.5.1.D.
10 Ibid., Section 4.5.1.A.
A significant amount of land within the study area
and adjacent to the south and west is zoned Farm-
Rural, which is intended for land that is "relatively
underdeveloped and agricultural in nature." It is also "the
default zoning district for land newly-annexed to the City,"
and therefore subject to reclassification for appropriate
uses.11
Beyond the study area itself, most adjacent neighborhood
zoning is for residential uses - largely for single family
homes, but also including some multi-family classified
parcels.
11 Ibid., Section 4.3.1.A.
Future Land Use Designations
PlanCC, the City's comprehensive plan, establishes a
Future Land Use Map (FLUM) to guide development and
redevelopment for the next twenty years. It is not a zoning
map, but rather a guide for decision-makers charged with
making rulings on zoning and land use issues.
The vision of future development in the Northwest
Boulevard Corridor codified in FLUM is for a mix of uses
largely anchored by commercial uses. Government close
to the interstate (Calallen High School, Corpus Christi
Medical Center Northwest, and Del Mar College) remain
in place, while medium density residential comprises a
stretch of the southern side of Northwest Boulevard west
of FM 1889. A handful of parcels between FM 1889 and
County Road 69 do not have FLUM designations.
18 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 19 January 2021 January 2021
Housing Stock
The neighborhoods adjacent to the Study Area are
primarily single-family residential. These neighborhoods
contain mostly single-family detached homes, but also
includes multi-family, condos, and the Windsor Calallen
Nursing home, which has 120 beds, or 60 rooms.
There is one recent multi-family development, the Calallen
Apartments, and one planned multi-family development
just south of the new Calallen apartments. There is one
planned single-family development, called River Ridge Unit
4. South of Northwest Boulevard, this proposed 136 lot
development sits north of County Road 52, east of County
Road 69, and at the extension of Riverside Boulevard.
Businesses
The study area is home to approximately 140 businesses
and 1,450 employees.12 As a commercial corridor,
commercial and retail businesses are located immediately
off Northwest Boulevard’s right-of-way, surrounded by
residential neighborhoods, and most of the corridor’s
businesses are clustered on the east side of the study
area, supporting regional demand from Interstate 69.
Businesses serving regional demand include banks, big
box retail like Walmart and the Five Points Shopping
Center, fast food restaurants, restaurant chains, and
medical facilities. Services and local businesses serving
the surrounding neighborhoods include local cafes and
restaurants. Restaurants and schools employ the most
workers: 2005 and 200, respectively.
Despite the high number of jobs in the study area
and adjacent neighborhoods (4,934),13 the majority
of residents commute elsewhere for employment.
Approximately 601 out of 4,558 employed residents live
and work within the study area’s adjacent neighborhoods,
resulting in 4,333 employees commuting into the study
area from other parts of the Corpus Christi area. This daily
inflow and outflow has a large impact on traffic, especially
during peak travel hours. More traffic analysis will be
discussed in the following Transportation Section.
12 Business Analyst. Copyright 2019 Infogroup, Inc.
Esri Total Residential Population forecasts for 2019.
13 OnTheMap, U.S. Census LODES data, 2017
Typology Parcels Land
Area
Appraised
value
Single-family 360 83.3%78.4%
Mobile homes 6 2.4%0.2%
Condominiums 8 1.7%1.2%
Multi-family 2 5.7%11.8%
Two-family 1 0.2%0.2%
Four- or more-family 1 0.4%0.4%
Townhouses 9 5.4%7.7%
Vacant residential land 6 1.0%0.2%
Figure 11: Housing typology within 500’ buffer
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
Figure 13: Business Industry and Employees Map
Study area
No. of Employees
0-10
11-25
26-50
51+
Source: Business Analyst (ESRI 2019); City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
SIC Code Business Industry Number of
Businesses
Number of
Employees
Sales
Volume
Retail (Eating & Drinking Places, Food Stores, General
Merchandise Stores, Gas Stations, Apparel & Accessory
Stores)
43 606 $162,029,000
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate 16 95 $30,107,000
Services (Health Services, Motion Pictures &
Amusements, Educational Institutions & Libraries,
Automotive Services)
49 539 $93,334,000
Other (Agriculture, Construction, Transportation)31 210 $54,044,000
Figure 14: SIC type and employee count (2019) within 500’ buffer
Source: Business Analyst (ESRI 2019)
Business Industry
Retail (Eating & Drinking Places, Food Stores, General Merchandise
Stores, Gas Stations, Apparel & Accessory Stores)
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
Services (Health Services, Motion Pictures & Amusements,
Educational Institutions & Libraries, Automotive Services)
Other (Agriculture, Construction, Transportation)
Regional Opportunity (9)
k
k
kk
k
k Crop out this box in Indesign ¯0 0.25 0.5 0.75 10.125 Miles
CENTENNIAL PARKWAY
U
p
p
e
r
L
a
s
V
e
g
a
s
W
a
s
h
T
r
a
i
l
E DEER SPRINGS WAY
BRUCE WOODBURY BELTWAY
VA
Healthcare
System
Job Creation ZoneHigh School
YMCA
Elementary Schools
Elementary School
Elementary School
Middle and Elementary School
Middle SchoolPark
N COMMERCE STWALNUT RD'
601
4,333 3,957
Figure 12: Workers Inflow and Outflow, 2017
Source: OnTheMap U.S Census LODES data, 2017
20 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 21 January 2021 January 2021
Retail Market Analysis
Approximately 60,000 people live within a 15-minute
driving distance of the center of the Northwest Boulevard
study area, which encompasses the towns of Odem
and Edroy to the north, Robstown to the south, and
neighborhoods adjacent to the Leopard Street corridor
eastward to US Highway 358. Households within this
"primary trade area" had an estimated median disposable
income of $47,543 and total disposable income of
$1.28 billion in 2019. The population grew by over 5,000
since 2010 - an annual rate of about 1%. At this rate, the
population will grow by about 2,900 by 202414.
While the study area offers many shopping opportunities,
analysis of sales by retail category within the primary
trade area suggest that residents within the area are
leaving it to make purchases. These categories and their
leakage amounts are:
Food & Beverage Stores: $56.7 million15
This category includes grocery stores of all sizes,
specialty food stores, and beer, wine and liquor stores.
This figure represents about half of the total resident
demand for grocery purchases within the primary trade
area, meaning that the current supply of grocery stores
could double in number or size to meet just resident
demand within the trade area.
General merchandise Stores: $30.5 million
This category includes "big box" discount stores such as
Walmart, smaller "dollar" stores such as Dollar General,
and chain pharmacies. Each of these are found on the
eastern side of the study area. This represents 28% of
overall resident demand, indicating that existing general
merchandise stores meet a greater share of demand for
their products than grocery stores do.
14 U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1.
Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
15 Source: Esri and Infogroup. Esri 2019 Updated
Demographics. Esri 2017 Retail MarketPlace.
Primary Trade Area
Figure 15: Primary Trade Area
Study area
15-minute drive area
Source: Business Analyst. Copyright 2019 Infogroup, Inc.
69
37
37
44
Clothing & Accessories Stores: $19.0 million
This includes clothes, shoes, and jewelry. This amount
represents two thirds of total resident demand for clothing
stores. Thus, while the total leakage value is lower than
grocery and general mechandise leakage, this category
is comparatively less saturated within the primary trade
area.
Health and Personal Care Stores: $17.5 million
Trade area residents spend $36.5 million on health and
personal care stores, but study area retailers sell only $19
million in products and services, which means residents
are spending nearly that same amount outside the trade
area.
Some retail categories within the trade area sell more
goods and services than its residents consume. This
means people are traveling from outside the trade area to
make these purchases, indicating that these sectors are
already strong attractors, and do not require recruitment
to locate within the study area and meet residents needs.
These categories and their suplus sales amounts are:
Motor Vehicle & Parts Dealers: $139.5 million
Sales within this category are twice the demand among
trade area residents. The cluster of car dealerships along
the US Hwy. 77/I-69 corridorr south of the study area
contributes to the large supply of this category within the
primary trade area.
Gasoline Stations: $27.9 million
Trade area residents spend $64.3 million per year at
gasoline stations, yet area stations sell $92.2 million.
Restaurants: $14.9 million
It is common among trade areas that experience high
levels of commuters to experience higher restaurant sales
than area residents demand. This surplus may be the
result of commuters to the area's numerous employment
centers, such as schools and the medical center, going
out for lunch or dinner.
Above: Retailers at the Five Points Shopping Center located near I-67
offer a mix of clothing, general merchandise, and home goods and
crafts. Source: Google Streetview, August 2015
Below: A neighborhood retail strip shopping center featuring a new
Starbucks location recently opened at County Road 69.
Source: Google Streetview, April 2019
22 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 23 January 2021 January 2021
Commercial Characteristics
The study area has large parcels not fully developed;
roughly 1.5 million square feet is vacant parcels zoned
commercial (General Commercial, Neighborhood
Commercial, and Neighborhood Office). Commercial
parcels vary largely in size. The majority of commercial
properties range between 20,000 and 60,000 square feet.
Catalytic Development Sites
Catalytic development sites, indicated on the following
page, are located where development can fulfill city
and corridor goals, including job creation, improved
transportation and access, or new housing units.
A common issue that complicates development within
this corridor is the location of oil and gas pipelines. Some
pipelines are abandoned, but others remain active. The
unreliability of survey data adds risk and cost to upcoming
development.
A high level review of the following attributes were
considered in the analysis of land for catalytic
development viability:
• Existing zoning
• Proximity to higher traffic volumes
• Adjacent to development for cost-effective
utilization of existing utilities
• Size of site
• Adjacency to Northwest Boulevard
Figure 16: Vacant commercial parcel zoningPercent of Land within 500’ buffer
General
Commercial
39.2%
Neighborhood
Comercial
45.5%
Neighborhood
Office
13.3%
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
All other land
71%
Public/
institutional
10%
AI Development
Inc.
7%
Lontos
Katherin
6%
Robertson
Kevin E ET UX
5%
Figure 17: Major ownershipPercent of Land within 500’ buffer
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
Land Ownership
Given its large amount of vacant land, the study area
is well-positioned to contribute to the city’s economic
development through the development of a live-work
environment. A handful of landowners in the area own
56% of the available vacant land ripe for development,
or 29% of the entire study area. 10% of the study area
is owned by the City and the Callalan ISD, and those
properties are already developed or have development
plans in place.
24 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 25 January 2021 January 2021
Figure 18: Redevelopment Map
Map
Key
Likelihood to
Change Zoning Future Land Use Acreage Traffic Volume
1 High CN-2 “Neighborhood
Commercial”Commercial 8.907 32,502
2 Very High FR “Farm Rural”Mixed Use 10 32,502
3 Very High FR “Farm Rural”Mixed Use 5 32,502
4 Moderate CN-1 Neighborhood
Commercial N/A 3.95 23,361
5 Moderate CN-1 Neighborhood
Commercial N/A 4.22 23,361
Figure 19: Catalytic development sites
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
2
1
3
5 4
2
1
3
5 4
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverWood River
Elementary
School
Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
rWood River Dr0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Study area
Parcels
Vacant Commercial Parcels
In platting/construction process
Catalytic Development Sites
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019. City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Ownership
Lontos Katherine
Al Development Inc
Robertson Kevin E ET UX
Public/ Institutional
Future
HEB
grocery
Future
apartments
Future
elementary
school
The
Lakes at
Northwest
Restaurants
Office
Office
and
Small
Retail
26 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 27 January 2021 January 2021
Transportation Analysis
Traffic Volumes
The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) average
annual daily traffic (AADT) volumes for vehicles in the
Northwest Boulevard study area in 2018 are illustrated in
the map on the following page. Moving eastward along
Northwest Boulevard from County Road 73 to its eastern
terminus at Interstate I-69, the AADT ranges from 23,361
to 33,512 auto vehicles each day utilizing the corridor.
Auto traffic volumes are higher in the eastern portion
of the study area, as expected, given the proximity to
Interstate I-69 and concentration of intense land uses.
Two traffic count locations (E and F on Figure 20) located
along Interstate 69 have traffic volumes between 45,000
and 62,000 vehicles. Traffic volumes on roads terminating
onto Northwest Boulevard are lower; fewer than 10,000
vehicles currently travel on FM 1889 daily.
A 20-year trend analysis for the traffic count locations
in the study area indicates that the daily traffic volumes
along Northwest Boulevard are similar in 2018 to
those traffic volumes collected in 1999. FM 1889 has
experienced the most stable traffic volumes during
this 20-year period, with traffic volumes on Northwest
Boulevard fluctuating by as much as 10,000 vehicles per
day between the highest and lowest traffic volume counts.
Beginning in 2007 at the start of the Great Recession,
traffic volumes on Northwest Boulevard declined before
starting to grow again in 2010; in 2018 traffic volumes
on Northwest Boulevard were similar to 2007 volumes.
Traffic volumes have fluctuated widely along Interstate
69 in the study area, with traffic volumes doubling from
30,000 to over 60,000 between 2013 and 2018. Much of
this fluctuation is a direct result of construction-related
impacts on Interstate 69.
Pedestrians and cyclists are not included in this count; the
Figure 20: 20-Year AADT Trends for Study Area Count Locations
70,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
19992018200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011201220132014201520162017Count Location A
Count Location B
Count Location C
Count Location D
Count Location E
Count Location F
Figure 21: Average Annual Daily Traffic Counts, 2018
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
C D
E
FA
B
Source: Texas Department of Transportation GIS Services
Study area
Count Location A - 6,026
Count Location B- 23,361
Count Location C - 32,502
Count Location D - 33,512
Count Location E - 45,751
Count Location F - 62,090
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Strategic Plan for Active Mobility Phase 1: Bicycle Mobility
Plan includes case studies of cities that have conducted
bicycle counts and recommends bicycle counts be
conducted for performance measures.
A steady, incremental increase of traffic volumes on
Northwest Boulevard was expected based on the 20
year AADT trends. However, taking the evidence of the
decline of traffic in the Great Recession, it is unclear
how the COVID 19 crisis will impact long term trends
on the corridor. Land use changes that are expected
to contribute to the increase of traffic volumes include
the construction of restaurants and limited retail in the
western half of the study area at County Roads 73 and
69, in addition to a residential development west of FM
1889. The possible construction of a new H-E-B store at
FM 1889 and Northwest Boulevard would likely increase
traffic volumes along both segments.
Although there is no bicycle or pedestrian count data
available for this segment of Northwest Boulevard,
newer residential and retail and restaurant uses will likely
increase demand for biking and walking facilities in the
study area. Students living in the recently completed
Calallen Apartments at FM 1889 and future students living
in The Lakes at Northwest subdivision under construction
will need safe infrastructure for both traveling along
Northwest Boulevard and crossing the five-lane roadway
to access area schools on foot or by bike.
28 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 29 January 2021 January 2021
Transit
The Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Agency
(CCRTA) operates one local fixed bus route, Route 27,
serving a portion of Northwest Boulevard. Route 27, the
second longest route in the CCRTA system,16 runs from
downtown Corpus Christi westward along Leopard Street
and then south along the I-69 Access Road/US-77 to
Robstown multiple times daily. Route 27 also operates in
tandem with two Parks and Recreation services. One Park-
and-Ride at the Robstown Transfer Station in Robstown,
located at Avenue A and 4th Street, has a maximum
16 Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Authority,
Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
Figure 22: Bus Stops and Bus Routes
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ftSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Source: Corpus Christi Regional Transportation
Authority, Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
Study area
Bus Stop
Route 27 (existing)
Route 27 (proposed)
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Figure 23: Recommended Route 27 Reroutecapacity of 33 parking spaces. The second Park-and-Ride
in Annaville is located between IH-37 and Leopard Street
immediately west of the Rehfeld Road intersection with a
maximum capacity of 75 parking spaces.
Both the southbound or outbound trips and the north
bound or inbound trips northbound and southbound
routes create a short loop around the Five Points
Shopping Center, which experiences high ridership,
utilizing Northwest Boulevard, Wildcat Drive, and Teague
Lane. Five bus stops serving Route 27 are within the
study area boundaries, with one bus stop directly along
Northwest Boulevard just east of Wildcat Drive. One of
the reasons why ridership is high on this route along
this segment is because Route 27 maintains the same
schedule and route alignment on the weekends instead
of consolidating the route or operating across a shorter
window of service.
The CCRTA Transit Plan 20/20 recommends changes to
the Route 27 alignment to “serve additional commercial
development along FM 624."17 The suggested reroute will
17 Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Authority,
Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
30 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 31 January 2021 January 2021
continue west along Northwest Boulevard and turn on
to FM 1889 to reach Robstown Station, rather than by
travelling on US Highway 77. Findings from interviews
conducted with bus operators as part of the Transit Plan
20/20 indicated that there may be pent up demand for
Route 27, especially on weekend mornings,as evidenced
by standing-room only conditions.
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 7337
69
358
181
Corpus
Christi
Bay
Nueces Bay
Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Fatal Crash
Suspected Serious Injury
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 24: Crash Locations and Injury Severity, 2018 - 2019
0 1 2 4 mi
Non-Incapacitating Injury
Possible Injury
No Injury
Unknown Severity
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Traffic Safety
Between 2018 and 2019, there were 272 collisions in the
study area corridor involving 579 parties. These crashes
resulted in 3 deaths, 4 suspected serious injuries, 12
crashes with non-incapacitating injuries, 60 crashes
involving possible injury, 188 collisions in which no one
was injured, and 5 collisions with unknown severity.
Mapping the locations of the collisions shows that the
vast majority of crashes in the study corridor occur east
of Wildcat Drive along Northwest Boulevard and along
I-69. When overlayed the curb cut locations shown in
Figure 29, the locations of these crashes correspond
32 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 33 January 2021 January 2021
with the locations of driveways to the commercial and
institutional parcels along Northwest Boulevard. A survey
of corridor images shows that nearly every curb cut, or
driveway, lacks any directional signage in the form of
posted stop signs or painted stop bars for motorists,
indicating that drivers may not be yielding ample right-of-
way time before making turning movements.
Of these 272 incidents, 266 or 98% of collisions involved
only motor vehicles. There was one bike-related and four
pedestrian-related collisions with motor vehicles along
Northwest Boulevard, with an additional “no contact”
collision listed in the crash report data. While the overall
number of collisions involving both motor vehicles and
people biking and walking were low, these were among
the deadliest collisions. The three fatal collisions in the
corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death
of one cyclist and two pedestrians. The remaining two
pedestrian-vehicle collisions in the corridor during this
time period resulted in non-incapacitating injuries.
Every pedestrian-vehicle collision occurred near an
intersection (River Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate
69E), with the former two pedestrian-vehicle collisions at
unsignalized intersections and the latter two pedestrian-
vehicle collisions at signalized intersections with marked
crosswalks.
The crash report data notes from police reports cited
that the contributing factor in every pedestrian-vehicle
crash was the “pedestrian [failure] to yield right of way
to vehicle,” indicating that safer, formalized pedestrian
crossings of Northwest Boulevard are needed for
pedestrians since 50% of these collisions resulted in the
death of pedestrians. The presence of sidewalks and
traffic signals is discussed below under “Pedestrian and
Bicycling Infrastructure.”
There was no contributing factor listed in the police report
for the bicycle-vehicle collision, although the driver was
reported as “going straight” along Northwest Boulevard.
News reports of the bicyclist fatality describe the incident
as a hit-and-run since the driver did not stop; the 30-year-
old victim was traveling south on Northwest Boulevard
before being struck at approximately 7:00 a.m. on a
weekday morning18. With a posted speed limit of 50 miles
18 ABC News, Kiii TV South Texas, CCPD identify
Figure 25: Northwest Boulevard Bicycle and Pedestrian Crashes
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ftSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Study area
Fatal Crash
Non-Incapacitating Injury
Bicycle Collision
Pedestrian Collision
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
per hour and traffic volume exceeding 30,000 vehicles
daily, any recommended bikeway for this corridor will be
either separated or off-street for maximum user safety.
Existing bikeway conditions are discussed below under
“Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure.”
Roadway Geometry
Between CR 73 and River Hill Drive (a 1.5 mile length),
Northwest Boulevard is 5 lanes across with two driving
lanes in each direction, a center turning lane, and a wide
shoulder on either side.
Between River Hill Drive and Wildcat Drive (1 mile length),
Northwest Boulevard retains two driving lanes in each
direction, with the center turning lane punctuated by
medians to protect left-turning drivers from oncoming
traffic.
East of Wildcat Drive (0.3 mile length), Northwest
Boulevard expands to three driving lanes in each
direction with a median-protected center turn lane. At
the intersection with Interstate 69E, there are three
westbound driving lanes and the eastbound traffic is
divided between one left-turn only lane, a shared left-turn
and through lane, a through lane only, and a right-turn only
lane.
body found along FM 624 in northwest Corpus Christi, July
24,2019. Accessed April 15, 2020.
Figure 26: Northwest Boulevard from CR 73 to River Hill Drive
34 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 35 January 2021 January 2021
Figure 27: Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
Figure 28: Northwest Boulevard at Interstate 69E Access Road
Pedestrian and Bicycling Infrastructure
No sidewalks are present for most of the length of
Northwest Boulevard in the study area. Sidewalks are
present directly along Northwest Boulevard on the
northside between Calallen High School campus and
Interstate 69E and on the southside between Wildcat Drive
and Interstate 69E. The sidewalk on Calallen High School
campus is approximately six feet wide and separated
from auto traffic by a drainage ditch. This segment is the
only sidewalk in the study area corridor along Northwest
Boulevard that has any shade and this limited shade is
provided by the canopy of trees planted on campus.
East of Wildcat Drive, the existing sidewalks are
immediately adjacent to the roadway with no landscaping
or vegetative buffer between pedestrians and vehicles.
These sidewalks are approximately six feet wide and
cross at least half a dozen driveways on each side of
Northwest Boulevard with no crosswalk markings, painted
stop bars, or stops signs for any of these driveways with
the exception of Chick-fil-A, which has a painted stop bar
and stop sign at its driveway.
Residential sidewalks are present in the subdivided
neighborhood areas immediately adjacent school
campuses,The Lakes at Northwest on FM 1889 south
Northwest Boulevard, and the neighborhood south of
Northwest Boulevard and Calallen High School. There is
generally shade provided by trees along these sidewalks
except for The Lakes at Northwest since this is a newer
subdivision replanted with younger, smaller trees.
However, there is no direct pedestrian connection between
the neighborhood surrounding Wood River Elementary
School and the neighborhood adjacent Calallen High
School. Older students residing in the Wood River
neighborhood have no formalized pedestrian connection
to Calallen High School, which is approximately one mile
away for about half of the neighborhood.
Eight signalized intersections are within the study area: at
Interstate 69E, Wildcat Drive, River East Drive, FM 69, River
Hill Drive, FM 1889/Trinity River Drive, Wood River Drive,
and CR 73. Marked crosswalks serve pedestrians in all
directions at the Northwest Boulevard intersections with
Wildcat Drive, River East Drive, and CR 69. At the River Hill
Drive, a marked crosswalk serves pedestrians crossing
River Hill Drive on the north side of the intersection. At
the Trinity River Drive/FM 1889 intersection, crosswalks
are marked across Northwest Boulevard on the west side
of the intersection and across Trinity River Drive. The
intersections of Northwest Boulevard at CR 73 or at Wood
River Drive do not provide any marked crosswalks.
While people may ride bikes on Northwest Boulevard’s
36 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 37 January 2021 January 2021
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Mobility CC recommended off-street
bikeways
Mobility CC recommended on-street
bikeways
Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility
recommended off-street facilities
Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility
recommended off-street facilities
Existing sidewalks
Figure 29: Bicycle and Pedestrian Infrastructure
Driveway
Signalized Intersection
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
38 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor PlanNorthwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 39 January 2021 January 2021
shoulders west of River E Drive, no formal bicycling
facilities are available throughout the study area. The
2018 Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle
Mobility recommends a cycletrack on either side of
Northwest Boulevard between Wildcat Drive and River Hill
Drive, which would connect the Wood River neighborhood
to the Five Points Shopping Center.
The 2013 Mobility CC plan from the City’s Comprehensive
Figure 30: Recommended Bikeways from the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility
Source: CCMPO, Bicycle Mobility Plan. 2018
Figure 31: Proposed Nueces River Hike and Bike Trail
Plan also recommends a hike and bike trail along the
Nueces River, which has the opportunity to connect to the
proposed Phase 1 off-road multi-use trail along the Wood
River ditch and/or with the proposed bike boulevard along
Northwest Trail in the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility.
Although outside the study area corridor, this hike and
bike trail could provide a separated bikeway facility as a
recreational amenity for study area residents and workers.
Source: City of Corpus Christi, Mobility CC Plan, 2013
City of Corpus ChristiNorthwest
Boulevard (FM 624)
Corridor Plan
Draft Report
Submitted February 2021
Acknowledgements
City Council
Mayor Paulette M Guajardo
Michael Hunter
John Martinez
Mike Pusley
Billy Lerma
Ben Molina
Roland Berrera
Greg Smith
Gil Hernandez
Planning Commission
Sheldon Schroeder
Kamran Zarghouni
Michael M Miller
Michael York
Daniel M Dibble
Jeremy Baugh
Brian S Mandel
Javier O Gonzalez
Cynthia S Garza
Benjamin Polak, Ex Officio
City Staff
Steve Viera, Assistant City Manager
Peter Zanoni, City Manager
Annika Gunning Yankee, Sr. Planner/Project Manager
Daniel McGinn, AICP, Director
Avery Oltmans, AICP, City Planner
Advisory Committee
Dr. Arturo Almendarez, Calallen Independent School District
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living
Rose Fernandez, Calallen Apartments
Thomas Tiffin, P..E., Wood River Community Association
Charles Benavides, P.E., Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, AICP, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Gordon Robinson, AICP, Regional Transportation Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Mike Pusley, Northwest Business Association
Yasmene McDaniel, Corpus Christi Medical Center - Northwest
Angela Rhoden, Corpus Christi Medical Center - Northwest
Juan Pimentel, P.E., Nueces County Public Works
Carolyn Vaughn, Nueces County Commissioner
Everett Roy, City Councilmember
Sarah Munoz, P.E., City of Corpus Christi Public WorksAsakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, AICP | Project Manager
Zakcq Lockrem, AICP | Principal-in-Charge
Brianna Frey, AICP | Deputy Project Manager
Hugo ColÓn, Associate AIA | Lead Designer
Contents
Introduction .....................................................2
Why a Corridor Plan? ....................................................................2
A Public Process .............................................................................3
Vision and Goals ..............................................6
Strategies and Actions .....................................9
Overview ...........................................................................................9
Transportation ..............................................................................14
Land Use, Zoning and Business ................................................22
Streetscape....................................................................................28
Implementation .............................................39
Overview .........................................................................................39
Implementation Matrix ................................................................40
Funding the Plan ...........................................................................45
Appendix .......................................................47
Engagement Summary and Documentation ..........................47
Assessment of Opportunities ....................................................47
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
INTRODUCTION
Why a Corridor Plan?
Thanks in part to a surge of industrial development in
the Corpus Christi metropolitan area in recent years,
the Calallen area of far-northwest Corpus Christi has
experienced new development. From oil refining and
transportation to steel production, the expansion in these
export industries is bringing wealth and job opportunities
to the region. With this investment comes development
pressure and demand grows for new homes, retailers and
services. The City of Corpus Christi anticipates additional
residential and commercial development, as well as a
new elementary school, in the Northwest Boulevard (FM
624) Corridor. Plans to build a new steel factory in Sinton
could drive additional demand for new housing and
commerce in Calallen. While new development creates
new opportunities for people to live, work and do business
in Calallen, it also brings new challenges, such as more
auto traffic, and more demands on critical infrastructure.
The Northwest Boulevard (FM624) Corridor Plan
represents the City of Corpus Christi’s effort to proactively
plan for orderly, attractive and sustainable growth and
development consistent with the community’s vision.
The Northwest Boulevard Corridor lies 20 miles upriver
from downtown Corpus Christi. The study area comprises a
500-foot buffer to the north and to the south from Interstate
69 to Wright Moravek Road (County Road 73) - nearly three
miles. The Nueces River bounds adjacent neighborhoods
to the north, while Interstate 69 presents a physical barrier
to the east. To the west and south, development quickly
transitions from suburban to rural conditions. The Wood River
neighborhood is north of the corridor, and major anchors
include one preschool, two elementary schools, one high
school, River Hills Country Club, Hazel Bazemore Park, Corpus
Christi Medical Center, and retail destinations including
Walmart and the Five Points Shopping Center.
2020 March April May June July August
Phase 1: Understand 1
Phase 2: Envision 2 1
Phase 3: Act 3 2
Advisory Committee Meeting Public Input Meeting
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 February 2021
A Public Process
Meaningful public engagement has been essential to
the development of this Plan’s vision and priorities, and
the Plan successfully shifted in person engagement
online when COVID-19 presented itself in March 2020.
Throughout the three-phase planning process - in which
the project consulting team first gathered data, facilitated
visioning, and refined strategies for implementation - the
City of Corpus Christi provided multiple opportunities for
the public to express their ideas, hopes, and concerns
through numerous channels. These included:
• Two online surveys received a combined 590
responses
• One online mapping tool to identify issues and assets
• Two virtual public meetings
• Three Advisory Committee meetings
• Multiple social media announcements of surveys and
public meetings
• Multiple e-newsletter mailings through City of Corpus
Christi listservs
• Poster advertisements at bus stops within the study
area
Throughout the planning process, the City and
consultants engaged and interviewed numerous Corridor
stakeholders, from TxDOT and Calallen High School
leadership to developers and land owners. The City also
convened an Advisory Committee composed of public
agency partners, local business and neighborhood
association representatives, and major employers to
advise the City staff and consultants on development of
the Plan’s strategies and specific recommendations.
Through compilation of the ideas, aspirations, and
concerns collected, several priorities emerged:
Reduce traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard
Participants repeatedly stressed the importance that the
roads should be more convenient for drivers, particularly
by mitigating traffic congestion and improving roadway
safety.
Preserve and enhance the business and commercial space
Participants especially desired more grocery shopping and
dining options, especially family-friendly establishments.
Many asked for access to businesses to be maintained,
and that they want commercial development to continue
to front Northwest Boulevard.
Enhance beauty and landscaping in the area
Respondents desire to improve area aesthetics with
proper landscape maintenance. Many desire easy-to-
maintain plantings, consistent sign regulations, and to
overall improve the attractiveness to visitors.
Improve bicyclist and pedestrian safety
Participants agree the study area’s roads should be
safer, more accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and
pedestrians. Many observed pedestrians walking along
Northwest Boulevard without sidewalks.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 February 2021
4 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019; City of Corpus Christi GIS Services; TXDOT
Zoning of Vacant Land
Neighborhood Commercial
General Commercial
Farm-Rural
Multi-family
Single-family
Study Area boundary
City boundary
Existing Land Use
High-density residential
Low-density residential
Estate residential
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Public/Semi-Public
Water
6
7
89
Figure 1: Study Area Existing Land Uses and Planned Developments
E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River DrWood River
Elementary
School
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5 February 2021
0 500 1,000 2,000 ftPlanned Developments
1
2
3
5
4
Northwest BlvdWildcat DrCounty Rd 69Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
rRiver Hill DrMagee
Elementary
School
Calallen
High School
Hazel
Bazemore
Park
Northwest
Park
River Hills
Country
Club
Key Proposed/Planned Use Zoning Future Land Use Designation (PlanCC)Plat Status
1 River Ridge Unit 4 RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density residential (4 to 13 units/ acre)Under review
2 Calallen Elementary School RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Recorded
3 Office/Neighborhood retail CN-2 Neighborhood Commercial Commercial Pending
4 Urgent care clinic CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use Recorded
5 Office building CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use
6 Grocery, neighborhood retail, residential CG-2 General Commercial Mixed Use Recorded
7 “The Lakes at Northwest” 71 single-family homes RS-6 Single-Family 6 Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Construction
8 West River Place Unit 2 CG-2 General Commercial Medium-density Residential (4-13 units/acre)Approved
9 Mesquiteville restaurant CG-2 General Commercial Commercial Construction
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
VISION
Hazel Bazemore Park. Source: Flickr user birdybirdbits
Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s “Main Street,” providing the amenities of a prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming, diverse, and family-friendly place where people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and raise a family.
Calallen Cats. Source: Callalen ISD National Walk and Bike to School Day. Source: pexels.com Trails for walking, hiking, and biking. Source: Corpus Christi CVB
Live, work and play. Source: The Char Atnip Team Mike Cotton's BBQ. Source: Gerald McLeod
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard's Future Is:
2) Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses
»A variety of neighborhood restaurants and retail outlets offer a diverse array of goods, services, and family-friendly experiences
»Businesses can receive support and incentives from public entities to recover from loss of income
3) Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
»Trees and vegetation provide shade and help drain stormwater
»Trails are easily accessible for walking, hiking and biking
4) Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole
»Wastewater, Water, and Storm Water is
expanded to areas planned for development
»Public art and neighborhood branding convey a sense of place and beautify the public realm
»Wayfinding signage draws attention to neighborhood attractions and guides visitors
»Regulation of commercial signage ensures a consistent, physical appearance along the Boulevard
1) Safe, accessible and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
»Congestion is less frequent, making it easier for people to get around and navigate the neighborhood
»Traffic is calmed, making it safer for people to drive, walk across, and bike along the boulevard
»Streets and sidewalks are accessible, and built to ADA standards
“Business growth and a diverse population that reside there have made the areas around Northwest Blvd a true melting pot with its own unique sense of pride and character."
"This area is the future of Corpus Christi and is the first impression for tourists and visitors coming here. Make it more attractive and accessible so they want to return.” - Survey Respondants
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 February 2021
GOALS
STRATEGIES AND ACTIONS
Overview
The Corridor Plan’s four goals and individual strategies and actions aim to fulfill the Vision by:
»Identifying major capital and infrastructure projects along with smaller, incremental program or policy changes.
»Leveraging public-sector actions to encourage private sector responses.
»Encouraging new development in underutilized areas, while avoiding negative impacts on existing neighborhoods and institutions.
Goal 1: Safe, accessible and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
Goal 3: Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
Goal 2: Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses
Goal 4: Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole
Land Use, Zoning, a
n
d
B
u
s
i
nessTransportationS t r e e t s cape
Strategies and Actions Goals
Transportation 1 2 3 4
T1. Reduce congestion at I-69
T2. Improve intersections for
safety and mobility
T3. Build active infrastructure
along roadways
T4. Coordinate with ISD to
manage traffic demand
Land Use, Zoning and
Business
1 2 3 4
L1. Adopt Future Land Use
Map Amendment
L2. Relax zoning and other city
restrictions for businesses
adapting to COVID-19
L3. Provide small businesses
programs that target long-term
impacts of COVID-19
Streetscape 1 2 3 4
S1. Reduce lane widths
S2. Enhance planting areas
S3. Expand and plant medians
S4. Design and install signage
and banners
S5: Install Public Art
10 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan10 February 2021
Concept Map
Many of the strategies and actions focus on specific
locations within the Corridor. The map below indicates
these locations and organizes them by goal. Many
other strategies and actions apply more broadly to the
Corridor overall, and do not appear in this map. The
strategy descriptions in the following pages and the
Implementation Matrix on page 44 offer additional details
about these.
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrE
A
s
Figure 2: Overall Concept Map
Active Transportation Enhancements
A one-way cycle track is physically separated from the vehicular travel lanes that provides
exclusive use by bicycles in the direction of motor vehicle travel (both sides).
Off-road shared use trails are wide, raised, behind-the-curb paths that provide space for bicyclists
and pedestrians to travel in both directions along the path.
Buffered bike lanes are on-street bike lanes with a physical buffer, marked by pavement paint or
incorporated vertical elements such as posted bollards, between automobiles and bicyclists.
Bike boulevards are on-street bikeways in which bicyclists share space with automobiles on low
speed and low trafficked streets.
Public Art Opportunity
Gateway Public Art
Art Attraction
u Crosswalk Art
S Mural Art Opportunity
s
SuR
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11 February 2021 11
Intersection Enhancements
A FM 1889 - Ped. countdown signals, crosswalks, curb extns, ped. refuge island, street lighting
B CR 69 - Ped. countdown sigs, raised crosswalk, curb extns, ped. refuge island, street lighting
C Wildcat Drive - Ped. countdown sigs, raised crosswalk, curb extns, ped. refuge island, st. light
D US Hwy 77 - Ped. countdown sigs; high-visibility crosswalks; ped. refuge island, street lighting
Traffic Circulation Partnerships
E Grocery and Neighborhood retail
F Calallen Elementary and High School
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Calallen
Elementary
School
B
F
DC
s
u u
R S
Study area
Parks and open
space
Water
Proposed Future Land Use
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre,
including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
12 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan12 February 2021
Elements of a Safe, Accessible, and Attractive Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard's wide right-of-way provides ample
room for building roadway design elements that improve
safety and accessibility for people driving, walking and
biking on Calallen’s “Main Street.” The diagram below
illustrates how many such features, which are described
in detail in the following pages, work together to create a
comprehensive, “complete street” that meets the needs of
businesses, residents, institutions, and commuters.
2
4
3
1 High Visibility Crosswalks
Pedestrian Countdown Signals
Pedestrian Refuge Island
Pedestrian Lighting and Street Banners
Figure 3: Proposed, Model Design for Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13 February 2021 13
8
5
6
7
9
Sidepath
Landscaped Median
Reduced lane widths
Shade Trees and planting area
Curb extensions on cross streets
14 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan14 February 2021
Transportation Strategies
T1: Reduce congestion at I-69
Goals:
Problem:
Reducing congestion along Northwest Boulevard,
particularly between Calallen High School and the IH-69
interchange, emerged as the clear top priority among
participants in the planning process; 47% of all survey
respondents cited traffic flow and congestion as “the one
improvement you’d like to see in the Study Area,” and an
additional 6% cited traffic light challenges specifically. 80%
“strongly agreed” that “roads should be more convenient
for auto traffic with less congestion.” People noted that
long back-ups accessing the interstate on-ramps form
during morning and afternoon peak periods associated
with school opening and dismissal times.
Solution
Several options are available to reduce congestion at the
historic “Five Points” intersection of IH-69, Northwest
Boulevard, and Leopard Street: reducing traffic demand,
expanding interstate throughput capacity, and expanding
surface street throughput capacity. The first option
has already occurred to the extent that the COVID-19
pandemic has increased working-from-home and virtual
learning. However, long-term success for the corridor
relies on students returning to classrooms and shoppers
returning to businesses. TXDOT is currently studying
opportunities to improve traffic flow and entrance and
exit movements on IH-69, which could reduce vehicles
queuing on surface roads to access the interstate. In the
FM624/I-69 Interchange. Source: Google Maps
short term, the City can work with TXDOT to redesign and
rebuild the Five Points intersection to more efficiently
move traffic.
Encouraging greater use of recently improved County
Road 52 could reduce demand during peak hours,
particularly for traffic heading south. Effective diversion of
traffic would eventually increase.
A Single Point Urban Interchange (SPUI) received broad
support from survey respondents as a potential innovative
solution. A SPUI condenses two signalized intersections
into a single intersection with one set of traffic signals,
improving efficiency and traffic flow. These are called
“urban” because they consume much less right-of-way
than other interchange types, such as cloverleafs.
Multilane Roundabouts – unsignalized, circular
intersections, offer a second alternative to the existing
intersection design. Traffic travels in the same direction
1 2 3 4
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15 February 2021 15
Single-point urban interchange (SPUI), Phoenix, AZ. Source: Google Maps
51st Street Roundabout, Austin. Source: ASCE Texas Roundabout. Source: Mobility CC
around a central median in two ore more lanes to
accommodate exits from the outer lane. Advantages
include the elimination of left-hand turns, which are
frequent causes of vehicular crashes ; reduced idling
during non-peak hours; and traffic calming. However, the
drawbacks make roundabouts less viable than a SPUI
– they consume much more right-of-way and can be
prohibitive for truck traffic. Numerous public comments
also suggested that motorists would not understand how
multilane roundabouts work, and that the new design
could cause crashes.
Regardless of the specific design intervention, the City of
Corpus Christi in the short-term should work with TXDOT
and the Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
(MPO) to study alternatives to the existing intersection
design and function, identify a preferred design, and
allocate funding for design and construction.
16 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan16 February 2021
T2: Improve intersections for safety and mobility
Goals:
Problem
Between 2018 and 2019, 272 crashes, resulting in 3
deaths, 4 suspected serious injuries, 12 crashes with non-
incapacitating injuries, and 60 crashes involving possible
injury occurred in the corridor. Three fatal collisions in the
corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death
of one cyclist and two pedestrians. Intersections are
frequent locations for traffic crashes. Every pedestrian-
vehicle collision occurred near an intersection (River
Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate 69E). Numerous
survey respondents warned of the need to calm high-
speed traffic, particularly at intersections where existing
shoulders allow motorists to make turns at high speeds.
Solution
Reducing speed and improving visibility at intersections
are proven methods for making roadways safer.
Numerous intersection design interventions can
effectively calm through-traffic and turning traffic,
including high-visibility crosswalks, raised crosswalks,
Raised, high-visibility crosswalk. Source: Appleton Department of Public Works
curb extensions (also known as “bump-outs”), pedestrian
countdown signals, street lighting, and roundabout
treatments.
The concept map on pages 10-11 shows locations for
recommended priority intersections for these types of
traffic calming measures:
IH-69
Numerous crashes have occured at this major
intersection in recent years. The costs are measured
not just in human injuries and property damage but
also increased traffic congestion and use of emergency
response resources.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Pedestrian refuge
island; street lighting.
County Road 69
One mile west of IH-69, this signalized intersection is
the next north-south road to extend to County Road 52
and points southward, and therefore is an important
alternative route for westbound and eastbound traffic.
Northward, it serves Hazel Bazemore County Park and the
future Calallen Elementary School.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Raised
crosswalks; Curb extensions; Pedestrian refuge
island; street lighting.
1 2 3 4
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17 February 2021 17
Raised, high-visibility crosswalk in Appleton, WI. Source: Fox11 News/City of Appleton
Pedestrian countdown signal. Source: Maricopa Association of Governments
Pedestrian refuge island Source: NACTO
Farm-to-Market Road 1889
FM1889 is the next road to the west of CR69 to provide
a southern connection to CR52. The H-E-B grocery
company (landowner) has installed infrastructure at the
large, currently undeveloped parcel to the southeast, and
neighborhood retail and new housing are also planned for
the vicinity.
• Recommendation: Pedestrian countdown signals;
High-visibility crosswalk markings; Raised
crosswalks; Curb extensions; Pedestrian refuge
island; street lighting.
River Trail Drive, Riverview Drive, and East Riverview Street
These three roads serve the low-density residences
outside city limits to the north of Northwest Boulevard
between FM 1889 and County Road 73. They are each
two lane roads and their intersections with Northwest
Boulevard are unsignalized. Public feedback indicated
unsafe conditions making left turns from the roads onto
Northwest Boulevard eastbound. A fatal pedestrian
collision also occurred at this part of the corridor in recent
years.
• Recommendation: Roundabout or signal timed to
prioritize east-west traffic. street lighting.
Curb bump-out. Source: NACTO
18 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan18 February 2021
T3: Build active infrastructure along roadways
Goals:
Problem
75% of Visioning Survey respondents “Strongly Agree”
(53%) or “Somewhat agree” (22%) that “Northwest
Boulevard and area roads should be safer and more
accessible and convenient for people to walk or bike along
(such as by adding sidewalks, crosswalks, bike lanes,
and pedestrian signals).” Recent crashes involving people
riding bikes could have possibly been avoided if safer
facilities were in place to accommodate them.
Solution
Wide sidewalks and bikeways separated from vehicular
traffic are safer and more comfortable than the existing
roadway facilities, which consist of wide shoulders west of
Calallen High School, and narrow sidewalks immediately
adjacent to traffic lanes east of the high school. The City's
adopted Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle
Mobility (an amendment to MobilityCC) provides guidance
for these types of facilities. Sidepaths are essentially
wide (at least 10’) sidewalks that permit shared use by
people walking or bicycling. These are recommended the
entire length of the north side of Northwest Boulevard
Sidepath. Source: City's Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase
1 Bicycle Mobility
Shared lane markings. Source: Corpus Christi Caller Times
Buffered bike lane. Source: League of American Bicyclists
1 2 3 4
within the study area, and on the south side of Northwest
Boulevard from FM1889 to IH-69. On-street bike lanes
separated by a two-foot pavement marking – known as
buffered bike lanes – are recommended for less travelled
north-south collector roadways, including County Road
69, Riverview Drive, River Hill Drive, and Wood River Drive.
One-way cycle tracks – physically separated travel lanes
for people bicycling – on both sides of these streets may
also be appropriate if right-of-way constraints prohibit
buffered bike lanes. Shared lane markings (“sharrows”)
are appropriate on local, low-volume, low-speed streets
that are nonetheless important connectors between
destinations, sidepaths and buffered bikeways. The City
may pair installation of sharrows with wayfinding and
regulatory signage reminding motorists that “Bicycles
May Use Full Lane” (MUTCD Section 9B.06). The Concept
Map on pages 10-11 illustrates recommended locations
for installing each of these facilities, , supplementing
recommendations made by the Phase I Bicycle Mobility
Plan..
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 19 February 2021 19
Figure 4: Summary of Right-of-Way Change
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
ACB
100%80%60%40%20%0%Street Sections% of Right of Way
C
B
A
Study area
Automobile
Median
Sidewalk/Shared Use Path
Planting Zone
Shoulder
Buffer
Northwest Boulevard at I-69
Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard at River Hill Drive
Existing
Existing
Existing
Proposed
Proposed
Proposed
20 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan20 February 2021
Walking School Bus. Source: New Dream blog
T4: Coordinate with ISD to manage traffic demand
Goals
1 2 3 4
Traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard tends to
peak during school opening and dismissal times. Closer
coordination between the City of Corpus Christi, TXDOT
and Calallen ISD can help manage the flow of this traffic
and reduce the number of vehicles travelling to and from
campuses. This coordination began during the corridor
planning process and resulted in short-term actions:
• The City, ISD, and TXDOT will review signal timing at
Wildcat Drive and River East Drive for the opportunity
to prioritize predominant traffic movements during
peak morning and afternoon periods - particularly
during the 4pm rush hour.
• TXDOT is working with Callen ISD to produce a traffic
management plan designed for special events -
namely, football games and the exit of hundreds of
vehicles from Calallen High School at once.
Programs can reduce the number of vehicles needing
to access the school site for pick-up and drop-off. For
instance, parent volunteers and school officials can
organize walking school busses, in which parents and
guardians drop elementary school students a short
distance from campus, and students walk together to
school as a group. This program offers the added benefit
of increasing children’s daily physical activity. More
information is available at: http://guide.saferoutesinfo.org/
walking_school_bus/
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 21 February 2021 21
Consider one-way routing of drop-off and pick-up traffic
Westbound right-turn-only lane: Change to through lane OR add more signage/warning that lane ends
Potential roundabout to calm traffic at Wildcat Drive Wildcat DriveNorthwest Blvd
Walking/bicycling paths on both sides of Northwest Boulevard connect to residential neighborhoods
Figure 5: Improved Traffic Circulation
22 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan22 February 2021
Land Use, Zoning and Business Strategies
Figure 6: Existing Future Land Use Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services 0 2,000 ft
69
Figure 7: Proposed Future Land Use Map
0 2,000 ft
69
Study area
City Boundary
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre, including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRi
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRi
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 23 February 2021 23
L1: Adopt Future Land Use Map Amendment
Goals
Problem
While the properties fronting Northwest Boulevard
between IH-69 and CR 69 are largely developed, large,
undeveloped parcels front the roadway west of CR 69. The
PlanCC Comprehensive Plan adopted in 2016 includes
a Future Land Use Map for the area, but the Northwest
Boulevard Corridor planning process has given the public
- and the Planning Division - the opportunity to focus more
closely on the Calallen study area.
Visioning survey respondents offered broad support for
various principles of new development. 59% somewhat
or strongly agreed that “the area should provide more
compact, mixed-use development,” while 79% somewhat
or strongly agreed that “the area should offer more
opportunity for jobs and for opening and growing
businesses. 91% said restaurants, including fast food, ice
cream shops, and sit-down restaurants, are appropriate
on Northwest Boulevard, and nearly 70% of respondents
said they are appropriate for side streets. Attracting a
full-service grocery store and more dining options was
the second most popular response to the question “If you
could do one thing to improve the Northwest Boulevard
area, what would you do?”
In response to two alternative future land use map
scenarios - in which one offers a uniform land use
pattern of residential uses set behind commercial uses
facing Northwest Boulevard of consistent intensity, and
the other proposes a mix of uses fronting the roadway
but varying from higher intensity toward the east to low
intensity toward the west - survey respondents frequently
cited support for commercial uses fronting Northwest
Boulevard, but to limit development intensity westward in
the corridor in order to mitigate traffic.
Solution
The proposed Future Land Use Map to the left responds to
each of the concerns and priorities described above to fulfill
the project vision and goals. It combines elements of the two
alternatives. This recommendation's intent is to provide only
for low-to-moderate intensity commercial or residential uses
in the corridor west of FM 1889. However, the Future Land
Use Map categories adopted in the PlanCC Comprehensive
Plan do not distinguish between low- and high-intensity
commercial or mixed uses. Therefore, policymakers
considering any proposed changes to the zoning of parcels
in this corridor should consult beyond FIgure 7 for guidance.
The new map proposes the following changes:
• Conversion of Commercial land east of CR 69 to Mixed Use,
to incentivize and provide flexibility for redevelopment of
aging commercial properties. The intent is not to encourage
exclusively residential development directly fronting
Northwest Boulevard.
• Conversion of low-density residential land east of CR 69 and
south of Northwest Blvd. to “Medium-density residential,”
consistent with surrounding residential land and more
intense uses of this segment of the corridor.
• Conversion of land south of the 500’ buffer from Northwest
Boulevard between CR 69 and FM 1889 designated “Mixed
Use” to “Medium-density residential.” This designation is
recommended over “Commercial” in order to allow flexibility
to proposed, large developments that include residential
uses as part of compact, mixed-use development. The intent
is not to encourage exclusively residential development
directly fronting Northwest Boulevard.
• Conversion of land fronting Northwest Boulevard between
East Riverview Street and CR 69 currently designated
“Commercial,” “High-density residential,” and “Government”
and undesignated land to “Mixed Use”
These changes result in a land use plan that allows flexibility
necessary for the private real estate development to respond
to market demand while respecting community priorities for
orderly development.
In addition to adopting the Future Land Use Map changes
described above, the City should phase public investment
into new site-serving infrastructure to areas south of the
Northwest Boulevard that currently lack them. Property
owners cited this absence of infrastructure access as a key
impediment to development of this area. This should be done
in coordination with planned improvements to the roadway
itself to reduce impact on existing businesses and residents.
1 2 3 4
24 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan24 February 2021
L2: Relax zoning restrictions for businesses adapting to COVID
Goal
Challenge
COVID-19 has created unprecedented challenges for
small and local business owners who, due to coronavirus
restrictions, have temporarily closed or reduced services
offered. Businesses may have been able to capitalize on
temporary financial assistance programs to address gaps
in revenue, but as COVID-19 continue to threaten any
return to normal, businesses are finding it difficult to make
minor, temporary adjustments to their regular operations
due to City regulations, or to reduce expenses, such as
rent or utility bills. Meanwhile, the study’s participants
hold the Northwest Boulevard businesses in high regard
and value their small-town feel, while also enjoying the
diversity of restaurants, retails and goods, and services
the corridor offers. The area residents support strategies
that would bolster existing and future businesses,
especially restaurants and retail, likelihood of surviving the
pandemic.
Opportunity
Allow outdoor operations in parking spaces
City Unified Development Code 7.2.2 requires a standard
ratio for all commercial zoning districts; restaurants
have the lowest ratio at 1 off-street parking spot per 150
square feet of gross floor area. If businesses such as
restaurants and retail could extend their services to 50%
of its off-street parking spaces, restaurants would be
able to accommodate more customers while maintaining
social distancing. The City of Houston launched their
“More Space”1 program in August 2020, where at no cost
to the business owner, the owner can simply fill out an
on-line form stating its intention and proposal to meet the
program’s requirements.
• Corpus Christi City Code 38-232 restricts no more than
two food trucks on a private property. The City may
consider granting permission to increase the number
of food trucks in a parking lot as long as it does not
conflict with the 50% rule previously mentioned.
1. https://houstontx.gov/mayor/press/2020/more-space-program-restaurants.html#:~:text=The%20new%20program%20allows%20any,strict%20health%20and%20safety%20guidance. 2. https://library.municode.com/tx/corpus_christi/codes/code_of_ordinances?nodeId=PTIIITHCOOR_CH38PEVEMOFOVEITMESO_ARTIINGE_S38-17VEGERE
Parking lots provide ample space for restaurant-goers to dine outdoors while socially distancing. Source: Montgomery County Planning Commission
1 2 3 4
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 25 February 2021 25
Conceptual illustration showing the conversion of a parking lot and adjacent plaza into dining space. Source: Montgomery County Planning Commission
Collaborate with business owners to transform vacant properties/storefronts into entrepreneurship incubator spaces
Businesses may be faced with vacating their leases
due to reduced revenue over time. Temporary permits
for pop-ups and incubator spaces can be tedious and
cost prohibitive. To help facilitate temporary activations,
the City of Austin created a Pop-up retail Ordinance
(Section 25-1-364)3 that allows for issuance of temporary
Certificates of Occupancy. Permits can be issued for
up to 45 days and renewed once for a maximum of 90
days. This opportunity creates the flexibility needed for
entrepreneurs while helping bridge the costs of rent and
property taxes.
3. https://library.municode.com/TX/Austin/codes/land_development_code?nodeId=TIT25LADE_CH25-1GEREPR_ART9CECOOC_S25-1-364TECEOC
EXISTING PROGRAM
United Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce
Grant Program: up to $5,000 to businesses with
3-20 employees in economically disadvantaged,
vulnerable neighborhoods
26 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan26 February 2021
L3: When funding becomes available, continue to provide small business programs that target the long-term impacts of COVID-19
Goal
Challenge
Available public aid for small businesses and economic
opportunity has nearly all been distributed to Corpus
Christi businesses and organizations. Unfortunately, the
end of the pandemic is likely going to extend through
2021, which will continue to strain small businesses
throughout the city.
Opportunity
Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses, such as “shop local” discounts, regular small business “festival” events, etc.
A group of organized businesses can help create an ideal
condition for a successful commercial area, promoting
each other and contributing to events and special
discounts. Marketing and promotions can be an easy
first step with a direct impact of attracting foot traffic. At
minimum, the group can create a social media campaign,
place similarly branded flyers on doorways, and create a
discount program for frequent visitors.
EXISTING PROGRAM
United Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce Small
Business of the Day highlights a different business
everyday. Loca for Local's outdoor market is a local
example of a successful curbside pickup and online
ordering system during the pandemic with several
small businesses participating
Provide grants or low/no-interest loans to physically adapt brick and mortar stores
These can help fulfill safety standards to keep employers,
employees, and customers safe, including plexiglass
barriers, walk-up service windows, outdoor seating
and shade structures, and social distancing interior
modifications.
EXISTING PROGRAM
City of Corpus Christi COVID-19 Recovery and
Response Fund: PPE funds for nonprofits and
the Small Business (>20 employees) Regional
Pandemic Grant Program available from the United
Corpus Christi Chamber of Commerce, Port of
Corpus Christi, and City of Corpus Christi.
1 2 3 4
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 27 February 2021 27
EXISTING POLICY
City of Corpus Christi Resolution 032077 adopted
on March 31, 2020 creates the Public Improvement
District Policy.
Other purchases may include social distancing signage. Source: Kevin Rivoli, The Citizen
Businesses need to purchase PPE, such as plexiglass dividers, to protect their customers and employees during the pandemic.. Source: zoranm/E+/Getty Images
Coordinated marketing flyers can create a cohesive business district. Source: Steve Mellon / Pittsburgh Post-Gazette
Create a Public Improvement District (PID) that raises tax revenue for local improvements
After business has returned to normal post-COVID, a
PID can help the study area’s businesses upkeep public
infrastructure like medians and landscaping. Maintenance
was raised as a major concern, but beautification
of the corridor was a major priority as well. Costs of
improvements are paid entirely by property owners within
the PID who elect to be included- which is why the timing
of this strategy needs to wait for the economic conditions
to rebound after COVID-19.
28 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan28 February 2021
Streetscape Strategies
Goals
No pedestrian or bicycling infrastructure
Hardscaped medians
Wide lanes
Limited safe crossings
Problem
Northwest Boulevard’s current design is incomplete.
It is characterized by multiple wide lanes in each
direction, hardscaped medians that limit left turn access,
few sidewalks, and few safe crossing opportunities
for pedestrians. The lack of options to walk on the
community’s “Main Street” limits opportunities for the
types of neighborhood-serving businesses for which
project participants voiced support. The lack of ideal
walking/biking options also results in residents using a
vehicle to get around, further increasing congestion and
traffic. Wide lanes in urban areas also encourage higher
speeds.
1 2 3 4
FM 624 Eastbound near Riverwood Drive.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 29 February 2021 29
Reduced lane widths
Figure 8: Streetscape Elements Diagram
Solution
Northwest Boulevard enjoys a wide, 150-foot right-of-way,
and so building roadway design elements that improve
safety and accessibility for all modes of travel does not
require sacrificing vehicular mobility by eliminating traffic
lanes. The diagram on pages 12-13 illustrates how many
such features work together to create a comprehensive,
“complete street” that meets the needs of all users.
The guidance that follows should be relied upon to inform
the design and engineering of future improvements to
Northwest Boulevard.
S1: Reduce lane widths
Reducing lane widths discourages speeding while
preserving traffic flow capacity, and creates more room
for pedestrians to safely cross the street, such as at a
wide median, or a curb extension.
30 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan30 February 2021
Enhance planting areas
Figure 9: Streetscape Elements Diagram
S2: Enhance planting areas
Beyond a comfortable sidewalk, shade is perhaps the
next most important street feature to people walking in
the Texas sun. Minimum 6’ wide planting areas located
between the back-of-curb and the sidewalk or sidepath
are recommended to accommodate shade trees approved
by the City’s landscape ordinance and TXDOT. Additional
trees may be planted on the outside of sidewalks and
sidepaths, between them and the property line.
Shade trees enhance sidewalk comfort. Source: Duplantis Design Group
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 31 February 2021 31
Figure 10: Northwest Boulevard Native Plant PalletteTREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
TREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
TREES
Cedar Elm
Ulmus crassifolia
Water Use: Medium
Texas Mountain-Laurel
Sophora secundiflora
Water Use: Low/Medium
Bur Oak
Mossycup Oak
Water Use: Medium
Huisache
Acacia farnesiana
Water Use: Low
Anacua
Ehretia anacua
Water Use: Low
Retama
Parkinsonia aculeata
Water Use: Low/Medium
Live Oak
Quercus virginiana
Water Use: Medium
Possumhaw Holly
Ilex decidua
Water Use: Medium
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Bushy bluestem
Andropogon glomeratus
Water Use: High
Silver Beard Grass
Bothriochloa laguroides
Water Use: Low
Little bluestem
Schizachyrium scoparium
Water Use: Low
Inland Sea Oats
Chasmanthium latifolium
Water Use: Medium
White Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris - ‘white cloud’
Water Use: Low
Purple Threeawn
Aristida purpurea
Water Use: Low
Gulf Muhly
Muhlenbergia capillaris
Water Use: Low
Broomsedge Bluestem
Andropogon virginicus
Water Use: Medium
ORNAMENTAL GRASSES
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
Fire Bush
Hamelia patens
Water Use: Medium
Autumn Sage
Salvia greggii
Water Use: Low
American Beautyberry
Callicarpa americana
Water Use: Low
Mealy Blue Sage
Salvia farinacea
Water Use: Low
Texas Sage
Leucophyllum frutescens
Water Use: Low
Barbados Cherry
Malpighia glabra
Water Use: Medium
Dwarf Palmetto
Sabal minor
Water Use: Medium
SHRUBS/PERENNIALS
Dwarf Wax Myrtle
Agave americana
Water Use: Low
32 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan32 February 2021
S3: Expand and plant medians
Current medians serve access management purposes,
but could be reconfigured to provide safer crossings
and a more attractive streetscape. The U.S. Access
Board’s Public Rights-of-Way Accessibility Guidelines
(PROWAG) require a minimum six-foot wide median
to accommodate people crossing each direction of
roadway travel. Eliminating the existing striped buffers
provided for turning lanes, or narrowing lane widths, can
provide the space needed to widen existing medians and
build new ones that meet this width requirement. Such
medians should be designed with a curbed end cap to
better protect the pedestrian from head-on and U-turn
traffic while in the area of refuge. PROWAG standards
require detectable warning surfaces on each side of the
pedestrian refuge to assist the visually impaired or those
with disabilities..
Expand and plant medians
Figure 11: Streetscape Elements Diagram
Public attitudes toward medians are mixed. Many
participants in the first public meeting and respondents to
the Visioning Survey warned against investing in median
landscapes that the City and State are unable to maintain.
Others expressed desire to beautify the roadway by
adding plantings along the roadway sides and medians. In
response to review of three different median treatments -
“Shade,” “Ornamental,” and “Limited,” - a near majority (70
of 144, 49%) preferred Shade, followed by 44 (31%) who
preferred the Limited treatment.
Given funding constraints for maintenance, the City should
work with TXDOT to at a minimum plant drought-resistant
ornamental grasses, perennials, and wildflowers, which
absorb stormwater, beautify their environment. and require
minimal maintenance.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 33 February 2021 33
Wildflower plantings on medians. Source: Prairie Restorations, Inc.
Structured plantings on medians. Source: King of Prussia District
BENEFITS
• Less conflict with vehicles along roadway and planting
• More control over type of planting within median
• Prioritize funding for pedestrian realm
• Provide shade for pedestrian and cyclists
• Low Maintenance by using native species and reduction of
tree generated debris on roadway
CONS
• Limited shade on roadway
Ornamental Grasses and
perennials
18” Offset for maintenance
safety and reduce plant over
roadway
Ornamental Grasses and perennials
18” Offset for mainteance safety and reduce plant over roadway
Structured plantings on medians with trees. Source: Jimbo.info
Figure 12: Limited Median Landscaping
34 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan34 February 2021
Custom branded street signs, wayfinding signage and
banners help create a sense of place and distinguish
a district. Respondents to the Concepts Survey
overwhelmingly supported (101 of 144, 70%) conceptual
designs for unique street signage that’s consistent with
the identity of the Callalen Independent School District.
Street banners, which typically adorn individual
streetlights or may be hung between separate fixtures,
even across a street, can supplement branded signage,
and be replaced more frequently to mark or advertise
seasonal occasions and events, such as festivals or
Street Signs
Street Overhead Signage
Option 1
Option 1
Option 2
Option 2
Option 3
Option 3
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard Northwest Boulevard
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Figure 13: Street Signage Options
football games. 90 of 143 Concept Survey respondents
(63%) supported this concept.
To support the long-term health and cohesion of the
Corridor as a distinct place to live, work and learn, the
City should work with the ISD, TXDOT, and community
to develop and produce a family of street signage and
banner typologies. Initial signage and banner installations
should occur toward the eastern side of the Corridor, at
intersections with IH-69 southbound, Wildcat Drive, and
County Road 69.
S4: Design and install signage and banners
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 35 February 2021 35
Monument Signage
Option 1 Option 2
Option 3
Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Northwest Boulevard
Figure 14: Monument Signage Options
36 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan36 February 2021
Gateway
Option 1
Option 2
NORTHWEST
NORTHWEST
BOULEVARD
BOULEVARD
Figure 15: Gateway Options
Street Banners
Option 2 Option 3
Kite Festival Kite
Festival
JULY 4th Celebration July 4th, 6:30pm - 9pm
Calallen Wildcat Stadium
JULY 4th Celebration July 4th, 6:30pm - 9pm
Calallen Wildcat Stadium
7.25
County Park
County Park
7.25
Option 1
Kite
Festival
7.25
County Park
Kite
Festival
County Park
7.25
Figure 16: Street Banner Options
Gateway
Option 1
Option 2
NORTHWEST
NORTHWEST
BOULEVARD
BOULEVARD
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 37 February 2021 37
S5: Install Public Art
Public art is a way to bring creativity and interest to the
Calallen study area, and solidify its identity as a small,
tight-knit and family-friendly community. Public art should
be made by local artists that reflects local culture and
traditions. Blank walls on commercial structures make
excellent opportunities for murals, while prominently
located, publicly owned land is appropriate for sculptures.
75 of 142 Concept Survey respondents (53%) supported
this idea. Art locations are suggested at a variety of
strategic locations in the district in the concept map on
pages 10-11.
Existing Hobby Lobby Wall, potential site for a mural.
Source: Google Maps
Historic Walker Lake Mural.
Source: Zakcq Lockrem
Mural
Existing Underpass Conditions, potential site for a gateway art.
Source: Google Maps
Toronto Underpass Park.
Source: Justin + Lauren
Underpass Art
Crosswalks near Calallen High School, potential site for crosswalk art.
Source: Google Maps
Crosswalks in Lima.
Source: Carlos Cruz-Diez
Crosswalk Art
Riverwood Drive, potential site for an art attraction.
Source: Google Maps
Glass totems in Cathedral Square.
Source: Danny Mingledorff Flickr
Sculpture Installation
38 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
IMPLEMENTATION
Overview
If implemented successfully, the strategies detailed in
this report will contribute significantly to achieving the
community's vision for Northwest Boulevard.
This responsibility rests not just on the City of Corpus Christi,
but also its government, nonprofit and business partners who
participated in the planning process. The Implementation
Matrix that follows organizes all of the Plan’s recommended
strategies in one place.
Each strategy includes recommended actions and responsible
actors, supportive partners, and phasing.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 39 February 2021
40 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Implementation Matrix
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Transportation
1. Reduce congestion
at I-69
Study alternatives
to existing design,
identify preferred
design
1 year Less than
$500,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
2 years None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Complete
construction
4 years Up to $5
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
TXDOT; CCMPO
2. Improve
intersections for
safety and mobility
Incorporate
traffic-calming,
street lighting,
and pedestrian
facilities into designs
for prominent
intersections
5 years Less than
$500,000 per
intersection
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 41 February 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
3. Build active
infrastructure along
roadways
Construct sidepaths
as recommended
along Northwest
Boulevard
5 years Up to $5
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO, CCRTA
Install buffered
bike lanes along
recommended
roadways
3 years Less than
$250,000
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
Install shared-
lane markings
and signage along
recommended
roadways
3 years Less than
$100,000
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT
4. Coordinate with
ISD to manage traffic
demand
Review signal timing
at Wildcat Drive and
River East Drive
to prioritize
predominant traffic
movements during
peak morning and
afternoon periods -
particularly
during the 4pm rush
hour.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT,
Calallen ISD
Produce and execute
a traffic management
plan designed for
special events
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT,
Calallen ISD
Organize a walking
school bus program
and other activities
to encourage walking
and biking to school
2 years None N/A Calallen ISD
42 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Land Use, Zoning and Business
5. Adopt Future Land
Use Map Amendment
Hold necessary
Planning
Commission and City
Council hearings to
approve adoption of
updated Future Land
Use Map (Figure 7,
page 22)
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
Phase investment
into new water,
wastewater, and
drainage planning
and infrastructure
in areas south of
Northwest Boulevard
1-10 years Up to $7
million to be
determined
through
engineering
assessment
and
negotiation
of shared
costs with
developers.
City Capital
Improvement Plan
City of Corpus
Christi; Nueces
County
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 43 February 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
6. Relax zoning and
other city restrictions
for businesses
adapting to COVID-19
Request City staff to
explore a temporary
program to expand
businesses' outdoor
operations into off-
street parking. Seek
City Council approval.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
Request City staff to
create a temporary
Certificate of
Occupancy program
for entrepreneurs in
vacant properties.
Seek City Council
approval.
1 year None N/A City of Corpus
Christi
44 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
7. Provide small
businesses programs
that target long-term
impacts of COVID-19
Encourage
Northwest Boulevard
businesses to
organize and
create marketing
opportunities for the
area. The City will
provide ombudsman
services.
1 year None N/A Northwest
Boulevard
businesses; City of
Corpus Christi
Continue to provide
small and local
business resources
for low/no-cost loans
1 year None Federal and State
grants, Philanthropic
grants
City of Corpus
Christi Small
Business Recovery
Program
Request City staff
to determine if the
Northwest Boulevard
area would benefit
from a new Public
Improvement
District.
2 years None N/A City of Corpus
Christi and property
owners
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 45 February 2021
Strategy Actions Timeframe Cost Potential Funding Sources
Responsible and Partner Entities
Landscape/Streetscape
8. Reduce lane widths Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include narrower
lane widths
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
9. Enhance planting
areas
Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include street
trees
5 years Less than
$500,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
10. Expand and plant
medians
Design and build
enhancements
to existing and
future conditions of
Northwest Boulevard
to include minimally
landscaped,
expanded medians
5 years Less than $1
million
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
11. Design and install
signage and banners
Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
12. Install public art Allocate/identify
funding for design
and construction
5 years Less than
$100,000
FHWA funds
allocated through
the CCMPO; Local
match paid by local
tax revenue/capital
improvement plan
City of Corpus
Christi, TXDOT;
CCMPO
46 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Funding the Plan
MPO/TXDOT Funds
A combination of local, state, federal and even philanthropic
funding sources will be necessary to fully implement the
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan. As of the report's
writing, funding has not been allocated to support all of the
improvements and programs recommended in the Corridor
Plan.
TXDOT and the CC Metropolitan Planning Organization have
programmed $18 million in the regional Transportation
Improvement Plan (TIP) to expand Northwest Boulevard from
four to six lanes with a median, from CR 69 to FM 73, citing
traffic volumes and the roadway's designation as a Hurricane
Evacuation Route. The prospective timeframe for this $18
million programming is 2031.
This Plan has documented several reasons to prioritize
funding for roadway improvements outside of capacity
expansion, including public desire to mitigate new traffic to the
corridor, and to fix existing safety and accessibility problems.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 47 February 2021
48 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 202148Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
APPENDIX
Engagement Summary and Documentation
Assessment of Opportunities
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 49 February 2021
50 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Public Meetings
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/88697436750
•
https://us02web.zoom.us/j/88697436750
•
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 51 February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
2
o
•
o
o
o
•
o
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
52 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
3
•
o
•
o
•
o
o
•
o
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 53 February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
4
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
o
o
o
•
o
54 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
5
•
o
•
o
•
o
•
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 55 February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
6
The meeting adjourned before panelists had the opportunity to answer all questions. Unanswered
questions are below with responses provided through this document.
How far out is the jurisdictional boundary of the zoning area going west on FM 624?
The City can only control zoning/land use within its City limits. North of Northwest Boulevard
(FM 624), East Riverview Drive is the western boundary. South of Northwest Boulevard, the
boundary is parallel to and approximately 1,800 feet west of County Road 73.
Have any of the developers personally been to our area?
Due to travel restrictions related to COVID-19, the planning consultant team has not yet visited
the study area in person but will do so in subsequent project phases when determined safe. The
planning consultant team does not include private land developers.
What is the total timeline for the construction?
TxDOT estimates that construction will begin on Northwest Boulevard from Country Road 73 to
Wildcat Drive in five to ten years. However, this estimate is subject to change based on future
funding availability and prioritization of regional projects.
When will Calallen get an H-E-B grocery store?
The City does not know the timing related to the opening of any new H-E-B stores.
56 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
7
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 57 February 2021
Public Meeting #1 Summary
Uploaded June 25, 2020
8
58 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Public Meeting #2 Summary (Web)
July 30, 2020 | 5:30 PM - 7:00 PM CT
Held via Zoom Webinar video conference
https://corridorscc.com/6206/widgets/19187/documents/13061
Presenters:
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Hugo Colon, Asakura Robinson
Annika Gunning Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Agenda:
1. Welcome & Introductions (5:30-5:40 PM)
4. Project Overview (5:40-5:45 PM)
5. Engagement Findings 1 (5:45-6:00 PM)
6. Draft Vision Statement & Goals (6:00-6:15 PM)
7. Draft Land Use & Transportation Alternatives (6:15-6:55 PM)
5. Review of Next Steps and Adjourn (6:55-7:00 PM)
Summary:
The purpose of the meeting was to share key proposed elements of the Northwest Boulevard (FM 624)
Corridor Plan with the community for their review and comment. Brianna Frey introduced Dan McGinn,
Director of Planning, and Annika Gunning Yankee, Senior City Planner, who welcomed attendees and
explained the project purpose and recognized Councilmember Everett Roy in attendanc e. Matt Rufo
followed with a presentation of a project overview, findings from the first phase of public engagement,
and draft proposed vision statement and supportive goals. Presenters then took a few moments to
respond to several questions. Mr. Rufo, Zakcq Lockrem, and Hugo Colon then presented a series of draft
transportation, land use, streetscape and landscape concepts, or alternatives. Following this
presentation, presenters responded to additional audience questions.
Q&A Part 1
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni had a clarifying question on the goal: “Businesses can
receive support to recover from the loss of income” He specifically asked if it was from COVID
support funds or in general.
o Zakcq responded that that is referring to COVID incentives. He shared the when concept
plans are reviewed later in the presentation, it will offer more details on what that
means.
o Peter followed-up in concern that the language is very general and implies the
government is going to have subsidies no matter what or when; there are limited
resources. He states that they probably do not have any more funds and that they used
about $1-1.5 million already. He’s not sure if the goal is appropriate.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 59 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 2
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked if the trails/vegetation pictures used in the
presentation were in Corpus Christi and the project area specifically.
o Matt answered that the image was in Corpus Christi but was not in the project area. He
said they are examples near the area.
o Zanoni responded that he would not depend on pictures provided on the tourism
website, and he suggested finding pictures of a particular site in Hazel Bazemore Park.
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked for clarification if the goal “Prosperous, with a
strong local economy anchored by small businesses” referred to which location specifically.
o Zakcq clarified it refers to the entire Northwest Boulevard study area.
o Zanoni suggested that the planning team should make sure that the local residents want
the area to be anchored by small businesses or would prefer larger businesses
anchoring the area.
o Matt clarified that residents did say they wanted small businesses as a priority from the
community survey. He did mention the desire for an HEB as one large business, but
many people shared a desire to preserve small businesses.
• Question: City Manager Peter Zanoni asked how many people are on the call.
o Matt answered that 25 people were on the call, excluding the panelists.
• Question: a chat question asked if the planning team was disappointed that only four percent of
respondents were identified as small businesses.
o Matt answered yes, that the team would of course want to see more participation from
small businesses. He shared, however, that members of the Northwest Business
Association have been included in an Advisory Committee for the project and that
they’ll continue finding ways how to increase engagement for small businesses in the
community when they concepts come up for adoption.
• Question: is there additional housing included in the plan? What type of housing?
o Matt answered that the city does not plan to create its own housing, but will create
conditions for the private market to develop housing since the City’s role is to zone land
appropriately to permit housing where needed. He said that later in the presentation
they would go over the expected housing demand in the next couple of years from
population growth.
o Dan acknowledged there are some infrastructure challenges in the area. The city is
working with a developer just east of the corridor and just east of the NW Boulevard
area in response to the Steel Dynamics project because they know it’s going to have a
major impact in Calallen. The city anticipates housing will increase and is doing what
they can to help developers for only single-family housing now.
Q&A Part 2
• Question: there were questions on eliminating turn lanes and how that applies to customers
accessing businesses, including people already expressing concern because customers turning
left are already getting backed up turning on the boulevard.
o Matt answered the medians now are trying to cover several purposes, such as balance
flow through the corridor for thru-traffic access, but medians limit access. A lot can be
achieved by working with the interaction to make it easier to turn left or right, make a
60 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 3
U-turn, etc. He suggested roundabouts go a long way in helping with that and that
there is potential to reduce the number and length of medians if you’re making
intersections easier to navigate. He reminded participants that this is a TxDOT roadway
and that the city does not have the authority to do it, but reassured that if the Plan
reflects consistent resident support, it can go a long way with making a case for
changes.
• Question: there were questions about pedestrian crossways, specifically crossing to the
Walmart and Hobby Lobby plaza. How do we encourage pedestrians to cross at traffic lights
and not jaywalking?
o Matt answered that pedestrians are going to follow their most convenient route. He
shared that the school inquired about a pedestrian overpass. He said good pedestrian
infrastructure is necessary to preserve the safety with their convenience; he
emphasized enhancing the signalized interactions, curb extensions, high -profile
crosswalks, high visibility crosswalks, pedestrian countdown signals as pieces of
infrastructure the team is proposing at the signalized intersections. He said it can be
tricky for the long stretches of roadway between signals; there isn’t a commonly
approved way to cross six-lane roadways without putting something like a HAWK signal
that only turns red when someone needs to cross the street. He said that he wasn’t
sure there were many applications for that across a six-lane roadway in an urban area.
o Zakcq added that another challenge here is that there many cases of someone trying to
cross the street from one destination to another must typically walk another half-mile
to get to a signalized crosswalk, so he suggested that by human nature that if someone
is just trying to get directly across to reach their destination, they will naturally take
that route, even if it’s dangerous. The school and community college were examples of
this. Zakcq shared that the school is shuttling people between those two spaces. He
said that we need to think of human-understanding solutions for travel from one
location to another.
• Question: An attendee asked Matt to clarify that there will be turning opportunities in the
corridor to turn left.
o Matt shared that there will not be extending medians to block left-turn lanes. They
haven’t heard public opinion expressing a desire for that, so it is not on the table. There
are places where medians exist and they will stay that way. The design concepts
showing medians are those cases.
o Hugo added that the median will not go along the whole way because left turns are
needed for businesses, residential areas, etc. He said another reason why medians are
important is that in those areas where there are crossing, it can act as a refuge for
those crossing. Given that this is a six-lane road, the refuge is vital, but this needs more
study with TxDOT.
• Question: Can we add an RTA bus stop next to the Walmart?
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 61 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 4
o Matt answered that whether or not that can be done is something the team can relay
to the RTA. RTA is currently considering a change to the routing for the area, so instead
of going down Leopard Street, circling Five Points, and heading down Route 77
southward toward Robstown, the route would instead move westward and take a left
onto 1889, traveling south in that direction; then the reverse direction back up 1889 to
the right to Northwest Boulevard. This case presents the need for new bus stop
installations and sidewalk infrastructure to serve them. They are still studying this, but
the plan would improve pedestrian facilities, ADA-accessible, and provide safe crossings
through the roadway. He wasn’t sure where the suggestion was for the new bus stop or
what the challenges were with it, but the comments will be relayed.
• Question: if you expand the number of traffic lanes throughout the boulevard, what kind of
funnel traffic effect will it create at the current mess we already have at the intersection
69/624?
o Matt answered when we talk about the expansion of four lanes to six lanes, it’s going
to attract more traffic, which naturally happens when you provide more capacity. It
simply attracts more cars. If you’re looking to decrease traffic on 624 or slow the
increase, expanding does not help. That is a consideration if you’re weighing in on the
land scenarios. The uniform land scenario is one where six lanes make more sense
because preserving land uses to be less intense; it goes a long way to prevent six-lane
expansion.
• Question: What will be done to the intersection that County Road 69 and Northwest Boulevard
that is already backed up and will get worse when the new school opens?
o Matt answered is that the northern part of 69 will be widened to accommodate that
traffic. He brought up roundabouts as potential to support this. The intention would be
traffic calming and continuation while providing safety for pedestrians.
o Zakcq added that the congestion is happening during pick-up and drop-off. Schools
across the country and Texas have created plans to smooth that flow, such as airport
cell-phone weighting lots, one-way flows, and more. The team is examining this with
the schools.
• Question: there are concerns about maintenance for trees and landscaping for medians.
o Hugo answered there are ways around this considering planting intensity and
strategies for special areas to maintain just those areas. This would need further
study. He suggested more intensity can be just for prime locations, such as near
schools, so it doesn’t have to be along the whole corridor. In terms of watering,
they would focus on low-water, native plants. Some plants may not need irrigation
or only at the beginning.
o Zakcq added there are nongovernmental ways to adopt a highway or median that
can be evaluated.
• Question: the panelist said alternate routing was asked about, specifically if the team was
considering this or if TxDOT was interested in expanding them or find cross -town routes
62 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Public Meeting #2 Summary DRAFT 8.18.2020
Page 5
(e.g., County Roads 52 or 73). The concerns were rather than expanding the Northwest
Boulevard, is TxDOT considering looking at othe r routes?
o Matt answered that 52 is a popular route. He asked Dan if there is no plan to
extend 52 westwards. Dan said correct, there is no plan for that. The county did
expand 69 to 1889 recently to provide relief from the highway; there is no plan to
go further west.
• Question: since most of the growth is west coming down 624, there is fear that the
beautification recommendations will not address growth outside the project boundary.
o Matt answered this is true. He said the city cannot control what is outside its
jurisdiction but can work with them about ideas they generally support based on
changing conditions, such as new industrial plants. The hope is that this is a plan
that guides future land use and transportation de cision-making; a tool rather than
concrete law. The plan can be amended as conditions evolve. This plan is intending
to capture the overall sentiment the team has received.
Additional Notes
• Matt and Annika invited attendees who did not have a chance to ask or have their questions
answered to submit their questions or comments over email.
Adjourn
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 63 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
April 9, 2020 | 1:00 PM
Held via GoToMeeting video conference
Attendees:
Arturo Almendarez Calallen ISD
Annika Gunning Yankee City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Avery Oltmans City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Daniel McGinn City of Corpus Christi, Planning
Sarah Munoz City of Corpus Christi, Public Works
Yasmene McDaniel Corpus Christi Medical Center- Northwest
Angela Rhoden Corpus Christi Medical Center- Northwest
Mark Porterfield Grace United Methodist Church
Craig Casper MPO
Jack Taylor Northwest Business Association
Mike Pusley Northwest Business Association
Paul Thurman Nueces County Commissioner Office- Precinct 1
Juan Pimentel Nueces County Public Works
Gordon Robinson Regional Transportation Authority
Judy Telge Transportation Advisory Commission
Charles Benavides TxDOT
Thomas Tiffin Wood River Community Association
Brianna Frey Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Matt Rufo Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Meghan Skornia Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Zakcq Lockrem Asakura Robinson (consultant)
Absent:
Rose Fernandez Calallen Apartments
Everett Roy City of Corpus Christi Councilmember District 1
Carolyn Vaughn Nueces County Commissioner- Precinct 1
Agenda:
1. Welcome and Introductions
2. Presentation
3. Group Discussion
4. Next Steps
5. Adjourn
Questions for Group Discussion:
1. Does your department/organization have any projects or plans in this study area?
Advisory Committee Meetings
64 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
2. What do you and your department/organization see as key issues facing the study area?
3. What are the biggest challenges you see for this project?
4. What opportunities for programming and new uses do you see? What community needs
could be met?
5. Who are the key stakeholders that should be engaged?
6. What impediments to implementation might we face?
Notes:
Welcome and Introductions
Presentation
● Discussion and clarification for the engagement timeline during the COVID crisis.
● Discussion and clarification about the plan’s goals, such as the land use component and
addressing the existing traffic issues.
● Discussion about upcoming projects along the corridor, including the HEB tract and
Country Road 52.
Group Discussion
● Discussion of ongoing projects in the area, including from TxDOT, the MPO, and
developers.
○ TxDOT is planning flyover enhancements to alleviate vehicle stacking. This
project has started and will add additional lanes through new striping.
○ The MPO and TxDOT are funding a separate feasibility study to examine
construction along the Northwest Boulevard corridor, but the State will be billions
short in tax revenues. Current expected timeline is 24 months
○ HEB owns a large parcel at Northwest Boulevard and FM1889
○ Calallen Retail Partners also owns adjacent land and plans to build apartments
○ A new elementary school is planned adjacent to the high school. This school will
let out at 3pm. 80% to 100% of students will qualify as bus riders.
● Discussion of specific traffic problems, such as certain choke points, peak traffic hours,
access management, and dangerous intersections.
○ Attendees expressed concern that any new development will exacerbate existing
traffic challenges
○ In general, the Boulevard has high traffic counts - carries about 33,000 vehicles
per day, comparable to Staple Street.
○ Country Road 52 was to alleviate traffic counts but has not performed as well as
intended
○ Right of way between I-69 and the high school is as wide as possible.
○ Access management
○ I-69 and Northwest Boulevard intersection:
■ Long delays at peak hours, and the problem is worsening. Current delays
can be up to 10-15 minutes and worse during school opening and closing
times.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 65 February 2021
■ Stacking regularly occurs at the northbound onramp to I-37 in front of
Chilis - TxDOT is examining alternatives to mitigate this traffic.
○ School drop off and pick up impacting traffic patterns - TxDOT works with
schools on internal traffic control plans to slow flow onto Northwest Boulevard,
such as through metering.
○ A couple hundred of the 1,200 high school students drive their own cars. Eight
buses drop off in the morning and pick up in the afternoon.
● Discussion of study area’s challenges, including the lack of available infrastructure for
future development, and drainage problems.
○ Continued sprawl of Corpus Christi residents moving outward will continue to
increase traffic numbers on Northwest Boulevard
○ Limited utility infrastructure continues to curb potential commercial and
residential development in the study area
○ The Boulevard has drainage ditches rather than stormwater drainage system,
and stormwater lingers in them for days.
○ The areas south and west of the Boulevard are served by two different water
districts.
○ The city’s development regulations require new development sites to have
detention ponds to prevent frequent and significant flooding
● Study Area Opportunities: Attendees named several amenities and facilities that could
improve quality of life for study area residents, including:
○ Pedestrian and bicycle infrastructure that connect homes to schools and open
space
○ Increased transit service, particularly for residents of the new Wood River
apartments at FM 1889
○ Practice ballfields (baseball) with lighting
○ Neighborhood bicycle/pedestrian connections to Hazel Bazemore Park
● Discussion of stakeholders that need to be involved in the planning process and how to
reach existing residents.
○ Attendees offered support to the project team in identifying study area
constituents to engage
○ Existing businesses and the Business Association
○ Neighborhoods and the Neighborhood Associations, including Wood River
neighborhood
Next Steps
● The project team is conducting a Needs Assessment over the next month and will have
a draft for presentation at the next Advisory Committee meeting.
● The project team is also working toward a project public launch and redesigning the
engagement plan in light of restrictions against travel and public gathering.
Adjourn
66 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
May 21, 2020 | 10:00 AM CT
Held via Zoom video conference
Attendees:
Annika Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Avery Oltmans, City of Corpus Christi
Charles Benavides, Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Gordon Robinson, Regional Transit Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Keren Costanzo, City of Corpus Christi
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living & Transportation Advisory Commission
Leane Heldenfels, City of Corpus Christi
Mark Porterfield, Grace United Methodist Church
Michael Alvarez
Mike Pusley, Northwest Business Association
Rob MacDonald, Corpus Christi MPO
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Meghan Skornia, Asakura Robinson
Abygail Mangar, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Agenda:
1. Introductions
4. Project Schedule
5. Phase I: Findings
6. Phase II: Visioning
7. Phase II: Outcomes
5. Adjourn
Notes:
Introductions
Presentation
• Discussion on project schedule status
• Discussion on latest city goals
• Discussion on Phase I findings from the Needs Assessment; Focuses on residents, land
use, open space / community assets, congestion and safety. Concluded with discussion
on what is missing from Needs Assessment findings.
• Discussion on Phase II visioning; focuses on land use changes from 2016
comprehensive plan, recent TxDOT and CC MPO regional Transportation Improvement
Plan investment, development opportunities/ideas (e.g., streetscape, public arts/murals,
bicycling infrastructure).
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 67 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 2
• Discussion on marketing the upcoming engagement
• Summary of Phase II outcomes (i.e., vision statement, supportive goals, development
ideas)
Project Overview
• Discussion on upcoming meeting and goals:
o 5/28 is first virtual public meeting. Marketing materials (e.g., flyers) have already
been created and will be shared
o Draft vision statement and goals will be determined following the meeting; draft
deliverables will be submitted to committee in July for public comment
o Judy: concern from the wording that there will be an emphasis on accessibility
(i.e., not ADA requirement, but feeling the word “accessibility” must explicitly be
in the goals). Multimodal and accessibility must vitally be reflected.
Matt shared that there will be engagement questions regarding top 3
words important to project, where such comments as these would be
highly relevant
o Mike P.: public meeting announcements must go out to NW business
association so that they have time to participate if interested. NW Chamber of
Commerce is suggested.
Phase I: Findings
• Discussion on Needs Assessment
o Poll on who received the reviewed the Needs Assessment.
o Attendees were skeptical of the traffic volume information shared:
Mike P. requested clarification on the lack of change in traffic volumes in
the last 20 years. Zakcq: traffic volume decreased significantly during the
Great Recession. Explained data from Figure 20 of the Needs
Assessment that clarified the different types of traffic changes.
o Clarification on zoning map changes:
Commercial #3 rezoned to residential? Site #3 is called Martin Plaza. It is
zoned commercial. It was recently subdivided into two commercial lots.
The subdivision plat application indicates urgent care is proposed at that
location.
o Attendees expressed concern on accessibility and public transportation for
vulnerable populations:
Judy: Pedestrian access will be needed for any added bus stops to the
corridor, especially connections to schools and apartments.
68 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 3
Gordon: Higher priority to increase flex service to grocery stores and
other key destinations. Would like to program the capital for ADA
compliance because some apartments are not served effectively.
Annika: Laura R. is a nurse, serving residents of low-income. Route 27
public transit would be especially useful for these underserved groups
according to Laura.
Mike P.: Impact on county roads have had on current traffic conditions
and routes, particularly how it may favorably impact conditions. On the
development and right on way maps, County Road 52 goes all the way to
FM 1889.
Phase II: Visioning
• Clarification on existing plans and investments:
o Comprehensive plan approved in 2016 provided new land use map
o TxDOT and CC MPO already approved $18 million for street infrastructure
improvements, but the designs from the proposal not approved yet.
o Jack T: Curb cuts as currently configured are essential to his businesses and
asked whether those changes would be made by this plan. Matt R. responded
that proposed guidelines may suggest improvements to future curb cuts but that
existing curb cuts from recently completed development will not be prioritized for
changes.
• Reviewed examples of streetscape mechanisms (e.g., wayfinding, bike racks, signage,
etc.) that could be implemented in the project. Other design enhancements reviewed
include public art/murals, pedestrian safety infrastructure, bicycling infrastructure.
• Discussion on materials available to advertise upcoming engagement opportunities:
o Public meeting will be 5/28 at 6 PM; website, flyer, and city press release/social
media are available about the project and meeting
o planning@cctexas.com email to respondents on marketing documents.
Commission and city council engagement will be in late August / early
September. Visioning survey and marketing materials provided in email sent in
the past week.
o Reviewed sections and capacities of visioning survey
Phase II: Outcomes
• Summary on phase II outcomes (i.e., vision statement, supportive goals, development
ideas)
Next Steps
• Visioning survey is on the website and looking for as many respondents as possible.
Action: Annika send survey
• May 28th: public meeting
• June: consultant team analysis meeting
• July: advisory meeting #3
• Late July: public meeting #2
Adjourn
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 69 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
City of Corpus Christi
Advisory Committee Meeting Summary
May 21, 2020 | 10:00 AM CT
Held via Zoom video conference
Attendees:
Annika Yankee, City of Corpus Christi
Avery Oltmans, City of Corpus Christi
Carolyn Vaughn, Commissioner
Charles Benavides, Texas Department of Transportation
Craig Casper, Corpus Christi Metropolitan Planning Organization
Dan McGinn, City of Corpus Christi
Dr. Arturo Almendarez, Callalen ISD
Gordon Robinson, Regional Transit Authority
Jack Taylor, Northwest Business Association
Keren Costanzo, City of Corpus Christi
Judy Telge, Coastal Bend Center for Independent Living & Transportation Advisory Commission
Leane Heldenfels, City of Corpus Christi
Michael Alvarez, City of Corpus Christi Public Works
Sarah M, City of Corpus Christi Public Works
Thomas Tiffin, P.E, Red River Community Association
Brianna Frey, Asakura Robinson
Hugo Colon, Asakura Robinson
Meghan Skornia, Asakura Robinson
Matt Rufo, Asakura Robinson
Zakcq Lockrem, Asakura Robinson
Agenda:
1. Introductions
4. Project Overview
5. Engagement Findings
6. Draft Vision Statement and Goals
7. Draft Land Use and Transportation Alternatives
5. Review of Next Steps and Adjourn
Notes:
Introductions
Presentation
• Discussion on project schedule status
• Discussion on survey findings
• Discussion on Vision Statement and Goals, including reviewing PlanCC, draft Vision
Statement and the four goals. Concluded with a discussion of first reactions to drafted
goals.
• Discussion on the Concept Plan, which encompasses seven categories of
transportation, land use, zoning, small business support, streetscape, landscape, and
public art/placemaking. Concluded with a discussion of support or concern.
70 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 2
• Discussion on project’s remaining steps through September.
Project Overview
• Discussion on upcoming meeting and goals:
o 7/30 is second virtual public meeting. Marketing materials (e.g., flyers) have
already been created and will be shared
o Draft vision statement and goals will be refined following this meeting and the
public meeting; draft concept plan will be finalized as well to support the final
vision statement and goals.
Engagement Findings
• Discussion on survey findings
o Judy was happy to hear safety features are of high importance. She gave an
overview on the Transportation Advisory Committee’s efforts and concerns, and
confirmed the consultant team was looking at Vision Zero and the Active Mobility
Plan.
o Attendees supported the summary of survey findings.
Draft Vision Statement and Goals
• Discussion on Vision Statement and Goals
o Attendees expressed concern on the alignment of the goals to any upcoming
MPO work, and asked for clarification on funding and timing of MPO work.
Commissioner Vaughn expressed concern that this study’s beautification
efforts would not be reflected in future MPO work.
Charles asked for clarification on MPO funding because dollars have not
been allocated yet.
Craig clarified that yes, although the Northwest Boulevard/FM 624 has
been identified as a priority area, the Harbor bridge has consumed a
majority of the MPOs funding. 2025-2028 is a likely timeline for this
effort’s implementation. Clarified that federal funding is performance
based.
Zakcq highlighted this planning effort will hopefully position the corridor
well for federal funding opportunities.
Annika shared a story about a North Carolina community who formed a
Corridor Commission 10 years in advance of a highway redevelopment
project, to better align their community’s vision with future construction.
o Judy asked for clarification on what was highlighted in the survey results about
housing and affordable housing.
Matt explained the mixed results from the survey respondents. Most
agreed with the statement that anyone who works in the study area
should find housing options, but in another question a majority opposed
diverse new housing types. Housing is not addressed in the goals, but
the consultant team hopes to collect more nuance from the public in the
next phase of engagement.
• Draft Land Use and Transportation Alternatives
o Discussion of the transportation strategies
Attendees were supportive of the school improvement recommendations,
but asked for a more detailed recommendation regarding traffic patterns
after major school events, like football games.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 71 February 2021
Northwest Boulevard Corridor Plan
Advisory Committee Meeting #2 Summary, DRAFT v1
Page 3
• Artie described the illegal U-turns when attendees want to
redirect back east towards I-69.
• Zakcq suggested a more detailed phone call between the project
team, TxDOT, and the Schools.
o Discussion of the land use strategies
The group asked for clarification on if the plan shows residential south of
Northwest Boulevard, are we proposed the City would develop utilities?
• Matt provided explanation that no, the land use and zoning
recommendations would set the stage for private development to
build where the market is feasible.
o Due to time limitations, following discussion of zoning, small business support,
streetscape designs and landscape elements, the Advisory Committee was
asked to provide comments through email or through the upcoming online
survey.
Next Steps
• Concept plan survey will be posted the website during the public meeting and the team
is looking for as many respondents as possible.
o Action: Annika will share survey once it’s been presented at the public meeting.
• July 30: Public meeting #2
• August: Consultant team will refine preferred concepts into a Corridor Plan with
implementation tactics.
• September: Presentation of final report at public hearings.
Adjourn
72 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Surveys and Results
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 1
Visioning Survey Summary
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
Prepared by Asakura Robinson
July 15, 2020
Overview
The Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan process has sought public input on priorities for land
use, transportation, and streetscape enhancements. To this end, the City of Corpus Christi Planning
Division published an online visioning survey on May 20th, 2020 to gather input from area stakeholder.
The responses yielded the following top priorities:
1. Reduce traffic congestion on Northwest Boulevard. Approximately 80% of respondents
strongly agreed that the roads should be more convenient for drivers, particularly by mitigating
traffic congestion and improving roadway safety.
2. Introduce more grocery shopping and dining options. Respondents shared a strong desire for
a grocery store and family-friendly dining options.
3. Enhance beauty and landscaping in the area. Respondents desire to improve area aesthetics
with proper landscape maintenance.
4. Improve bicyclist and pedestrian safety. Over 50% of respondents strongly agreed that the
study area’s roads should be safer, more accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and
pedestrians.
Disparities were shown in the representation of survey respondents, particularly regarding household
income. The survey showed a 15-percentage points gap in representation of households with incomes
under $50,000 in the study area. Further engagement efforts should therefore attempt to better achieve
representation from lower-income households.
Methodology
The survey encompassed 17 questions regarding respondents’ perspectives on the Northwest
Boulevard’s current landscape and desired and safety. It was open from May 20th to June 29th, 2020,
accumulating 435 responses in the open period. Surveys were made available online through a website
dedicated to the Northwest Boulevard project (https://corridorscc.com/). The survey was also advertised
at the first public meeting on May 28th, 2020, as well as on several social media platforms (e.g.,
Facebook. Twitter, Instagram, etc.).
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 73 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 2
Findings
The following sections illustrate the findings of each question from the survey.
Question 1: What is your connection to the Northwest Boulevard area? (n=434)
The majority of respondents identified as living in the Northwest Boulevard area. The second most
comment connection to Northwest Boulevard was visiting the area for retail, shopping, or dining. 15%
own property in the area. Approximately 11% of respondents work in the area, and nearly 10%
identified as either going to school, owning a business, or having another unidentified connection to the
area.
37%
28%
15%
11%
4%4%1%0%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
I live in the
area
I go out to
eat, shop or
go to events
in the area
I own
property in
the area
I work in the
area
I go to school
in the area
I own a
businessin
the area
Other I have no
connection to
the area% of RespondentsConnection to Northwest Boulevard
74 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3
Question 2: What makes the Northwest Boulevard area a unique and special place today? (n=327)
A free response format, this question gave respondents the opportunity to share their thoughts on the
study area’s greatest assets. While no specific prompts were given, a handful of consistent themes
emerged:
1. The study area enjoys a small-town atmosphere, yet has access to the amenities and services of a
big city.
o “Small town nested inside a city, with great potential for growth.”
o “The small town feel makes it special and the high school being physically central create
a focus on youth and young kids.”
o “Small town community "feel" and culture, with conveniences of being part of a larger
city.”
o “It has everything you could need while still maintaining that small town feel”
o “Small town” feel, but also has many restaurants, shops, etc. It is convenient for those
who live in the area so we don’t have to drive into town for everything.”
o “Away from the hustle and bustle that exists in other areas of the city. Like living in the
country but being in the city limits.”
2. The study serves achieves many purposes, meeting many needs in one space.
o “I use it every single day to go to and from my house and everything we shop is in the
same area!! It’s our lifeline.”
o “It has everything we need and nothing we dont. It's quiet, away from the city, and has a
great school.”
o “Various businesses, schools, and parks are all in a central area.”
o “The ease of getting to the area along with the surprising variety of places to eat and
shops to visit.”
3. The study area represents a small, tight knit community.
o “It’s a small community where people take care of one another. Going out you frequently
run into friends or family.”
o “The small town feeling. Everyone knows everyone. The fact a lot of the stores or
shopping is super close.”
o “We are a close knit community away from the main part of the city but close enough to
have all the benefits of a city.”
o “It is a tight-knit community, with almost everything we need within a stone's throw.”
4. The study area offers many businesses and shopping options to residents.
o “Business growth and a diverse population that reside there have made the areas around
Northwest Blvd a true melting pot with its own unique sense of pride and character.”
o “It’s a small town with some big and small businesses to keep me and my family happy.”
o “Still has small business, family-owned unique places. Friendly people with good
customer service.”
o “What makes it special is the amount of people who don’t live in the area that come to
visit and enjoy the small businesses.”
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 75 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 4
Question 3: What are three words you would use to describe your vision for the future of the Northwest
Boulevard area? (for instance: healthy, prosperous, safe, fun, family-friendly, welcoming, accessible)
(n=379)
The chosen words for vision regarded topics of safety, accessibility, economic development,
transportation, and culture. Over 20% of respondents identified safety as its main vision for Northwest
Boulevard. A desire for a family-friendly environment was clear as the second top word for vision.
Accessibility was the third most common word for a vision of Northwest Boulevard; based on the
feedback given in other questions, accessibility seemed to regard road accessibility in terms of traffic
conditions. It should be noted that several of the top words from respondents were given in the question
itself as examples, potentially acting as a leading question.
22%
13%11%
7%5%4%3%2%1%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
Top Words for Vision
76 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5
Question 4: If you could do one thing to improve the Northwest Boulevard area, what would you do?
(n=395)
Transportation topics collectively represented nearly 70% of responses as the one improvement desired
for Northwest Boulevard. Improving traffic flow and congestion was respondents’ top concern for
improvement with 47% of responses. Other transportation concerns discussed included traffic light
challenges (i.e., potential light synchronization issues in particular and the desire for more lights) and
safety for bicyclists and pedestrians. Regarding the latter, one respondent wrote, “Find a way to
accommodate foot traffic safely. There are too many walkers on the shoulders of the road. There should
be sidewalks a safe distance from the road and perhaps barriers to prevent road traffic from impeding
sidewalks.”
The second top choice for improvement was a need for a grocery store and more restaurants in the study
area. Other top desired improvements included a desire for more businesses and improving
infrastructure (i.e., in general, or specific mentions to burying power lines); government/city services
and healthcare regarded the desire for a larger police presence as well as a desire for a hospital in the
study area.
3%3%
5%
6%
6%
7%
12%
47%
One Improvement to Northwest Boulevard
Better Government/City Services and
Healthcare
Upgrade Infrastructure
Increase the Businesses/Shopping Options
Improve Bicycling and Pedestrian Safety
Address Traffic Lights Challenges
Enhance Beautification and Landscaping
Develop a Grocery Store and Restaurants
Improve Traffic Flow and Congestion
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 77 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 6
Question 5: Please tell us how much you agree with the following land use priorities. (n=432)
The two most supported land use priorities for Northwest Boulevard were:
• The area should offer more opportunity for jobs and for opening and growing businesses (79%
“Strongly agree” or “Agree”)
• Area signage should be regulated to be more attractive (72% “Strongly agree” or “Agree”)
The two most opposed land uses for the study area were:
• The area should allow light industrial uses, such as warehousing, commercial food production,
commercial printing, commercial laundry, etc. (54% “Strongly disagree” or “Disagree”)
• The area should provide a wider variety of housing options for different types of households
(45% “Strongly disagree” or “Disagree”)
Respondents showed more mixed attitudes toward the remaining two land use priorities presented.
Approximately 60% of respondents agreed or strongly agreed that Northwest Boulevard should provide
more compact, mixed-use development to promote walkability in the area; nearly 60% of respondents
also agreed or strongly agreed that people who work in Northwest Boulevard should be able to find
housing in the area.
47%41%32%27%
13%8%
32%31%
27%28%
17%15%
11%20%
22%25%
24%
22%
6%5%
10%12%
19%
22%
4%3%
9%8%
26%32%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
The area should offer
more opportunity for
jobs and for opening
and growing
businesses
Area signage should
be regulated to be
more attractive
The area should
provide more
compact, mixed-use
development that
makes it easier for
people to walk to
places if they wish or
if walking is their only
form of
transportation
People who work in
the area should be
able to find housing
within their means in
the area
The area should
provide a wider
variety of housing
options for different
types of households
The area should allow
light industrial uses,
such as warehousing,
commercial food
production,
commercial printing,
commercial laundry,
etc.% of RespondentsLand Use Priorities
Strongly agree Somewhat agree Neither Agree nor Disagree Somewhat disagree Strongly disagree
78 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7
Question 6: What kind of housing needs are currently not being met in the Northwest Boulevard area?
What should be done to address them? (n=278)
The most common response was that Northwest Boulevard’s current housing market is sufficient (31%).
Respondents’ second most common sentiment regarded an unfavorable viewpoint toward low-income or
government housing (11%). Many respondents proposed housing options alternative to low-income or
government options: multifamily housing (10%), affordable housing in general (10%), single-family
housing (10%), and middle-class housing (8%). One respondent shared, “Affordable apartments or
townhomes that aren’t income restricted. Either you make too much or not enough, but rent is still high.
Not sure what should be done to address them.”
*LIH: low-income housing
1%
1%
2%
3%
7%
8%
8%
10%
10%
10%
11%
31%
0%5%10%15%20%25%30%35%
Mobile Homes
Need More Housing Overall
Condos
High End Housing
Not Sure
Other Housing Concerns
More Middle Class Housing
More Affordable Housing
More Single Family
More Multifamily Housing
Too Much LIH* / No More LIH
Current Housing Sufficient
% of Responses
Unmet Housing Needs in Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 79 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 8
Question 7: Please add any additional thoughts you have about housing in the area. (n=205)
This question was a free response format for respondents to share their thoughts on housing in the study
area. The following themes emerged:
1. The study area lacks a variety of housing options.
o “There’s not much that meets the needs of the average working class or single income
families.”
o “Townhome options for senior citizens should be encouraged to build.”
o “Would be nice to have single living options outside of low income options.”
2. The study area shows challenges in affordable housing for residents.
o “Being someone who makes $50k/year, it was hard to find a house in the area I could
afford. If I could, it wasn't in the shape or neighborhood I wished to live. Renting an
apartment = house payment.”
o “Affordable housing options but with property standards to be kept. Nice architectural
features with clean and appealing aesthetic and colors.”
o “The city needs more affordable housing options and mixed used residential areas.”
3. The study area requires infrastructure upgrades in order to support new development.
o “Need to be able to walk on sidewalks from houses to school and businesses.”
o “It needs to be developed with sewer lines not septic.”
o “People want acreage and utilities.”
*LIH: low-income housing
80 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 9
Question 8: Please tell us how much you agree with the following roadway and transportation
priorities. (n=427)
The most supported roadway and transportation priority for Northwest Boulevard was “Northwest
Boulevard and area roads should be more convenient for auto traffic, with less congestion,” with 94%
agreement, 80% of which was strong agreement. Safety for bicyclists and pedestrians was the second-
highest transportation priority, with one in three respondents agreeing that roads must be safe,
accessible, and convenient for bicyclists and pedestrians. Addressing landscaping and beautification also
showed a considerable agreement, with 69% identifying it as a priority.
Improvement of public transportation (i.e., buses) to connect people in the Northwest Boulevard area to
other parts of the region was slightly unfavorable (17%) but overall, 48% agreed or strongly agreed that
this is a priority. Public transportation connections into the Northwest area similarly showed slight
opposition (16%) but general agreement, with 49% of respondents agreeing or strongly agreeing it is a
priority. One in three respondents, expressed neutral perspectives on these statements (i.e., 36% and
34%, respectively).
80%
53%43%
26%24%
14%
22%
26%
22%25%
4%
12%18%
36%34%
1%
5%5%8%7%
1%
8%7%9%9%
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should be more
convenient for auto traffic,
with less congestion
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should be safer
and more accessible and
convenient for people to
walk or bike along (such as
by adding sidewalks,
crosswalks, bike lanes, and
pedestrian signals)
Northwest Boulevard and
area roads should have more
trees and landscaping for
beautification and shading
Northwest Boulevard should
have better transit/bus
options that connect the
area to other parts of the
region.
Northwest Boulevard should
have better transit/bus
options to help people get to
places along Northwest
Boulevard.% of RespondentsRoadway and Transportation
Strongly agree Somewhat agree Neither Agree nor Disagree Somewhat disagree Strongly disagree
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 81 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 10
Question 9: What types of new public and commercial uses are appropriate in the Northwest Boulevard
area? (n=426)
The survey asked respondents to indicate whether various types of public and commercial land uses
were appropriate on Northwest Boulevard or on side streets.
• Restaurants were the most supported land use for the overall study area. 91% said that this
category, including fast food, ice cream shops, and sit-down restaurants, is appropriate on
Northwest Boulevard, and nearly 70% of respondents said they’re appropriate for side streets.
• 84% of respondents said retail goods are appropriate on Northwest Boulevard, and 70% said
they’re appropriate on side streets.
• 76% of respondents said outdoor commercial recreation is appropriate on side streets, while
60% said they’re appropriate for Northwest Boulevard.
• The most opposed use in the study area was vehicle sales and services (e.g., car rentals, repair
shops, tire sales, etc.). 24% of respondents said they’re not appropriate anywhere in the study
area, while 20% said they’re only appropriate on Northwest Boulevard. Nevertheless, a plurality
– 28% - said they’re appropriate everywhere in the study area.
• 23% of respondents opposed overnight accommodations (hotels, bed and breakfasts, inns,
motels) anywhere in the study area, though 52% said they’re appropriate on Northwest
Boulevard.
82 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11
Question 10: Please add any additional thoughts you have about public and commercial development in
the area. (n=159)
1. Address traffic congestion and roadway challenges in the study area.
o “Need better roads to and from the area. Easy access to make it safer.”
o “Safer use for pedestrians and cyclists.”
o “The commute from FM 666 to IH 37 has become significantly more dangerous & time
consuming within the last 5 years. Adding more commercial businesses and
neighborhoods will only increase the problem. Please concentrate on alternate routes.”
o “This area has been neglected for too long and because of that there is an increase in
traffic accidents, traffic congestion, risky driving related to frustration and others driving
under the posted speed limit, which further causes congestion.”
o “Yes, there are several areas of concern with NW BLVD. The majority of the issues are
during commuting times and when Calallen ISD is in session. Again, my suggestion is to
expand FM 52 to a four lane with biking and sidewalks, not NW BLVD.”
2. Respondents want additional shopping, restaurants, and businesses in the study area.
o “More fun type restaurants for gathering with friends.”
o “Mom and Pop Main street type of business/local owners.”
o “We are a residential community and wish to remain so. Shopping and recreational
activities are welcome. Minimize industrial activities and high-density housing.”
o “We need more restaurants in the area that are more diverse.”
3. Respondents want a grocery store in the study area.
o “We need an HEB.”
o “Just hoping for more variety of food options or grocery options like for instance a meat
market.”
o “We need a large Grocery store.”
4. Respondents want development in the study area to be based on strategic decisions, such as
master planning.
o “There needs to be a plan. The plan needs to be enforced. Currently there is too much
mixed business/housing/office in the area that makes it less approachable for
shopping/eating than other parts of Corpus Christi.”
o “Commercial development needs to be spread out all the way down NW boulevard and
not just compacted at 5 points.”
o “Love the idea of development as long as it looks uniform to the are and traffic flows
well.”
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 83 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 12
Question 11: In which ZIP code do you live? (n=356)
Respondents covered 22 ZIP codes areas and 12 cities/towns. Representation was highest from ZIP code
78410 (238 responses, 67%) and 78380 (77 responses, 22%).
84 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13
Question 12: What is your age? (n=427)
Question 13: How would you describe yourself? Select all that apply. (n=367)
Approximately 88% of respondents identified as White. This roughly matched the Assessment of
Opportunities report’s findings of the White population accounting for 90% of the study area’s total
resident population. One-percent of study area residents is Black, but the survey only received one
respondent that identified as Black; Asian respondents similarly were lacking representation in the
survey with only one respondent identifying as so while the study area shows one% of Asian-identifying
residents. The survey nevertheless seemed to closely resemble the racial breakdown of the study area.
0%
14%
41%
32%
13%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
45%
Under 18 18-34 35-49 50-64 Over 64% of RespondentsAge of Respondents
5%5%0%
0%
2%
0%
88%
Race of Respondents
Prefer to self describe
More than once race
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific
IslanderAsian
Native American or Alaska Native
Black or African American
White
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 85 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 14
Question 14: Are you of Hispanic or Latinx origin? (n=350)
Approximately 29% of respondents identified as having a Hispanic or Latinx origin. The Assessment of
Opportunities report found that approximately 47% of the study area’s residents identified as Hispanic,
demonstrating a 18 percentage point discrepancy between residents and survey respondents.
Question 15: What is your annual household income (before taxes)? (n=349)
The Needs Assessment found that 22% of the study area’s residents have household incomes below
$50,000, but the survey represented only 10% of individuals under this threshold. This marked a
socioeconomic disparity in survey respondents, most notably seen in the representation of households
with income under $15,000. Another socioeconomic disparity was seen with overrepresentation of
households with incomes over $75,000.
71%
29%
Hispanic/Latinx Origin of Respondents
No
Yes
1%2%
7%
16%18%
27%
30%
7%
4%
11%
16%
13%
20%
28%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
Less than $15,000 $15,000-$24,999 $25,000-$49,999 $50,000-$74,999 $75,000-$99,999 $100,000 -
$149,999
More than
$150,000
Household Income of Residents
with Comparison to the Study Area
Survey Northwest Boulevard
86 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15
Question 16: Please add any other thoughts or ideas you have for improving the Northwest Boulevard
area. (n=186)
1. Respondents want the study area to show beautification, landscaping, and improved signage in
the study area.
o “Beautification!! Goes a long way.”
o “This area is the future of Corpus Christi and is the first impression for tourists and
visitors coming here. Make it more attractive and accessible so they want to return.”
2. Respondents want improvement in public services and safety in the study area.
o “Make it safe.”
o “Keep it clean and community friendly. Keep the community involved!”
o “Keeping it safe and clean in all ways including types of businesses.”
3. Respondents want the traffic congestion addressed in the study area.
o “Better traffic flow. Too much congestion around schools, shopping centers, and entrance
and exit off main highway.”
o “Traffic congestion needs to be addressed, especially around Calallen High School. It
feels like there is no plan for the area so whatever goes.”
o “Traffic flow and congestion needs to be addressed.”
4. Respondents want to grocery store in the study area.
o “We need an HEB.”
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 87 February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 16
Other Non-Survey Comments
Participants in public meetings and other engagement events were given the project managers’ contact
information to share additional comments through email. The following were highlighted quotes from
email feedback.
“I know we are very interested in seeing the bus stops extended into our area since the route seems to
stop near the high school presently. It would be nice to see it continue out to the Wood River area which
would give access to our church location and some of the services we offer.” – Grace United Methodist
Church Food Distribution (Emailed on 7/3/2020)
“While driving down the current road trying to envision the project. We do not want three more miles of
unkept medians and overgrown right of ways that the state of Texas only maintains on a semiannual or
quarterly basis. Nor do we want the overgrown median on Leopard St near Violet Rd or Callicoatte.
Which the City of Corpus Christi neglects. We’ve been forgotten for years don’t start something you
don’t intend to maintain.” (Emailed on 6/9/2020)
List of Traffic and Land Use Priorities (Emailed on 4/24/2020):
• What are the key issues facing the study area?
o Lack of east and west traffic carrying corridors.
o Please notice that Hwy 77 or I-69 has limited east/west penetrations at Northwest Blvd.,
County Rd. 52 and County Rd. 48. With minimal right-of-way extensions east of said
highway.
o Several large areas of residential infill needed to complete traffic circulation particularly
in the Annaville area.
o Limited land use growth opportunities to the north and south of the following major
corridors Leopard, Northwest Boulevard and IH-37. Limitations are due to several
factors: 1) Nueces River (Annaville & Calallen areas) 2) and more concerning the
encroachment and expansion of the Industrial districts in the Annaville & Tuloso Midway
areas.
o Air quality or lack there of in and around the Kane meat processing facility and
industrial plants. Solar Estates and Arlington Heights neighborhoods adversely impacted
with very poor air quality on most days.
• Assets and opportunities: What is important to preserve, protect, and enhance?
o Several large undisturbed natural areas in and around the Nueces River.
o City to continue making enhancements to West Guth Park (large regional park) More
tree plantings, water feature improvements, etc.
o Encourage Nueces County to make enhancements to Hazel Bazemore Park.
o More tree plantings, upgrade to facilities and park features.
• Challenges and threats: What problems need to be solved?
o Improve the traffic grid. Extremely limited east and west traffic corridors funnel traffic
loads onto Northwest Boulevard and Leopard creating a real traffic snarl at five points
and other intersections along said corridor and Leopard.
o City Engineering needs to improve many rural residential rights-of-way by building
proper curb and cutter and ADA compliant sidewalks. Many older residential
neighborhoods do not have sidewalks so there is no walkable connectivity.
• What changes are planned for the study area?
88 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Visioning Survey Summary | Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17
o A new H.E.B. was forecast to be constructed but has yet to be built. This would seriously
relieve the over grounding at the both Walmart and current H.E.B. at Violet and
Leopard.
o County Road 52 or Cooperative Avenue improvements must continue to relieve traffic
pressures on Northwest Boulevard.
o Development of and east and west corridor in the Annaville area south of Leopard
between I-69 Corridor and Callicoatte Road, Violet Road, McKinzie Road and Rand
Morgan Road.
o Improvements to HWY 44 with new and under construction overpasses between Corpus
Christi and Robstown.
• What uses would you propose for new private development?
o City sale a portion or all of Labonte Park to private water park developeramusement
park.
o Development of additional grocery store opportunities. Both H.E.B. and Walmart
function as regional stores in an expanding food desert in this area of Nueces county and
Corpus Christi.
• What kind of public amenities and services are desired? Answered above.
• Who are the key stakeholders?
o Multiple Refinery Companies with terminals and facilities abutting and
o encroaching into planned residential areas.
o Nueces County
o City of Corpus Christi
o Engineering Department (traffic engineering)
o Parks and Recreation
o Code Enforcement
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 89 February 2021
Transportation and Land Use Strategies Survey
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
Prepared by Asakura Robinson
July 29 – August 23rd, 2020
The Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan process has sought the public’s feedback on
support, opposition, or other thoughts on 20 transportation and land use strategies proposed for the
Northwest Boulevard study area. The City of Corpus Christi Planning Division published an online
transportation and land use concepts survey on July 23rd, 2020 to gather input from area
stakeholders. The survey closed on August 23rd. The responses yielded the following key takeaways:
1. Strong support for the Vision Statement. Approximately 78 percent of respondents
supported the Vision Statement for this project.
2. Coordinating with Calallen ISD to mitigate school traffic (i.e., including one-way
drop-off and pickups, closing U-turns during special events, and organizing walking
school buses) is the most supported strategy out of the 20 given. Approximately 82
percent of respondents supported this strategy.
3. Agreement with Goal #2: “Northwest Boulevard is prosperous, with a strong local
economy anchored by small businesses.” This goal received 76-percent of respondents
support, showing the most supported out of the four proposed Goals for the Northwest
Boulevard study area. Some respondents left additional comments expressing a desire for
more information on the business incentives to allow for this goal.
4. Mixed feelings on the small business support strategies. The six small business
support strategies received a range of 25-64 percent strong agreement. “Create a Public
Improvement District that raises tax revenue for local improvements,” received the
strongly opposition (i.e., 28 percent collectively somewhat and strongly opposing).
“Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses” received the strongest support
(i.e., 87 percent collectively somewhat and strongly supporting).
5. Mixed feelings on currently adopted Future Land Use Map. Many respondents
express support for the future land use map, particularly for its flexibility on what could
be developed and the mixed-use (i.e., commercial, low and high residential). The
“Uniform” future land use scenario overall seemed to show more support, however,
compared to the “Transitional” future land use scenario.
6. Concern for roundabouts safety. Several respondents expressed concern that the study
area’s visitors are not educated on roundabout usage (i.e., causing more accidents). The
opposition was from this concern, but roundabout education was recommended by some.
7. Mixed feelings on public art and other aesthetics. About half of respondents supported
public art ideas. Opposing respondents expressed that public art funds be instead used to
address critical infrastructure needs before such aesthetics. Respondents shared similar
opposing sentiments regarding a gateway entrance and signage.
Summary of Question Responses
Q1 Do you support the following Vision Statement? "Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s
“Main Street,” providing the amenities of a prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-
knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming, diverse, and family-friendly place where
people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and raise a family."
90 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
• I support this goal (78%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (12%)
• I have no opinion (3%)
• I have more thoughts to share (7%)
Q2 Do you support Goal #1? Northwest Boulevard is safe, accessible and easy for people of
all ages and abilities to get around. » Congestion is less frequent, making it easier for people to
get around and navigate the neighborhood. » Traffic is calmed, making it safer for people to
drive, walk across, and bike along the boulevard. » Streets and sidewalks are accessible, built
to ADA standards.
• I support this goal (65%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (28%)
• I have no opinion (2%)
• I have more thoughts to share (6%)
Q3 Do you support Goal #2? Northwest Boulevard is prosperous, with a strong local economy
anchored by small businesses. » A variety of neighborhood restaurants and retail outlets offer
a diverse array of goods, services, and family-friendly experiences » Businesses can receive
support and incentives from public entities to recover from loss of income
• I support this goal (76%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (14%)
• I have no opinion (7%)
• I have more thoughts to share (4%)
Q4 Do you support Goal #3? Northwest Boulevard is healthy for people and nature, with
opportunities to be active outdoors. » Trees and vegetation provide shade and help drain
stormwater » Trails are easily accessible for walking, hiking and biking
• I support this goal (68%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (19%)
• I have no opinion (9%)
• I have more thoughts to share (5%)
Q5 Do you support Goal #4? Northwest Boulevard is attractive and orderly, with new
development that fits into a cohesive whole. » Public infrastructure is expanded to areas
planned for development » Public art and neighborhood branding convey a sense of place and
beautify the public realm. » Wayfinding signage draws attention to neighborhood attractions
and guides visitors » Regulation of commercial signage ensures a consistent, physical
appearance along the Boulevard
• I support this goal (69%)
• This goal needs improvement (specify below) (19%)
• I have no opinion (10%)
• I have more thoughts to share (1%)
Q6 Do you support the following idea? Improve Vehicular Flow at I-69/US-77 by replacing
the intersections with innovative solutions, such as a single point urban interchange or
roundabouts
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 91 February 2021
• Support (60%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (21%)
• No opinion (6%)
• I have more thoughts to share (13%)
Q7 Do you support the following idea? Address safety hazards by investing in traffic calming
infrastructure, like raised crosswalks, curb extensions ("bump-outs"), and roundabouts.
• Support (67%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (17%)
• No opinion (7%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q8 Do you support the following idea? Build active infrastructure, including sidewalks, safe
crossings, and walking and biking trails.
• Support (78%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (10%)
• No opinion (5%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q9 Do you support the following idea? Coordinate with Calallen ISD to mitigate school
traffic, including one-way drop-off and pickups, closing u-turns during special events, and
organizing walking school buses.
• Support (82%)
• Oppose (please explain below) (5%)
• No opinion (9%)
• I have more thoughts to share (4%)
Q13 Please tell us how much you support or oppose the following small business support
strategies
Provide grants or low/no-interest loans to physically adapt brick and mortar stores
• Strongly oppose (7%)
• Somewhat oppose (5%)
• Neither support nor oppose (15%)
• Somewhat support (27%)
• Strongly support (46%)
Allow outdoor operations in parking spaces
• Strongly oppose (10%)
• Somewhat oppose (13%)
• Neither support nor oppose (17%)
• Somewhat support (31%)
• Strongly support (30%)
Collaborate with business owners to transform vacant properties/storefronts into
entrepreneurship incubators spaces
92 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
• Strongly oppose (3%)
• Somewhat oppose (2%)
• Neither support nor oppose (10%)
• Somewhat support (33%)
• Strongly support (52%)
Create new marketing opportunities for area businesses ("shop local" discounts, regular small
business "festival" events, etc.)
• Strongly oppose (2%)
• Somewhat oppose (3%)
• Neither support nor oppose (8%)
• Somewhat support (23%)
• Strongly support (64%)
Create a Public Improvement District that raises tax revenue for local improvements
• Strongly oppose (14%)
• Somewhat oppose (14%)
• Neither support nor oppose (19%)
• Somewhat support (26%)
• Strongly support (27%)
Consider project-based Tax Increment Financing (TIF) for commercial affordability and
infrastructure
• Strongly oppose (8%)
• Somewhat oppose (15%)
• Neither support nor oppose (24%)
• Somewhat support (28%)
• Strongly support (25%)
Q14 Do you support the street redesign option for Northwest Boulevard at I-69?
• Support (76%)
• Oppose (please specify below) (8%)
• No opinion (5%)
• I have more thoughts to share (10%)
Q15 Do you support the street redesign options for Northwest Boulevard at River Hill Drive?
• Support (73%)
• Oppose (please specify below) (9%)
• No opinion (10%)
• I have more thoughts to share (8%)
Q16 Which proposed street redesign option for Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
do you support?
• Option 1 - Expand to six lanes and add sidewalk/sidepath (15%)
• Option 1B - Expand to six lanes with shoulders, and add sidewalk/sidepath (36%)
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 93 February 2021
• Option 1C - Expand to six lanes with shoulders, but reduce lane widths, and add
sidewalk/sidepath (16%)
• Option 2 - Improve with sidewalks/paths, but keep to four lanes (22%)
• Keep as is (3%)
• No opinion (6%)
• Other (please specify) (1%)
Q17 Which roadway median treatments do you support?
• I support the Ornamental median treatment to beautify the street (18%)
• I support the Shade median treatment to beautify and cool the street (44%)
• I support the Limited median treatment to preserve any landscaping budget for trees
along the sidewalk/sidepath (28%)
• I do not support any median treatments (5%)
• I have other ideas (5%)
Q18 Do you support the ideas for Public Art?
• I support the proposed public art ideas (51%)
• The public art ideas need improvement (specify below) (16%)
• I have no opinion (22%)
• I have other ideas (12%)
Q19 Do you support the idea of building gateway entrances to the study area?
• I support community gateway entrances (40%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (12%)
• I have no opinion (35%)
• I have other ideas (14%)
Q20 Do you support the ideas for unique street signage?
• I support the proposed street signs (67%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (9%)
• I have no opinion (17%)
• I have other ideas (7%)
Q21 Do you support the ideas for Monument Signage?
• I support these monument signage ideas (48%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (15%)
• I have no opinion (26%)
• I have other ideas (11%)
Q22 Do you support the ideas for Street Banners?
• I support these street banner ideas (63%)
• This idea needs improvement (please specify below) (10%)
• I have no opinion (22%)
• I have other ideas (6%)
Calallen High School
Contents
Introduction .....................................................2
Development History .....................................................................4
Previous Planning ...........................................................................6
Resident Demographics .............................................................10
Land Use and Market Analysis .......................14
Current Zoning ..............................................................................16
Future Land Use Designations ..................................................17
Housing Stock ...............................................................................18
Businesses.....................................................................................18
Retail Market Analysis .................................................................20
Commercial Characteristics ......................................................22
Land Ownership ............................................................................22
Catalytic Development Sites ......................................................23
Transportation Analysis .................................26
Traffic Volumes .............................................................................26
Transit .............................................................................................28
Traffic Safety .................................................................................30
Roadway Geometry .....................................................................33
Pedestrian and Bicycling Infrastructure ..................................35
Assessment of Opportunities
June 2020
96 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
This Assessment of Opportunities report
summarizes key findings from a review of existing
demographic, land use, and economic conditions
and recent trends. Among the noteworthy
takeaways are:
1. Study area residents enjoy higher incomes and longevity than the average Corpus
Christi resident.....................................................................................................................12
The median household income for the study area is between $75,000 to $99,999, much higher
than the median household income for Corpus Christi, which is $55,709. The average life
expectancy for the census tracts in the study area is 80.5 years, 2.5 years higher than that of
Nueces county and 1.7 years higher than that of Texas.
2. The study area is home to approximately 140 businesses and 1,450 employees....18
Businesses serving regional demand include banks, big box retail like Walmart and the Five Points
Shopping Center, fast food restaurants, restaurant chains, and medical facilities. Restaurants and
schools employ the most workers: 2005 and 200, respectively.
3. Residents spend over $120 million annually on groceries, general merchandise,
clothing, and health and personal care outside the primary trade area...................20
The current supply of grocery stores could double in number or size to meet just resident demand
within the trade area. Residents currently spend over $50 million on groceries outside the trade
area.
4. The study area contains 1.5 million square feet of vacant land zoned for
commercial uses .................................................................................................................22
Commercial parcels vary largely in size. The majority of commercial properties range between
20,000 and 60,000 square feet.A handful of landowners in the area own 56% of the available
vacant land ripe for development, or 29% of the entire study area.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 1 February 2021
KEY TAKEWAYS
5. Traffic volumes along Northwest Boulevard are similar in 2018 to those traffic volumes
collected in 1999..................................................................................................24
A steady, incremental increase of traffic volumes on Northwest Boulevard is expected based on the 20
year Average Annual Daily Trip (AADT) trends.
6. Three fatal collisions in the corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death of one
cyclist and two pedestrians...................................................................................28
Every pedestrian-vehicle collision occurred near an intersection (River Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate
69E).
7. No sidewalks are present for most of the length of Northwest Boulevard........................35
Sidewalks are present directly along Northwest Boulevard on the northside between Calallen High School
campus and Interstate 69E and on the southside between Wildcat Drive and Interstate 69E
8. The 2018 Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility recommends a
cycletrack on either side of Northwest Boulevard...................................................................38
Located between Wildcat Drive and River Hill Drive, this facility would connect the Wood River
neighborhood to the intersection with Highway 77.
2 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 7337
69
358
181
Corpus
Christi
Bay
Nueces Bay
Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Parks and open space
Schools
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 1: Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor
0 1 2 4 mi
Buildings
Parcels
Introduction
Thanks in part to a surge of industrial development in
the Corpus Christi metropolitan area in recent years,
the Calallen area of far-northwest Corpus Christi has
experienced new development. From oil refining and
transportation to steel production, the expansion in these
export industries is bringing wealth and job opportunities
to the region. With this investment comes development
pressure and demand grows for new homes, retailers and
services. The City of Corpus Christi anticipates additional
residential and commercial development, as well as a
new elementary school, in the Northwest Boulevard (FM
624) Corridor, shown below. Plans to build a new steel
factory in Sinton, if realized, could drive additional demand
for new housing and commerce in Calallen. While new
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 3 February 2021
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
development creates new opportunities for people to
live, work and do business in Calallen, it also brings new
challenges, such as more auto traffic, and more demands
on critical infrastructure.
This planning study represents the City of Corpus
Christi’s effort to proactively plan for orderly, attractive
and sustainable growth and development consistent
with the community’s vision. The Northwest Boulevard
Corridor lies 20 miles upriver from downtown Corpus
Christi. The study area comprises a 500-foot buffer to
the north and to the south from Interstate 69 to Wright
Moravek Road (County Road 73) - nearly three miles.
The Nueces River bounds adjacent neighborhoods to
the north, while Interstate 69 presents a physical barrier
to the east. To the west and south, development quickly
transitions from suburban to rural conditions. The Wood
River neighborhood is north of the corridor, and major
anchors include one preschool, two elementary schools,
one high school, River Hills Country Club, Hazel Bazemore
Park, Corpus Christi Medical Center, and retail destinations
including Walmart and the Five Points Shopping Center.
4 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Development History
The Town of Calallen was established in 1910 where
the St. Louis, Brownsville and Mexico railroad crossed
the Nueces River, and grew into a center for agricultural
trade.1 The initial settlement was located to the northeast
of the Northwest Boulevard study area, between what is
today Interstate 37 and the Nueces River.
1 Calallen Independent School District, History of
Calallen, Accessed 20 April 2020, Available at: https://www.
calallen.org/domain/88.
1950
1979
1985
The City of Corpus Christi annexed this area in the 1960s,
and annexed the majority of the Northwest Boulevard
study area in the 1980s and 1990s. Urban development
coincided with annexation; its peak development was in
the 1980s and 1990s, though many current structures
were built prior to annexation.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 5 February 2021
Study area
Annexation Periods
1960s
1970s
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 2: Annexation and Development History
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
1995
2017
1980s
1990s
2000s
Satellite image source: Google Earth
6 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Previous Planning
As a primary artery serving mutliple institutional uses
in Corpus Christi's northwest, Northwest Blvd. has been
subject to numerous citywide, comprehensive, and long-
range planning efforts. They focus on the function of the
roadway, and emphasize the safe balance of user modes,
particularly east of FM 1889.
Plan Major Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Bicycle Mobility Plan, CCMPO,
2018
This plan is Phase I of the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility under the CCMPO.
The major vision goals are 1) develop a cohesive, strategic network of bicycle
facilies that accommodates a diversity of riders 2) Increase the percentage
of trips of all types that are made by bicycle 3) Promote health and wellness
through bicycling and 4) Enhance safety for bicyclists. The plan methods
included developing a community hotspot analysis to determine demand
that was then used for bicycle route selection via network analyst reflecting
community preferences: 1) Off-road trail connections were prioritized over
routes that followed the street network 2) neighborhood streets and minor
collectors were prioritized over busier roadways and 3) streets that pass
through areas adjacent to activity centers were prioritized over streets that
run right through the heart of an activity center or through areas with a
very low concentration of destinations. Once presented and “tested” with
the community for feedback, specific bicycle infrastructure treatments and
facilities were then identified.
As Phase 1 of the Mobility Plan, the Bicycle Mobility
identifies street segments for bikeway infrastructure and
details what types of bicycle facilities are recommended
for each street segment. Community engagement informed
detailed mapping analyses to select routes and suggest
corresponding facility recommendations matching
stakeholder preferences.
This plan recommendations bicycle infrastructure along
Northwest Boulevard between Wildcat Drive and River
Hill Drive in the form of protected cycletracks on either
side of the boulevard located outside of the vehicular
traffic lanes.
Transit Plan 20/20, Corpus Christi
Regional Transportation Authority,
2016
A Five-Year Service Plan was developed based on the existing conditions
report findings and community engagement activities, including surveys,
according to the following themes: upgrades to southside services, more
frequent service on Leopard and Port, expanded Sunday service, more direct
westside service, Downtown/North Beach route improvements, increased
direct routing and frequency in Robstown, consolidated Port Aransas service,
expanded Express service, and improved speed and reliability, which are
organized within the report according to service types and are divided into two
implementation phases. Recommended improvements address service design
(i.e. direct routing, route alignment, route deviations, schedule simplicity),
established performance metrics (i.e. ridership productivity, passenger loads,
schedule reliability, schedule efficiency), and bus stops (i.e. accessibility,
amenities, real time arrival information, etc).
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommendations to improve
current service after comprehensively analyzing the
strengths of the system and identifying gaps in service.
The plan includes recommendations that directly impact
Northwest Boulevard.
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommended
improvements to Route 27, a portion of which operates
along Northwest Boulevard within the study area
corridor. The plan recommends rerouting Route 27
from the I-69 Access Road after looping around the Five
Points Shopping Center to Northwest Boulevard before
turning south onto FM 1889. The reroute will likely
create additional bus stops along Northwest Boulevard
and FM 1889, requiring pedestrian infrastructure
to connect these potential bus stops to the existing
sidewalk network.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 7 February 2021
PlanMajor Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Bicycle Mobility Plan, CCMPO,
2018
This plan is Phase I of the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility under the CCMPO.
The major vision goals are 1) develop a cohesive, strategic network of bicycle
facilies that accommodates a diversity of riders 2) Increase the percentage
of trips of all types that are made by bicycle 3) Promote health and wellness
through bicycling and 4) Enhance safety for bicyclists. The plan methods
included developing a community hotspot analysis to determine demand
that was then used for bicycle route selection via network analyst reflecting
community preferences: 1) Off-road trail connections were prioritized over
routes that followed the street network 2) neighborhood streets and minor
collectors were prioritized over busier roadways and 3) streets that pass
through areas adjacent to activity centers were prioritized over streets that
run right through the heart of an activity center or through areas with a
very low concentration of destinations. Once presented and “tested” with
the community for feedback, specific bicycle infrastructure treatments and
facilities were then identified.
As Phase 1 of the Mobility Plan, the Bicycle Mobility
identifies street segments for bikeway infrastructure and
details what types of bicycle facilities are recommended
for each street segment. Community engagement informed
detailed mapping analyses to select routes and suggest
corresponding facility recommendations matching
stakeholder preferences.
This plan recommendations bicycle infrastructure along
Northwest Boulevard between Wildcat Drive and River
Hill Drive in the form of protected cycletracks on either
side of the boulevard located outside of the vehicular
traffic lanes.
Transit Plan 20/20, Corpus Christi
Regional Transportation Authority,
2016
A Five-Year Service Plan was developed based on the existing conditions
report findings and community engagement activities, including surveys,
according to the following themes: upgrades to southside services, more
frequent service on Leopard and Port, expanded Sunday service, more direct
westside service, Downtown/North Beach route improvements, increased
direct routing and frequency in Robstown, consolidated Port Aransas service,
expanded Express service, and improved speed and reliability, which are
organized within the report according to service types and are divided into two
implementation phases. Recommended improvements address service design
(i.e. direct routing, route alignment, route deviations, schedule simplicity),
established performance metrics (i.e. ridership productivity, passenger loads,
schedule reliability, schedule efficiency), and bus stops (i.e. accessibility,
amenities, real time arrival information, etc).
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommendations to improve
current service after comprehensively analyzing the
strengths of the system and identifying gaps in service.
The plan includes recommendations that directly impact
Northwest Boulevard.
Transit Plan 20/20 includes recommended
improvements to Route 27, a portion of which operates
along Northwest Boulevard within the study area
corridor. The plan recommends rerouting Route 27
from the I-69 Access Road after looping around the Five
Points Shopping Center to Northwest Boulevard before
turning south onto FM 1889. The reroute will likely
create additional bus stops along Northwest Boulevard
and FM 1889, requiring pedestrian infrastructure
to connect these potential bus stops to the existing
sidewalk network.
8 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Plan Major Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Mobility CC, City of Corpus Christi,
2013
Of the eight policies the plan establishes, the following are relevant to the
Northwest Boulevard Study Area:
Policy 1: Integrate street infrastructure that provides balanced transportation
options and design features into street design and construction to create
safe and inviting environments for all users to walk, bicycle, and use public
transportation.
Policy 3: Plan and develop a comprehensive and convenient bicycle and
pedestrian transportation network.
Policy 6: Provide children with safe and appealing opportunities for walking
and bicycling to school in order to decrease rush-hour traffic, and fossil fuel
consumption, encourage exercise and healthy living habits in children, and
reduce the risk of injury to children through traffic collisions near school.
Policy 7: Create safe routes to parks and open spaces.
This document is the transportation element of the city’s
Comprehensive plan. It guides decision-making pertaining
to the planning, design, operation and mainenance of the
city’s transportation networks. It “houses all transportation
related plans, including the City’s Thoroughfare Plan,
Trails Master Plan, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Master Plan (formerly the ADA transition plan), plans for
the installation of roundabouts and road diets at select
locations, and plans for specific street corridors.”
The Urban Transportation Plan establishes roadway
classifications for the city’s streets, broadly categorized into
Local Access Streets, Collectors, Arterials, and Freeways.
The UTP identifies Northwest Boulevard as an “A3
Primary - Arterial Divided” urban street, indicating a
130’-wide right-of-way, up to 6 lanes of traffic, 17.5’ of
distance between curb and property line, and 30,000 to
48,000 maximum average daily trips.
HikeBikeCC recommends 10.26 miles of on-street and
off-street facilities to comprise the Nueces River Trail,
which would connect Northwest Boulvard to the river
via Trinity River Drive, River Walk Drive, and a drainage
corridor through the Wood River subdivision, and
eastward along the river’s south bank to Labonte Park.
Northwest Area Development Plan,
City of Corpus Christi, 2001
Relevant Policy Statements:
A) Environment. (A1): Maintain and/or improve water quality in the Nueces
River - The river provides 2/3 of the City’s drinking water supply.
B) Land Use. (B1e): The expansion of business uses along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) or any other arterial street should be planned and zoned
so that the traffic carrying capacity of the street is protected. West of County
Road 75, commercial uses on Northwest Boulevard should only be allowed
at arterial intersections. (B3): Encourage development of recreational vehicle
parks in the northwest area to capture “Winter Texans” traveling U.S. 77 (IH-
69). (B5): Development along all arterial and expressways will be required to
plant street trees on fifty-foot centers in a tree planting zone located within 10
feet of any property line abutting the street rights-of-way.
C) Annexation. (C1): Pursue annexation of property in advance of
development, particularly, along major roadways for the purpose of creating
compatible land use and development patterns. (C2): Prior to annexation,
develop detailed assessments of infrastructure and action plans for
improving and or replacing inadequate infrastructure in outlying substandard
developments. (C3): The City should aggressively pursue annexation of the
developing areas within the Nueces River watershed within Nueces County.
D) Transportation. (D1a): Relief of traffic congestion along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) and at the Five Points Intersection is a major focus of the
plan recommendations.
E) Public Services. (E3): Create a Nueces River Hike and Bike Trail system with
connections to the Oso Parkway system, and schools, parks and other public
facilities in the Northwest Area.
The Northwest Area Development Plan componnent of
the City’s Comprehensive Plan illustrates the decades-
long attempt to guide transportation and land use
development in an orderly manner that enhances quality
of life. Specifically, it names mobility improvements around
Northwest Boulevard designed to mitigate congestion of its
eastern terminus at the “Five Points Intersection.” Several of
these improvements remain to be funded and constructed.
This plan also indicated the community's desire to improve
the appearance of Northwest Boulevard through three
plantings.
PS D1 Recommendation a1: “Northwest Boulevard is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate 120’
minimum right-of-way, six traffic lanes, and a median.”
PS D1 Recommendation a2: “A two-lane 60-foot
right-of-way loop collector street (south of Wal-Mart) is
proposed between U.S. 77 and the extension of River
East Drive.”
PS D1 Recommendation a3: “County Road 52 is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate
100’ minimum right-of-way, four travel lanes and a
landscaped median.”
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 9 February 2021
PlanMajor Goals Relation to this effort Implementation Details
Mobility CC, City of Corpus Christi,
2013
Of the eight policies the plan establishes, the following are relevant to the
Northwest Boulevard Study Area:
Policy 1: Integrate street infrastructure that provides balanced transportation
options and design features into street design and construction to create
safe and inviting environments for all users to walk, bicycle, and use public
transportation.
Policy 3: Plan and develop a comprehensive and convenient bicycle and
pedestrian transportation network.
Policy 6: Provide children with safe and appealing opportunities for walking
and bicycling to school in order to decrease rush-hour traffic, and fossil fuel
consumption, encourage exercise and healthy living habits in children, and
reduce the risk of injury to children through traffic collisions near school.
Policy 7: Create safe routes to parks and open spaces.
This document is the transportation element of the city’s
Comprehensive plan. It guides decision-making pertaining
to the planning, design, operation and mainenance of the
city’s transportation networks. It “houses all transportation
related plans, including the City’s Thoroughfare Plan,
Trails Master Plan, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Master Plan (formerly the ADA transition plan), plans for
the installation of roundabouts and road diets at select
locations, and plans for specific street corridors.”
The Urban Transportation Plan establishes roadway
classifications for the city’s streets, broadly categorized into
Local Access Streets, Collectors, Arterials, and Freeways.
The UTP identifies Northwest Boulevard as an “A3
Primary - Arterial Divided” urban street, indicating a
130’-wide right-of-way, up to 6 lanes of traffic, 17.5’ of
distance between curb and property line, and 30,000 to
48,000 maximum average daily trips.
HikeBikeCC recommends 10.26 miles of on-street and
off-street facilities to comprise the Nueces River Trail,
which would connect Northwest Boulvard to the river
via Trinity River Drive, River Walk Drive, and a drainage
corridor through the Wood River subdivision, and
eastward along the river’s south bank to Labonte Park.
Northwest Area Development Plan,
City of Corpus Christi, 2001
Relevant Policy Statements:
A) Environment. (A1): Maintain and/or improve water quality in the Nueces
River - The river provides 2/3 of the City’s drinking water supply.
B) Land Use. (B1e): The expansion of business uses along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) or any other arterial street should be planned and zoned
so that the traffic carrying capacity of the street is protected. West of County
Road 75, commercial uses on Northwest Boulevard should only be allowed
at arterial intersections. (B3): Encourage development of recreational vehicle
parks in the northwest area to capture “Winter Texans” traveling U.S. 77 (IH-
69). (B5): Development along all arterial and expressways will be required to
plant street trees on fifty-foot centers in a tree planting zone located within 10
feet of any property line abutting the street rights-of-way.
C) Annexation. (C1): Pursue annexation of property in advance of
development, particularly, along major roadways for the purpose of creating
compatible land use and development patterns. (C2): Prior to annexation,
develop detailed assessments of infrastructure and action plans for
improving and or replacing inadequate infrastructure in outlying substandard
developments. (C3): The City should aggressively pursue annexation of the
developing areas within the Nueces River watershed within Nueces County.
D) Transportation. (D1a): Relief of traffic congestion along Northwest
Boulevard (F.M. 624) and at the Five Points Intersection is a major focus of the
plan recommendations.
E) Public Services. (E3): Create a Nueces River Hike and Bike Trail system with
connections to the Oso Parkway system, and schools, parks and other public
facilities in the Northwest Area.
The Northwest Area Development Plan componnent of
the City’s Comprehensive Plan illustrates the decades-
long attempt to guide transportation and land use
development in an orderly manner that enhances quality
of life. Specifically, it names mobility improvements around
Northwest Boulevard designed to mitigate congestion of its
eastern terminus at the “Five Points Intersection.” Several of
these improvements remain to be funded and constructed.
This plan also indicated the community's desire to improve
the appearance of Northwest Boulevard through three
plantings.
PS D1 Recommendation a1: “Northwest Boulevard is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate 120’
minimum right-of-way, six traffic lanes, and a median.”
PS D1 Recommendation a2: “A two-lane 60-foot
right-of-way loop collector street (south of Wal-Mart) is
proposed between U.S. 77 and the extension of River
East Drive.”
PS D1 Recommendation a3: “County Road 52 is
recommended as an arterial street with an ultimate
100’ minimum right-of-way, four travel lanes and a
landscaped median.”
10 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Resident Demographics
An estimated 11,000 people reside in the five Census
Block Groups adjacent to the study area, as of 2019.2 This
is an 8.3% increase since 2010, nearly 1% per year - just
under the city's rate of 9.8%. Population growth ranged
from 6.3% to 13.8% among the Block Groups to the north,
west, and south of the study area, while it declined 3.1% in
the neighborhood east of I-69.
The median age group of residents is between 35 and 44,
but residents ages 55 and over roughly make up almost a
third (32.3%) of the study area population. Comparatively,
in Corpus Christi, Nueces County, and Texas, residents
ages 55+ only make up about a quarter of their population
(27.7%, 28.1%, and 24.7%, respectively). The percent of
households with children is slightly higher than the county
average (43% and 36%, respectively).3
2 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
3 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
Figure 3: Population change by Censu Block Groups
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
15%3%6%9%12%-3%
-3.1%
10.0%
13.8%
6.3%
9.7%
The study area contains two nursing homes, each with
120 beds: the Windsor Calallen Nursing Home and River
Ridge Nursing and Rehabilitation. Almost 8 in 10 residents
(78.6%) live in family households compared to non-family
households (21.5%) at rates higher to those of the county
and state, where 68.1% of the population live in family
households in Nueces and 69.6% in Texas.4
4 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 11 February 2021
Study area
Study area block groups
Estate residential
Low-density residential
Medium-density residential
Mobile home
Parks and open space
Water
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 4: Adjacent Residential Areas, by Census Block Group
0 0.75 1.5 3 mi
69
37
37
44
4469
Northwest Blvd FM624
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
58.023
12 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
The study area is composed of predominantly white
residents (90.0%), of whom almost half identify with
Hispanic origin (46.6%).5 The median household income
for the study area is $87,253, much higher than the
median household income for Corpus Christi, which is
$53,614. The average life expectancy for the census tracts
in the study area is 80.5 years, 2.5 years higher than that
of Nueces county and 1.7 years higher than that of Texas6,
suggesting that residents have relatively high access to
public health resources.
The study area is majority homeowners (79%), and has a
slightly higher percentage of homeowners compared to
the city (70%). Since 2010, homeownership has decreased
by about 3% within the study area and citywide, likely due
to increases in multi-family development7.
5 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
6 National Center for Health Statistics. U.S. Small-
Area Life Expectancy Estimates Project, 2010-2015]. National
Center for Health Statistics. 2018. Available from: https://
www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/usaleep/usaleep.html.
7 Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010
Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
Source: Calallen ISD
Calallen High School, home of the Wildcats, serves 1,256 students in
grades 9-12. The school is located on Northwest Boulevard, close to
the I-69 intersection.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 13 February 2021
20%40%60%80%100%
Renter
Owner
Five
Block
Groups
Corpus
Christi
78.7%21.3%
56.6%43.4%
Figure 7: Tenure
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
Figure 6: Household income in the past 12 months (in 2018 inflation-adjusted dollars)
20%40%60%80%100%
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
Corpus
Christi
Less than $15,000
$15,000 - $24,999
$25,000 - $49,999
$50,000 - $74,999
$75,000 - $99,999
$100,00 - $149,999
$150,000 or more
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
Figure 5: Household types
20%40%60%80%100%
58.023
58.011
58.012
58.013
37.001
Corpus
Christi
Nueces
County
Texas
Family households
Non-family households
Source: Business Analyst. U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1. Esri forecasts for 2019.
14 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Existing Land Use
The map in Figure 8 shows existing land uses within
the study area as determined for the 2016 Plan CC
Comprehensive Plan. The study area contains a wide
variety of land uses, including agriculture, low- to medium-
density residential, commercial, as well as many currently
vacant lands. Several civic uses such as schools, colleges,
and parks also reside within the study area.
Land Use and Market Analysis
The breadth of land uses indicate the importance of the
study area across a variety of stakeholders in addition
to the challenges of creating an attractive and unified
corridor that accomplishes the collective vision of the City.
The study area and adjacent neighborhoods have large
parcels of land not fully developed; which are currently
zoned as Farm Rural, Multifamily, Neighborhood
Commercial, or General Commercial.8
8 City of Corpus Christi Zoning ShapefileFigure 8: Existing Land Use Map
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 15 February 2021
City limits
Agriculture (1 unit/ 5 acres)
Drainage corridor
Estate residential (1 unit/ 1 acre)
Low-density residential (up to 8
units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (8-22
units/ 1 acre)
Mobile home
Professional office
Commercial
Light industrial
Park and open space
Public and semi-public
Vacant
Future development
Buildings
Water
100-year floodplain
500-year floodplain
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River
Hills
Country
Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Future
elementary
school
Del Mar
College
Walmart
Five
Points
Shopping
Center
Corpus Christi
Medical Center
- Northwest
16 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Figure 9: Current Zoning Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
0 2,000 ft
Study area
Neighborhood Commercial
General Commercial
Farm-Rural
Light Industrial
Neighborhood Office
Multi-family
Two-family
Single-family
Park and open space
Water
69
Current Zoning
Most of the land fronting Northwest Boulevard is zoned
General Commercial, which intends to provide "sufficient
space in appropriate locations for all types of commercial
and service activity, particularly along arterial streets
where a general mixture of such activity now exists."9
Neighborhood Commercial Districts are interspersed
among the General Commercial Districts, near the center
of the study area. These provide areas for commercial
activity such as sale of convenience goods and personal
services that primarily benefit nearby residential areas,"
and are usually have pedestrian access from nearby
residential neighborhoods.10
9 City of Corpus Christi Unified Development
Code, Section 4.5.1.D.
10 Ibid., Section 4.5.1.A.
A significant amount of land within the study area
and adjacent to the south and west is zoned Farm-
Rural, which is intended for land that is "relatively
underdeveloped and agricultural in nature." It is also "the
default zoning district for land newly-annexed to the City,"
and therefore subject to reclassification for appropriate
uses.11
Beyond the study area itself, most adjacent neighborhood
zoning is for residential uses - largely for single family
homes, but also including some multi-family classified
parcels.
11 Ibid., Section 4.3.1.A.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 17 February 2021
Figure 10: Future Land Use Map
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
0 2,000 ft
Study area
High-density residential (more than 13
units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/
acre, including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
69
Future Land Use Designations
PlanCC, the City's comprehensive plan, establishes a
Future Land Use Map (FLUM) to guide development and
redevelopment for the next twenty years. It is not a zoning
map, but rather a guide for decision-makers charged with
making rulings on zoning and land use issues.
The vision of future development in the Northwest
Boulevard Corridor codified in FLUM is for a mix of uses
largely anchored by commercial uses. Government close
to the interstate (Calallen High School, Corpus Christi
Medical Center Northwest, and Del Mar College) remain
in place, while medium density residential comprises a
stretch of the southern side of Northwest Boulevard west
of FM 1889. A handful of parcels between FM 1889 and
County Road 69 do not have FLUM designations.
18 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Housing Stock
The neighborhoods adjacent to the Study Area are
primarily single-family residential. These neighborhoods
contain mostly single-family detached homes, but also
includes multi-family, condos, and the Windsor Calallen
Nursing home, which has 120 beds, or 60 rooms.
There is one recent multi-family development, the Calallen
Apartments, and one planned multi-family development
just south of the new Calallen apartments. There is one
planned single-family development, called River Ridge Unit
4. South of Northwest Boulevard, this proposed 136 lot
development sits north of County Road 52, east of County
Road 69, and at the extension of Riverside Boulevard.
Businesses
The study area is home to approximately 140 businesses
and 1,450 employees.12 As a commercial corridor,
commercial and retail businesses are located immediately
off Northwest Boulevard’s right-of-way, surrounded by
residential neighborhoods, and most of the corridor’s
businesses are clustered on the east side of the study
area, supporting regional demand from Interstate 69.
Businesses serving regional demand include banks, big
box retail like Walmart and the Five Points Shopping
Center, fast food restaurants, restaurant chains, and
medical facilities. Services and local businesses serving
the surrounding neighborhoods include local cafes and
restaurants. Restaurants and schools employ the most
workers: 2005 and 200, respectively.
Despite the high number of jobs in the study area
and adjacent neighborhoods (4,934),13 the majority
of residents commute elsewhere for employment.
Approximately 601 out of 4,558 employed residents live
and work within the study area’s adjacent neighborhoods,
resulting in 4,333 employees commuting into the study
area from other parts of the Corpus Christi area. This daily
inflow and outflow has a large impact on traffic, especially
during peak travel hours. More traffic analysis will be
discussed in the following Transportation Section.
12 Business Analyst. Copyright 2019 Infogroup, Inc.
Esri Total Residential Population forecasts for 2019.
13 OnTheMap, U.S. Census LODES data, 2017
Typology Parcels Land
Area
Appraised
value
Single-family 360 83.3%78.4%
Mobile homes 6 2.4%0.2%
Condominiums 8 1.7%1.2%
Multi-family 2 5.7%11.8%
Two-family 1 0.2%0.2%
Four- or more-family 1 0.4%0.4%
Townhouses 9 5.4%7.7%
Vacant residential land 6 1.0%0.2%
Figure 11: Housing typology within 500’ buffer
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.Regional Opportunity (9)
k
k
kk
k
k Crop out this box in Indesign ¯0 0.25 0.5 0.75 10.125 Miles
CENTENNIAL PARKWAY
U
p
p
e
r
L
a
s
V
e
g
a
s
W
a
s
h
T
r
a
i
l
E DEER SPRINGS WAY
BRUCE WOODBURY BELTWAY
VA
Healthcare
System
Job Creation ZoneHigh School
YMCA
Elementary Schools
Elementary School
Elementary School
Middle and Elementary School
Middle SchoolPark
N COMMERCE STWALNUT RD'
601
4,333 3,957
Figure 12: Workers Inflow and Outflow, 2017
Source: OnTheMap U.S Census LODES data, 2017
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 19 February 2021
Figure 13: Business Industry and Employees Map
Study area
No. of Employees
0-10
11-25
26-50
51+
Source: Business Analyst (ESRI 2019); City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
SIC Code Business Industry Number of
Businesses
Number of
Employees
Sales
Volume
Retail (Eating & Drinking Places, Food Stores, General
Merchandise Stores, Gas Stations, Apparel & Accessory
Stores)
43 606 $162,029,000
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate 16 95 $30,107,000
Services (Health Services, Motion Pictures &
Amusements, Educational Institutions & Libraries,
Automotive Services)
49 539 $93,334,000
Other (Agriculture, Construction, Transportation)31 210 $54,044,000
Figure 14: SIC type and employee count (2019) within 500’ buffer
Source: Business Analyst (ESRI 2019)
Business Industry
Retail (Eating & Drinking Places, Food Stores, General Merchandise
Stores, Gas Stations, Apparel & Accessory Stores)
Finance, Insurance, Real Estate
Services (Health Services, Motion Pictures & Amusements,
Educational Institutions & Libraries, Automotive Services)
Other (Agriculture, Construction, Transportation)
Figure 12: Workers Inflow and Outflow, 2017
20 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Retail Market Analysis
Approximately 60,000 people live within a 15-minute
driving distance of the center of the Northwest Boulevard
study area, which encompasses the towns of Odem
and Edroy to the north, Robstown to the south, and
neighborhoods adjacent to the Leopard Street corridor
eastward to US Highway 358. Households within this
"primary trade area" had an estimated median disposable
income of $47,543 and total disposable income of
$1.28 billion in 2019. The population grew by over 5,000
since 2010 - an annual rate of about 1%. At this rate, the
population will grow by about 2,900 by 202414.
While the study area offers many shopping opportunities,
analysis of sales by retail category within the primary
trade area suggest that residents within the area are
leaving it to make purchases. These categories and their
leakage amounts are:
Food & Beverage Stores: $56.7 million15
This category includes grocery stores of all sizes,
specialty food stores, and beer, wine and liquor stores.
This figure represents about half of the total resident
demand for grocery purchases within the primary trade
area, meaning that the current supply of grocery stores
could double in number or size to meet just resident
demand within the trade area.
General merchandise Stores: $30.5 million
This category includes "big box" discount stores such as
Walmart, smaller "dollar" stores such as Dollar General,
and chain pharmacies. Each of these are found on the
eastern side of the study area. This represents 28% of
overall resident demand, indicating that existing general
merchandise stores meet a greater share of demand for
their products than grocery stores do.
14 U.S. Census Bureau, Census 2010 Summary File 1.
Esri forecasts for 2019 and 2024.
15 Source: Esri and Infogroup. Esri 2019 Updated
Demographics. Esri 2017 Retail MarketPlace.
Primary Trade Area
Figure 15: Primary Trade Area
Study area
15-minute drive area
Source: Business Analyst. Copyright 2019 Infogroup, Inc.
69
37
37
44
Clothing & Accessories Stores: $19.0 million
This includes clothes, shoes, and jewelry. This amount
represents two thirds of total resident demand for clothing
stores. Thus, while the total leakage value is lower than
grocery and general mechandise leakage, this category
is comparatively less saturated within the primary trade
area.
Health and Personal Care Stores: $17.5 million
Trade area residents spend $36.5 million on health and
personal care stores, but study area retailers sell only $19
million in products and services, which means residents
are spending nearly that same amount outside the trade
area.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 21 February 2021
Some retail categories within the trade area sell more
goods and services than its residents consume. This
means people are traveling from outside the trade area to
make these purchases, indicating that these sectors are
already strong attractors, and do not require recruitment
to locate within the study area and meet residents needs.
These categories and their suplus sales amounts are:
Motor Vehicle & Parts Dealers: $139.5 million
Sales within this category are twice the demand among
trade area residents. The cluster of car dealerships along
the US Hwy. 77/I-69 corridorr south of the study area
contributes to the large supply of this category within the
primary trade area.
Gasoline Stations: $27.9 million
Trade area residents spend $64.3 million per year at
gasoline stations, yet area stations sell $92.2 million.
Restaurants: $14.9 million
It is common among trade areas that experience high
levels of commuters to experience higher restaurant sales
than area residents demand. This surplus may be the
result of commuters to the area's numerous employment
centers, such as schools and the medical center, going
out for lunch or dinner.
Above: Retailers at the Five Points Shopping Center located near I-67
offer a mix of clothing, general merchandise, and home goods and
crafts. Source: Google Streetview, August 2015
Below: A neighborhood retail strip shopping center featuring a new
Starbucks location recently opened at County Road 69.
Source: Google Streetview, April 2019
22 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Commercial Characteristics
The study area has large parcels not fully developed;
roughly 1.5 million square feet is vacant parcels zoned
commercial (General Commercial, Neighborhood
Commercial, and Neighborhood Office). Commercial
parcels vary largely in size. The majority of commercial
properties range between 20,000 and 60,000 square feet.
Figure 16: Vacant commercial parcel zoningPercent of Land within 500’ buffer
General
Commercial
39.2%
Neighborhood
Comercial
45.5%
Neighborhood
Office
13.3%
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
All other land
71%
Public/
institutional
10%
AI Development
Inc.
7%
Lontos
Katherin
6%
Robertson
Kevin E ET UX
5%
Figure 17: Major ownershipPercent of Land within 500’ buffer
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
Land Ownership
Given its large amount of vacant land, the study area
is well-positioned to contribute to the city’s economic
development through the development of a live-work
environment. A handful of landowners in the area own
56% of the available vacant land ripe for development,
or 29% of the entire study area. 10% of the study area
is owned by the City and the Callalan ISD, and those
properties are already developed or have development
plans in place.
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 23 February 2021
Catalytic Development Sites
Catalytic development sites, indicated on the following
page, are located where development can fulfill city
and corridor goals, including job creation, improved
transportation and access, or new housing units.
A common issue that complicates development within
this corridor is the location of oil and gas pipelines. Some
pipelines are abandoned, but others remain active. The
unreliability of survey data adds risk and cost to upcoming
development.
A high level review of the following attributes were
considered in the analysis of land for catalytic
development viability:
• Existing zoning
• Proximity to higher traffic volumes
• Adjacent to development for cost-effective
utilization of existing utilities
• Size of site
• Adjacency to Northwest Boulevard
24 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Figure 18: Redevelopment Map
2
1
3
5 4
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Parcels
Vacant Commercial Parcels
In platting/construction process
Catalytic Development Sites
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019. City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Ownership
Lontos Katherine
Al Development Inc
Robertson Kevin E ET UX
Public/ Institutional
Future
HEB
grocery
Future
apartments
The
Lakes at
Northwest
Restaurants
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 25 February 2021
Map
Key
Likelihood to
Change Zoning Future Land Use Acreage Traffic Volume
1 High CN-2 “Neighborhood
Commercial”Commercial 8.907 32,502
2 Very High FR “Farm Rural”Mixed Use 10 32,502
3 Very High FR “Farm Rural”Mixed Use 5 32,502
4 Moderate CN-1 Neighborhood
Commercial N/A 3.95 23,361
5 Moderate CN-1 Neighborhood
Commercial N/A 4.22 23,361
Figure 19: Catalytic development sites
Source: Nueces County Appraisal District, 2019.
2
1
3
5 4
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Future
elementary
school
Office
Office
and
Small
Retail
26 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Transportation Analysis
Traffic Volumes
The Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) average
annual daily traffic (AADT) volumes for vehicles in the
Northwest Boulevard study area in 2018 are illustrated in
the map on the following page. Moving eastward along
Northwest Boulevard from County Road 73 to its eastern
terminus at Interstate I-69, the AADT ranges from 23,361
to 33,512 auto vehicles each day utilizing the corridor.
Auto traffic volumes are higher in the eastern portion
of the study area, as expected, given the proximity to
Interstate I-69 and concentration of intense land uses.
Two traffic count locations (E and F on Figure 20) located
along Interstate 69 have traffic volumes between 45,000
and 62,000 vehicles. Traffic volumes on roads terminating
onto Northwest Boulevard are lower; fewer than 10,000
vehicles currently travel on FM 1889 daily.
A 20-year trend analysis for the traffic count locations
in the study area indicates that the daily traffic volumes
along Northwest Boulevard are similar in 2018 to
those traffic volumes collected in 1999. FM 1889 has
experienced the most stable traffic volumes during
this 20-year period, with traffic volumes on Northwest
Boulevard fluctuating by as much as 10,000 vehicles per
day between the highest and lowest traffic volume counts.
Beginning in 2007 at the start of the Great Recession,
traffic volumes on Northwest Boulevard declined before
starting to grow again in 2010; in 2018 traffic volumes
on Northwest Boulevard were similar to 2007 volumes.
Traffic volumes have fluctuated widely along Interstate
69 in the study area, with traffic volumes doubling from
30,000 to over 60,000 between 2013 and 2018. Much of
this fluctuation is a direct result of construction-related
impacts on Interstate 69.
Pedestrians and cyclists are not included in this count; the
Figure 20: 20-Year AADT Trends for Study Area Count Locations
70,000
60,000
50,000
40,000
30,000
20,000
10,000
19992018200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011201220132014201520162017Count Location A
Count Location B
Count Location C
Count Location D
Count Location E
Count Location F
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 27 February 2021
Figure 21: Average Annual Daily Traffic Counts, 2018
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ft
C D
E
FA
B
Source: Texas Department of Transportation GIS Services
Study area
Count Location A - 6,026
Count Location B- 23,361
Count Location C - 32,502
Count Location D - 33,512
Count Location E - 45,751
Count Location F - 62,090
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Strategic Plan for Active Mobility Phase 1: Bicycle Mobility
Plan includes case studies of cities that have conducted
bicycle counts and recommends bicycle counts be
conducted for performance measures.
A steady, incremental increase of traffic volumes on
Northwest Boulevard was expected based on the 20
year AADT trends. However, taking the evidence of the
decline of traffic in the Great Recession, it is unclear
how the COVID 19 crisis will impact long term trends
on the corridor. Land use changes that are expected
to contribute to the increase of traffic volumes include
the construction of restaurants and limited retail in the
western half of the study area at County Roads 73 and
69, in addition to a residential development west of FM
1889. The possible construction of a new H-E-B store at
FM 1889 and Northwest Boulevard would likely increase
traffic volumes along both segments.
Although there is no bicycle or pedestrian count data
available for this segment of Northwest Boulevard,
newer residential and retail and restaurant uses will likely
increase demand for biking and walking facilities in the
study area. Students living in the recently completed
Calallen Apartments at FM 1889 and future students living
in The Lakes at Northwest subdivision under construction
will need safe infrastructure for both traveling along
Northwest Boulevard and crossing the five-lane roadway
to access area schools on foot or by bike.
28 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Transit
The Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Agency
(CCRTA) operates one local fixed bus route, Route 27,
serving a portion of Northwest Boulevard. Route 27, the
second longest route in the CCRTA system,16 runs from
downtown Corpus Christi westward along Leopard Street
and then south along the I-69 Access Road/US-77 to
Robstown multiple times daily. Route 27 also operates in
tandem with two Parks and Recreation services. One Park-
and-Ride at the Robstown Transfer Station in Robstown,
located at Avenue A and 4th Street, has a maximum
16 Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Authority,
Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
Figure 22: Bus Stops and Bus Routes
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ftSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Study area
Bus Stop
Route 27 (existing)
Route 27 (proposed)
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
capacity of 33 parking spaces. The second Park-and-Ride
in Annaville is located between IH-37 and Leopard Street
immediately west of the Rehfeld Road intersection with a
maximum capacity of 75 parking spaces.
Both the southbound or outbound trips and the north
bound or inbound trips northbound and southbound
routes create a short loop around the Five Points
Shopping Center, which experiences high ridership,
utilizing Northwest Boulevard, Wildcat Drive, and Teague
Lane. Five bus stops serving Route 27 are within the
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 29 February 2021
Source: Corpus Christi Regional Transportation
Authority, Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
Figure 23: Recommended Route 27 Reroutestudy area boundaries, with one bus stop directly along
Northwest Boulevard just east of Wildcat Drive. One of
the reasons why ridership is high on this route along
this segment is because Route 27 maintains the same
schedule and route alignment on the weekends instead
of consolidating the route or operating across a shorter
window of service.
The CCRTA Transit Plan 20/20 recommends changes to
the Route 27 alignment to “serve additional commercial
development along FM 624."17 The suggested reroute will
17 Corpus Christi Regional Transportation Authority,
Transit Plan 20/20, 2016.
30 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
continue west along Northwest Boulevard and turn on
to FM 1889 to reach Robstown Station, rather than by
travelling on US Highway 77. Findings from interviews
conducted with bus operators as part of the Transit Plan
20/20 indicated that there may be pent up demand for
Route 27, especially on weekend mornings,as evidenced
by standing-room only conditions.
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 7337
69
358
181
Corpus
Christi
Bay
Nueces Bay
Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Fatal Crash
Suspected Serious Injury
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Figure 24: Crash Locations and Injury Severity, 2018 - 2019
0 1 2 4 mi
Non-Incapacitating Injury
Possible Injury
No Injury
Unknown Severity
Traffic Safety
Between 2018 and 2019, there were 272 collisions in the
study area corridor involving 579 parties. These crashes
resulted in 3 deaths, 4 suspected serious injuries, 12
crashes with non-incapacitating injuries, 60 crashes
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 31 February 2021
No Injury
Unknown Severity
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
involving possible injury, 188 collisions in which no one
was injured, and 5 collisions with unknown severity.
Mapping the locations of the collisions shows that the
vast majority of crashes in the study corridor occur east
of Wildcat Drive along Northwest Boulevard and along
I-69. When overlayed the curb cut locations shown in
Figure 29, the locations of these crashes correspond
32 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
with the locations of driveways to the commercial and
institutional parcels along Northwest Boulevard. A survey
of corridor images shows that nearly every curb cut, or
driveway, lacks any directional signage in the form of
posted stop signs or painted stop bars for motorists,
indicating that drivers may not be yielding ample right-of-
way time before making turning movements.
Of these 272 incidents, 266 or 98% of collisions involved
only motor vehicles. There was one bike-related and four
pedestrian-related collisions with motor vehicles along
Northwest Boulevard, with an additional “no contact”
collision listed in the crash report data. While the overall
number of collisions involving both motor vehicles and
people biking and walking were low, these were among
the deadliest collisions. The three fatal collisions in the
corridor between 2018 and 2019 resulted in the death
of one cyclist and two pedestrians. The remaining two
pedestrian-vehicle collisions in the corridor during this
time period resulted in non-incapacitating injuries.
Every pedestrian-vehicle collision occurred near an
intersection (River Trail Drive, FM 1889, and Interstate
69E), with the former two pedestrian-vehicle collisions at
unsignalized intersections and the latter two pedestrian-
vehicle collisions at signalized intersections with marked
crosswalks.
The crash report data notes from police reports cited
that the contributing factor in every pedestrian-vehicle
crash was the “pedestrian [failure] to yield right of way
to vehicle,” indicating that safer, formalized pedestrian
crossings of Northwest Boulevard are needed for
pedestrians since 50% of these collisions resulted in the
death of pedestrians. The presence of sidewalks and
traffic signals is discussed below under “Pedestrian and
Bicycling Infrastructure.”
There was no contributing factor listed in the police report
for the bicycle-vehicle collision, although the driver was
reported as “going straight” along Northwest Boulevard.
News reports of the bicyclist fatality describe the incident
as a hit-and-run since the driver did not stop; the 30-year-
old victim was traveling south on Northwest Boulevard
before being struck at approximately 7:00 a.m. on a
weekday morning18. With a posted speed limit of 50 miles
18 ABC News, Kiii TV South Texas, CCPD identify
Figure 25: Northwest Boulevard Bicycle and Pedestrian Crashes
69Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRiver Hills
Country Club
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 2,000 ftSource: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services
Study area
Fatal Crash
Non-Incapacitating Injury
Bicycle Collision
Pedestrian Collision
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 33 February 2021
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
per hour and traffic volume exceeding 30,000 vehicles
daily, any recommended bikeway for this corridor will be
either separated or off-street for maximum user safety.
Existing bikeway conditions are discussed below under
“Pedestrian and Bicycle Infrastructure.”
Roadway Geometry
Between CR 73 and River Hill Drive (a 1.5 mile length),
Northwest Boulevard is 5 lanes across with two driving
lanes in each direction, a center turning lane, and a wide
shoulder on either side.
Between River Hill Drive and Wildcat Drive (1 mile length),
Northwest Boulevard retains two driving lanes in each
direction, with the center turning lane punctuated by
medians to protect left-turning drivers from oncoming
traffic.
East of Wildcat Drive (0.3 mile length), Northwest
Boulevard expands to three driving lanes in each
direction with a median-protected center turn lane. At
the intersection with Interstate 69E, there are three
westbound driving lanes and the eastbound traffic is
divided between one left-turn only lane, a shared left-turn
and through lane, a through lane only, and a right-turn only
lane.
body found along FM 624 in northwest Corpus Christi, July
24,2019. Accessed April 15, 2020.
Figure 26: Northwest Boulevard from CR 73 to River Hill Drive
34 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Figure 27: Northwest Boulevard at Riverside Boulevard
Figure 28: Northwest Boulevard at Interstate 69E Access Road
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 35 February 2021
Pedestrian and Bicycling Infrastructure
No sidewalks are present for most of the length of
Northwest Boulevard in the study area. Sidewalks are
present directly along Northwest Boulevard on the
northside between Calallen High School campus and
Interstate 69E and on the southside between Wildcat Drive
and Interstate 69E. The sidewalk on Calallen High School
campus is approximately six feet wide and separated
from auto traffic by a drainage ditch. This segment is the
only sidewalk in the study area corridor along Northwest
Boulevard that has any shade and this limited shade is
provided by the canopy of trees planted on campus.
East of Wildcat Drive, the existing sidewalks are
immediately adjacent to the roadway with no landscaping
or vegetative buffer between pedestrians and vehicles.
These sidewalks are approximately six feet wide and
cross at least half a dozen driveways on each side of
Northwest Boulevard with no crosswalk markings, painted
stop bars, or stops signs for any of these driveways with
the exception of Chick-fil-A, which has a painted stop bar
and stop sign at its driveway.
Residential sidewalks are present in the subdivided
neighborhood areas immediately adjacent school
campuses,The Lakes at Northwest on FM 1889 south
Northwest Boulevard, and the neighborhood south of
Northwest Boulevard and Calallen High School. There is
generally shade provided by trees along these sidewalks
except for The Lakes at Northwest since this is a newer
subdivision replanted with younger, smaller trees.
However, there is no direct pedestrian connection between
the neighborhood surrounding Wood River Elementary
School and the neighborhood adjacent Calallen High
School. Older students residing in the Wood River
neighborhood have no formalized pedestrian connection
to Calallen High School, which is approximately one mile
away for about half of the neighborhood.
Eight signalized intersections are within the study area: at
Interstate 69E, Wildcat Drive, River East Drive, FM 69, River
Hill Drive, FM 1889/Trinity River Drive, Wood River Drive,
and CR 73. Marked crosswalks serve pedestrians in all
directions at the Northwest Boulevard intersections with
Wildcat Drive, River East Drive, and CR 69. At the River Hill
Drive, a marked crosswalk serves pedestrians crossing
River Hill Drive on the north side of the intersection. At
the Trinity River Drive/FM 1889 intersection, crosswalks
are marked across Northwest Boulevard on the west side
of the intersection and across Trinity River Drive. The
intersections of Northwest Boulevard at CR 73 or at Wood
River Drive do not provide any marked crosswalks.
While people may ride bikes on Northwest Boulevard’s
36 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrStudy area
Mobility CC Recommendations
Off-street bikeways
On-street bikeways
Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility Recommendations
Bike Boulevard
Buffered Bike Lane
Off-road Multi-use Trail
1-way Cycle Track (both sides)
Figure 29: Bicycle and Pedestrian Infrastructure
Existing sidewalks
Driveway
Signalized Intersection
Parks and open space
Schools
Buildings
Parcels
Source: City of Corpus Christi GIS Services, CCMPO, Bicycle Mobility Plan, 2018
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 37 February 2021
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Northwest
Park
38 Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan February 2021
shoulders west of River E Drive, no formal bicycling
facilities are available throughout the study area. The
2018 Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle
Mobility recommends a cycletrack on either side of
Northwest Boulevard between Wildcat Drive and River Hill
Drive, which would connect the Wood River neighborhood
to the Five Points Shopping Center.
The 2013 Mobility CC plan from the City’s Comprehensive
Figure 30: Recommended Bikeways from the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility
Source: CCMPO, Bicycle Mobility Plan. 2018
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan 39 February 2021
Figure 30: Recommended Bikeways from the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility: Phase 1 Bicycle Mobility Figure 31: Proposed Nueces River Hike and Bike Trail
Plan also recommends a hike and bike trail along the
Nueces River, which has the opportunity to connect to the
proposed Phase 1 off-road multi-use trail along the Wood
River ditch and/or with the proposed bike boulevard along
Northwest Trail in the Strategic Plan for Active Mobility.
Although outside the study area corridor, this hike and
bike trail could provide a separated bikeway facility as a
recreational amenity for study area residents and workers.
Source: City of Corpus Christi, Mobility CC Plan, 2013
Northwest Boulevard (FM 624) Corridor Plan
City Council Hearing
March 16, 2021
2
PROJECT OVERVIEW | Study Area
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 7337
69
358
181
Corpus
Christi
Bay
Nueces Bay
Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River Dr0 1 2 4 mi
Nueces RiverHazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Northwest
Park
Calallen High
School
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
69
Wildcat DrCounty Rd 690 500 1,000 2,000 ft
2020
March April May June July August
Phase 1: Understand 1
Phase 2: Envision 2 1
Phase 3: Act 3 2
3
PROJECT OVERVIEW | Timeline
Advisory Committee Meeting
Public Input Meeting
4
VISION & GOALS
VISION
Northwest Boulevard is Calallen’s “Main Street,” providing the amenities of a prosperous neighborhood center in a small, tight-knit community. The Boulevard is a welcoming, diverse, and family-friendly place where people go to shop, gather, invest in businesses, play and raise a family.
Safe, accessible and easy for people of all ages and abilities to get around.
»Congestion is less frequent, making it easier for people to get around and navigate the neighborhood.
»Traffic is calmed, making it safer for people to drive, walk across, and bike along the boulevard.
»Streets and sidewalks are accessible, built to ADA standards.
Prosperous, with a strong local economy anchored by small businesses
»A variety of neighborhood restaurants and retail outlets offer a diverse array of goods, services, and family-friendly experiences
»Businesses can receive support and incentives from public entities to recover from loss of income
Healthy for people and nature, with opportunities to be active outdoors.
»Trees and vegetation provide shade and help drain stormwater
»Trails are easily accessible for walking, hiking and biking
Attractive and orderly, with new development that fits into a cohesive whole
»Public infrastructure is expanded to areas planned for development
»Public art and neighborhood branding convey a sense of place and beautify the public realm.
»Wayfinding signage draws attention to neighborhood attractions and guides visitors
»Regulation of commercial signage ensures a consistent, physical appearance along the Boulevard
GOALS
Northwest Blvd FM624 E Riverview StFM 1889County Rd 73Wood River
Elementary
School Wood River DrE
A
Es
5
CONCEPT PLAN | Overview
Intersection Enhancements
A FM 1889
B CR 69
C Wildcat Drive
D US Hwy 77
Traffic Circulation Partnerships
E Grocery and Neighborhood retail
F Calallen Elementary and High School
Active Transportation Enhancements
Sidepaths
Buffered bike lanes
Shared lane markings
Proposed Future Land Use
Study area
Parks and open space
Water
City Boundary
High-density residen-tial (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residen-
tial (up to 3 units/
acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre, including two-family dwellings)
Light industrial
Permanent open
space
Government
Vacant
Planned develop-
ment
Public Art Opportunity
Gateway Public Art
Art Attraction
u Crosswalk Art
S Mural Art Opportunity
s
SuR
69
Northwest Blvd FM624 Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Wilma
Magee
Elementary
School
Calallen High
School
Leopar
d
St
Calallen
Elementary
School
B
F
DC
s
u u
R S
0 500 1,000 2,000 ft
Mixed use
Commercial
6
2
4
8
5
6
7
3
9
1 High Visibility Crosswalks
Pedestrian Countdown Signals
Pedestrian Refuge Island
Sidepath
Landscaped Median
Reduced lane widths
Shade Trees and planting area
Pedestrian Lighting and Street Banners
Curb extensions on cross streets
CONCEPT PLAN | Model Design for Northwest Blvd
7
TRANSPORTATION STRATEGIES | Overview
1. Reduce Congestion at I-69
2. Improve Intersections for Safety and Mobility
3. Build active infrastructure along roadways
4. Coordinate with ISD to manage traffic demand
8
TRANSPORTATION | Reduce Congestion at I-69
Single Point Urban Interchanges (SPUI):
»Condense two signalized intersections into a single intersection with one set of traffic signals
»Improve efficiency and traffic flow
»Utilize less right-of-way than over interchange typologies, such as clover leaf designs
Phoenix, AZ
51st Street Roundabout, Austin.
Multilane Roundabouts:
»Unsignalized, circular intersection
»Traffic travels in the same direction around a central median in two or more lanes to accommodate exits from the outer lane
9
TRANSPORTATION | Improve Intersections for Safety and Mobility
Study area
Fatal Crash
Non-Incapacitating Injury
Bicycle Collision
Pedestrian Collision
Northwest Blvd FM624
County Rd 69FM1889County Rd 73FM624/I-69 InterchangeFM624/CR69FM624/FM1889FM624/River Trail Dr
Intersection Enhancements
FM 1889 Ped. countdown signals, crosswalks, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
CR 69 Ped. countdown signals, raised crosswalk, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
Wildcat Drive Ped. countdown signals, raised crosswalk, curb extensions, ped. refuge island
US Hwy 77 Ped. countdown signals; high-visibility crosswalks; ped. refuge island.
10
TRANSPORTATION | Build Active Infrastructure
Sidewalk
Sidepath
Northwest Blvd FM624
County Rd 69FM1889County Rd 73Hazel
Bazemore
Park
River Hills
Country Club
Buffered Bike LaneSidepath Shared Lane Markings
Buffered Bike Lane
Shared Lane Markings
Study area
Parks and open space
Schools
11
LAND USE STRATEGIES | Overview
1. Adopt Future Land Use Map Amendment
2. Relax zoning restrictions for businesses adapting to COVID
3. When funding becomes available, continue to provide small business programs that target the long-term impacts of COVID-19
0 2,000 ft
69
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces River
Ri
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
Study area
City Boundary
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre, including two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
12
LAND USE | Existing Future Land Use Map
0 2,000 ft
69
Northwest Blvd FM624
Northwest Blvd FM624E Riverview StFM 1889Wildcat DrCounty Rd 69County Rd 73Nueces RiverRi
v
e
r
w
o
o
d
D
r
Study area
City Boundary
High-density residential (more than 13 units/ acre)
Low-density residential (up to 3 units/ acre)
Medium-density residential (4-13 units/ acre, including
two-family dwellings)
Mixed use
Commercial
Light industrial
Permanent open space
Government
Vacant
Planned development
Water
Convert
“Mixed Use” to
“Medium-density
residential.”
Convert “Commercial,” “High-density residential,”
“Government” and undesignated to “Mixed Use”
Convert “Low Density
Residential” to "Government"
Convert
"Low-density
Residential" to
“Medium-density
residential”
Convert "Commercial" and
"Low-density residential" to
"Mixed Use"
13
LAND USE | Proposed Future Land Use Map
14
STREETSCAPE | Overview
1. Reduce lane widths
2. Enhance planting areas
3. Expand and plant medians
4. Design and install signage and banners
5. Install Public Art
15
STREETSCAPE | Reduce Lane Widths
No pedestrian or bicycling infrastructure
Hardscaped medians
Wide lanes
Limited safe crossings
FM 624 Eastbound near Riverwood Drive.
Reduced lane widths
16
Planting areas
STREETSCAPE | Enhance Planting Areas
Duplantis Design Group
17
BENEFITS
• Less conflict with vehicles along roadway and planting
• More control over type of planting within median
• Prioritize funding for pedestrian realm
• Provide shade for pedestrian and cyclists
• Low Maintenance by using native species and reduction of
tree generated debris on roadway
CONS
• Limited shade on roadway
Ornamental Grasses and
perennials
18” Offset for maintenance
safety and reduce plant over
roadway
STREETSCAPE | Expand and Plant Medians
Ornamental Grasses and perennials
18” Offset for mainteance safety and reduce plant over roadway
Wildflower plantings on medians.
Structured plantings on medians.
Structured plantings on medians with trees.
18
STREETSCAPE | Street Signs
Street Signs
Street Overhead Signage
Option 1
Option 1
Option 2
Option 2
Option 3
Option 3
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Blvd
Northwest Boulevard
Northwest Boulevard Northwest Boulevard
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Five Points
Labonte Park
Calallen High School
Hazel Bazemore Park
Existing Underpass ConditionsToronto Underpass Park.
Underpass Art
Crosswalks near Calallen HSCrosswalks in Lima
Crosswalk Art
19
STREETSCAPE | Install Public Art
Existing Hobby Lobby WallHistoric Walker Lake Mural
Mural
Riverwood DriveGlass totems in Cathedral Square
Sculpture Installation
20
IMPLEMENTATION
»All strategies includes recommended actions and responsible entities
»Implementation actors go beyond the City of Corpus Christi
»TXDOT
»Metropolitan Planning Organization
»Regional Transit Authority
»Calallen ISD
»Nueces County
»Northwest Business Association
21
THANK YOU!
Matt Rufo, AICPProject Manager, Asakura Robinsonmatt@asakurarobinson.com504-301-5542
DATE: February 24, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Heather Hurlbert, Director of Finance & Business Analysis
heatherh3@cctexas.com
361-826-3227
CAPTION:
Ordinance approving the amended Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3 Project &
Financing Plan approved by the Board of Directors of Reinvestment Zone Number Three,
City of Corpus Christi, Texas on January 26, 2021.
SUMMARY:
This Ordinance approves the Sixth Amendment to the Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3
Amended Project and Financing Plan, which will incorporate changes to both the Chaparral Street
Grant Program to include Mesquite Street in the Marina Arts District and the New Tenant
Commercial Finish-Out Grant Program to help expedite micro-grants to small businesses.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
City staff and staff from the Downtown Management District (DMD) continuously evaluate and
seek opportunities to improve the TIRZ #3 Project and Financing Plan to stimulate growth within
the TIRZ #3. Since 2016 when five incentive programs were developed, the TIRZ #3 has utilized
all five programs to leverage approximately $10 million in incentives with over $168 million in
project development. In that time, property values for these developments have increased nearly
$35 million and are expected to significantly increase over the next few years as valuations catch
up to the larger and more recent developments, in addition to projects currently under
construction.
The last amendment to the Project and Financing Plan occurred on September 30, 2020 and
included changes in the programs to provide more aggressive incentives based upon the
remaining rehabilitation hurdles and economics across all five incentive programs.
To improve facilitation of downtown development projects, on January 26, 2021, the Tax
Increment Reinvestment Zone #3 Board made a motion to amend the Project and Financing Plan
to incorporate the following changes to two of the programs.
Ordinance approving Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone (TIRZ) #3
Amended Project and Financing Plan
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
First Reading for the City Council Meeting of March 16, 2021
Second Reading for the City Council Meeting of March 23, 2021
1) Chaparral Street Property Improvement Grant Program
a. Will be renamed the Vacant Building Rehab Program
b. The existing program was created to encourage specific types of development and
activate vacant buildings along Chaparral Street which is identified as a Main
Street for Downtown. While Chaparral Street is still a strong focus, the DMD has
identified property owners along Mesquite Street that are interested in activating
their vacant buildings where this program would facilitate that redevelopment. The
proposed new boundary for both streets would include North Chaparral Street from
Coopers Alley to I-37 and North Mesquite Street from Coopers Alley to I-37.
2) New Tenant Commercial Finish-Out Grant Program
a. The amendment will establish an administrative approval process for the New
Commercial Tenant Finish-Out Program for micro-retail applicants for a grant up
to $10,000. A “typical” micro-tenant occupies less than 1,500 square feet and has
a project cost of less than $50,000. Due to the success of the administrative
approval process for the Streetscape Program and the now quarterly meetings of
the TIRZ #3 Board, this would be an effective tool to move small projects forward
without the need to call a special TIRZ #3 meeting for approval. This program will
also be approved by the City Manager, or his designee, and administered by the
DMD and City Staff. Approved agreements will be reported to the TIRZ #3 Board
at the next Regular Meeting following the award.
ALTERNATIVES:
City Council could choose not to incorporate the sixth amendment to the Project and Financing
Plan or make recommended changes.
FISCAL IMPACT:
N/A
Funding Detail:
Fund: N/A
Organization/Activity: N/A
Mission Element: N/A
Project # (CIP Only): N/A
Account: N/A
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approving the amended Project and Financing Plan.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Ordinance
Amended Project & Financing Plan
Ordinance approving the amended Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone
#3 Project & Financing Plan approved by the Board of Directors of
Reinvestment Zone Number Three, City of Corpus Christi, Texas on
January 26, 2021.
WHEREAS, in 2008, through Ordinance 027996, the City of Corpus Christi created a tax
increment financing district, to be known as “Reinvestment Zone Number Three, Corpus
Christi, Texas,” over a portion of the city that includes the City’s downtown area;
WHEREAS, Ordinance 027996 included a preliminary reinvestment zone financing plan;
WHEREAS, on August 25, 2015, the City Council passed Ordinance 030592, which
approved the “Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3 Amended Project & Financing Plan”;
WHEREAS, the “Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3 Amended Project & Financing
Plan” was last amended by City Council on December 8, 2020;
WHEREAS, on January 26, 2021, the Board of Directors of Reinvestment Zone Number
Three passed a motion recommending an amendment to the “Tax Increment
Reinvestment Zone #3 Amended Project & Financing Plan” that expands the Chaparral
Street Property Improvement Program to allow incentives for properties on N. Mesquite
St and amends the New Commercial Tenant Finish Out Program to allow administrative
approval of grants under $10,000;
WHEREAS, Texas Tax Code Section 311.011(d) provides that the governing body of the
municipality that designated the zone must approve a project plan or reinvestment zone.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL FOR THE CITY OF
CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. The City Council approves the Project Plan and Reinvestment Zone
Financing Plan for Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3, Corpus Christi, Texas for the
Reinvestment Zone Number Three, City of Corpus Christi, Texas, as approved by the
Board of Directors of Reinvestment Zone Number Three on January 26, 2021. A copy of
the Plan is attached hereto and incorporated by reference.
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second
reading on this the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this
the _____ day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
1 | P a g e
Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone #3
Amended Project & Financing Plan
Introduction
Tax Increment Financing is an economic development tool authorized by Chapter 311 of the Texas Tax
Code, through which governments can designate a portion of tax increment to finance improvements to
promote development of a defined area, called a “Reinvestment Zone.” The defined area must meet one
of the five criteria outlined in Chapter 311.
In 2008, through Ordinance 027996, the City of Corpus Christi created Tax Increment Reinvestment Zone
#3 (“TIRZ #3” or “the Zone”), over a portion of the city that includes the city’s Downtown area. There have
been three amendments to the ordinance; expansion of boundaries (April 2009), correction of
termination date (March 2012) and correction of board composition (August 2014). A change in the
economic climate immediately after the creation of TIRZ #3 hindered the performance of the fund and
prevented any investment from occurring.
Throughout this time, there has not been an update to the Preliminary Project & Financing Plan in the
2008 Ordinance. This document, the 2015 Amended Project & Financing Plan, is intended to replace the
previous Project & Financing Plan and any future amendments will modify this version.
This 2015 Amended Project & Financing Plan is based on research conducted for the Downtown Area
Development Plan (DADP), completed. Upon completion of the DADP, there will be an amendment to
refine aspects of the 2015 Amended Project & Financing Plan. TIRZ #3 consists of a Board of Directors
and is supported by the City Manager’s designee, currently the City’s Business Liaison, and the Executive
Director of the Corpus Christi Downtown Management District (DMD).
Second Amendment (FY 2017) – To continue and enhance the Zone’s efforts, this Amendment provides
for programming and services from the DMD; refines some of the Incentive Programs; and provides the
ability for TIRZ funds to be expended for public, cultural and/or historic properties within the Zone.
Updates also include the commitment from Del Mar College’s extended participation to the end of the
Zone.
Note: Schedule of Project Expenditures (Page 7) updated as Exhibit C – FY 2017 Project Plan Budget.
Third Amendment (FY 2018) – this Amendment renames the (5) Site Assembly & Development category
to (5) Site Management & Development and discusses a pilot vacant building program in the Reinvestment
Zone. Additionally, both (6) Parking Management and (7) Traffic Pattern and Streetscapes expand to
authorize funding for implementation. (8) Other Programs and Initiatives expands to include Cultural
District Plan, upon Board’s approval of the DMD’s FY 2018 Scope of Services.
Note: Schedule of Project Expenditures updated as Exhibit C – FY 2018 Project Plan Budget.
Fourth Amendment (FY 2019) – this Amendment extends the four Incentive Programs for an additional
3-year period and includes the new FY 2019 Budget as Exhibit C. It also provides an updated Sources of
Revenue table showing the projected revenue of the TIRZ over time.
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
2 | P a g e
Fifth Amendment (FY 2021) – this Amendment incorporates implementation that occurred in FY 2020 and
refines parameters for more aggressive incentives for FY 21 based upon the remaining rehabilitation
hurdles and economics.
Sixth Amendment (FY 2021) – this Amendment modifies two incentive programs to expand their impact
– New Commercial Tenant Finish Out and Chaparral Street Property Improvement Grant.
Criteria for Zone Creation
The 2008 Project Plan stated that the defined area of TIRZ #3 qualified for designation as a “Reinvestment
Zone” because it suffered from “economic stagnation, inadequate infrastructure, and deteriorating
properties. Without intervention by the public sector, private market forces will not be sufficient to
generate significant development and redevelopment.” Conditions listed that met the Criteria of Chapter
311, Section 005 included:
A substantial number of substandard, slum, deteriorated, or deteriorating structures;
The predominance of defective or inadequate sidewalk or street layout;
Unsanitary or unsafe conditions;
The deterioration of site or other improvements; and
Conditions that endanger life or property by fire or other cause.
According to Chapter 311, these conditions must “substantially arrest or impair the sound growth of the
municipality or county creating the zone, retard the provision of housing accommodations, or constitute
an economic or social liability and be a menace to the public health, safety, morals, or welfare in its
present condition and use.”
Conditions in 2008 met these requirements, as indicated by the Market and Economic Study undertaken
at that time. While our community has benefitted from a boost in economic activity since 2008, the
Downtown did not see the same level of development. This solidifies the 2008 position that conditions
would not be overcome or corrected without significant intervention and assistance from the public
sector.
A Consistent Vision for Downtown
For decades, efforts had been made to improve and revitalize Downtown Corpus Christi, with various
levels of success. The 2006 Downtown Redevelopment Vision resulted in the creation of TIRZ #3, but a
change in environment prevented immediate implementation. Other efforts have included:
2004 – Bayfront Master Plan
2006 – Downtown Redevelopment Report
2013 – Central Business Development Plan
2014 – RUDAT
2015 – Downtown Area Development Plan
The 2006 Redevelopment Report vision statement is consistent with the vision illustrated in the 2015
Downtown Area Development Plan, which is currently in draft form.
“Downtown Corpus Christi is a safe, clean, pedestrian friendly community comprised of a central
business district, arts and culture, sports and entertainment areas. This unique vibrant waterfront
community will provide local residents, tourists and families’ opportunities to enjoy fine restaurants,
shops and residential facilities.”
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
3 | P a g e
Anticipated Zone Role in Downtown Improvements
The 2008 Market and Economic Study indicated the nature of the intervention and assistance needed to
spur economic growth in different areas of the Zone. It stated that the “current structure of Corpus
Christi’s economy, the aging of existing development, and inadequate public infrastructure and facilities
together depress the viability of new development and redevelopment in Downtown.” The 2014 Analysis
of Residential Market Potential repeated those themes, with extra emphasis on residential development
and introduction of the concept of gap financing. Additionally, the 2015 environment has the new dynamic
of regional investment valued at tens of billions of dollars.
The primary functions of TIRZ #3 will be
• To Support Private Sector Development & Investment
• To Plan & Construct Public Improvements
• To Provide Revitalization Focused Programs & Services
The Zone is expected to be one of a variety of planned funding sources and programs that will be acting
in concert to accomplish a changed public environment in Downtown. By improving and enhancing
streets, sidewalks, and public spaces, plus upgrading utilities, the zone and the other programs will
encourage the development of new land uses and the redevelopment or rehabilitation of existing uses.
The intended result is that Downtown will become a vibrant and economically vital urban waterfront
district with a variety of residential, retail, and lodging uses, a strong office base, and popular public
facilities.
Project Plan
Existing Uses and Conditions/Boundaries §311.01 (b) (1)
The Zone includes approximately 856 acres wholly within the City of Corpus
Christi. Its boundaries encompass nearly all of the Downtown area. A very
wide variety of land uses are present within the TIRZ. The boundaries and
land uses within the Zone are shown in Exhibit A. The existing conditions
within the Zone are described generally below. A legal description of the
Zone with a specific accounting for the proposed boundaries is given in
Exhibit B. In the 2015 DADP, the identities of neighborhoods in the
Downtown were emphasized as way to build unifying identities and create
distinct experiences. Each of those regions is described generally below.
SEA District - A large area of publicly owned cultural and entertainment
facilities comprises the north end of the zone. These facilities include:
Port of Corpus Christi’s Ortiz Center
Corpus Christi Museum of Science & History
Art Museum of South Texas
Whataburger Field
American Bank Convention Center & Arena
Harbor
Playhouse
Brewster
Street Icehouse
Heritage Park – Restored Historic Homes, now used as Non-Profit Offices or Cultural Museums.
Moving south, the next few blocks vary between vacant, undeveloped land and low density residential,
bordered to the west by Port facilities and storage space, southeast by the Port of Corpus Christi Offices
and the Federal Courthouse. The southern portion of the SEA District also includes two restaurants, a
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
4 | P a g e
vacant hotel, U-Haul, Fire Station #1 and the historic Nueces County Courthouse. IH 37 is the physical
southern border of this area, with the transition from a highway to on and off ramps coming to surface
grade.
Uptown – South of IH 37, a natural bluff distinguishes the high-rise, office building core of the Uptown.
Broadway marks a topo-graphical change as the edge of a bluff, and the higher elevation area to the west
of the street north of Lipan Street is characterized mainly by professional office uses, some in high-rise
towers. TIRZ #3 picks up two blocks of Uptown, with Tancahua as the west border. Of Downtown’s office
properties, only the Frost Bank building is one of two Class “A” properties. Overall occupancy for the
Downtown office market is around 80 percent.
Outside of the Zone, Uptown continues to include major government anchors, including Corpus Christi
Independent School District Offices, Nueces County Courthouse, a Regional Transportation Authority
Service Center and Corpus Christi City Hall.
Marina Arts District (Downtown Management District) – The area east of Broadway is lower in
elevation and features a walkable pedestrian grid with a mix of land uses, including hotels, office,
residential and retail. The boundary of this neighborhood is based on the petition of property owners
that created the Downtown Management District in 1993. This area is the historic center of Corpus Christi,
but many of the original buildings have been demolished, due to neglect or natural disasters. The last
large wave of construction occurred in the 1980’s. The most recent large scale private investment is
currently under construction, a $27 million residential property with ground floor retail, the
Cosmopolitan. The area is interspersed with surface parking lots and vacant, blighted property. In several
places, public spaces and sidewalks are in deteriorated condition.
Another unique feature of this neighborhood is the Corpus Christi Municipal Marina, spanning three man-
made T-heads along the Bayfront. The Marina is comprised of over 600 slips, several restaurants and the
Corpus Christi Yacht Club, the third oldest yacht club in the Gulf Coast.
Bayshore Park Neighborhood – At Kinney Street, the Zone gets divided by a redundancy of roadways
and a few vacant parcels. This portion of the Zone includes the YMCA, a Greek Orthodox Church, Episcopal
Church, Methodist Church and several parks. Additionally, there is a mix of early 20th century single family
homes and multi-family residential developments. The multi-family developments are truly a diverse mix,
including high rise and mid-rise, market rate and affordable, ownership and rental, constructed at all
different times with various architectural styles. Many of the original homes, especially at the south end
of the neighborhood, have been converted to professional office use. This neighborhood would lend itself
to the revitalization seen in older neighborhoods across the country, however an absence of
neighborhood support services prevents the unification necessary to create this self identity.
A potentially defining feature of this neighborhood is the 34 acres of park land for which the City is
currently undergoing a Design-Build process to complete a Bond 2008 project that relocated traffic lanes
to unite a patchwork of public space. The southeastern corner of the zone includes the Emerald Beach
hotel and Marina del Sol condominiums. This neighborhood abuts the Christus Spohn Shoreline hospital
complex. Christus Spohn Shoreline is just outside TIRZ #3 Boundaries, but the system is planning a $325
million investment in the community in the coming years.
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
5 | P a g e
Municipal Ordinances §311.011 (b) (2)
The City may modify existing ordinances in order to make the area in and around TIRZ #3 more friendly to
the types of residential and recreational activity desired. Some other policies that will be updated include
building design, setbacks and streetscape requirements, in order to establish a built environment that
supports the downtown character.
City Planned Improvements (Non Project Costs) §311.011 (b) (3)
The City of Corpus Christi has over $ million in improvement projects currently funded and in some stage
of planning or construction, independent from this TIRZ #3 Project Plan. The City will continue to use
Bonds packages a major source of public improvement funding.
Relocation §311.011 (b) (4)
No relocation of existing residents is anticipated to be required as part of the Project Plan.
Financing Plan
Estimated Project Cost Description (§311.011 (c) (1) & Kind, Number and Location of TIRZ
Improvements §311.001 (c) (2)
TIRZ #3 is anticipated to participate in projects that support the development and economic activity
projected in the DADP, especially when cost of development creates a gap due to utility or infrastructure
conditions. The initial focus is on residential and mixed-use development. Exceptions may be made to the
guidelines below for catalytic projects with Board approval. Such changes will be incorporated at the next
Project Plan Amendment.
1. Chaparral Street Targeted Vacant Property Improvement Grant Program – This three-year matching
grant program will support and encourage private investment in the built environment along
Chaparral Street and Mesquite Street for active businesses. Due to its “Main Street” characteristics
and its function of connecting the Marina Arts District (Downtown Management District Boundary)
and SEA District, Chaparral Street is a first phase priority for successful revitalization of the Zone.
During FY 2016-2021, TIRZ #3 will make $200,000 available per year to match approved property
improvements funded by the property owners. The Zone will consider from a 50/50, on renovation
costs, depending on how the scope of the project meets the priorities of the Zone. A 20% incentive
cap had been adopted for FY 16 – FY 20 but this will be waived for FY 21. A max of $100,000 is available
Project Source Timeframe Cost Status as of 09/2020
Shoreline Realignment Bond 2008 Ongoing $13,000,000 Done
SEA District Improvements Bond 2012 2015-2016 $500,000 Under Construction
Chaparral St. Phase II Bond 2014 2015-2016 $9,000,000 Done
Water Street Improvements Bond 2014 2015-2016 $5,000,000 Done
Streetscape Improvements Bond 2014 2015-2015 $1,500,000 Done
Wayfinding Program HOT Funds 2015 $200,000 On Hold
Shoreline Crosswalks Bond 2018 2021 Pending Design
Downtown Lighting Bond 2018 2021 Pending Design
Total $29,200,000
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
6 | P a g e
for a single project in a single fiscal year. Applications will be accepted until the allocation is exhausted
for each fiscal year. In FY 2021, the program will be extended to Mesquite Street in the Marina Arts
District to facilitate development of targeted vacant buildings.
2. New Tenant Commercial Finish-Out Grant Program– In order to activate vacant spaces, support
mixed-use developments and the demand for more dining and entertainment venues in the
Downtown, the Zone will reimburse approved leasable new tenant finish-outs at a maximum rate of
$10 per square foot. Additionally, since it has become clear that existing inventory is not white box
ready, 50% of Mechanical, Electrical or Plumbing Costs (Up to $20,000) will be available to the landlord
with a new tenant if that landlord provides a 6-month rent waived lease. First-floor, active street use
projects will be a priority consideration. During FY 2016- 2021, $100,000 will be allocated annually.
Qualified finish out expenses include: floor and wall upgrades, HVAC, kitchen equipment, awnings and
other permanent, semi-permanent fixtures. Grant is reimbursable to the Tenant, but written approval
must come from Landlord in application. Applications will be accepted until the allocation is exhausted
for each fiscal year.
This program will also be available for expedited $10,000 micro -grants to be approved by the City
Manager, or his designee, and administered by DMD and City Staff. Approved agreements will be
reported to TIRZ #3 Board at the next Regular Meeting following award.
3. Downtown Living Initiative – The Residential Demand Study conducted for the DADP stated that over
the next 5 years, 1,850 new units could be absorbed in the greater downtown if the threshold made
investment attractive. Apartment occupancy was 94.2% in the first Quarter of 2015 (industry
considers 96% to be full occupancy). In order to stimulate development, for FY 2016-2021, the Zone
will provide a $10,000 per unit reimbursement grant for multi-family developments of over 3units
that meet the required design criteria. Applications will be accepted until the allocation is exhausted
for each fiscal year, and allocations may be split between years and committed in advance.
4. Project Specific Development Agreement – In situations where higher development costs create a
financing gap, TIRZ #3 can provide assistance to property owners or developers through a
Development Agreement for reimbursement of net new tax increment. A pro-forma is required to
qualify for up to 75% reimbursement of the new taxes for 10 years if a development is 5,000 sq. ft or
creating 25 or more new residential units. If further gap exists, staff will undertake additional third
party review to justify any additional reimbursement, based on the “but, for” principle. The qualifying
cost elements for this Program include:
Environmental Remediation/Code Compliance
Historic Preservation
Structured Parking
Urban Design/Landscaping
Public Improvements/Utilities
Further, Residential Developments over 10 Units may be considered as an individual cost element For
catalytic projects with per unit development cost above $100,000, a 10% threshold will be considered
based on available funding, up to $20,000 per unit.
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
7 | P a g e
5. Site Management & Development – Beginning in FY 2017, TIRZ #3 will develop a program to facilitate
activation of vacant properties within the Zone and propose to City Council adoption of a downtown
vacant building ordinance. The program will establish minimum requirements for vacant properties
and designate registered properties as eligible for incentives or emergency funding. Funding will be
allocated to establish and administer the program.
In order to activate strategically located properties, TIRZ #3 may place properties under option and
work towards developing proposals for development, then assist in acquisition and development of
the properties. Additionally, the Zone may purchase properties outright for redevelopment and
dispose of properties, if approved by the Board.
Under this initiative, funding may also be expended for stabilization or redevelopment of public,
cultural and/or historic properties.
6. Parking Study & Development– In key locations where parking is undersupplied or inadequately
distributed, the Zone can assist in providing public parking facilities such as on-street spaces or off-
street lots and structures. TIRZ #3 will conduct a study in FY 2016 in order to develop a strategic
approach for parking in the Downtown and fund implementation steps. Additionally, the Zone may
support any efforts City may undertake for appropriate parking management infrastructure such as
meters, lot improvements, structured garages and occupancy monitoring systems.
7. Traffic Pattern Study & Streetscapes – TIRZ #3 may contribute to studies for traffic movement and
improvements in roadway infrastructure (repaving, repair, widening, redesign), traffic management
infrastructure (signals, signs), and beautification (landscaping in medians, special lighting, etc.) The
Zone will contribute up to $150,000 for a traffic pattern study as the first phase of this initiative.
Additionally, pedestrian accommodations and streetscapes will be a priority. Funds may also be
expended on implementation of infrastructure improvements, as budgeted and listed below:
Streetscape Program – Funding $200,000 for Right of Way and Façade improvements to increase
lighting and security beginning FY 18, funded annually after. Micro-grants are able to be
administered by DMD and City Staff.
Artesian Park - $150,000 Initial Funding in FY 20, then $50,000 Annual for La Retama & Artesian.
Two Way Conversion Shoreline to Water Street – Up to $400,000 (Funded FY 20, Rolled to FY 21)
General Right of Way Maintenance - $50,000 Annually.
Broadway Bluff Maintenance and Repair Assessment - $150,000 (Funded FY 20, Rolled to FY 21)
8. Other Programs & Initiatives – TIRZ #3 will develop other programs and initiatives that will be
presented to the Board for approval, during the life of the Zone. Each year, the following initiatives
are being added:
FY 2017 - Downtown Management District Bike Share Initiative
FY 2017 - Downtown Management District Expanded Scope of Services
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
8 | P a g e
FY 2018 – Downtown Management District – Cultural District Plan, TIRZ #3 Incentive Programs,
registration process for downtown vacant building program, Streetscape Safety & Right of Way
Improvement Program and Off-Street Parking Improvement Program.
FY 2019- Unified brand implementation and expanding organizational and operational capacity.
FY 2020- Implementation of approved projects from TIRZ #3 Traffic & Planning Analysis,
specifically Artesian Park Upgrades.
FY 2021- Capital Maintenance for public spaces and right of ways throughout the zone and
continued capital maintenance.
9. Management & Professional Services- Zone funds will compensate for the costs of ongoing
administration of the Zone, including but not limited to accounting, legal services, consulting services,
document production and maintenance, and other administrative costs. These costs were originally
estimated at $50,000 per year for the 20-year life of the Zone, but to date the only dollars expended
have been for state reporting requirements. Staff plans to strategically engage outside resources to
evaluate revenue projections and continue to develop innovative, effective programs.
Economic Feasibility Study §311.011 (c) (3)
The 2008 Market and Economic Feasibility Study for TIRZ #3 was completed by CDS Market Research l
Spillette. In 2014 and 2015, Goody Clancy completed additional studies that reflect the more recent
environment, and emphasize the importance of residential development in any revitalization. Those
studies include:
Residential Market Potential (Zimmerman/Volk) – final
Retail Market Analysis & Strategy (Mike Berne) – draft
Hotel, Office, Retail (W-ZHA, Sarah Woodworth) – draft
Incentives & Development Economics (W-ZHA, Sarah Woodworth) – draft
Estimate of Bonded Indebtedness §311.011 (c) (4)
It was not anticipated that TIRZ would issue bonded debt, but would be funded on a pay-as-you-go basis.
If the annual revenue and available non-bonded debt financing are insufficient to address the needs of
TIRZ #3, we may issue bonded debt commensurate with the specific project costs under consideration
and anticipated annual Zone revenues to support debt service payments.
Timing of Incurring Costs or Monetary Obligation §311.011(c) (5)
Costs will be incurred over the life of the Zone based on its Board of Directors’ identification of priority
activities and projects, opportunities for implementation, and available revenues to sustain a pay-as-you-
go project expenditure approach.
The following table summarizes proposed planned expenditures for TIRZ #3 until FY 2019. Another set of
programs will be proposed in FY 2018, based on an assessment of needs at that time.
Schedule of Project Expenditures
FY FY 14-15 FY 15-16 FY 16-17 FY 17-18 FY 18-19
Year 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Beg. Bal $1,563,751 $2,333,342 $1,730,387 $1,540,935 $1,631,307
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
9 | P a g e
+ New Increment1 794,591 997,045 1,160,548 1,440,372 1,615,149
1 Chaparral Street Grant Program2 200,000 200,000 200,000
2 New Tenant Commercial Finish Out
Grant Program2
100,000 100,000 100,000
3 Downtown Living Initiative2 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000
4 Project Specific Development
Agreement3
TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
5 Site Assembly & Development
6 Parking Study & Development 100,000
7 Traffic Pattern Analysis &
Streetscapes
150,000
8 Other Programs & Initiative
9 Management & Professional Services 25,000 50,000 50,000 50,000 50,000
Expenditure Totals 25,000 1,600,000 1,350,000 1,350,000 50,000
TIRZ Ending Balance 2,333,342 1,730,387 1,540,935 1,631,307 3,196,456
Notes:
1 Increment Projection developed by CCREDC, will be monitored closely to ensure program allocations
2 Program allocations will be authorized each Fiscal Year.
3 Incentive available will be based on the amount of investment and increment generated by private sector.
Method of Financing and Sources of Revenue §311.011(c) (6)
Methods of Financing. TIRZ #3 will initially take a primarily pay-as-you-go approach to financing projects
that could utilize the following methods:
Cash funds generated from existing property value increment,
Developer cash reimbursement agreements where the revenues from the Zone’s property tax
increment compensate a developer for fronting eligible expenditures in a specific taxable project.
If future Zone revenues to support debt service payments are anticipated, the Zone may also issue
bonded debt, the term of which will not extend past the expected life of the Zone.
Sources of Revenue. The primary source of revenue for TIRZ #3 will be funds from the contributed
property tax collections of the City of Corpus Christi, Nueces County, and Del Mar College on the taxable
property value increment within TIRZ #3. The City, County, and Del Mar College have agreed to participate
in funding TIRZ #3 with 100% of the incremental property taxes collected over the life of the Zone.. The
assessed value base year for the City of Corpus Christi is 2009; the base year or Nueces County and Del
Mar College is 2010. The 2018 adjusted projection of incremental property tax revenue contributed to
the Zone is as follows:
Sources of Revenue
Year Increment Value Tax Revenue
City County Del Mar City County Del Mar TOTAL
FY 10 $ 8,655,793 $ 50,400 $ - $ - $ 50,400
FY 11 21,931,954 4,698,427 4,674,139 127,703 16,488 12,059 156,251
FY 12 22,782,697 15,449,665 15,290,811 129,988 54,227 39,451 223,666
FY 13 43,910,295 38,988,148 38,041,488 250,533 136,845 98,148 485,526
FY 14 57,920,528 52,767,539 51,604,697 338,988 179,932 129,355 648,275
See Exhibit C for FY 2017
Update of Project Budget
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
10 | P a g e
FY 15 71,728,002 65,346,609 63,906,562 419,798 216,258 158,535 794,591
FY 16 90,003,549 81,996,244 80,189,287 526,758 271,358 198,928 997,045
FY 17 104,763,037 95,442,631 93,339,356 613,140 315,858 231,550 1,160,548
FY 18 130,022,872 118,455,186 115,844,781 760,977 392,016 287,380 1,440,372
FY 19 145,800,015 132,828,691 129,901,537 853,315 439,583 322,251 1,615,149
FY 20 173,112,004 157,710,826 154,235,343 1,013,162 521,928 382,616 1,917,707
FY 21 189,976,968 173,075,373 169,261,300 1,111,867 572,776 419,892 2,104,534
FY 22 207,413,655 188,960,778 184,796,638 1,213,917 625,347 458,431 2,297,695
FY 23 225,441,446 205,384,699 200,858,623 1,319,428 679,700 498,276 2,497,404
FY 24 244,080,379 222,365,390 217,465,110 1,428,515 735,896 539,472 2,703,883
FY 25 263,351,172 239,921,727 234,634,557 1,541,300 793,997 582,065 2,917,362
FY 26 283,275,244 258,073,223 252,386,047 1,657,908 854,068 626,102 3,138,077
FY 27 303,874,743 276,840,056 270,739,314 1,778,469 916,174 671,631 3,366,275
FY 28 325,172,564 296,243,083 289,714,756 1,903,118 980,387 718,704 3,602,209
FY 29 347,192,382 316,303,874 309,333,466 2,031,992 1,046,776 767,373 3,846,141
$ 35,963,109
These estimates will continue to be monitored and adjusted annually.
Current Appraised Value & Estimated Captured Appraised Value §311.011(c)(7), (8)
According to the Nueces County Appraisal District, the 2009 certified taxable appraised value for the Zone
is $310,019,372.
The table above projects taxable value increment captured by the Zone over the remainder of its duration,
if all taxing entities continue participation. Due to differences in policies regarding exemptions and tax
abatements, the captured increment differs among the three jurisdictions. Captured value projections
See Below for FY 2019 Update
of Sources of Revenue
Fiscal Year City County Del Mar Total City County Del Mar TOTAL
FY 10 8,938,611 - - 8,938,611 50,400 - - 50,400
FY 11 21,931,959 4,698,427 4,674,139 31,304,526 127,703 16,488 12,059 156,251
FY 12 22,782,697 15,449,269 15,290,811 53,522,776 129,988 54,227 39,451 223,666
FY 13 43,910,295 38,987,148 38,041,488 120,938,931 250,533 136,845 98,148 485,526
FY 14 56,814,718 51,751,996 50,602,120 159,168,834 332,516 176,474 126,842 635,832
FY 15 61,641,842 57,170,457 55,257,674 174,069,974 359,150 189,203 137,079 685,432
FY 16 73,819,407 81,480,890 80,084,765 235,385,063 447,540 254,977 198,669 901,186
FY 17 82,672,144 96,768,777 95,440,711 274,881,633 501,211 294,266 234,936 1,030,413
FY 18 90,723,843 94,622,680 98,178,819 283,525,342 550,026 287,740 241,676 1,079,442
FY 19 96,280,721 110,962,179 117,040,051 324,282,951 583,715 337,427 288,105 1,209,247
FY 20 105,165,951 111,267,007 123,927,631 340,360,589 637,583 338,354 305,059 1,280,996
FY 21 112,055,614 127,652,230 144,304,130 384,011,974 679,353 388,180 355,218 1,422,751
FY 22 121,974,293 130,414,841 155,674,539 408,063,674 739,486 396,581 383,207 1,519,274
FY 23 130,351,758 147,214,456 178,552,529 456,118,743 790,276 447,667 439,523 1,677,466
FY 24 141,527,057 152,497,010 194,956,096 488,980,162 858,028 463,731 479,902 1,801,661
FY 25 151,580,816 170,089,008 221,442,870 543,112,694 918,980 517,227 545,102 1,981,309
FY 26 164,264,179 178,010,361 243,673,527 585,948,067 995,875 541,315 599,824 2,137,014
FY 27 176,220,443 196,790,562 275,051,046 648,062,051 1,068,361 598,424 677,063 2,343,848
FY 28 190,697,246 207,528,945 304,184,757 702,410,948 1,156,129 631,079 748,778 2,535,986
FY 29 204,825,030 227,919,904 341,971,692 774,716,626 1,241,780 693,086 841,794 2,776,661
Bold=Actuals 12,418,634$ 6,763,292$ 6,752,435$ 25,934,361$
Sources of Revenue
Year Tax RevenueIncrement Value
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
11 | P a g e
assume a 2.5% annual value appreciation rate for existing development, based on actual property value
growth and do not take into account future investments.
Duration of the Zone §311.011(c)(9)
TIRZ #3 will exist until 2028, however, the Board, City and other taxing entities may agree to extend the
Zone.
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
12 | P a g e
List of Exhibits
Exhibit A TIRZ #3 Boundaries and Land Uses
Exhibit B Legal Description
Exhibit C FY 2017 Project Plan Budget
FY 2018 Project Plan Budget
FY 2019 Project Plan Budget
FY 2021 Project Plan Budget
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
13 | P a g e
Exhibit A – Boundaries & Land Use
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
14 | P a g e
Exhibit B - Legal Description of the Zone
BEGINNING AT A POINT on the center line of the Corpus Christi Ship Channel and commonly known as the Corpus Christi – Port
Aransas Waterway at its intersection with the northerly extension of the West right-of-way line of Sam Rankin Street;
Thence Easterly along the centerline of the Corpus Christi – Port Aransas Waterway to its intersection with the northerly
extension of a line parallel with the breakwater 50’ feet on the east side for a point in the Corpus Christi Bay and the Northeast
corner;
Thence Southerly along said line, being 50 feet on the East side and parallel with the breakwater, following the meanders of the
breakwater in the Corpus Christi Bay to its intersection with an “A-2” zoning line approximately 1,000 feet from the shoreline
and parallel with the East right-of-way line of Shoreline Boulevard for a point in the Corpus Christi Bay;
Thence Southwesterly along said “A-2” zoning line extending parallel and approximately 1,040 feet from the East right-of-way
line of South Shoreline Boulevard to its intersection with a second “A-2” zoning line extending parallel and approximately 1,000
feet from an existing 18 foot seawall easement, inside the Marina Del Sol Boat Harbor, for a point in the Corpus Christi Bay;
Thence Southeasterly along said line 200 feet more or less past its intersection with the easterly extension of the south most
boundary of Lot 3, Block 1 of Marina Del Sol Subdivision for a point in the Corpus Christi Bay and the Southeast corner;
Thence Southwest along a line 200 feet more or less to the South and parallel with the extension of the south boundary of Lot
3, Block 1 of Marina Del Sol Subdivision to the Corpus Christi Bay Shoreline;
Thence Northwest along the Corpus Christi Bay Shoreline to its intersection with the extension of the South most boundary of
Lot 3, Block 1 of Marina Del Sol Subdivision;
Thence Southwest along the South boundary of Lot 3, Block 1 of Marina Del Sol Subdivision, 540 feet more or less to the
centerline of Ocean Drive for a point;
Thence Northwest along the centerline of Ocean Drive to its intersection with the centerline of Morgan Avenue;
Thence Southwest along the centerline of Morgan Avenue, to a point in the center line of Santa Fe Street for the Southwest
corner;
Thence Northwest along the centerline of Santa Fe Street to its intersection with the centerline of Hancock Street;
Thence Southeast along the centerline of Hancock Street to its intersection with the centerline of South Tancahua Street:;
Thence Northerly along the centerline of South Tancahua Street, passing Furman, Coleman, Park, Agnes, and Laredo Street, to a
point in the centerline where South Tancahua becomes North Tancahua, and continuing along North Tancahua, passing Kinney,
Blucher, Comanche, Lipan, Leopard, Antelope and Buffalo Street and continuing past IH 37 to its intersection with the
centerline of the existing northwest frontage road of I.H. 37, for a point;
Thence Northeast along the centerline of said existing northwest frontage road of I.H. 37 to its intersection with the South
right-of-way line of West Broadway Street for a point;
Thence along the South right-of-way line of West Broadway Street to its intersection with the westerly extension of the South
right-of-way line of Concrete Street for a point;
Thence Northeasterly along the South right-of-way line of Concrete Street extended, to its intersection with the north right-of-
way line of West Broadway Street, for a point;
Thence Northwesterly along the North right-of-way line of West Broadway Street to the Southeast property line of the City of
Corpus Christi’s Broadway Wastewater Treatment Plant;
Thence Northeasterly along the City of Corpus Christi’s Broadway Wastewater Treatment Plant Southeast property line to its
intersection with the common South boundary line of Lots 1, Block 58 of the Beach Addition;
Thence West along the South boundary line of Lot 1, Block 58 out of the Beach Addition, to its Southwest corner for a point;
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
15 | P a g e
Thence Northwest along the common, West boundary line of Lots 1 thru 6, Block 58, of the Beach Addition, to its intersection
with the South right-of-way line of Resaca Street;
Thence Northeast along the South right-of-way line of Resaca Street to its intersection with the centerline of Tancahua Street,
for a point;
Thence Northwest along the centerline of Tancahua Street to its intersection with the centerline of Port Avenue, for a point;
Thence Southwest along the centerline of Port Avenue, to its intersection with the West right-of-way line of Sam Rankin Street
for an outside corner;
Thence Northerly along the West right-of-way line of Sam Rankin Street and its extension to its intersection with the centerline
of the Corpus Christi – Port Aransas Waterway center line in the Corpus Christi Ship Channel to the POINT OF BEGINNING.
Excluded properties to meet state statute prohibiting Tax Increment Financing Districts from containing 10% or more of the
area used for residential purposes:
Beach Addition Block 55 Lots 10 thru 12
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
16 | P a g e
Exhibit C
Proposed Budget FY 2018:
Year FY 2016 FY 2016 FY 2018 FY 2019
Budget Actual Budget Estimated Proposed Future
Beg. Bal 2,297,833$ 2,253,569$ 2,953,576$ 2,992,483$ 3,388,432$ 2,459,705$
+ Increment Revenue 994,117$ 914,191$ 1,127,852$ 1,070,317$ 1,291,273$ 1,614,091$
1 Chaparral St. Grant Program 200,000$ 71,942$ 200,000$ 100,000$ 200,000$ -$
2 New Tenant Commercial Finish Out Grant Program 100,000$ -$ 100,000$ 15,000$ 100,000$ -$
3 Downtown Living Initiative 1,000,000$ -$ 905,000$ -$ 725,000$ 1,300,000$
4 Project Specific Development Agreement -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ -$
5 Site Management & Development -$ -$ -$ -$ 100,000$ -$
6 Parking Study & Development 100,000$ 98,534$ 50,000$ 50,000$ 150,000$ -$
7 Traffic Pattern Analysis & Streetscapes 150,000$ -$ 150,000$ 150,000$ 500,000$ 1,000,000$
8 Other Programs & Initiatives -$ 350,000$ 350,000$ 395,000$ 420,000$
9 Management & Professional Services 50,000$ 4,801$ 50,000$ 9,368$ 50,000$ 50,000$
TOTAL EXPENDITURES 1,600,000$ 175,277$ 1,805,000$ 674,368$ 2,220,000$ 2,770,000$
End Bal 1,691,950$ 2,992,483$ 2,276,428$ 3,388,432$ 2,459,705$ 1,303,796$
FY 2017
See Below for FY 2018 Update
of Project Budget
See Below for FY 2019 Update
of Project Budget
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
17 | P a g e
Proposed Budget FY 2019:
Proposed Budget FY 2021:
Account Description
Actuals Original Amended Estimated Adopted
2018 - 2019 Budget Budget 2019 - 2020 2020 -2021
2019 - 2020 2019 - 2020
TIRZ#3 Project Plan $18,964.00 $ - $68,145.00 $ - $
-
Chaparral St Grant Program $101,469.00 $200,000.00 $400,000.00 $279,585.00 $200,000.00
New Tenant Commercial Finish Out $61,700.00 $100,000.00 $106,490.00 $14,378.00 $100,000.00
Downtown Living Initiative $
- $ - $1,665,000.00 $1,665,000.00 $
-
Development Tax Reimbursement $
- $ - $15,000.00 $ - $370,000.00
Site Management and Development $152,151.00 $ - $ - $ - $
-
Downtown Vacant Bldg. Code
Enforcement $1,989.50 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 $5,884.00 $25,000.00
Parking Meter Replacement $
- $100,000.00 $100,000.00 $ - $100,000.00
Off-street Parking Improvement $
- $100,000.00 $100,000.00 $ - $
-
Traffic Pattern Analysis $
- $400,000.00 $550,000.00 $550,000.00 $350,000.00
Streetscape & Safety Improvements $18,246.00 $200,000.00 $345,735.00 $348,259.00 $200,000.00
DMD Agreement $376,317.00 $510,000.00 $532,016.00 $532,016.00 $510,000.00
Management & Professional Services $111.00 $4,000.00 $4,000.00 $ - $4,000.00
Transfer to General Fund $55,102.00 $127,082.00 $127,082.00 $127,081.51 $126,924.00
TOTAL EXPENDITURES $786,049.50 $1,791,082.00 $4,063,468.00 $3,522,203.51 $1,985,924.00
See Below for FY 2021 Update
of Project Budget
City of Corpus Christi / Corpus Christi Downtown Management District
18 | P a g e
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Josh Chronley, Interim Assistant Director of Contracts and Procurement
JoshC2@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3169
CAPTION:
Motion authorizing a three-year supply agreement with Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore
Supply Company, of Corpus Christi, Texas, in an amount not to exceed $340,158.00 , to
purchase gate valves for the City Warehouse as a central distribution point, for the Water
and Wastewater Divisions of the Utilities Department, with funding in FY 2021 in an
amount of $113,386.00 available through the Stores Fund.
SUMMARY:
This motion authorizes a three-year supply agreement with Hajoca Corporation dba
Moore Supply Company to purchase gate valves to be stocked by the City Warehouse to
distribute these supplies on an as-needed basis to the Water and Wastewater Division of
the Utilities Department for their operational material needs.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The Utilities Department uses valves to isolate sections of the water distribution system
and the wastewater collection system when making repairs or installing new pipes . The
City Warehouse and Utilities Department crews will use this contract to replace leaking
or broken gate valves that range in size from 3-12 inches so that proper isolation of the
water and wastewater systems can be achieved during field work. This is the first large
supply agreement specifically for Gate Valves in various sizes for the City Warehouse to
distribute to the Water and Wastewater Divisions of the Utilities Department. There has
not been a supply agreement in place prior to this long-term agreement. Due to the
department’s frequent need to purchase these items, a long-term supply agreement will
allow the City Warehouse to keep a well-stocked inventory readily available when
department’s need those materials. The benefit of the solicitation allows for pricing
competitiveness and has shown a cost-saving benefit of 7% in comparison between
Supply Agreement for Gate Valves
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for the City Council Meeting, March 23, 2021
Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore Supply Company and the City of Corpus Christi’s current
year costs per item. The overall savings reduces the cost of procuring these items and
locks it in for three years.
PROCUREMENT DETAIL:
The Contracts and Procurement Department conducted a Request for Bid process to
obtain bids to establish a new three-year supply agreement contract. The City received
six bids and is recommending the award to the lowest responsive responsible bidder,
Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore Supply Company.
ALTERNATIVES:
An alternative to accepting this bid will require the City Warehouse to continue to
purchase these items on an as needed basis, with the possibility of an increased cost per
item due to variable market conditions and changes for specific Gate Valves bought
frequently.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The fiscal impact for Contracts and Procurement in FY 2021 is approximately
$113,386.00. The remaining cost of $226,772.00 will be budgeted through the annual
budget process.
FUNDING DETAIL:
Fund: 5010 Stores
Organization/Activity: 40000 Warehouse Stores
Mission Element: 185 Centralized Purchasing System
Project # (CIP Only): N/A
Account: 520210 Cost of Goods Sold
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of this motion authorizing a three -year supply agreement
with Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore Supply Company for the City Warehouse as
presented.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Bid Tabulation
Supply Agreement
RFB 721 -Gate Valves
Hajoca Corporation dba Moore Supply Company
Item Description Unit QTY Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total Price Unit Price Total Price
1 City Stock No. 3193 - 3" Flange X Flange EA 72 $255.00 $18,360.00 $276.00 $19,872.00 $293.00 21,096.00$ $293.63 21,146.36$ $259.00 18,648.00$ $347.75 25,038.00$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2593FFOL
2 City Stock No. 3194 - 4" Flange X Flange EA 60 $285.00 $17,100.00 $310.00 $18,600.00 $327.30 19,638.00$ $328.11 19,686.60$ $368.00 22,080.00$ $390.50 23,430.00$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2504FFOL
3 City Stock No. 3195 - 6" Flange X Flange EA 36 $385.00 $13,860.00 $400.00 $14,400.00 $437.50 15,750.00$ $438.33 15,779.88$ $482.00 17,352.00$ $518.20 18,655.20$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2506FFOL
4 City Stock No. 3196 - 8: Flange X Flange EA 24 $600.00 $14,400.00 $600.00 $14,400.00 $684.00 16,416.00$ $685.33 16,447.92$ $796.00 19,104.00$ $798.40 19,161.60$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2508FFOL
5 City Stock No. 3197 - 12" Flange X Flange EA 12 $950.00 $11,400.00 $950.00 $11,400.00 $1,312.50 15,750.00$ $1,088.33 13,059.96$ $1,225.00 14,700.00$ $1,287.85 15,454.20$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2512FFOL
6 City Stock No. 3198 - 10" Flange X Flange EA 18 $1,150.00 $20,700.00 $1,270.00 $22,860.00 $1,087.00 19,566.00$ $1,314.41 23,659.38$ $1,585.00 28,530.00$ $1,550.90 27,916.20$
w/hand wheel, AMFC, AFC2510FFOL
7 City Stock No. 3411 - 4" MJ X MJ w/square EA 72 $289.00 $20,808.00 $320.00 $23,040.00 $330.40 23,788.80$ $330.93 23,826.96$ $368.00 26,496.00$ $378.10 27,223.20$
operating nut, AMFC, AFC2504TMLAOL
8 City Stock No. 3334 - 6" MJ X MJ w/square EA 108 $365.00 $39,420.00 $410.00 $44,280.00 $421.90 45,565.20$ $422.50 45,630.00$ $482.00 52,056.00$ $476.05 51,413.40$
operating nut, AMFC, AFC2506MMLMOL
9 City Stock No. 3335 - 8" MJ X MJ w/square EA 72 $585.00 $42,120.00 $625.00 $45,000.00 $671.30 48,333.60$ $672.32 48,407.04$ $796.00 57,312.00$ $766.45 55,184.40$
operating nut, AMFC, AFC2508MMLMOL
10 City Stock No. 3336 - 10" MJ X MJ w/square EA 12 $915.00 $10,980.00 $950.00 $11,400.00 $1,046.50 12,558.00$ $1,048.20 12,578.40$ $1,225.00 14,700.00$ $1,195.30 14,343.60$
operating nut, AMFC, AFC2510MMLMOL
11 City Stock No. 3337 - 12" MJ X MJ w/square EA 18 $1,155.00 $20,790.00 $1,270.00 $22,860.00 $1,324.20 23,835.60$ $1,326.28 23,873.04$ $1,585.00 28,530.00$ $1,512.30 27,221.40$
operating nut, AMFC, AFC2512MMIMOL
12 City Stock No. 3194 - 4" Tapping Flange X MJ EA 18 $335.00 $6,030.00 $320.00 $5,760.00 $416.60 7,498.80$ $417.44 7,513.92$ $449.00 8,082.00$ $482.25 8,680.50$
w/square operating nut, AMFC, AFC2504FFOL
13 City Stock No. 3195 - 6" Tapping Flange X MJ EA 90 $475.00 $42,750.00 $410.00 $36,900.00 $588.00 52,920.00$ $589.24 53,031.60$ $589.00 53,010.00$ $681.70 61,353.00$
w/square operating nut, AMFC, AFC2506FFOL
14 City Stock No. 3196 - 8" Tapping Flange X MJ EA 48 $705.00 $33,840.00 $625.00 30,000.00$ $868.00 $41,664.00 $875.24 $42,011.52 $968.00 $46,464.00 $1,008.60 48,412.80$
w/square operating nut, AMFC, AFC2508FFOL
15 City Stock No. 3197 - 12" Tapping Flange X MJ EA 18 $1,600.00 $28,800.00 $1,270.00 $22,860.00 $1,990.00 35,820.00$ $1,992.67 35,868.06$ $1,933.00 34,794.00$ $2,292.25 41,260.50$
w/square operating nut, AMFC, AFC2512FFOL
$341,358.00 $343,632.00 $400,200.00 $402,520.64 $441,858.00 $464,748.00
J&S Valve, Inc.
Huffman, Texas
Titan Pipe & Supply
Company
Corpus Christi, Texas
Fergusom Enterprises Gajeske Inc.
Corpus Christi,Texas Bloomington, Minnesota Corpus Christi, Texas San Antonio, Texas
City of Corpus Christi
Contracts and Procurement
Buyer: Elizabeth M. Rodriguez
Hajoca Corporation dba
Moore Supply Company
Water Technology
Resources
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 1 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
SUPPLY AGREEMENT NO. 721
GATE VALVES
THIS Gate Valves Supply Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into by and
between the City of Corpus Christi, a Texas home-rule municipal corporation (“City”)
and Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore Supply Company (“Contractor"), effective upon
execution by the City Manager or the City Manager’s designee (“City Manager”).
WHEREAS, Contractor has bid to provide Gate Valves in response to Request for
Bid No. 721 (“RFB”), which RFB includes the required scope of work and all
specifications and which RFB and the Contractor’s bid response are incorporated by
reference in this Agreement as Exhibits 1 and 2, respectively, as if each were fully set
out here in its entirety.
NOW, THEREFORE, City and Contractor agree as follows:
1. Scope. Contractor will provide Gate Valves in accordance with the attached
Scope of Work, as shown in Attachment A, the content of which is incorporated
by reference into this Agreement as if fully set out here in its entirety. “Goods,”
“products”, and “supplies”, as used in this Agreement, refer to and have the same
meaning.
2. Term. This Agreement is for three years. The parties may mutually extend the term
of this Agreement for up to zero additional zero-year periods (“Option Period(s)”),
provided, the parties do so by written amendment prior to the expiration of the
original term or the then-current Option Period. The City’s extension authorization
must be executed by the City Manager or designee.
3.Compensation and Payment. This Agreement is for an amount not to exceed
$340,158.00, subject to approved extensions and changes. Payment will be made
for goods delivered and accepted by the City within 30 days of acceptance,
subject to receipt of an acceptable invoice. Contractor shall invoice no more
frequently than once per month. All pricing must be in accordance with the
attached Bid/Pricing Schedule, as shown in Attachment B, the content of which
is incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if fully set out here in its
entirety. Any amount not expended during the initial term or any option period
may, at the City’s discretion, be allocated for use in the next option period.
Invoices will be mailed to the following address with a copy provided to the
Contract Administrator:
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 2 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Accounts Payable
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, Texas 78469-9277
4.Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator designated by the City is
responsible for approval of all phases of performance and operations under this
Agreement, including deductions for non-performance and authorizations for
payment. The City’s Contract Administrator for this Agreement is as follows:
Robert Presnell
Contracts and Procurement
(361) 826-1750
RobertPRl@cctexas.com
5. Insurance. Before performance can begin under this Agreement, the Contractor
must deliver a certificate of insurance (“COI”), as proof of the required insurance
coverages, to the City’s Risk Manager and the Contract Administrator.
Additionally, the COI must state that the City will be given at least 30 days’
advance written notice of cancellation, material change in coverage, or intent
not to renew any of the policies. The City must be named as an additional insured.
The City Attorney must be given copies of all insurance policies within 10 days of
the City Manager's written request. Insurance requirements are as stated in
Attachment C, the content of which is incorporated by reference into this
Agreement as if fully set out here in its entirety.
6. Purchase Release Order. For multiple-release purchases of products to be
provided by the Contractor over a period of time, the City will exercise its right to
specify time, place and quantity of products to be delivered in the following
manner: any City department or division may send to Contractor a purchase
release order signed by an authorized agent of the department or division. The
purchase release order must refer to this Agreement, and products will remain with
the Contractor until such time as the products are delivered and accepted by
the City.
7.Inspection and Acceptance. City may inspect all products supplied before
acceptance. Any products that are delivered but not accepted by the City must
be corrected or replaced immediately at no charge to the City. If immediate
correction or replacement at no charge cannot be made by the Contractor, a
replacement product may be bought by the City on the open market and any
costs incurred, including additional costs over the item’s bid price, must be paid
by the Contractor within 30 days of receipt of City’s invoice.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 3 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
8. Warranty.
(A) The Contractor warrants that all products supplied under this Agreement
are new, quality items that are free from defects, fit for their intended purpose,
and of good material and workmanship. The Contractor warrants that it has clear
title to the products and that the products are free of liens or encumbrances.
(B)In addition, the products purchased under this Agreement shall be
warranted by the Contractor or, if indicated in Attachment D by the
manufacturer, for the period stated in Attachment D. Attachment D is attached
to this Agreement and is incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if fully
set out here in its entirety.
9. Quality/Quantity Adjustments. Any quantities indicated on the Bid/Pricing
Schedule are estimates only and do not obligate the City to order or accept more
than the City’s actual requirements nor do the estimates restrict the City from
ordering less than its actual needs during the term of the Agreement and including
any Option Period. Substitutions and deviations from the City’s product
requirements or specifications are prohibited without the prior written approval of
the Contract Administrator
10. Non-Appropriation. The continuation of this Agreement after the close of any
fiscal year of the City, which fiscal year ends on September 30th annually, is subject
to appropriations and budget approval specifically covering this Agreement as
an expenditure in said budget, and it is within the sole discretion of the City’s City
Council to determine whether or not to fund this Agreement. The City does not
represent that this budget item will be adopted, as said determination is within the
City Council's sole discretion when adopting each budget.
11. Independent Contractor. Contractor will perform the work required by this
Agreement as an independent contractor and will furnish such products in its own
manner and method, and under no circumstances or conditions will any agent,
servant or employee of the Contractor be considered an employee of the City.
12. Subcontractors. In providing the Goods, Contractor will not enter into
subcontracts or utilize the services of subcontractors.
13. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing
executed by authorized representatives of both parties.
14. Waiver. No waiver by either party of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement waives any subsequent breach of the same.
15. Taxes. The Contractor covenants to pay payroll taxes, Medicare taxes, FICA
taxes, unemployment taxes and all other applicable taxes. Upon request, the City
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 4 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
Manager shall be provided proof of payment of these taxes within 15 days of such
request.
16. Notice. Any notice required under this Agreement must be given by fax, hand
delivery, or certified mail, postage prepaid, and is deemed received on the day
faxed or hand-delivered or on the third day after postmark if sent by certified mail.
Notice must be sent as follows:
IF TO CITY:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Robert Presnell
Warehouse Supervisor
5352 Ayers Street Bldg # 6, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401
(361)826-1750
(361)826-3174
IF TO CONTRACTOR:
Hajoca Corporation, dba Moore Supply Company
Attn: Leandro Al Garcia
Title: Sales
Address; 3817 Acushnet, Corpus Christi, Texas 78413
Phone: (361) 855-5449
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND
THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI AND ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
AGENTS (“INDEMNITEES”) FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY,
LOSS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, SUITS, AND CAUSES OF ACTION OF
WHATEVER NATURE, CHARACTER, OR DESCRIPTION ON ACCOUNT OF
PERSONAL INJURIES, PROPERTY LOSS, OR DAMAGE, OR ANY OTHER KIND
OF INJURY, LOSS, OR DAMAGE, INCLUDING ALL EXPENSES OF
LITIGATION, COURT COSTS, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPERT WITNESS FEES,
WHICH ARISE OR ARE CLAIMED TO ARISE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH A BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS
AGREEMENT BY THE CONTRACTOR OR RESULTS FROM THE NEGLIGENT
ACT, OMISSION, MISCONDUCT, OR FAULT OF THE CONTRACTOR OR ITS
EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE,
INVESTIGATE ALL CLAIMS AND DEMANDS, ATTEND TO THEIR SETTLEMENT
OR OTHER DISPOSITION, DEFEND ALL ACTIONS BASED THEREON WITH
COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CITY ATTORNEY, AND PAY ALL
CHARGES OF ATTORNEYS AND ALL OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES OF
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 5 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
ANY KIND ARISING OR RESULTING FROM ANY SAID LIABILITY, DAMAGE,
LOSS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, SUITS, OR ACTIONS. THE INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE
THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
18. Termination.
(A)The City Manager may terminate this Agreement for Contractor’s failure to
comply with any of the terms of this Agreement. The Contract Administrator must
give the Contractor written notice of the breach and set out a reasonable
opportunity to cure. If the Contractor has not cured within the cure period, the
City Manager may terminate this Agreement immediately thereafter.
(B)Alternatively, the City Manager may terminate this Agreement for
convenience upon 30 days advance written notice to the Contractor. The City
Manager may also terminate this Agreement upon 24 hours written notice to the
Contractor for failure to pay or provide proof of payment of taxes as set out in this
Agreement.
19.Owner’s Manual and Preventative Maintenance. Contractor agrees to provide a
copy of the owner’s manual and/or preventative maintenance guidelines or
instructions if available for any equipment purchased by the City pursuant to this
Agreement. Contractor must provide such documentation upon delivery of such
equipment and prior to receipt of the final payment by the City.
20.Limitation of Liability. The City’s maximum liability under this Agreement is limited
to the total amount of compensation listed in Section 3 of this Agreement. In no
event shall the City be liable for incidental, consequential or special damages.
21. Assignment. No assignment of this Agreement by the Contractor, or of any right
or interest contained herein, is effective unless the City Manager first gives written
consent to such assignment. The performance of this Agreement by the
Contractor is of the essence of this Agreement, and the City Manager's right to
withhold consent to such assignment is within the sole discretion of the City
Manager on any ground whatsoever.
22. Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is considered to be severable and,
if, for any reason, any provision or part of this Agreement is determined to be
invalid and contrary to applicable law, such invalidity shall not impair the
operation of nor affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, but this
Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects as if the invalid or
unenforceable provision or part had been omitted.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 6 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
23.Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflicts or inconsistencies between this
Agreement, its attachments, and exhibits, such conflicts and inconsistencies will
be resolved by reference to the documents in the following order of priority:
A.this Agreement (excluding attachments and exhibits);
B.its attachments;
C.the bid solicitation document including any addenda (Exhibit 1); then,
D.the Contractor’s bid response (Exhibit 2).
24.Certificate of Interested Parties. Contractor agrees to comply with Texas
Government Code Section 2252.908, as it may be amended, and to complete
Form 1295 “Certificate of Interested Parties” as part of this Agreement if required
by said statute.
25.Governing Law. Contractor agrees to comply with all federal, Texas, and City laws
in the performance of this Agreement. The applicable law for any legal disputes
arising out of this Agreement is the law of the State of Texas, and such form and
venue for such disputes is the appropriate district, county, or justice court in and
for Nueces County, Texas.
26.Public Information Act Requirements. This paragraph applies only to agreements
that have a stated expenditure of at least $1,000,000 or that result in the
expenditure of at least $1,000,000 by the City. The requirements of Subchapter J,
Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract and the Contractor
agrees that the contract can be terminated if the Contractor knowingly or
intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter.
27.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior
negotiations, arrangements, agreements and understandings, either oral or
written, between the parties.
(SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS)
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Supply Agreement Standard Form Page 7 of 7
Approved as to Legal Form December 15, 2020
CONTRACTOR
Signature:
Printed Name:
Title:
Date:
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
_________________________________________________
Josh Chronley
Interim Assistant Director, Contracts and Procurement
Date:
Attached and Incorporated by Reference:
Attachment A: Scope of Work
Attachment B: Bid/Pricing Schedule
Attachment C: Insurance Requirements
Attachment D: Warranty Requirements
Incorporated by Reference Only:
Exhibit 1: RFB No. 721
Exhibit 2: Contractor’s Bid Response
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
2/24/2021
Leandro Garcia
SALES
Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT A: SCOPE OF WORK
4.1 Background
The Supplier shall provide gate valves for the City’s Warehouse as outlined in this Scope
of Work. The gate valves are used by the Utilities Department for new service and
maintenance of water and waste water lines.
4.2 Scope of Work
A. The Supplier shall provide gate valves, as outlined on the bid/pricing schedule.
These requirements cover various gate valves used by the City. The products
will be used to restock the City’s Warehouse.
B.The Supplier will cross reference the City’s stock number listed on the bid pricing
sheet. The City agrees not to change the stock numbers assigned to each item
for the duration of the contract.
4.3 Contractor Quality Control
All gate valves will be defect free, properly packed and shipped to ensure a safe
delivery.
4.4 Special Instructions
A.Supplier shall pay for return shipment on any products that arrive in a defective,
unusable or inoperable condition. Supplier must arrange for the return shipment
of damaged products.
B.Supplier shall ship the materials in a specified time frame dictated by the Stores
Supervisor, Robert Presnell to: City’s Warehouse located at 5352 Ayers St., Bldg
# 6, Corpus Christi, Texas 78415.
C.All contract prices are F.O.B destination, inside delivery to the City of Corpus
Christi Facility, freight prepaid.
D.Receipt of products that do not conform to specifications will not be accepted
by the City.
E.Supplier understands and agrees that the City may, at its discretion, cancel any
backorders due to the Supplier’s inability to deliver the product within the set
time frame.
F.Cancellations shall be in writing and sent to Supplier by email, fax or mail.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Page 2 of 2
No restocking fee or payment of any kind shall be owed for orders cancelled
due to Supplier’s inability to meet the deadline delivery date.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
CONTRACTS AND PROCUREMENT DEPARTMENT
BID FORM
RFB No. 721
Gate Valves
PAGE 1 OF 1
Date:
Authortzed &
Signature: �
1.Refer to "Instructions to Bidders" and Contract Terms and Conditions beforecompleting bid.
2.Quote your best price for each item.
3.In submitting this bid, Bidder certifies that:
a.the prices in this bid have been arrived at independently, without consultation,
communication, or agreement with any other Bidder or competitor, for the
purpose of restricting competition with regard to prices.
b.Bidder is an Equal Opportunity Employer, and the Disclos ure of Interest information
on file with City's Contracts and Procurement office, pursuant to the Code of
Ordinances, is current and true.
c.Bidder is current with all taxes due and company is in good standing with all
applicable governmental agencies.
d.Bidder acknowledges receipt and review of all addenda for this RFB.
4.Bidders must not write over or revise the bid form. Bidders will be considered Non
Responsive if the bid form is modified.
Item City Stock No. I Description UNIT QTY
1 3193 EA 72
3" Flange x Flange w/hand
wheel, AMFC, AFC2593FFOL
2 3194 EA 60
4" Flange x Flange w/hand
wheel, AMFC, AFC2504FFOL
3 3195 EA 36
6" Flange x Flange w /hand
wheel, AMFC, AFC2506FFOL
4 3196 EA 24
8" Flange x Flange w/hand
wheel, AMFC, AFC2508FFOL
5 3197 EA 12
12" Flange x Flange w /hand
wheel , AMFC, AFC2512FFOL
Unit Price s ';}..55 .00
s i'fls .oo
s 315, 00
s boo.oo
s 11 I So,oo
Total Price s
/'81��,00 s /1/ /(l(),0 0
s J?J1 '660,00
s
s
IY/-ICJl .oo
,�zoo,oo I
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
6 3198 EA 18 s s 1 O" flange x Flange w /hand C)SJ,Oo 1'7; )00,0()wheel, AMFC, AFC2510FFOL
7 3411 EA 72 s s 4" MJ x MJ w/square operating a.39.a:> PP18c$.oo nut, AMFC, AFC2504TMLAOL
8 3334 EA 108 s s 6" MJ x MJ w/square operating '36&. oo 3 � 1./J(} .. OGnut, AMFC, AFC2506MMLMOL
9 3335 EA 72 s s 8" MJ x MJ w/square operating 5g5 .. oo o/:i; 1.?t> .. oOnut, AMFC, AFC2508MMLMOL
10 3336 EA 12 s s 1 O" MJ x MJ w /square operating
nut, AMFC, AFC2510MMLMOL 9JS .. aJ /01980,Q
11 3337 EA 18 s s 12" MJ x MJ w/square operating l;ISS#OO ;p1 ?90,,, oo
nut, AMFC, AFC2512MMIMOL
12 3194 EA 18 s s 4" Tapping flange x MJ w /square J3S -oo o/030,0C operating nut, AMFC,
AFC2504FFOL
13 3195 EA 90 $ $ 6" Tapping Flange x MJ w/square 4/7.S:,oo o/"�?50#0 operating nut, AMFC, t> AFC2506FFOL
14 3196 EA 48 $ $ 8" Tapping flange x MJ w/square 105,00 '3s1 rro.01> operating nut, AMFC,
AFC2508FFOL
15 3197 EA 18 $ $ 12' Tapping Flange x MJ /6oo. oo :J.8; /i(:t),, 60w /square operating nut, AMFC,
AFC2512FFOL
Total I '·' $ :.. :_ -./:3</0/ l581j )0
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
225 Municipal Approvals List
CITY/ STATE
Kishwaukee WRD (DeKalb) IL Arlington
Baton Rouge LA Belleville
Greenwood LA Corpus Christi
Jefferson Parish LA Deer Park
Lebanon MO El Paso
Bessemer City NC Farmers Branch
Cherryville NC Forth Worth
Dallas NC Galveston
Kings Mountain NC Garland
Landis NC Jersey Village
Ranlo NC Kingsland (MUD)
Cleveland OH Kyle
Clark Public Utility WA Lampasas
Vancouver WA LaPorte
Gillette WY Livingston
Manvel
Contact Information Available Upon Request New Braunfels (NBU)
Onalaska
Pasadena
NJ!/ MATCO-NORCA
Global sourcing. National compliance. Local service.
CALIFORNIA 5595 Fresca Dr., La Palma CA 90623 TEXAS 1150 Silber Rd., Houston TX 77055 ILLINOIS 278 Windy Point Dr., Glendale Heights, IL 60139 GEORGIA 113 Industrial Blvd., Americus, Georgia 31709 NEW YORK PO Box 27, Rt.22, Brewster NY 10509 WEB: www.matco-norca.com
•Phone: 866-532-8306 • Fax: 866-532-8307•Phone: 800-935-5456 • Fax: 713-680-2999•Phone: 844-412-5068 • Fax: 800-640-2252• Phone: 800-433-7526 • Fax: 800-533-5134•Phone: 800-431-2082 • Fax: 845-278-9056EMAIL: mail@matco-norca.com
09/05118
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
TX
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Page 1
Attachment C – Insurance Requirements
I.CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE
A.Contractor must not commence work under this agreement until all insurance required
has been obtained and such insurance has been approved by the City. Contractor
must not allow any subcontractor Agency to commence work until all similar insurance
required of any subcontractor Agency has been obtained.
B.Contractor must furnish to the City’s Risk Manager and Contract Administer one (1) copy
of Certificates of Insurance (COI) with applicable policy endorsements showing the
following minimum coverage by an insurance company(s) acceptable to the City’s Risk
Manager. The City must be listed as an additional insured on the General liability and
Auto Liability policies by endorsement, and a waiver of subrogation is required on all
applicable policies. Endorsements must be provided with COI. Project name and or
number must be listed in Description Box of COI.
TYPE OF INSURANCE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE
Commercial General Liability Including:
1.Commercial Broad Form
2.Premises – Operations
3.Products/Completed Operations
4.Contractual Liability
5.Independent Contractors
6.Personal Injury- Advertising Injury
$250,000 Per Occurrence
C.In the event of accidents of any kind related to this agreement, Contractor must furnish
the Risk Manager with copies of all reports of any accidents within 10 days of the
accident.
II.ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Applicable for paid employees, Contractor must obtain workers’ compensation
coverage through a licensed insurance company. The coverage must be written on a
policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. The
workers’ compensation coverage provided must be in an amount sufficient to assure
that all workers’ compensation obligations incurred by the Contractor will be promptly
met.
B.Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this
Contract, and any extension hereof, at Contractor's sole expense, insurance coverage
written on an occurrence basis, by companies authorized and admitted to do business
in the State of Texas and with an A.M. Best's rating of no less than A- VII.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Page 2
C. Contractor shall be required to submit a copy of the replacement certificate of
insurance to City at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested
change. Contractor shall pay any costs incurred resulting from said changes. All notices
under this Article shall be given to City at the following address:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Risk Manager
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277
D. Contractor agrees that with respect to the above required insurance, all insurance
policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following required provisions:
1.List the City and its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, and elected representatives
as additional insured by endorsement, as respects operations, completed operation
and activities of, or on behalf of, the named insured performed under contract with the
City, with the exception of the workers' compensation policy;
2.Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the City
of Corpus Christi where the City is an additional insured shown on the policy;
3.Workers' compensation and employers' liability policies will provide a waiver of
subrogation in favor of the City; and
4.Provide 30 calendar days advance written notice directly to City of any, cancellation,
non-renewal, material change or termination in coverage and not less than 10 calendar
days advance written notice for nonpayment of premium.
E.Within 5 calendar days of a cancellation, non-renewal, material change or termination
of coverage, Contractor shall provide a replacement Certificate of Insurance and
applicable endorsements to City. City shall have the option to suspend Contractor's
performance should there be a lapse in coverage at any time during this contract.
Failure to provide and to maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of this contract.
F.In addition to any other remedies the City may have upon Contractor's failure to provide
and maintain any insurance or policy endorsements to the extent and within the time
herein required, the City shall have the right to order Contractor to remove the exhibit
hereunder, and/or withhold any payment(s) if any, which become due to Contractor
hereunder until Contractor demonstrates compliance with the requirements hereof.
G.Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to which
Contractor may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or property
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
Page 3
resulting from Contractor's or its subcontractor’s performance of the work covered
under this agreement.
H.It is agreed that Contractor's insurance shall be deemed primary and non-contributory
with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the City of Corpus Christi for
liability arising out of operations under this agreement.
I.It is understood and agreed that the insurance required is in addition to and separate
from any other obligation contained in this agreement.
Bond Requirements:
No bond requirements, therefore, Agreement Section 5 Insurance; Bond subsection 5(B), is
hereby void.
2020 Insurance Requirements
Ins. Req. Exhibit 4-D
Contracts for General Services – Services Performed Offsite
06/08/2020 Risk Management – Legal Dept.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
ATTACHMENT D: WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
Ten year manfacturers' warranty for replacement parts to be provided by the
Contractor at no additional cost on all items.
Page 1 of 2
FQ Revised l .3.2018
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
MATCO-NORCA
Global sourcing. National compliance. Local service.
A WW A UL/FM 225 Series Ductile Iron Resilient Wedge Gate Valve 1.Heavy Duty (Extra Thick) 304 Stainless Steel Stem ..2.304SS bolts protected by wax so bolt stays in factory new condition.3.20 mils epoxy. Every other brand has 8 -12 mils, MAX.4.UL Certified.5.FM Approved.6.NSF-61/NSF/372 certified .7.10 Year Warranty.8.Since AWWA C515-15 was revised (in 2015) this is the ONLY globally sourced valve that meets thenew standard.9.C515 requires a minimum 2 a-rings above the thrust collar and 1 below it. The 225 valve has 3 a-ringsabove and 1 below.10.The top notches on MJ valves have 2 casted "hooks" that "grab" and "hold" the T-Bolt preventingRotation while bolting.11.The closed bolt holes on MJ valves have flat bosses to prevent rotation.12.All handwheel valves also come with an operating nut "nylon tied" to the handwheel.13.Hand wheels have finger grooves cast into them.14.Waterways are concentrically larger than the nominal size of the valve.15.MJ and Flanged valves in stock, in Houston, through 24", including 20" and 18".ROUTE 22 • P.O. BOX 27 •BREWSTER• NEW YORK 10509 • TEL: (800) 431-2082 • (845) 278-7570 • FAX: (800) 640-2252 • (845)
278-9056
1150 SILBER ROAD• HOUSTON• TEXAS 77055 (800) 935-5456 • FAX: (800) 683-4247
5593 FRESCA DRIVE• LA PALMA• CALIFORNIA 90623 (866) 532-8306 • (866) 532-8307
ATTACHMENT D: WARRANTY
Page 2 of 2
DocuSign Envelope ID: 1B2F9B06-B3E5-4E1B-B0B5-107163C610B0
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Kevin Smith, Director of Aviation
Kevins4@cctexas.com
(361) 289-0171
Josh Chronley, Interim Assistant Director of Contracts and Procurement
Joshc2@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3169
CAPTION:
Resolution authorizing a five-year service agreement with Global ARFF Services, LLC of
Houston, Texas, in an amount not to exceed $394,530.36 for aircraft rescue fire truck
inspections, maintenance, and repairs, for the Corpus Christi International Airport (CCIA),
with FY 2021 funding in an estimated amount of $78,906.07 available through the Airport
Fund.
SUMMARY:
This Resolution authorizes a five-year service agreement with Global ARFF Services,
LLC for annual testing, inspections, maintenance, and repairs of four aircraft rescue fire
trucks at CCIA. to remain in compliance within the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA)
guidelines.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
This is the first large service agreement to purchase Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks
inspections, maintenance, repairs, parts, or fabricated parts, to ensure compliance with
the FAA that conducts annual testing of the rescue units for CCIA.
Global ARFF Services, LLC, a subsidiary of Siddons Martin Emergency Group LLC, is a
sole source provider authorized to sell Oshkosh manufactured parts . It is the only
proprietary vendor that is authorized to resell manufacturer parts and services for the
aircraft fire units. Due to the functional need, this service agreement allows CCIA to
Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Inspections Maintenance and Repairs for CCIA
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for the City Council Meeting March 23, 2021
purchase exclusively through this sole source manufacturer. This will also allow CCIA the
needed safety services to remain in compliance with FAA.
ALTERNATIVES:
This is the only proprietary vendor that is authorized to resell manufacturer parts and
services for the aircraft fire units.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The fiscal impact for CCIA in FY 2021 is approximately $78,906.07. The remaining cost
of $315,624.29 will be budgeted through the annual budget process.
Funding Detail:
Fund: 4610 Airport
Organization/Activity: 35050 Airport Public Safety
Mission Element: 272 Mng Airport Operations
Project # (CIP Only): none
Account: 530230 Equipment maintenance
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of this resolution authorizing a five-year service agreement
with dba Global ARFF Services, LLC for CCIA as presented.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Price Sheet
Resolution
Service Agreement
Page 1 of 2
Resolution authorizing a five-year service agreement with Global ARFF Services,
LLC of Houston, Texas, in an amount not to exceed $394,530.36 for aircraft
rescue fire truck inspections, maintenance, and repairs, for the Corpus Christi
International Airport, with FY 2021 funding in an estimated amount of $78,906.07
available through the Airport Fund.
WHEREAS, this item is a service agreement for the inspection and repair of
Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks located at Corpus Christi International Airport, including
replacement parts;
WHEREAS, State law provides that such procurements, as outlined above, are
subject to statutory procurement requirements, including competitive bids, unless an
exception applies;
WHEREAS, there is a statutory exception for this procurement in Local
Government Code, Section 252.022(a) (2), as this purchase is necessary to preserve or
protect the public health or safety of the municipality’s residents;
WHEREAS, there is a statutory exception for this procurement in Local
Government Code, Section 252.022(a) (7) (A), as this purchase is available from only
one source due to special processes or patents; and
WHEREAS, there is a statutory exception for this procurement in Local
Government Code, Section 252.022(a) (7) (D), as this purchase is for component parts
of existing equipment.
Be it resolved by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas:
Section 1. The City Council specifically finds that the foregoing statements included in
the preamble of this resolution are true and correct and adopt such findings for all intents
and purposes related to the authorization of this procurement.
Section 2. The City Manager, or designee, is authorized to execute all documents
necessary to secure a purchase procured by the method of a Sole Source for Aircraft
Rescue Fire Trucks’ Inspections, and Repairs through the Airport Fund in FY 2021
with Global ARFF Services, LLC of Houston, Texas in an amount not to exceed
$394,530.36.
Page 2 of 2
PASSED AND APPROVED on the ______ day of _________, 2021:
Paulette M. Guajardo _______________________
Roland Barrera _______________________
Gil Hernandez _______________________
Michael Hunter _______________________
Billy Lerma _______________________
John Martinez _______________________
Ben Molina _______________________
Mike Pusley _______________________
Greg Smith _______________________
ATTEST: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Contracts and Procurement
Buyer: Elizabeth M. Rodriguez
ITEM DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE 3 YEAR PRICE TOTAL
1 Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire
Trucks – CCIA
Unit No. 1015 – Rescue 1
Unit No. 1063 – Rescue 2
Unit No. 1064 – Rescue 3
Unit No. 1078 – Rescue 4
Year One
4 Ea 1,983.86 7,935.44$
2 Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire
Trucks – CCIA
Unit No. TBD– Rescue 1 Unit No. 1063 – Rescue 2
Unit No. 1064 – Rescue 3
Unit No. 1078 – Rescue 4
Year Two
4 Ea 8,173.52$
3 Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire
Trucks - CCIA
Unit No. TBD – Rescue 1 Unit No. 1063 – Rescue 2
Unit No. 1064 – Rescue 3
Unit No. 1078 – Rescue 4
Year Three
4 Ea 8,418.72$
4 Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire
Trucks - CCIA
Unit No. TBD – Rescue 1 Unit No. 1063 – Rescue 2
Unit No. 1064 – Rescue 3
Unit No. 1078 – Rescue 4
Year Four
4 Ea $ 2,167.82 8,671.28$
$ 2,043.38
$ 2,104.68
Siddeons-Martin Emergency Group, Gloabal ARFF
San Antonio, Texas
PRICE SHEET
City of Corpus Christi
Sole Source
Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Inspections Repairs and Maintenance
PAGE 1
Contracts and Procurement
Buyer: Elizabeth M. Rodriguez
5 Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire
Trucks – CCIA
Unit No. TBD – Rescue 1 Unit No. 1063 – Rescue 2
Unit No. 1064 – Rescue 3
Unit No. 1078 – Rescue 4
Year Five
4 Ea $ 2,232.85 8,931.40$
LABOR AND REPAIRS
6 Labor – Regular Hours (Monday – Friday, 8AM – 5PM)Year One 250 Hrs $ 132.50 33,125.00$
7 Labor – Regular Hours (Monday – Friday, 8AM – 5PM) Year Two 250 Hrs $ 136.50 34,125.00$
8 Labor – Regular Hours (Monday – Friday, 8AM – 5PM)Year Three 250 Hrs 35,125.00$
9 Labor – Regular Hours (Monday – Friday, 8AM – 5PM) Year Four 250 Hrs 36,125.00$
10 Labor – Regular Hours (Monday – Friday, 8AM – 5PM)Year Five 250 Hrs 37,500.00$
11 Labor –After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, Emergencies
Year One 100 Hrs 15,250.00$
12 Labor –After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, Emergencies
Year Two 100 Hrs 15,750.00$
13 Labor –After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, Emergencies
Year Three 100 Hrs 16,250.00$
14 Labor –After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, Emergencies
Year Four 100 Hrs 16,750.00$
15 Labor –After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, Emergencies
Year Five 100 Hrs 17,250.00$
16 Travel and Lodging - Allowance 5 Yrs 8,750.00$
$ 162.50
$ 167.50
$ 172.50
$ 1,750.00
PRICE SHEET
Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Inspections Repairs and Maintenance
Sole Source
City of Corpus Christi
$ 144.50
$ 150.00
$ 152.50
$ 157.50
$ 140.50
PAGE 2
Contracts and Procurement
Buyer: Elizabeth M. Rodriguez
Mark-up
% +/-
Total Parts
17 PARTS / MATERIALS / FABRICATION
(five-year estimate)
8 %86,400.00
394,530.36$ GRAND TOTAL
Estimated Spend
$80,000.00
Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Inspections Repairs and Maintenance
Sole Source
City of Corpus Christi
Siddeons-Martin Emergency Group, Gloabal ARFF
San Antonio, Texas
PRICE SHEET
PAGE 3
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 1 of 8
SERVICE AGREEMENT NO. 3311
AIRCRAFT RESCUE FIRE TRUCKS REPAIRS INSPECTIONS AND
MAINTENANCE
THIS Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Repairs, Inspections, and Maintenance Agreement
("Agreement") is entered into by and between the City of Corpus Christi, a Texas
home-rule municipal corporation (“City”) and Global ARFF Services, LLC
(“Contractor"), effective upon execution by the City Manager or the City Manager’s
designee (“City Manager”).
WHEREAS, Contractor has bid to provide Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Repairs,
Inspections, and Maintenance in response to Request for Bid/Proposal No. 3311
(“RFB/RFP”), which RFB/RFP includes the required scope of work and all specifications
and which RFB/RFP and the Contractor’s bid or proposal response, as applicable, are
incorporated by reference in this Agreement as Exhibits 1 and 2, respectively, as if each
were fully set out here in its entirety.
NOW, THEREFORE, City and Contractor agree as follows:
1.Scope. Contractor will provide Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks Repairs, Inspections, and
Maintenance (“Services”) in accordance with the attached Scope of Work, as
shown in Attachment A, the content of which is incorporated by reference into
this Agreement as if fully set out here in its entirety, and in accordance with Exhibit
2.
2.Term. This Agreement is for five years, with performance commencing upon the
date of issuance of a notice to proceed from the Contract Administrator or the
Contracts and Procurement Department, or the performance date listed in the
notice to proceed, whichever is later. The parties may mutually extend the term
of this Agreement for up to zero additional zero -year periods (“Option Period(s)”),
provided, the parties do so by written amendment prior to the expiration of the
original term or the then-current Option Period. The City’s extension authorization
must be executed by the City Manager or designee.
3.Compensation and Payment. This Agreement is for an amount not to exceed
$394,530.36, subject to approved extensions and changes. Payment will be made
for Services completed and accepted by the City within 30 days of acceptance,
subject to receipt of an acceptable invoice. Contractor shall invoice no more
frequently than once per month. All pricing must be in accordance with the
attached Bid/Pricing Schedule, as shown in Attachment B, the content of which
is incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if fully set out here in its
entirety. Any amount not expended during the initial term or any option period
may, at the City’s discretion, be allocated for use in the next option period.
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 2 of 8
Invoices will be mailed to the following address with a copy provided to the
Contract Administrator:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Accounts Payable
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, Texas 78469-9277
4.Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator designated by the City is
responsible for approval of all phases of performance and operations under this
Agreement, including deductions for non-performance and authorizations for
payment. The City’s Contract Administrator for this Agreement is as follows:
Name:Chief, John Hyland
Department: Corpus Christi International Airport
Phone: (361) 289-0171 Ext. 1221
E-mail: tylerm@cctexas.com
5.Insurance; Bonds.
(A)Before performance can begin under this Agreement, the Contractor must
deliver a certificate of insurance (“COI”), as proof of the required insurance
coverages, to the City’s Risk Manager and the Contract Administrator.
Additionally, the COI must state that the City will be given at least 30 days’
advance written notice of cancellation, material change in coverage, or intent
not to renew any of the policies. The City must be named as an additional insured.
The City Attorney must be given copies of all insurance policies within 10 days of
the City Manager's written request. Insurance requirements are as stated in
Attachment C, the content of which is incorporated by reference into this
Agreement as if fully set out here in its entirety.
(B)In the event a payment bond, a performance bond, or both, are required of
the Contractor to be provided to the City under this Agreement before
performance can commence, the terms, conditions, and amounts required in the
bonds and appropriate surety information are as included in the RFB/RFP or as
may be added to Attachment C, and such content is incorporated here in this
Agreement by reference as if each bond’s terms, conditions, and amounts were
fully set out here in its entirety.
6.Purchase Release Order. For multiple-release purchases of Services to be
provided by the Contractor over a period of time, the City will exercise its right to
specify time, place and quantity of Services to be delivered in the following
manner: any City department or division may send to Contractor a purchase
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 3 of 8
release order signed by an authorized agent of the department or division. The
purchase release order must refer to this Agreement, and Services will not be
rendered until the Contractor receives the signed purchase release order.
7.Inspection and Acceptance. Any Services that are provided but not accepted by
the City must be corrected or re-worked immediately at no charge to the City. If
immediate correction or re-working at no charge cannot be made by the
Contractor, a replacement service may be procured by the City on the open
market and any costs incurred, including additional costs over the item’s
bid/proposal price, must be paid by the Contractor within 30 days of receipt of
City’s invoice.
8.Warranty.
(A)The Contractor warrants that all products supplied under this Agreement
are new, quality items that are free from defects, fit for their intended purpose,
and of good material and workmanship. The Contractor warrants that it has clear
title to the products and that the products are free of liens or encumbrances.
(B)In addition, the products purchased under this Agreement shall be
warranted by the Contractor or, if indicated in Attachment D by the
manufacturer, for the period stated in Attachment D. Attachment D is attached
to this Agreement and is incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if fully
set out here in its entirety.
(C)Contractor warrants that all Services will be performed in accordance
with the standard of care used by similarly situated contractors performing similar
services.
9.Quality/Quantity Adjustments. Any Service quantities indicated on the Bid/Pricing
Schedule are estimates only and do not obligate the City to order or accept more
than the City’s actual requirements nor do the estimates restrict the City from
ordering less than its actual needs during the term of the Agreement and including
any Option Period. Substitutions and deviations from the City’s product
requirements or specifications are prohibited without the prior written approval of
the Contract Administrator.
10.Non-Appropriation. The continuation of this Agreement after the close of any
fiscal year of the City, which fiscal year ends on September 30th annually, is subject
to appropriations and budget approval specifically covering this Agreement as
an expenditure in said budget, and it is within the sole discretion of the City’s City
Council to determine whether or not to fund this Agreement. The City does not
represent that this budget item will be adopted, as said determination is within the
City Council's sole discretion when adopting each budget.
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 4 of 8
11.Independent Contractor. Contractor will perform the work required by this
Agreement as an independent contractor and will furnish such Services in its own
manner and method, and under no circumstances or conditions will any agent,
servant or employee of the Contractor be considered an employee of the City.
12.Subcontractors.In performing the Services, Contractor will not enter into
subcontracts or utilize the services of subcontractors.
13.Amendments and Changes. This Agreement may be amended or modified only
by written change order signed by both parties. Change orders may be used to
modify quantities as deemed necessary by the City. Any changes that alter the
method, price, or schedule of work must be allowable, allocable, within the scope
of any federal grant or cooperative agreement, and reasonable for the
completion of the project scope.
14.Waiver. No waiver by either party of any breach of any term or condition of this
Agreement waives any subsequent breach of the same.
15.Taxes. The Contractor covenants to pay payroll taxes, Medicare taxes, FICA
taxes, unemployment taxes and all other related taxes. Upon request, the City
Manager shall be provided proof of payment of these taxes within 15 days of such
request.
16.Notice. Any notice required under this Agreement must be given by fax, hand
delivery, or certified mail, postage prepaid, and is deemed received on the day
faxed or hand-delivered or on the third day after postmark if sent by certified mail.
Notice must be sent as follows:
IF TO CITY:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: John Hyland
Title: Chief of Public Safety
Address: Corpus Christi International Airport
1000 International Drive, Corpus Christi, Texas 78406
Phone: (361)289-0171 Ext.1221
IF TO CONTRACTOR:
Global ARFF Services, LLC
Attn: Shayne Lawrence
Title: Service Manager
Address: 1610 E. Main Street, Waxahachie, Texas 75165
Phone: (877) 912-9991
Cell: (214) 538-4739
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 5 of 8
17.CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND
THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI AND ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
AGENTS (“INDEMNITEES”) FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITY,
LOSS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, SUITS, AND CAUSES OF ACTION OF
WHATEVER NATURE, CHARACTER, OR DESCRIPTION ON ACCOUNT OF
PERSONAL INJURIES, PROPERTY LOSS, OR DAMAGE, OR ANY OTHER KIND
OF INJURY, LOSS, OR DAMAGE, INCLUDING ALL EXPENSES OF
LITIGATION, COURT COSTS, ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND EXPERT WITNESS FEES,
WHICH ARISE OR ARE CLAIMED TO ARISE OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH A BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OF THIS
AGREEMENT BY THE CONTRACTOR OR RESULTS FROM THE NEGLIGENT
ACT, OMISSION, MISCONDUCT, OR FAULT OF THE CONTRACTOR OR ITS
EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. CONTRACTOR MUST, AT ITS OWN EXPENSE,
INVESTIGATE ALL CLAIMS AND DEMANDS, ATTEND TO THEIR SETTLEMENT
OR OTHER DISPOSITION, DEFEND ALL ACTIONS BASED THEREON WITH
COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE CITY ATTORNEY, AND PAY ALL
CHARGES OF ATTORNEYS AND ALL OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES OF
ANY KIND ARISING OR RESULTING FROM ANY SAID LIABILITY, DAMAGE,
LOSS, CLAIMS, DEMANDS, SUITS, OR ACTIONS. THE INDEMNIFICATION
OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE
THE EXPIRATION OR EARLIER TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.
18.Termination.
(A)Termination for Cause. The City Manager may terminate this Agreement for
Contractor’s failure to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement. The
Contract Administrator must give the Contractor written notice of the breach and
set out a reasonable opportunity to cure. If the Contractor has not cured within
the cure period, the City Manager may terminate this Agreement immediately
thereafter.
(B)Termination for Convenience. Alternatively, the City Manager may terminate
this Agreement for convenience upon 30 days advance written notice to the
Contractor. The City Manager may also terminate this Agreement upon 24 hours
written notice to the Contractor for failure to pay or provide proof of payment of
taxes as set out in this Agreement. In the event of termination for convenience,
the Contractor will be compensated for all Services performed prior to the date
of termination. The City shall have no further obligations to the Contractor.
19.Effect of Breach. In addition to the remedy of termination, if the Contractor violates
or breaches any provision of the Agreement, the City may pursue any other claims
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 6 of 8
or causes of action available under the law. No specific sanctions or penalties
apply to this Agreement except those that are otherwise available under the law.
20.Limitation of Liability. The City’s maximum liability under this Agreement is limited
to the total amount of compensation listed in Section 3 of this Agreement. In no
event shall the City be liable for incidental, consequential or special damages.
21.Assignment. No assignment of this Agreement by the Contractor, or of any right
or interest contained herein, is effective unless the City Manager first gives written
consent to such assignment. The performance of this Agreement by the
Contractor is of the essence of this Agreement, and the City Manager's right to
withhold consent to such assignment is within the sole discretion of the City
Manager on any ground whatsoever.
22.Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is considered to be severable and,
if, for any reason, any provision or part of this Agreement is determined to be
invalid and contrary to applicable law, such invalidity shall not impair the
operation of nor affect those portions of this Agreement that are valid, but this
Agreement shall be construed and enforced in all respects as if the invalid or
unenforceable provision or part had been omitted.
23.Order of Precedence. In the event of any conflicts or inconsistencies between this
Agreement, its attachments, and exhibits, such conflicts and inconsistencies will
be resolved by reference to the documents in the following order of priority :
A.this Agreement (excluding attachments and exhibits);
B.its attachments;
C.the bid solicitation document including any addenda (Exhibit 1); then,
D.the Contractor’s bid response (Exhibit 2).
24.Certificate of Interested Parties. Contractor agrees to comply with Texas
Government Code Section 2252.908, as it may be amended, and to complete
Form 1295 “Certificate of Interested Parties” as part of this Agreement.
25.Governing Law. Contractor agrees to comply with all federal, Texas, and City laws
in the performance of this Agreement. The applicable law for any legal disputes
arising out of this Agreement is the law of the State of Texas, and such form and
venue for such disputes is the appropriate district, county, or justice court in and
for Nueces County, Texas.
26.Public Information Act Requirements. This paragraph applies only to agreements
that have a stated expenditure of at least $1,000,000 or that result in the
expenditure of at least $1,000,000 by the City. The requirements of Subchapter J,
Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract and the Contractor
agrees that the contract can be terminated if the Contractor knowingly or
intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter.
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 7 of 8
27.Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the
parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior
negotiations, arrangements, agreements and understandings, either oral or
written, between the parties.
28.Federal Funding Requirements. This project is subject to requirements provided for
the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) and/or other federal agencies. A set of
Federal Requirements has been attached as Attachment E, the content of which
is incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if fully set out here in its
entirety. The Contractor must comply with Attachment E while performing the
Services. The Contractor will insert in any subcontracts all Federal
Provisions/Requirements contained in the Agreement, such other clauses as the
FAA, or its designee may by appropriate instructions require and a clause requiring
the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The
prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor
or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses.
[Signature Page Follows]
Service Agreement Standard Form – Airport Page 8 of 8
CONTRACTOR
Signature:
Printed Name:
Title:
Date:
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
_____
Josh Chronley
Interim Assistant Director, Contracts and Procurement
Date:
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM
_________________________________________________
Assistant City Attorney Date
Attached and Incorporated by Reference:
Attachment A: Scope of Work
Attachment B: Bid/Pricing Schedule
Attachment C: Insurance and Bond Requirements
Attachment D: Warranty Requirements
Attachment E: Federal Requirements
Incorporated by Reference Only:
Exhibit 1: RFB/RFP No. 3311
Exhibit 2: Contractor’s Bid/Proposal Response
Page 1 of 2
ATTACHMENT A: SCOPE OF WORK
PROJECT NAME: Corpus Christi International Airport Public Safety Preventive
Maintenance and Performance Inspections of Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting (ARFF)
Vehicles.
PROJECT ADDRESS: Corpus Christi International Airport
1000 International Drive
Corpus Christi, TX 78406
SCOPE OF WORK:
I.The Contractor shall provide Preventive Maintenance and Performance
Inspections. for the Airport Public Safety Department to verify that each
apparatus is performing to the manufacturer’s, National Fire Protection (NFPA) 41,
Standard for Aircraft Rescue and Fire Fighting Vehicles (Current Addition), and
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) AC 150/5220-10 Section 6.4, Guide
Specifications for ARFF vehicles.
II.The designated inspector must have attended training and be authorized to
conduct the inspections as per the manufacturer’s requirements. Proper
documentation, including a verification certificate to perform, inspections and
repairs, and itemized documentation report for each vehicle must be provided
to the Contract Administrator.
III.Contractor shall submit an estimate to the Contract Administrator for any repairs
that will be needed.
IV.Preventive Maintenance and Performance Inspection of ARFF Vehicles shall
include but is not limited to the following systems:
a.Drive Train Components (including, engine, cooling, transmission, exhaust,
brake, electrical, hydraulic, suspension, and fuel systems)
b.Fire Suppression Systems (including Agent tanks, piping, couplings, valves, fire
pump, pressure relief valves, drains, level indicator lights and sensors, water
tank including overflows).
c.AFFF Foam System (including tank, drains, piping, valves, turrets, discharges,
intakes, gauges, nozzles, flushing, AFFF transfer pump, foam proportioning
including a verification of correct percentage of flow from each discharge).
d.Vehicle turrets including High Reach and Low Attack Turrets, under truck
nozzles and both dual agent and single agent handlines as applicable.
e.Dry Chemical System (including hydrostatic test dates, piping, valves, tanks,
Nitrogen cylinders,
f.Closed Circuit and Thermal Imaging Camera Systems (including monitors,
cameras, and DVRs).
Page 2 of 2
g.Electrical System and Warning Devices (including batteries, alternator, battery
charger, emergency and work lighting, spot and flood lights, scene lights,
audible warning devices, power receptacles and auxiliary generator.
h.Testing (including AFFF Conductivity, Speed and acceleration, Drop Tank,
agent flow distancing and pattern)
V.Contractor shall coordinate with Administrator so that the inspection and testing
process shall occur at CCIA prior to the annual FAA Part 139 Inspection.
Typically, this inspection occurs in the month of June each year but is subject to
change. Contractor shall provide a complete itemized inspection report of the
whole vehicle including any discrepancies, and an estimate cost for parts and
repairs for each discrepancy.
VI.Contractor shall perform testing and preventive inspections on the following
vehicles:
Rescue 1 (R1) Unit 1015*
2001 Oshkosh IT 1500-S
Serial #: 10TBK8Z1S070406
Class 4 ARFF Vehicle
*This unit will be replaced in 2021 with a new Oshkosh Global Stryker 1500
w/ HRET and will be part of the inspection and testing SA for years two
through five of this agreement. Administrator will notify vendor when
new vehicle is placed in service and the unit number.
Rescue 2 (R2) Unit 1063
2018 Oshkosh Global Stryker 1500 w/ HRET
Serial #: 10TADLJF5JA785037
Class 4 ARFF Vehicle
Rescue 3 (R3) Unit 1064
2006 E-One Titan HPR 4x4
Serial # 4ENGAAA8161000081
Class 4 ARFF Vehicle
Rescue 4 (R4): Unit 1078
2008 Ford F550 /Crash Rescue Quick Attack vehicle
Serial #: 1FDXX46Y38ED61800
ATTACHMENT B: QUOTE/PRICING SCHEDULE
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
QUOTE FORM
1.Refer to "Sample Service Agreement" Contract Terms and Conditions before completing quote.
2.Quote your best price, including freight, for each item.
3.In submitting this quote, vendor certifies that the prices in this quote have been arrived at
independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement with any other vendor or
competitor, for the purpose of restricting competition with regard to prices.
Invitation to quote, FOB Destination, Freight Included, on the following:
DESCRIPTION QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE PRICE TOTAL
ANNUAL INSPECTIONS
Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks -CCIA Unit No. 1015 -Rescue 1 7,935.44 Unit No. 1063 -Rescue 2 4 Ea 1,98 3.86 Unit No. 1064 -Rescue 3 Unit No. 1078 -Rescue 4
Year One
Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks -CCIA Unit No. TBD-Rescue 1 8,173.52 Unit No. 1063 -Rescue 2 4 Ea 2,043.38 Unit No. 1064 -Rescue 3 Unit No. 1078 -Rescue 4
Year Two
Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks -CCIA Unit No. TBD -Rescue 1 8,41 8.72 Unit No. 1063 -Rescue 2 4 Ea 2,104.68 Unit No. 1064 -Rescue 3 Unit No. 1078 -Rescue 4
Year Three
Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks -CCIA Unit No. TBD -Rescue 1 8,671.28 Unit No. 1063 -Rescue 2 4 Ea 2,167.82 Unit No. 1064 -Rescue 3 Unit No. 1078 -Rescue 4
Year Four Annual Testing & Preventative Inspection for Aircraft Rescue Fire Trucks -CCIA Unit No. TBD -Rescue 1 8,931.40 Unit No. 1063 -Rescue 2 4 Ea 2,232.85 Unit No. 1064 -Rescue 3 Unit No. 1078 -Rescue 4
Year Five
Page 1 of 2
LABOR AND REPAIRS
Labor -Regular Hours 33,125.00 (Monday-Friday, 8AM -5PM) 250 Hrs 132.50
Year One
Labor -Regular Hours 34,125.00 (Monday-Friday, 8AM -5PM) 250 Hrs 136.50
Year Two
Labor -Regular Hours 35,125.00 (Monday-Friday, 8AM -5PM) 250 Hrs 140.50
Year Three
Labor -Regular Hours 36,125.00
(Monday-Friday, 8AM -5PM) 250 Hrs 144.50
Year Four
Labor -Regular Hours 37,500.00 (Monday-Friday, 8AM -5PM) 250 Hrs 150.00
Year Five
Labor -After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, 15,250.00 Emergencies 100 Hrs 152.50
Year One
Labor -After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, 15,750.00 Emergencies 100 Hrs 157.50
Year Two
Labor -After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, 16,250.00 Emergencies 100 Hrs 162.50
Year Three
Labor -After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, 16,750.00 Emergencies 100 Hrs 167.50
Year Four
Labor -After-Hours, Weekends, Holidays, 17,250.00 Emergencies 100 Hrs 172.50
Year Five
Travel and Lodging -Allowance 5 Yrs 1,750.00 8,750.00
Estimated Mark-up Total Parts
Spend % +/-
PARTS/ MATERIALS/ FABRICATION $80,000.00 8 % 86,400.00 (five-year estimate)
... 394,530.36 • 1TOTAL
' ·: �:; ',··
,,.
COMPANY: Global ARFF Services LLC
NAME OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN: Shayne Lawrence
ADDRESS: 1362 E. Richey Rd CITY / STATE/ZIP: Houston, TX 77073
PHONE: 972-57 6-1200 EMAIL: slawrence@siddons-martin.com
FAX: 972-576-1202 DATE: 01/18/2021
Digitally signed by Shayne Shayne Lawrence Lawrence SIGNATURE: Date:2021 ·01.7977'33'33·06'00' TITLE: Service Manager
THE CITY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT OR CANCEL ANY OR ALL QUOTES. TO WAIVE ANY INFORMALITIES OR
IRREGULARITIES IN THE QUOTES RECEIVED AND TO CANCEL OR POSTPONE THIS PROJECT UNTIL A LATER
DATE.
Page 2 of2
Page 1 of 3
ATTACHMENT C: INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
I.CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE
A.Contractor must not commence work under this agreement until all insurance
required has been obtained and such insurance has been approved by the City.
Contractor must not allow any subcontractor Agency to commence work until all
similar insurance required of any subcontractor Agency has been obtained.
B.Contractor must furnish to the City’s Risk Manager and Contract Administer one (1)
copy of Certificates of Insurance (COI) with applicable policy endorsements showing
the following minimum coverage by an insurance company(s) acceptable to the
City’s Risk Manager. The City must be listed as an additional insured on the General
liability and Auto Liability policies by endorsement, and a waiver of subrogation is
TYPE OF INSURANCE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE
30-written day notice of cancellation, required
on all certificates or by applicable policy
endorsements
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
Per occurrence - aggregate
Commercial General Liability Including:
1.Commercial Broad Form
2.Premises – Operations
3.Products/ Completed Operations
4.Contractual Liability
5.Independent Contractors
6.Personal Injury- Advertising Injury
$1,000,000 Per Occurrence
AUTO LIABILITY (including)
1.Owned
2.Hired and Non-Owned
3.Rented/Leased
$1,000,000 Combined Single Limit
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY
Statutory
$500,000 /$500,000 /$500,000
GARAGE KEEPERS PHYSICAL DAMAGE
COVERAGE including:
1.Physical Damage on a Direct Primary Basis
Actual Cash Value of Vehicles While
in Care, Custody or Control
Page 2 of 3
required on all applicable policies. Endorsements must be provided with COI. Project
name and or number must be listed in Description Box of COI.
C. In the event of accidents of any kind related to this agreement, Contractor must
furnish the Risk Manager with copies of all reports of any accidents within 10 days of
the accident.
II.ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.Applicable for paid employees, Contractor must obtain workers’ compensation
coverage through a licensed insurance company. The coverage must be written
on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance.
The workers’ compensation coverage provided must be in an amount sufficient to
assure that all workers’ compensation obligations incurred by the Contractor will
be promptly met.
B.Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this
Contract, and any extension hereof, at Contractor's sole expense, insurance
coverage written on an occurrence basis, by companies authorized and admitted
to do business in the State of Texas and with an A.M. Best's rating of no less than A-
VII.
C.Contractor shall be required to submit a copy of the replacement certificate of
insurance to City at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested
change. Contractor shall pay any costs incurred resulting from said changes. All
notices under this Article shall be given to City at the following address:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Risk Manager
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277
D.Contractor agrees that with respect to the above required insurance, all insurance
policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following required provisions:
E.List the City and its officers, officials, employees, volunteers, and elected
representatives as additional insured by endorsement, as respects operations,
completed operation and activities of, or on behalf of, the named insured
performed under contract with the City, with the exception of the workers'
compensation policy;
F.Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the
City of Corpus Christi where the City is an additional insured shown on the policy.
a.Workers' compensation and employers' liability policies will provide a waiver of
subrogation in favor of the City; and
b.Provide thirty (30) calendar days advance written notice directly to City of any
suspension, cancellation, non-renewal or material change in coverage, and not
Page 3 of 3
less than ten (10) calendar days advance written notice for nonpayment of
premium.
E.Within five (5) calendar days of a suspension, cancellation, or non -renewal of
coverage, Contractor shall provide a replacement Certificate of Insurance and
applicable endorsements to City. City shall have the option to suspend
Contractor's performance should there be a lapse in coverage at any time during
this contract. Failure to provide and to maintain the required insurance shall
constitute a material breach of this contract.
F.In addition to any other remedies the City may have upon Contractor's failure to
provide and maintain any insurance or policy endorsements to the extent and
within the time herein required, the City shall have the right to order Contractor to
remove the exhibit hereunder, and/or withhold any payment(s) if any, which
become due to Contractor hereunder until Contractor demonstrates compliance
with the requirements hereof.
G.Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to
which Contractor may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons
or property resulting from Contractor's or its subcontractor’s performance of the
work covered under this agreement.
H.It is agreed that Contractor's insurance shall be deemed primary and non-
contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the City of
Corpus Christi for liability arising out of operations under this agreement.
I.It is understood and agreed that the insurance required is in addition to and
separate from any other obligation contained in this agreement.
2020 Insurance Requirements
Ins. Req. Exhibit 4-J
Contracts for General Services – Services Performed Onsite - Garage Keepers
04/14/2020 Risk Management – Legal Dept
Bond Requirements:
No bond requirements, therefore, Agreement Section 5 Insurance; Bond subsection 5(B), is
hereby void.
Page 9 of 19
RFQ Revised 4.19.2019
ATTACHMENT D: WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS
All parts and labor shall be warrantied for a minimum of 90 days.
ATTACHMENT E:
FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS
E.1 GENERAL CIVIL RIGHTS PROVISIONS
The Contractor agrees to comply with pertinent statutes, Executive Orders and such rules as are
promulgated to ensure that no person shall, on the grounds of race, creed, color, national origin, sex,
age, or disability be excluded from participating in any activity conducted with or benefiting from
Federal assistance.
This provision binds the Contractor and subcontractors from the bid solicitation period through the
completion of the contract. This provision is in addition to that required by Title VI of the Civil Rights
Act of 1964.
E.2 Compliance with Nondiscrimination Requirements:
During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in
interest (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”), agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor (hereinafter includes consultants) will
comply with the Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, as they
may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a
part of this contract.
2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the
contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, or national origin in the selection
and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment.
The Contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by
the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities, including employment practices when the
contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR part 21.
3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In
all solicitations, either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the Contractor for work
to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of
equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the Contractor of the
contractor’s obligations under this contract and the Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities
on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
4. Information and Reports: The Contractor will provide all information and reports required
by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to
its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be
determined by the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration to be pertinent to ascertain
compliance with such Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities and instructions. Where any
information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or
refuses to furnish the information, the Contractor will so certify to the sponsor or the Federal
Aviation Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain
the information.
5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of a Contractor’s noncompliance with the non-
discrimination provisions of this contract, the sponsor will impose such contract sanctions as
it or the Federal Aviation Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not
limited to:
a. Withholding payments to the Contractor under the contract until the Contractor
complies; and/or
b. Cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part.
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one
through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of
equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant
thereto. The Contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as
the sponsor or the Federal Aviation Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such
provisions including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, that if the Contractor becomes
involved in, or is threatened with litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such
direction, the Contractor may request the sponsor to enter into any litigation to protect the
interests of the sponsor. In addition, the Contractor may request the United States to enter
into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
E.3 Title VI List of Pertinent Nondiscrimination Acts and Authorities
During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in
interest (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”) agrees to comply with the following non-
discrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to:
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 USC § 2000d et seq., 78 stat. 252) (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin);
49 CFR part 21 (Non-discrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of
Transportation—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964);
The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 USC §
4601) (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired
because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects);
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC § 794 et seq.), as amended (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 CFR part 27;
The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended (42 USC § 6101 et seq.) (prohibits discrimination
on the basis of age);
Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (49 USC § 471, Section 47123), as amended (prohibits
discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex);
The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (PL 100-209) (broadened the scope, coverage and
applicability of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 and
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, by expanding the definition of the terms “programs
or activities” to include all of the programs or activities of the Federal-aid recipients, sub-
recipients and contractors, whether such programs or activities are Federally funded or not);
Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, which prohibit discrimination on the
basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems,
places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 USC §§ 12131 – 12189) as
implemented by U.S. Department of Transportation regulations at 49 CFR parts 37 and 38;
The Federal Aviation Administration’s Nondiscrimination statute (49 USC § 47123) (prohibits
discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex);
Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations
and Low-Income Populations, which ensures nondiscrimination against minority populations by
discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human
health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations;
Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency,
and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of
limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take
reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed.
Reg. at 74087 to 74100);
Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating
because of sex in education programs or activities (20 USC 1681 et seq).
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Laura Garcia, Director of Libraries
LauraGa@cctexas.com
(361) 826-7070
Peter Collins, Chief Information Officer of Information Technology
PeterC@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3735
Josh Chronley, Interim Assistant Director of Contracts and Procurement
JoshC2@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3169
CAPTION:
Motion authorizing a five-year service agreement with Grande Communications Network LLC for in an
amount not to exceed $159,000 for Internet access with a 90% E-Rate discount with the Corpus Christi
Public Libraries, effective upon issuance of a notice to proceed with FY 2021 funding in an amount of
$3,180 available in the General Fund.
SUMMARY:
This five-year service agreement with Grande Communications Network, LLC is for the delivery of internet
access that will increase the library’s broadband capability from five Gbps to ten Gbps. The cost of
providing internet service will be offset by the E-rate discount program which will pay 90% ($143,100) of
the overall Internet cost ($159,000) over a five-year period.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
In today’s environment, high speed internet access is essential. As such, the public has access to the
internet through public computers and public Wi-Fi at each of the City’s six library locations. To help offset
the cost of paying for internet service, the Corpus Christi Public Libraries (CCPL) started participating in
the federally funded E-rate discount program for a one-year term.
Through participation in the E-rate discount program, CCPL is eligible for a 90% discount on Internet costs,
Internet Access Provider for Corpus Christi Public Libraries
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for the City Council Meeting March 23, 2021
which is a cost savings of $143,100 for the proposed five-year service agreement. The E-rate application
process takes place annually. Applying is a complex process and involves strict deadlines. To meet the
procurement requirements and deadlines for both the City and E-rate, the Request for Proposals and the
application process have been set to run concurrently. Approval of the proposed five-year service
agreement will allow the City to meet the March 25 filing deadline. Ultimately, the approval and
establishment of a five-year service agreement will make applying for E-rate a predictable and efficient
process for the City.
PROCUREMENT DETAIL:
Contracts and Procurement conducted a competitive Request for Proposals process to obtain proposals
from qualified firms to provide Internet access for the Corpus Christi Public Libraries. The evaluation
committee included City staff from the Information Technology Department and the Library Department .
The City received four proposals and evaluated them against the published criteria, to include pricing. The
final scores were tabulated for each firm to determine the highest-ranking firm offering the best value to
the City. Staff is recommending award to Grande Communications Network, LLC as the highest-ranking
firm.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternative is to re-bid and discontinue Internet service for the public until another option is available.
FISCAL IMPACT:
CCPL is eligible for a 90% discount through the E-rate discount program, which amounts to $143,100. The
cost to the Library over the life of the five-year service agreement will be $15,900, which is 10% of the
overall cost of the agreement. The fiscal impact for the Library Department for FY 2021 will not exceed
$3,180.
FUNDING DETAIL:
Fund: 1020
Organization/Activity: 12800
Mission Element: 114 Digital Services
Project # (CIP Only): N/A
Account: 530200 Telephone
Amount: $3,180.00
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of this motion authorizing a five-year service agreement with Grande
Communications Network LLC.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Service Order Agreement
Master Services Agreement
Evaluation Matrix
SERV
Grand
CUST
Cityo
BILLIN
1201
TAX I
Provi
“Serv
(“MR
PROD
DIA1
NOTE
Impo
voice
custo
inform
toup
using
Servic
outag
Custo
ICEORDER
deCommunica
TOMER
ofCorpusChris
NG ADDRESS
LeopardSt,Co
D
dershallprov
viceSite”),ine
C”)setforthb
DUCT LINE ITEM
10Gb
ES
rtantNoticeR
network(aka
omersofthese
mationtoE911
pdatethelocat
gthestandard
ceswillbeuna
georothertec
omer has read
ationsNetwork
sti
orpusChristi,T
videtoCustom
exchangeforth
elow:
M LOCATI
805Com
Corpus
78401,
RegardingE911
a“VoIP”).Fe
eimportantE9
1;(ii)Ifyoumo
ioninformatio
electricalpow
availabledurin
chnicalproblem
and understa
ks,LLC/Cityof
DBA
TX,78401,USA
ACCOUNT NU
Ͳ
mertheservic
heoneͲtime,n
ON A
mancheSt,
Christi,TX,
USA,,,
1Service.The
deralCommu
911facts:(i)
oveyourVoIP
on,otherwiseE
werprovided
gapowerout
ms,orifyourp
nds this notice
fCorpusChrist
A,,,
UMBER
cessetforthb
nonͲrecurring
LOCATION
Note:Thech
telephoneSer
nicationsCom
Providerneed
phoneequipm
E911willnoth
totheservice
tage;(iv)Youm
phoneservicei
e regarding E9
ti
CONTAC
Ms.Min
ALTERN
REFEREN
OP2178
INIT
below(each,a
installationch
N Z
hargeslistedab
rvicesprovided
mmissionrules
dsacorrectse
menttoadiffer
haveyourcorre
esite,sounle
maynotbeabl
isterminatedo
11 service.
CT NAME
nervaAlvarado
NATIVE CONTA
NCE NUMBER
32
TIAL SERVICE T
60months
a“Service”),a
arge(“NRC”),
UNITS
1
bovedonotinc
dhereundera
requirethat
ervicesiteadd
rentphysicala
ectlocationinf
essyouhavea
letomakeE91
orsuspended.
CO
oOf
M
Em
M
ACT BU
RAC
N
TERM
atthelocation
andthemont
MRC /
UNIT
TO
M
$2,650.0
0
$2,
0
TOTALS$2,
0
cludeapplicab
reprovidedby
providersofV
dressinorder
ddress,youm
formationonf
arrangedfora
11callsifthere
By signing be
Ser
ONTACT INFO
ffice:(361)826
Mobile:
mail:
MinervaA@ccte
USINESS PHON
CCOUNT SALES
NoelTurnerͲ7
SEGM
Enter
n(s)setforthb
thlyrecurrings
OTAL
MRC
NRC
UN
,650.0 $0.00
,650.0
letaxes,feesa
yProvider’sInt
VoIPphonese
todeliveracc
ustcallProvid
file;(iii)VoIPse
abackͲuppow
eisapowerou
elow Customer
rvice Orde
6Ͳ2489
exas.com
NE NUMBER
S REP
75211
MENT
rprise
below(each,a
servicecharge
C /
IT
TOTAL
NRC
0$0.00
$0.00
andsurcharges
ternetProtoco
ervicesremind
curatelocation
erimmediately
ervicesoperate
wersupply,the
utage,networ
r indicates tha
r
a
s
s.
ol
d
n
y
e
e
k
at
Page 1
USAC SPIN 143024443
speci
included in this package of documents via email
ThisServi
betweenGRANDE
ffiedbelow(“C
(the““
ServicceOrdershall
CCOMMUNICA
T&Cs”).TheTT&Csareincor
havethemea
cceOrder(this““ServiceOrder
ustomer”).ThhisServiceOrd
poratedintot
nningsgivento
TTIONSNETWORR
eerismadepu
hhisServiceOr
tthemintheT
””)isenteredinntoasofthed
KS,LLC,aDelaawarelimited
dderbythisref
&&Cs.
rrsuanttoandww
eerence.Allca
aateoflastsignaaturebelow(t
liabilitycompaa
illbegovernee
ppitalizedterms
ny(“Provider””),andthecus
dbyProvider’’
he“EffectiveDDate”),byand
tomer
s“Master Service Agreement"
usedbutnotddefinedinthis
DocuSign Envelope ID: A275C62F-1743-47EA-B64E-ACD47CDB4939
SERVICEORDER
GrandeCommunicationsNetworks,LLC/CityofCorpusChristi
ThesubmissionofthisServiceOrdertoCustomerbyProviderdoesnotconstituteanoffer.Instead,thisServiceOrderwillbecome
effectiveonlywhenbothpartieshavesignedit.ThedatethisServiceOrderissignedbythelastpartytosignit(asindicatedbythe
dateassociatedwiththatparty’ssignature)willbedeemedtheEffectiveDateofthisServiceOrder.
\as1\\ocs1\
AuthorizedCustomerSignatureAuthorizedProviderSignature
\an1\\ocn1\
PrintedNamePrintedName
\at1\\oct1\
TitleTitle
\ad1\\ocd1\
DateSignedDateSigned
Page 2
DocuSign Envelope ID: A275C62F-1743-47EA-B64E-ACD47CDB4939
2/24/2021
Ryan Thompson
Sr. Director Business Services
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 1
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER
This Master Services Agreement for Enterprise Services – Governmental Customer (this “MSA”) is entered into as of this
day of , 2020 (the “Effective Date”), by and between GRANDE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates (collectively, “Provider”), and the CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, a Texas
municipal corporation (“Customer”). For purposes of this MSA, the term “Affiliate” shall mean any other person which directly,
or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first person
or any of its subsidiaries. Each of Provider and Customer may be referred to in this MSA as a “Party” and together as the “Parties.”
ARTICLE 1 – STRUCTURE OF AGREEMENT
1.1 Purpose of MSA. Provider and its Affiliates provide various facilities-based communications services, including Ethernet
transport, dedicated internet access, voice over fiber, hosted voice, dark fiber, wavelength, colocation and related services (as
applicable, the “Services”). This MSA is neither an agreement to purchase n or a commitment to provide Services. The purpose
of this MSA is to provide the general terms, conditions and framework within which Customer and its Affiliates may from time to
time purchase Services from Provider and its Affiliates, pursuant to one or more “Service Orders,” as described in Section 1.2
below.
1.2 (SRF) Service Request Form. Each individual (SRF) Service Request Form will outline the services for that specific address
and type of service. The purchase of Services shall be accomplished only through the negotiation and mutual execution and delivery
of a Service Order memorializing the terms and conditions pursuant to which Provider shall provide the desired Services to
Customer. Service Orders shall clearly specify the following: (i) the type of Service at issue (e.g., Internet access, data transport,
VoIP, dark fiber, etc.); (ii) the location(s) at which the Service is to be provided (each, a “Service Site”); (iii) the initial term of the
Service Order (the “Initial Service Term”); (iv) the pricing for the Service, including (a) the monthly recurring charges (“MRC”) for
the Service, and (b) any non-recurring charges (“NRC”) associated with installation of the Service; and (v) any other terms or
conditions specific to the particular Service Order. Each fully-executed Service Order shall be governed by and become part of this
MSA, and this MSA together with all fully-executed Service Orders shall be collectively referred to as the “Agreement.” Depending
on the location of the Service Site, in some instances Services may be provided by an Affiliate of Provider.
1.3 Additional Documents Comprising Agreement; Order of Precedence. If one or more Service Level Agreements are
attached to this MSA as Exhibits (the “SLA”), the SLA constitutes a part of this MSA. Customer’s use of any Services purchased
pursuant to the Agreement will also be governed by Provider’s Acceptable Use Policy for Commercial Services (the “AUP”) which
is posted on Provider’s website at https://mygrande.com/PDFs/Grande-Business-Commercial-Acceptable-Use-Policy-06-06-
2019.pdf. Additional provisions that are applicable only to specific types of Services are contained in Provider’s Service-Specific
Terms and Conditions (the “Service-Specific T&Cs”) which is posted on Provider’s website at https://mygrande.com/PDFs/GRande-
Business-Service-Specific-Terms-and-Conditions-06-06-2019.pdf. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of any of the
foregoing documents, the documents shall have the following order of precedence unless expressly stated otherwise in a particular
Service Order: (i) this MSA (including the SLA); (ii) the applicable Service Order; (iii) the AUP; and (iv) the Service-Specific T&Cs.
ARTICLE 2 – TERM AND RENEWAL
2.1 Term of MSA. The term of this MSA (the “MSA Term”) shall be for three (5) years, commencing on the Effective Date and
expiring on the date that is one day prior to the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so
long as any one or more Service Orders entered into pursuant to this MSA remain in effect, this MSA shall not terminate with
respect to said Service Orders but shall continue to govern same until the expiration or termination of said Service Orders.
2.2 Term of Service Orders. The Initial Service Term of each Service Order shall be as specified in the Service Order.
ARTICLE 3 – INSTALLATION, TESTING, ACCEPTANCE AND USE
3.1 Service Site; Demarcation Points; Equipment. Unless a Service Site is within Provider’s control, Customer shall provide
Provider with access to the Service Site as and to the extent reasonably necessary for Provider to install, test, inspect and maintain
the Service(s) ordered during the Service Term. Unless otherwise stated in a Service Order: (i) Provider shall be solely responsible
for the provision, operation and maintenance of all equipment and facilities (the “Provider Equipment”) necessary to connect
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 2
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
Provider’s network facilities to the Customer demarcation point(s) at the Service Site (the “Demarcation Point(s)”); and
(ii) Customer shall be solely responsible for the provision, operation and maintenance of all equipment and facilities (the
“Customer Equipment”) from the Demarcation Point(s) to Customer’s internal network. Unless a Service Site is within Provider’s
control, Customer shall be responsible for maintaining appropriate conditions at the Service Site, including HVAC, electrical power,
and security. Title to the Provider Equipment shall at all times remain vested in Provider. Customer shall not re-arrange,
disconnect, tamper with, attempt to repair, or otherwise interfere with the Provider Equipment, nor shall Customer permit any
third party to do so.
3.2 Testing, Acceptance and Service Commencement Date. Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to install the
Services consistent with Provider’s usual and customary installation timeline, and shall endeavor to keep Customer regularly
informed regarding installation progress. Provider shall notify Customer when a Service has been installed and is ready for testing
and use. Customer may, at Customer’s option, participate in Provider’s final testing of the Service. For Services having a committed
bandwidth, the committed information rate shall be measured at the Ethernet layer and includes the Ethernet frame itself. The
Initial Service Term for the Service at issue shall commence on the date on which the Service has been installed, tested and is active
and available for use by Customer (the “Service Commencement Date”). Customer shall have a period of five (5) business days
after the Service Commencement Date in which Customer may notify Provider that the Service at issue is not functioning properly.
If Customer notifies Provider of problems with a Service pursuant to this Section 3.2, Provider shall investigate and correct same
and the Service Commencement Date shall be revised to be the first calendar day after the date on which Provider has corrected
the problems. Unless Customer delivers notification of problems to Provider within the time period set forth above, Customer
shall be deemed to have accepted the Service at issue and to have confirmed that the Service has been installed and is functioning
properly as of the Service Commencement Date.
3.3 No Sub-Licensing; Non-Compete. Any Services provided to Customer pursuant to the Agreement are for the sole benefit
of Customer. Customer shall not grant to any third party the right to use any of the Services, regardless of whether such grant
were to take the form of a license, sublicense, lease, sublease, or any other form. Nor shall Customer use the Services for
commercial purposes that are competitive with Provider’s business (e.g., use the Services to sell Internet access services, point-to-
point data transport services, VoIP services, etc., to third parties within Provider’s service area).
ARTICLE 4 – PAYMENT AND BILLING
4.1 Invoicing. All amounts owed by Customer to Provider under the Agreement shall be collectively referred to as “Fees.”
Provider shall begin billing Customer for the MRC applicable to a Service as of the Service Commencement Date. Invoices shall be
delivered monthly, and shall be paid by Customer within thirty (30) days of receipt. Fixed Fees shall be billed in advance and
usage-based Fees shall be billed in arrears. Fixed fees for any partial month shall be pro-rated. For Services having an NRC, unless
otherwise stated in the Service Order, Provider shall invoice Customer for the NRC upon full-execution of the Service Order. Except
for amounts disputed in good faith by Customer pursuant to Section 4.2 below, past due amounts shall bear interest in the amount
of 1.5% per month, or the highest amount allowed by law, whichever is lower.
4.2 Disputed Invoices. If Customer in good faith disputes any portion of a Provider invoice, Customer shall pay the undisputed
portion of the invoice and submit written notice to Provider regarding the disputed amount, which notice shall include
documentation supporting the alleged billing error (each such notice, a “Fee Dispute Notice”). A Fee Dispute Notice must be
submitted to Provider within thirty (30) days from the date the invoice at issue is received by Customer. Customer waives the right
to dispute any Fees not disputed within such thirty (30) day period. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve
any such disputes within sixty (60) days after Customer’s delivery of the applicable Fee Dispute Notice. Fee disputes unresolved
within that time period shall be resolved by the mediation and arbitration procedures set forth in Sections 11.2 and 11.3 below.
4.3 Applicable Taxes. All charges for Services set forth in Service Orders are exclusive of Applicable Taxes (as defined
below). Except for taxes based on Provider’s net income or taxes for which Customer possesses a valid exemption certificate,
Customer shall be responsible for payment of all applicable taxes and regulatory fees, however designated, that arise in any
jurisdiction, including, without limitation, value added, consumption, sales, use, gross receipts, excise, access, bypass, or other
taxes, fees, assessments, duties, charges or surcharges, that are imposed on, incident to, or based upon the provision, sale, or use
of the Service(s) (collectively “Applicable Taxes”). The Applicable Taxes will be individually identified on invoices. If Customer is
entitled to an exemption from any Applicable Taxes, Customer is responsible for presenting Provider with a valid exemption
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 3
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
certificate (in a form reasonably acceptable to Provider). Provider will give prospective effect to any valid exemption certificate
provided in accordance with the preceding sentence.
ARTICLE 5 – DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
5.1 Customer Default. Each of the following shall constitute a default by Customer under the Agreement (each a separate
event of “Default”): (i) if Customer fails to pay any undisputed Fees when due, the failure of Customer to cure same within ten
(10) days after receiving written notice from Provider regarding such failure to pay; (ii) if Customer fails to comply with any other
material provision of the Agreement, the failure of Customer to cure same within thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from
Provider regarding such non-compliance; or (iii) if Customer files or initiates proceedings, or has proceedings initiated against it,
seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief (such as the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other
such official) under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, and the same is not dismissed within sixty (60) days.
5.2 Remedies for Customer Default. In the event of a Default by Customer under the Agreement, Provider may, at its option:
(i) suspend any applicable Services until such time as the Customer Default has been corrected (provided, however, that any
suspension shall not relieve Customer’s on-going obligation to pay Provider all Fees and other amounts due under the Agreement
as if such suspension of Services had not taken place); (ii) terminate the applicable Service(s) and/or the applicable Service
Order(s); (iii) after the occurrence of any two Customer Defaults in any twelve (12) month period, terminate all Service Orders
entered into with Customer; and/or (iv) pursue any other remedy available to Provider under the Agreement or applicable law. In
the event of early termination for Customer Default pursuant to this Section 5.2, Customer shall pay to Provider the Termination
Charge described in Section 6.3 below.
5.3 Provider Default. Each of the following shall constitute a Default by Provider under the Agreement: (i) if Provider fails to
comply with any material provision of the Agreement other than provisions of the SLA, the failure by Provider to cure same within
thirty (30) days of receiving written notice from Customer regarding such non-compliance; or (ii) Provider files or initiates
proceedings, or has proceedings initiated against it, seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief (such as the appointment of
a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other such official) under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, and the same
is not dismissed within sixty (60) days.
5.4 Remedies for Provider Default. In the event of a Default by Provider under the Agreement Customer may, at its option:
(i) terminate the applicable Service(s) and/or the applicable Service Order(s); and/or (ii) pursue any other remedy available to
Customer under the Agreement or applicable law. Early termination by Customer shall be accomplished by providing termination
notice to Customer’s account manager and to the notice address specified in Article 13 below. In the event of early termination
for Provider Default pursuant to this Section 5.4, Provider shall reimburse Customer for any pre-paid, unused monthly service Fees
attributable to the terminated Service(s) and/or Service Order(s), and Customer shall have no further liability to Provider for the
terminated Service(s) and/or Service Order(s). Early termination by Customer pursuant to this Section 5.4 shall not relieve
Customer of its obligations to pay all Fees incurred prior to the early termination date.
ARTICLE 6 – EARLY TERMINATION & PORTABILITY
6.1 Early Termination for Customer Convenience. Customer may, at any time after executing a Service Order, discontinue
one or more of the Services ordered and/or terminate the Service Order by giving at least thirty (30) days’ advance written
notice to Customer’s account manager and to the notice address specified in Article 13 below. Any early termination of a Service
pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be referred to as “Termination for Customer Convenience.” In the event of Termination for
Customer Convenience, Customer shall pay to Provider the Termination Charge described in Section 6.3 below.
6.2 Early Termination for Default. In accordance with Article 5 above, either Party may elect to terminate one or more Service
Orders prior to the scheduled expiration date in the event of an uncured Default by the other Party.
6.3 Termination Charge. In the event of Termination for Customer Convenience pursuant to Section 6.1 above, or
termination for Customer Default pursuant to Section 5.2 above, Customer shall pay a Termination Charge to Provider. The
“Termination Charge” shall equal the sum of the following: (i) all unpaid amounts for Services actually provided prior to the
termination date; (ii) any portion of the NRC for the terminated Service(s) that has not yet been paid to Provider; (iii) with respect
to off-net Services only, any documented cancellation or termination charges or fees imposed on Provider by any third party in
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 4
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
connection with the early termination of the Services; and (iv) one hundred percent (100%) of all remaining MRCs Customer was
to pay Provider for the Service during the remainder of the applicable Service Term. If incurred, the Termination Charge will be
due and payable by Customer within thirty (30) days after the termination date of the Service at issue. Customer acknowledges
that the calculation of the Termination Charge is a genuine estimate of Provider’s actual damages and is not a penalty.
6.4 Portability; Substitution of Services. At any time during the Service Term of a Service Order, Customer may elect to
substitute new Services for then-existing Services. In such event, Provider will waive the Termination Charge associated with
the termination of the then -existing Services as long as: (i) the Fees payable to Provider in connection with the substitute
Services are equal to or greater than the Fees of the discontinued Services; (ii) Customer commits to retain the substitute Services
for a period equal to or greater than the remainder of the Service Term for the discontinued Services; (iii) Customer pays all
applicable installation and other NRCs, if any, for provision of the substitute Services; and (iv) Customer reimburses Provider
for all reasonable and documented engineering, installation and construction costs associated with the discontinued Services,
calculated on a time and materials basis, that have not already been recovered by Provider by the time of the substitution.
ARTICLE 7 – CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
7.1 Definition of Confidential Information. “Confidential Information” shall mean all information, including the Agreement,
regarding the telecommunications needs of Customer and the Services that Provider offers under the Agreement which is disclosed
by one Party (“Disclosing Party”) to the other Party (“Receiving Party”), to the extent that such information is marked or identified
as confidential or proprietary or would be reasonably deemed confidential or proprietary given the circumstances surrounding its
disclosure. All written or oral pricing and contract proposals, as well as network maps or diagrams exchanged between the Parties
shall be deemed Confidential Information, whether or not so designated. The fact that Customer is a customer of Provider shall
not be deemed Confidential Information and may be freely disclosed by either Party. Information shall not be deemed Confidential
Information if (i) it is independently developed by or for the Receiving Party, (ii) it is lawfully received by the Receiving Party free
of any obligation to keep it confidential, (iii) it becomes generally available to the public other than by breach of the Agreement,
or (iv) it was known to the Receiving Party prior to the Disclosing Party’s disclosure of same.
7.2 Obligations Regarding Confidential Information. Confidential Information is the property of the Disclosing Party and shall
be returned to the Disclosing Party upon request. The Receiving Party shall hold all Confidential Information in confidence. The
Receiving Party: (i) shall use such Confidential Information only for the purposes of performing its obligations and/or enforcing its
rights under the Agreement; (ii) shall reproduce such Confidential Information only to the extent necessary for such purposes;
(iii) shall restrict disclosure of such Confidential Information to employees, contractors, advisors or consultants that have a need
to know for such purposes (with disclosure to contractors, advisors and consultants being limited to contractors, advisors and
consultants that have signed a non-disclosure agreement to protect the Confidential Information of third parties); (iv) shall not
disclose Confidential Information to any third party without prior written approval of the Disclosing Party except as expressly
provided in the Agreement or as required by law, by court order, by administrative order of an agency having jurisdiction, or in the
enforcement of its rights under the Agreement; and (v) shall use at least the same degree of care (in no event less than reasonable
care) as it uses with regard to its own proprietary or confidential information to prevent the disclosure, unauthorized use or
publication of Confidential Information. In the event a Receiving Party is required to disclose Confidential Information of the
Disclosing Party pursuant to law, court order or administrative order of an agency having jurisdiction, the Receiving Party will, if
such notice is permitted by law, notify the Disclosing Party of the required disclosure with sufficient time for the Disclosing Party
to seek judicial relief from the required disclosure, and reasonably cooperate with the Disclosing Party in any efforts the Disclosing
Party may take to obtain protective measures in respect to the required disclosure. The Parties agree that breach of this Article 7
may cause irreparable injury for which monetary damages are not an adequate remedy; accordingly, each Party may seek
injunctive relief and any other available equitable remedies to enforce the provisions of this Article 7.
7.3 Public Information Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Article 7, the Parties
understand and acknowledge that Customer is a governmental entity, and that Texas law limits the ability of Customer to shield
from public disclosure any information given to Customer. Accordingly, the Parties agree to work together to avoid disclosures to
Customer by Provider of confidential information which would result in economic loss or damage to Provider if such information
were to be disclosed to third persons by Customer pursuant to a request submitted under the Public Information Act, Chapter 552
of the Texas Government Code, or other similar public disclosure law. In the event that Customer receives a request pursuant to
the Public Information Act (or other similar law) to disclose information identified by Provider in writing as confidential, Customer’s
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 5
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
sole obligations to Provider shall be: (i) to promptly notify Provider; and (ii) to refrain from disclosing such records for a period of
up to ten (10) business days to allow Provider an opportunity to seek legal protection against disclosure from a court of competent
jurisdiction. Customer will not be required to withhold requested records beyond the ten (10) business days unless it may do so
based on good faith reliance upon an exception to disclosure under the Public Information Act, or unless Customer is ordered to
withhold disclosure by the order of a court having competent jurisdiction. Customer may, but shall not be required, to join in any
legal proceedings relating to the requested disclosure unless required to do so by the court. In the event that Provider initiates
legal proceedings, or Customer initiates legal proceedings or withholds requested records at Provider’s request, Provider shall
indemnify and hold Customer harmless from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses, liabilities, damages or other liabilities
Customer may incur due to the legal proceedings initiated at and/or Customer’s withholding of records at Provider’s request.
Customer shall not be liable to Provider for any loss, cost or expense relating to the disclosure of requested records if Provider fails
to obtain legal protection against disclosure and Customer releases the records in good faith.
ARTICLE 8 – LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
8.1 General Limitations. Provider shall not be liable for any loss or damage occasioned by a Force Majeure Event. Except as
expressly provided to the contrary elsewhere in the Agreement, Provider’s aggregate liability for any and all causes and claims
arising under the Agreement, whether based in contract, tort, warranty or otherwise shall be limited to the lesser of: (i) the actual
direct damages sustained by Customer; or (ii) an amount equivalent to the total MRC received by Provider from Customer for the
Service(s) at issue during the preceding twelve (12) month period.
8.2 Service Level Agreement. Should Provider fail, on any one or more occasions, to deliver any one or more Services to
Customer in accordance with all of the terms and conditions contained in the applicable SLA, Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy
for such failure shall be as set forth in the SLA. No such failure shall be considered a Default by Provider under the Agreement.
8.3 No Special Damages. EXCEPT FOR (i) EACH PARTY’S CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 7 ABOVE,
(ii) PROVIDER’S THIRD-PARTY INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 9 BELOW, AND (iii) CLAIMS ARISING FROM A
PARTY’S INTENTIONAL MISCONDUCT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, ARISING OUT OF OR INCURRED IN
CONNECTION WITH A PARTY’S PERFORMANCE OR FAILURE TO PERFORM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, BY WAY OF
EXAMPLE AND NOT BY WAY OF LIMITATION, LOST PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS,
LOSS OF BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF DATA OR COST OF PURCHASING REPLACEMENT SERVICES, EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY
HAD BEEN ADVISED, KNEW OR SHOULD HAVE KNOWN OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH SPECIAL DAMAGES.
8.4 Disclaimer of Warranties. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, PROVIDER MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR
REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, EITHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, AS TO THE
DESCRIPTION, QUALITY, MERCHANTABILITY, COMPLETENESS, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OF ANY SERVICES
PROVIDED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.
8.5 Assumption of Risk. PROVIDER HAS NO CONTROL OVER AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY
WHATSOEVER FOR THE CONTENT OF ANY INFORMATION TRANSMITTED OR RECEIVED BY CUSTOMER THROUGH THE SERVICES,
SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS ATTRIBUTABLE TO CUSTOMER’S NETWORK, ANY CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT FAILURES, OR ANY OTHER
SUCH CAUSES, AND CUSTOMER USES THE SERVICES AT CUSTOMER’S OWN RISK. CUSTOMER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE
SECURITY, CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTEGRITY OF INFORMATION CUSTOMER TRANSMITS OR RECEIVES USING ANY SERVICES.
ARTICLE 9 –INDEMNIFICATION FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS
9.1 [Intentionally Omitted.]
9.2 Indemnification by Provider. Provider shall indemnify, defend and hold Customer and its members, managers, officers,
agents and employees (collectively, the “Customer Indemnified Parties") harmless from and against any and all claims, lawsuits
or damages asserted against the Customer Indemnified Parties by any third-party to the extent the same arise out of or are due
to: (i) Provider’s negligence or willful misconduct in exercising its rights and performing its obligations under the Agreement;
(ii) Provider’s noncompliance with or Default under the Agreement; and/or (iii) Provider’s failure to comply with applicable law in
connection with its performance under the Agreement.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 6
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
9.3 Indemnification Procedures for Third-Party Claims. Should any third-party claim arise under this Article 9, the indemnified
Party shall promptly notify the indemnifying Party of same in writing, and shall take such action as may be necessary to avoid
default or other adverse consequences in connection with such claim. The indemnifying Party shall have the right to select counsel
and to control the defense and settlement of such claim; provided, however, that the indemnified Party shall be entitled to
participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel at its own expense to assist in handling the claim, and provided
further, that the indemnifying party shall not take any action in defense or settlement of the claim that would negatively impact
the indemnified Party without the consent of the indemnified Party. The indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the
indemnifying Party in the defense of the third-party claim, including making its files and personnel reasonably available to the
indemnifying Party, all at the cost and expense of the indemnifying Party.
ARTICLE 10 – FORCE MAJEURE EVENTS
Neither Party shall be liable for any delay in or failure of performance hereunder (other than Customer’s payment
obligations under Article 4) due to causes beyond such Party’s reasonable control including, but not limited to, acts of God, fire,
flood, earthquake, ice storms, wind storms, or other sever weather events, explosion, vandalism, cable cut, terrorist acts,
insurrection, riots or other civil unrest, national or regional emergency, unavailability of rights-of-way, a governmental authority’s
failure to timely act, inability to obtain equipment, material or other supplies due to strike, lockout or work stoppage, or any law,
order, regulation, direction, action or request of any civil or military governmental authority (each, a “Force Majeure Event”). If
any Force Majeure Event causes an increase in the time required for performance of any of its duties or obligations, the affected
Party shall be entitled to an equitable extension of time for completion. If the delay in performance caused by the Force Majeure
Event exceeds thirty (30) days, either Party may terminate the Agreement or the applicable Service Order(s) immediately on
written notice to the other Party, without incurring any liability in connection with such termination.
ARTICLE 11 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION
11.1 Good Faith Negotiations. Except for actions seeking a temporary restraining order or injunction, in the event any
controversy, disagreement or dispute (each, a “Dispute”) arises between the Parties in connection with this Agreement, the
Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve the Dispute through negotiation. In the event of a Dispute, either Party may give the
other Party written notice of the Dispute (each, a “Dispute Notice”). The parties will meet and attempt to resolve the Dispute
within sixty (60) days of the date on which the Dispute Notice is delivered. All discussions occurring and documents exchanged
during negotiations under this Section are confidential and inadmissible for any purpose in any legal proceeding involving the
Parties; provided that evidence that is otherwise admissible or discoverable shall not be rendered inadmissible or non-discoverable
as a result of its use in the negotiation process. If the Parties do not resolve the Dispute within the sixty (60) day period, either of
the Parties may pursue any remedy available to it under this Agreement, at law or in equity.
11.2 Governing Law. This Agreement and all matters arising out of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State
of Texas. Any judicial action arising in connection with this Agreement shall be in the District Court of the State of Texas in and for
Nueces County, or in the Federal District Court for the Southern District of Texas, as applicable. Each party irrevocably waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, trial by jury of any disputes, claims or issues arising under the Agreement.
ARTICLE 12 – ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
Except as otherwise provided in this Article 12, neither Party shall assign, delegate or otherwise transfer the Agreement
or its obligations under the Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other Party. Notwithstanding
the foregoing (i) any entity acquiring such Party, whether by merger or through purchase of substantially all the assets of such
Party; (ii) a lender as an asset securing indebtedness; or (iii) an Affiliate of such party; provided, that in the event of a transfer to
an Affiliate, the transferring Party shall continue to remain liable for the obligations under the Agreement. Within thirty (30) days
following any assignment pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the assigning Party shall deliver written notice of the
assignment to the other Party. In such event, this MSA shall be amended in writing to reflect the assignment by the assignor and
assumption by the assignee.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 7
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
ARTICLE 13 – NOTICES
Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in the Agreement, any notice to be given to either Party under the Agreement will
be in writing. Notices to Provider shall be directed to Provider’s address set forth below. Notices to Customer shall be
directed to Customer’s addresses set forth in the applicable Service Order. Notices will be deemed received (i) the next
business day, when sent by reliable, commercial overnight courier; (ii) three (3) business days after being sent by certified
mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested; (iii) when actually received, if sent by email during the business hours of
9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. (recipient’s time). Notices received after 5:00 p.m. (recipient’s time) will be effective the next business day.
Provider’s Address for Notices:
Grande Communications Networks, LLC
401 Carlson Circle
San Marcos, TX 78666
ATTN: Facility Account Management
Email: famenterprise@mygrande.com
Customer’s Address for Notices:
With a Copy to:
Grande Communications Networks, LLC
650 College Road East, Suite 3100
Princeton, NJ 08540
ATTN: Legal Department
With a Copy to:
Either Party may change its notice address by giving notice to the other Party in accordance with this Article.
ARTICLE 14 – REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS
Each Party represents and covenants to the other as follows: (i) the execution and delivery of the Agreement and the
performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized; (ii) the Agreement is a valid and legal agreement binding
on such parties and enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) to the best of its knowledge and belief, it is in material compliance
with all laws, rules and regulations and court and governmental orders related to the operation of its business; and (iv) it shall
comply with all applicable laws and regulations when exercising its rights and performing its obligations under the Agreement.
ARTICLE 15 – MISCELLANEOUS
15.1 Entire Agreement; Interpretation. The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties regarding the
subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all prior oral or written agreements between the Parties regarding the subject
matter contained herein. The Agreement may only be modified or supplemented by an instrument executed by an authorized
representative of each Party. The Agreement and each of the terms and provisions of it are deemed to have been explicitly
negotiated by the Parties, and the language in all parts of the Agreement shall, in all cases, be construed according to its fair
meaning and not strictly for or against either of the Parties. If any provision of the Agreement or the application thereof to any
person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be found invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the Agreement
and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby, but shall instead continue in
full force and effect.
15.2 No Waiver. No failure by either Party to enforce any rights hereunder will constitute a waiver of such rights. Nor
shall a waiver by either Party of any particular breach or default constitute a waiver of any other breach or default or any similar
future breach or default. Provider’s acceptance of any payment under the Agreement will not constitute an accord or any other
form of acknowledgement or satisfaction that the amount paid is in fact the correct amount, and acceptance of a payment will
not release any claim by Provider for additional amounts due from Customer.
15.3 Attorneys’ Fees. If any proceeding is brought by a Party to enforce or interpret any term or provision of the Agreement,
the substantially prevailing Party in such proceeding will be entitled to recover, in addition to all other relief as set forth in the
Agreement, that Party’s reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 8
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
15.4 Relationship; No Third Party Beneficiaries. The Agreement is a commercial contract between Provider and Cust omer
and the relationship between the Parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing in the Agreement creates any partnership,
principal - agent, employer-employee or joint venture relationship between the Parties or any of their Affiliates, agents or
employees for any purpose. The Agreement is for the sole benefit of Provider and Customer and is not intended to confer any
rights on any other person; there are no third party beneficiaries of the Agreement.
15.5 Exhibits. The following Exhibits, which are attached to this MSA, are incorporated herein and by this reference made a
part of this MSA:
EXHIBIT A - Service Level Agreement for Lit Fiber Services
EXHIBIT B - Service Level Agreement for Dark Fiber Services
15.6 Computation of Time. Except where expressly provided to the contrary, as used in the Agreement, the word “day” shall
mean “calendar day,” and the computation of time shall include all Saturdays, Sundays and holidays for purposes of determining
time periods specified in the Agreement. If the final date of any period of time set out in any provision of the Agreement falls upon
a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, then in such event, the time of such period shall be extended to the next day that is not
a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday. As used in the Agreement, the term “business day” shall mean a day that is not a Saturday,
Sunday or a legal holiday.
15.7 Counterparts; Electronic Signatures. This MSA and any Service Order entered into by the Parties pursuant to this MSA
may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which shall constitute one
and the same instrument. Any executed documents sent to the other Party in portable document format (pdf) images via email
will be considered the same as an o riginal document. The Parties consent to the use of electronic signatures.
15.8 Non-Appropriation. The continuation of the Agreement after the close of any fiscal year of the Customer, which fiscal
year ends on September 30th annually, is subject to appropriation and budget approval specifically covering the Agreement as an
expenditure in said budget, and it is within the sole discretion of the Customer’s City Council to determine whether or not to fund
the Agreement. The Customer does not represent that this budget item will be adopted, as said determination is within the City
Council’s sole discretion when adopting each budget.
[Signature Page Follows]
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR ENTERPRISE SERVICES – GOVERNMENTAL CUSTOMER pg. 9
Grande Communications Networks, LLC / City of Corpus Christi 10/22/2020
The Parties are signing this MSA as of the Effective Date set forth in the preamble above.
CUSTOMER:
City of Corpus Christi, a Texas municipal
corporation
By
Name:
Title:
PROVIDER:
Grande Communications Networks, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company
By
Name:
Title:
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM:
__________________________________
Assistant City Attorney Date
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]
DocuSign Envelope ID: 2BE67D5F-7F12-4616-80CC-FE7C408F04A3
Ryan Thompson
Sr. Director Business Services
DocuSign Envelope ID: D1433B6E-24F0-467F-A95E-A9C53DE6F742
11/20/2020 12/01/2020
___________________Authorized By
Council ________________________
M2020-231
Kim Baker
Contracts and Procurement12/2/2020
ATTEST:
_____________________________
Rebecca Huerta
City Secretary
Internet Access Provider for Corpus Christi Public Libraries
RFP No. 3395
Sr. Buyer: Minerva Alvarado
Proposal Evaluation Spectrum
Enterprise
MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS (PASS/FAIL)
Required three year in business
No outstanding lawsuits during last 5 years or current
litigation with the City during last 5 years
No Outstanding regulatory issues last 5 years
References Provided for firm
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL (40 PTS)26
Firms' Experience
Team's Experience
Understanding of Project Scope
PRICING (60 PTS)37
Total 62
Pass
Internet Access Provider for Corpus Christi Public Libraries
Foremost
Telecommunications
Grande
Communications
SmartCom
Telephone,
LLC
30 23 29
40 60 37
70 83 66
Pass Pass Pass
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Jeff H. Edmonds, P. E., Director of Engineering Services
jeffreye@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3851
Richard Martinez, Director of Public Works
richardm5@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3419
Heather Hurlbert, Director of Finance & Business Analysis
heatherh3@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3227
CAPTION:
Motion awarding a professional services contract to HDR Engineering, Inc., Corpus Christi,
Texas, for the design, bid, and construction phase services for the reconstruction of Alameda
Street from Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street, located in Council District 2, in an amount
of $522,302.20, with FY 2021 funding available from the Bond 2018, Storm Water, Wastewater,
Water, and Gas Funds.
SUMMARY:
This motion awards a professional services contract that provides for design, bid, and construction
phase services for the reconstruction of Alameda Street from Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain
Street. The project improvements include new pavement reconstruction with new curb and gutter,
sidewalks, pedestrian ADA improvements, signs, pavement markings, and utility upgrades.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
Alameda Street from Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street is classified as a minor arterial
roadway and is 0.50 miles in length. This section of the street was originally constructed in 1891,
with the most recent reconstruction completed in 1955. This section was partially reconstructed
in the 1990’s in conjunction with upgrades to utilities under the center of the roadway;
however, the partial reconstruction only included the width of the utility trench. This section also
had a surface pavement overlay completed in 2002. The roadway is experiencing continuous
pavement distresses and failures and is in poor condition. This project is for the reconstruction of
Professional Services Contract
Alameda Street - Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
(Bond 2018, Proposition B)
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for the City Council Meeting March 23, 2021
the existing five-lane roadway which is a 61-foot-wide curb and gutter asphalt roadway with
underground storm drains and sidewalks on both sides. This portion of Alameda provides access
primarily to adjacent residential neighborhoods as well as one private school and three small
businesses.
The proposed project will maintain the same roadway width while providing a new pavement
structure, driveways, drainage improvements, ADA compliant pedestrian improvements, new
signs, pavement markings, and utility upgrades.
PROJECT TIMELINE:
2021 2022 2023
March-April April-June
July-August
Design Bid/Award Construction
2020
Project schedule reflects City Council award of design contract in March 2021 with design starting
in April 2021. The anticipated project completion is in August 2023.
COMPETITIVE SOLICITATION PROCESS:
HDR Engineering, Inc., was selected for the Bond 2018 Alameda Street project in February 2019
under RFQ 2018-10. Alameda Street was one of thirty-two selections that were announced under
the Transportation Category of the RFQ. Fifteen firms submitted under the Transportation
Category and thirteen firms were selected. HDR Engineering, Inc., was among one of the thirteen
qualified firms selected in the Transportation Category, and Alameda Street was one of their
preferred projects.
The selection committee with representatives from the Streets Department and Engineering
Services ranked HDR Engineering, Inc.’s, qualifications based on five factors: 1) experience of
the firm, 2) experience of the key personnel with specific experience with multiple Bond street
programs and local utilities, 3) project approach and management plan, 4) capacity to meet the
project requirements and timelines, and 5) past performance.
HDR Engineering, Inc. has completed other projects for the City, such as Staples St. from
Alameda St. to Morgan Ave. and Alameda St. from Ayers St. to Louisiana Ave.
ALTERNATIVES:
Any alternative to awarding this contract to HDR Engineering, Inc., will delay construction of the
project and impede the completion of Bond 2018 street projects in a timely manner and within
budget.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The fiscal impact for FY 2021 is an amount of $522,302.20 with funding available from the Bond
2018, Storm Water, Wastewater, Water, and Gas Funds. The Capital Improvement Program (CIP)
shows that the project will begin construction in FY 2021. The CIP expenditures do not show the
design expenditures of the project. The project is ready for the engineering design. The
expenditures shown in the CIP will be revised to reflect the design of this project.
FUNDING DETAIL:
The CIP shows that the project is planned for FY 2021. The project is ready to be implemented
and the expenditures shown in the CIP need to be revised to reflect the design of this project.
There were no construction expenditures in FY2020 and the monies will be moved to FY2021
for design expenditures. The total expenditures to date on this project are approximately
$68,000 so there is sufficient funds to cover the transfer to design.
Fund: ST2020 Bond 18 Proposition B (Fund 3557)
Mission Elem: Street Pavement Maintenance (051)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-3557-EXP
Amount: $261,151.11
Fund: Storm Wtr 2020 (Fund 4532)
Mission Elem: Storm Water Drainage (043)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4532-EXP
Amount: $106,893.79
Fund: Storm W tr 2015 (Fund 4530)
Mission Elem: Storm Water Drainage (043)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4530-EXP
Amount: $10,624.20
Fund: Water 2020 (Fund 4099)
Mission Elem: Water Distribution System (041)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4099-EXP
Amount: $65,287.77
Fund: WW 2020 (Fund 4257)
Mission Elem: Wastewater Collection System (042)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4257-EXP
Amount: $59,385.43
Fund: Wastewater 2015 (Fund 4254)
Mission Elem: Wastewater Collection System (042)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4254-EXP
Amount: $5,902.34
Fund: Gas Cap Resv (Fund 4560)
Mission Elem: Gas Distribution System (022)
Project: Alameda St – Chamberlain St to Louisiana St (Project No. 18005A)
Account: Outside Consults (550950)
Activity: 18005-A-4560-EXP
Amount: $13,057.56
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends award of the contract to HDR Engineering, Inc., in the amount of $522,302.20.
The design phase will start in April 2021 with design completion planned in March 2022.
Construction is planned to start in August 2022 with the anticipated project completion in August
2023.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Location and Vicinity Maps
Contract
OHIO
TEXAN
COLE
NAPLES
LOUISIANA
VAKY
ATLANTIC
SOUTHERN
TEXAS
AUSTINTOPEKAOCEANSORRELL
RALSTON
LAWNVIEWINDIANA
HARRISON DENVERDEVONDAYTONAMC CLENDON
H E W IT
P O N D E R
STAPLES SER.RDH O F F M A N
A M IS T A DLOGANLEMING
MIAMIOLEANDER
ROSEBUD
M C C A L L
R O B IN S O N
LOUISE
FOSTER
KOSAR
SUNSET
SWANTNERTEXAS
OHIO
INDIANAINDIANA
TOPEKAAUSTINNAPLESAlameda Str eet -Louisiana Avenue toChamberlain Street
Location Map
CITY COUNCIL EXHIBIT
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXASDEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SERVICES
Proje ct
PROJECT NO. 18005AEVERHART.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 1 of 11
Revised January 2021
SERVICE AGREEMENT NO. 3542
CONTRACT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
FOR PROJECT (No./Name) 18005A – Alameda St. – Louisiana Ave. to
Chamberlain St. (Bond 2018)
The City of Corpus Christi, a Texas home rule municipal corporation, P.O. Box 9277, Corpus Christi,
Nueces County, Texas 78469-9277 (City) acting through its duly authorized City Manager or Designee
(Director) and HDR Engineering, Inc., 555 N. Carancahua, Suite 1600, Corpus Christi, Nueces County,
Texas 78401 (Consultant), hereby agree as follows:
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE NO. TITLE PAGE
ARTICLE I – SCOPE OF SERVICES ..............................................................................2
ARTICLE II – QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................................3
ARTICLE III – COMPENSATION .....................................................................................3
ARTICLE IV – TIME AND PERIOD OF SERVICE ...........................................................4
ARTICLE V – OPINIONS OF COST ................................................................................5
ARTICLE VI – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................5
ARTICLE VII – INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................5
ARTICLE VIII – TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT .........................................................6
ARTICLE IX – RIGHT OF REVIEW AND AUDIT .............................................................7
ARTICLE X – OWNER REMEDIES .................................................................................7
ARTICLE XI – CONSULTANT REMEDIES......................................................................8
ARTICLE XII – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................................8
ARTICLE XIII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................................................ 10
Contract for Professional Services
Page 2 of 11
Revised January 2021
ARTICLE I – SCOPE OF SERVICES
1.1 City and Consultant agree that the services provided are properly described in the Scope of Services,
which is incorporated herein and attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A. The Scope of Services shall include
all associated services required for Consultant to provide such Services, pursuant to this Agreement, and any
and all Services that would normally be required by law or common due diligence in accordance with the standard
of care defined in Article XIII of this Agreement. The approved Scope of Services defines the services to be
performed by Consultant under this Agreement. Consultant will perform the Services in accordance with Exhibit
A and with Consultant’s response to the Request for Qualifications related to this project, which response is
incorporated by reference into this Agreement as if set out here in its entirety.
1.2 Consultant shall follow City Codes and Standards effective at the time of the execution of the contract.
At review milestones, the Consultant and City will review the progress of the plans to ensure that City Codes and
Standards are followed unless specifically and explicitly excluded from doing so in the approved Scope of
Services attached as Exhibit A. A request made by either party to deviate from City standards after the contract
is executed must be in writing.
1.3 Consultant shall provide labor, equipment and transportation necessary to complete all services agreed
to hereunder in a timely manner throughout the term of the Agreement. Persons retained by Consultant to
perform work pursuant to this Agreement shall be employees or subconsultants of Consultant. Upon request,
Consultant must provide City with a list of all subconsultants that includes the services performed by
subconsultant and the % of work performed by subconsultant (in dollars). Changes in Consultant’s proposed
team as specified in the SOQ or Scope of Services must be agreed to by the City in writing.
1.4 Consultant shall not begin work on any phase/task authorized under this Agreement until they are briefed
on the scope of the Project and are notified in writing to proceed. If the scope of the Project changes, either
Consultant or City may request a review of the changes with an appropriate adjustment in compensation.
1.5 Consultant will provide monthly status updates (project progress or delays) in the format requested by
the City with each monthly invoice.
1.6 For design services, Consultant agrees to render the professional services necessary for the
advancement of the Project through Final Completion of the Construction Contract. Consultant acknowledges
and accepts its responsibilities, as defined and described in City’s General Conditions for Construction Contracts,
excerpt attached as Exhibit D.
1.6.1 The Consultant agrees to serve as the City’s Designer as defined in the General Conditions and
will consult and advise the City on matters related to the Consultant’s Scope of Services during the
performance of the Consultant’s services.
1.6.2 The Consultant agrees to prepare plans, specification, bid and contract documents and to analyze
bids and evaluate the documents submitted by bidders.
1.6.3 The Consultant agrees to assist the City in evaluating the qualifications of the prospective
contractors, subcontractors and suppliers.
1.7 For projects that require subsurface utility investigation:
1.7.1 The Consultant agrees to prepare and submit to the City prior to the 60% submittal a signed and
sealed report identifying all utilities within the project area at the Quality Level specified in Exhibit A and
A-1. It is assumed that all utilities will be identified using Quality Level A exploratory excavation unless
stated otherwise.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 3 of 11
Revised January 2021
1.7.2 Utilities that should be identified include but are not limited to utilities owned by the City, local
franchises, electric companies, communication companies, private pipeline companies and 3rd party
owners/operators.
1.8 For project with potential utility conflicts:
1.8.1 The Consultant agrees to coordinate the verification and resolution of all potential utility conflicts.
1.8.2 The Consultant agrees to prepare and submit a monthly Utility Coordination Matrix to the City.
1.9 The Consultant agrees to complete the Scope of Services in accordance with the approved project
schedule and budget as defined in Exhibit A, including completing the work in phases defined therein.
ARTICLE II – QUALITY CONTROL
2.1 The Consultant agrees to perform quality assurance-quality control/constructability reviews (QCP
Review). The City reserves the right to retain a separate consultant to perform additional QCP services for the
City.
2.2 The Consultant will perform QCP Reviews at intervals during the Project to ensure deliverables satisfy
applicable industry quality standards and meet the requirements of the Project scope. Based on the findings of
the QCP Review, the Consultant must reconcile the Project Scope and the Opinion of Probable Cost (OPC), as
needed.
2.3 Final construction documents that do not meet City standards in effect at the time of the execution of
this Agreement may be rejected. If final construction documents are found not to be in compliance with this
Agreement, Consultant will not be compensated for having to resubmit documents.
ARTICLE III – COMPENSATION
3.1 The Compensation for all services (Basic and Additional) included in this Agreement and in the Scope of
Services for this Agreement shall not exceed $_522,302.30 .
3.2 The Consultant’s fee will be on a lump sum or time and materials (T&M) basis as detailed in Exhibit A
and will be full and total compensation for all services and for all expenses incurred in performing these services.
Consultant shall submit a Rate Schedule with their proposal.
3.3 The Consultant agrees to complete the Scope of Services in accordance with the approved project
schedule and budget as defined in Exhibit A, including completing the work in phases defined therein.
3.4 The Director of Engineering Services may request the Consultant to undertake additional services or
tasks provided that no increase in fee is required. Services or tasks requiring an increase of fee will be mutually
agreed and evidenced in writing as an amendment to this contract. Consultant shall notify the City within three
(3) days of notice if tasks requested requires an additional fee.
3.5 Monthly invoices will be submitted in accordance with the Payment Request as shown in Exhibit B. Each
invoice will include the Consultant’s estimate of the proportion of the contracted services completed at the time
of billing. For work performed on a T&M Basis, the invoice shall include documentation that shows who worked
on the Project, the number of hours that each individual worked, the applicable rates from the Rate Schedule
and any reimbursable expenses associated with the work. City will make prompt monthly payments in response
to Consultant’s monthly invoices in compliance with the Texas Prompt Payment Act.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 4 of 11
Revised January 2021
3.6 Principals may only bill at the agreed hourly rate for Principals (as defined in the Rate Schedule) when
acting in that capacity. Principals acting in the capacity of staff must bill at applicable staff rates.
3.7 Consultant certifies that title to all services covered by a Payment Request shall pass to City no later than
the time of payment. Consultant further certifies that, upon submittal of a Payment Request, all services for
which Payment Requests have been previously issued and payments received from City shall, to the best of
Consultant’s knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances in favor of Consultant or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided
labor or services relating to this Agreement. Consultant shall indemnify and hold City harmless from
any liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances filed by anyone claiming by, through or
under the items covered by payments made by City to Consultant.
3.8 The final payment due hereunder shall not be paid until all reports, data and documents have been
submitted, received, accepted and approved by City. Final billing shall indicate “Final Bill – no additional
compensation is due to Consultant.”
3.9 City may withhold compensation to such extent as may be necessary, in City’s opinion, to protect City
from damage or loss for which Consultant is responsible, because of:
3.9.1 delays in the performance of Consultant’s work;
3.9.2 failure of Consultant to make payments to subconsultants or vendors for labor, materials or
equipment;
3.9.3 damage to City; or
3.9.4 persistent failure by Consultant to carry out the performance of its services in accordance with this
Agreement.
3.10 When the above reasons for withholding are removed or remedied by Consultant, compensation of the
amount withheld shall be made within 30 days. City shall not be deemed in default by reason of withholding
compensation as provided under this Agreement.
3.11 In the event of any dispute(s) between the Parties regarding the amount properly compensable for any
phase or as final compensation or regarding any amount that may be withheld by City, Consultant shall be
required to make a claim pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and follow the
procedures provided herein for the resolution of such dispute. In the event Consultant does not initiate and
follow the claims procedures as required by the terms of this Agreement, any such claim shall be waived.
3.12 Request of final compensation by Consultant shall constitute a waiver of claims except those previously
made in writing and identified by Consultant as unsettled at the time of final Payment Request.
3.13 All funding obligations of the City under this Agreement are subject to the appropriation of funds in its
annual budget. The City may direct the Consultant to suspend work pending receipt and appropriation of funds.
The right to suspend work under this provision does not relieve the City of its obligation to make payments in
accordance with section 3.5 above for services provided up to the date of suspension. ARTICLE IV – TIME AND PERIOD OF SERVICE
4.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon the signature of the City Manager or designee (Effective Date).
Contract for Professional Services
Page 5 of 11
Revised January 2021
4.2 The term of this Agreement will be for a period of six years beginning on the effective date, unless
extended by authority of the City Manager or designee.
4.3 The Consultant agrees to begin work on those authorized Services for this contract upon receipt of the
Notice to Proceed from the Contracts and Procurement Department. Work will not begin on any phase or any
Additional Services until requested in writing by the Consultant and written authorization is provided by the
Director of Engineering Services.
4.4 Time is of the essence for this Agreement. Consultant shall perform and complete its obligations under
this Agreement in a prompt and continuous manner so as to not delay the Work for the Project, in accordance
with the schedules approved by City. The Consultant and City are aware that many factors may affect the
Consultant’s ability to complete the services to be provided under this agreement. The Consultant must notify
the City within ten business days of becoming aware of a factor that may affect the Consultant’s ability to
complete the services hereunder.
4.5 City shall perform its obligations of review and approval in a prompt and continuous manner so as to not
delay the project.
4.6 This Agreement shall remain in force for a period which may reasonably be required for completion of
the Project, including any extra work and any required extensions thereto, unless terminated as provided for in
this Agreement. For construction design services, “completion of the Project” refers to acceptance by the City
of the construction phase of the Project, i.e., Final Completion.
ARTICLE V – OPINIONS OF COST
5.1 The Opinion of Probable Cost (OPC) is computed by the Consultant and includes the total cost for
construction of the Project.
5.2 The OPC does not include the cost of the land, rights-of-way or other costs which are the responsibility
of the City.
5.3 Since Consultant has no control over a construction contractor’s cost of labor, materials or equipment, or
over the contractor’s methods of determining prices, or over competitive bidding or market conditions,
Consultant’s opinions of probable Project Cost or Construction Cost provided herein are to be made on the basis
of Consultant’s experience and qualifications and represent Consultant’s best judgment as a design professional
familiar with the construction industry, but Consultant cannot and does not guarantee proposals, bids or the
construction cost shall not vary from the OPC prepared by Consultant.
ARTICLE VI – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Consultant must not commence work under this Agreement until all insurance required has been obtained
and such insurance has been approved by the City. Consultant must not allow any subcontractor to commence
work until all similar insurance required of any subcontractor has been obtained.
6.2 Insurance Requirements are shown in EXHIBIT C.
ARTICLE VII – INDEMNIFICATION
Consultant shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the City of Corpus Christi and its officials,
officers, agents, employees, excluding the engineer or architect or that person’s agent,
employee or subconsultant, over which the City exercises control (“Indemnitee”) from and
against any and all claims, damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney fees and
Contract for Professional Services
Page 6 of 11
Revised January 2021
court costs, to the extent that the damage is caused by or results from an act of negligence,
intentional tort, intellectual property infringement or failure to pay a subcontractor or supplier
committed by Consultant or its agent, Consultant under contract or another entity over which
Consultant exercises control while in the exercise of rights or performance of the duties under
this agreement. This indemnification does not apply to any liability resulting from the negligent
acts or omissions of the City or its employees, to the extent of such negligence.
Consultant shall defend Indemnitee, with counsel satisfactory to the City Attorney, from and
against any and all claims, damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney fees and
court costs, included in the indemnification above if the claim is not based wholly or partly on
the negligence of, fault of or breach of contract by Indemnitee. If a claim is based wholly or
partly on the negligence of, fault of or breach of contract by Indemnitee, the Consultant shall
reimburse the City’s reasonable attorney’s fees in proportion to the Consultant’s liability.
Consultant must advise City in writing within 24 hours of any claim or demand against City or
Consultant known to Consultant related to or arising out of Consultant’s activities under this
Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII – TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
8.1 By Consultant:
8.1.1 The City reserves the right to suspend this Agreement at the end of any phase for the convenience
of the City by issuing a written and signed Notice of Suspension. The Consultant may terminate this
Agreement for convenience in the event such suspension extends for a period beyond 120 calendar days
by delivering a Notice of Termination to the City.
8.1.2 The Consultant must follow the Termination Procedure outlined in this Agreement.
8.2 By City:
8.2.1 The City may terminate this agreement for convenience upon seven days written notice to the
Consultant at the address of record.
8.2.2 The City may terminate this agreement for cause upon ten days written notice to the Consultant.
If Consultant begins, within three days of receipt of such notice, to correct its failure and proceeds to
diligently cure such failure within the ten days, the agreement will not terminate. If the Consultant again
fails to perform under this agreement, the City may terminate the agreement for cause upon seven days
written notice to the Consultant with no additional cure period. If the City terminates for cause, the City
may reject any and all proposals submitted by Consultant for up to two years.
8.3 Termination Procedure
8.3.1 Upon receipt of a Notice of Termination and prior to the effective date of termination, unless the
notice otherwise directs or Consultant takes action to cure a failure to perform under the cure period,
Consultant shall immediately begin the phase-out and discontinuance of all services in connection with
the performance of this Agreement. Within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Termination,
unless Consultant has successfully cured a failure to perform, Consultant shall submit a statement
showing in detail the services performed under this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination.
City retains the option to grant an extension to the time period for submittal of such statement.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 7 of 11
Revised January 2021
8.3.2 Consultant shall submit all completed and/or partially completed work under this Agreement,
including but not limited to specifications, designs, plans and exhibits.
8.3.3 Upon receipt of documents described in the Termination Procedure and absent any reason why
City may be compelled to withhold fees, Consultant will be compensated for its services based upon a
Time & Materials calculation or Consultant and City's estimate of the proportion of the total services
actually completed at the time of termination. There will be no compensation for anticipated profits on
services not completed.
8.3.4 Consultant acknowledges that City is a public entity and has a duty to document the expenditure
of public funds. The failure of Consultant to comply with the submittal of the statement and documents,
as required above, shall constitute a waiver by Consultant of any and all rights or claims to payment for
services performed under this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX – RIGHT OF REVIEW AND AUDIT
9.1 Consultant grants City, or its designees, the right to audit, examine or inspect, at City’s election, all of
Consultant’s records relating to the performance of the Work under this Agreement, during the term of this
Agreement and retention period herein. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by a City
designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by City. Consultant
agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four years following termination of the Agreement, unless there is
an ongoing dispute under this Agreement, then such retention period shall extend until final resolution of the
dispute.
9.2 Consultant’s records include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character
generated as a result of and relevant to the Work under this Agreement (Consultant’s Records). Examples
include billings, books, general ledger, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence,
meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements,
notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies,
procedures, and any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in City’s and
Consultant’s reasonable judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations
under or covered by any Agreement Documents.
9.3 City agrees that it shall exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Consultant’s Records only during
Consultant’s regular business hours. Consultant agrees to allow City’s designee access to all of Consultant’s
Records, Consultant’s facilities and Consultant’s current employees, deemed necessary by City or its
designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Consultant also agrees to provide adequate and
appropriate work space necessary to City or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations.
9.4 Consultant shall include this audit clause in any subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract.
ARTICLE X – OWNER REMEDIES
10.1 The City and Consultant agree that in the event the City suffers actual damages, the City may elect to
pursue its actual damages and any other remedy allowed by law. This includes but is not limited to:
10.1.1 Failure of the Consultant to make adequate progress and endanger timely and successful
completion of the Project, which includes failure of subconsultants to meet contractual obligations;
10.1.2 Failure of the Consultant to design in compliance with the laws of the City, State and/or federal
governments, such that subsequent compliance costs exceed expenditures that would have been
involved had services been properly executed by the Consultant.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 8 of 11
Revised January 2021
10.1.3 Losses are incurred because of errors and/or omissions in the design, working drawings,
specifications or other documents prepared by the Consultant to the extent that the financial losses are
greater than the City would have originally paid had there not been errors and/or omissions in the
documents.
10.2 When the City incurs non-value added work costs for change orders due to design errors and/or
omissions, the City will send the Consultant a letter that includes:
(1) Summary of facts with supporting documentation;
(2) Instructions for Consultant to revise design documents, if appropriate, at Consultant’s expense;
(3) Calculation of non-value added work costs incurred by the City; and
(4) Deadline for Consultant’s response.
10.3 The Consultant may be required to revise bid documents and re-advertise the Project at the Consultant’s
sole cost if, in the City’s judgment, the Consultant generates excessive addenda, either in terms of the nature of
the revision or the actual number of changes due to the Consultant’s errors or omissions.
10.4 The City may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment as detailed in Article III.
ARTICLE XI – CONSULTANT REMEDIES
11.1 If Consultant is delayed due to uncontrollable circumstances, such as strikes, riots, acts of God, national
emergency, acts of the public enemy, governmental restrictions, laws or regulations or any other causes beyond
Consultant’s and City’s reasonable control, an extension of the Project schedule in an amount equal to the time
lost due to such delay shall be Consultant’s sole and exclusive remedy. The revised schedule should be
approved in writing with a documented reason for granting the extension.
11.2 The City agrees that the Consultant is not responsible for damages arising from any cause beyond
Consultant’s reasonable control.
11.3 If Consultant requests a remedy for a condition not specified above, Consultant must file a Claim as
provided in this Agreement.
ARTICLE XII – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
12.1 Filing of Claims
12.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in this Agreement or other occurrences or events,
shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within 21
calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general
nature of the Claim.
12.1.2 Every Claim of Consultant, whether for additional compensation, additional time or other relief,
shall be signed and sworn to by a person authorized to bind the Consultant by his/her signature, verifying
the truth and accuracy of the Claim.
12.1.3 The responsibility to substantiate a claim rests with the party making the Claim.
12.1.4 Within 30 calendar days of receipt of notice and supporting documentation, City will meet to
discuss the request, after which an offer of settlement or a notification of no settlement offer will be sent
to Consultant. If Consultant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, Consultant will have 30 calendar
Contract for Professional Services
Page 9 of 11
Revised January 2021
days in which to (i) submit additional supporting data requested by the City, (ii) modify the initial request
for remedy or (iii) request Mediation.
12.1.5 Pending final resolution of a claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing, Consultant shall
proceed diligently with performance of the Agreement, and City shall continue to make payments in
accordance with this Agreement.
12.2 Mediation
12.2.1 All negotiations pursuant to this clause are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and
settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence.
12.2.2 Before invoking mediation, the Parties agree that they shall first try to resolve any dispute arising
out of or related to this Agreement through discussions directly between those senior management
representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for
similar projects. This step shall be a condition precedent to the use of mediation. If the parties’ senior
management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 30 calendar days after a Party delivers a
written notice of such dispute, then the Parties shall proceed with the mediation process contained herein.
12.2.2.1 In the event that City or Consultant shall contend that the other has committed a material
breach of this Agreement, the Party alleging such breach shall, as a condition precedent
to filing any lawsuit, request mediation of the dispute.
12.2.2.2 Request for mediation shall be in writing, and shall request that the mediation commence
no less than 30 or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except
upon agreement of both parties.
12.2.2.3 In the event City and Consultant are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to
the identity of the mediator or mediators within 30 calendar days of the request for
mediation, all conditions precedent in this Article shall be deemed to have occurred.
12.2.2.4 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee. Venue for mediation shall be Nueces County,
Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement
agreement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. No provision of this Agreement shall
waive any immunity or defense. No provision of this Agreement is a consent to suit.
12.3 In calculating the amount of any Claim or any measure of damages for breach of contract, the following
standards shall apply both to claims by Consultant and to claims by City:
12.3.1 In no event shall either Party be liable, whether in contract or tort or otherwise, to the other Party
for loss of profits, delay damages or for any special incidental or consequential loss or damage of any
nature arising at any time or from any cause whatsoever;
12.3.2 Damages are limited to extra costs specifically shown to have been directly caused by a proven
wrong for which the other Party is claimed to be responsible.
12.4 In case of litigation between the parties, Consultant and City agree that neither party shall be responsible
for payment of attorney’s fees pursuant to any law or other provision for payment of attorneys’ fees. Both Parties
expressly waive any claim to attorney’s fees should litigation result from any dispute between the parties to this
Agreement.
12.5 In case of litigation between the parties, Consultant and City agree that they have knowingly waived and
Contract for Professional Services
Page 10 of 11
Revised January 2021
do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or
connected to this Agreement, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree
otherwise in writing.
12.6 No Waiver of Governmental Immunity. This Agreement is to perform a governmental function
solely for the public benefit. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to waive City’s
governmental immunity from lawsuit, which immunity is expressly retained to the extent it is
not clearly and unambiguously waived by state law.
ARTICLE XIII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 Assignability. Neither party will assign, transfer or delegate any of its obligations or duties under this
Agreement contract to any other person and/or party without the prior written consent of the other party, except
for routine duties delegated to personnel of the Consultant staff. This includes subcontracts entered into for
services under this Agreement. If the Consultant is a partnership or joint venture, then in the event of the
termination of the partnership or joint venture, this contract will inure to the individual benefit of such partner or
partners as the City may designate. No part of the Consultant fee may be assigned in advance of receipt by the
Consultant without written consent of the City.
The City will not pay the fees of expert or technical assistance and consultants unless such employment,
including the rate of compensation, has been approved in writing by the City.
13.2 Provisions Required by Law. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into
the Agreement shall be deemed to be enacted herein, and the Agreement shall be read and enforced as though
each were physically included herein.
13.3 Standard of Care. Services provided by Consultant under this Agreement shall be performed with the
professional skill and care ordinarily provided by competent licensed professionals practicing under the same or
similar circumstances and professional license; and performed as expeditiously as is prudent considering the
ordinary professional skill and care of a competent engineer or architect.
13.4 Licensing. Consultant shall be represented by personnel with appropriate licensure, registration and/or
certification(s) at meetings of any official nature concerning the Project, including scope meetings, review
meetings, pre-bid meetings and preconstruction meetings.
13.5 Independent Contractor. The relationship between the City and Consultant under this Agreement shall
be that of independent contractor. City may explain to Consultant the City’s goals and objectives in regard to
the services to be performed by Consultant, but the City shall not direct Consultant on how or in what manner
these goals and objectives are to be met.
13.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire and integrated Agreement between City and
Consultant and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either oral or written. This
Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both the City and Consultant.
13.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement can be construed to create rights in any entity
other than the City and Consultant. Neither the City nor Consultant intends to create third party beneficiaries by
entering into this Agreement.
13.8 Disclosure of Interest. Consultant agrees to comply with City of Corpus Christi Ordinance No. 17112 and
complete the Disclosure of Interests form.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 11 of 11
Revised January 2021
13.9 Certificate of Interested Parties. For contracts greater than $50,000, Consultant agrees to comply with
Texas Government Code section 2252.908 and complete Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties as part of
this agreement. Form 1295 must be electronically filed with the Texas Ethics Commission at
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf_info_form1295.htm. The form must then be printed, signed
and filed with the City. For more information, please review the Texas Ethics Commission Rules at
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/legal/ch46.html.
13.10 Conflict of Interest. Consultant agrees, in compliance with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government
Code, to complete and file Form CIQ with the City Secretary’s Office. For more information and to determine if
you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary’s website at
http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict-disclosure/index.
13.11 Title VI Assurance. The Consultant shall prohibit discrimination in employment based upon race, color,
religion, national origin, gender, disability or age.
13.12 Controlling Law. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its
conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed
and tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County.
13.13 Severability. If, for any reason, any one or more Articles and/or paragraphs of this Agreement are held
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect, impair or invalidate the remaining
Articles and/or paragraphs of this Agreement but shall be confined in its effect to the specific Article, sentences,
clauses or parts of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any
Article, sentence, clause or parts of this Agreement, in any one or more instance, shall not affect or prejudice in
any way the validity of this Agreement in any other instance.
13.14 Conflict Resolution Between Documents. Consultant hereby agrees and acknowledges if anything
contained in the Consultant-prepared Exhibit A, Consultant’s Scope of Services, the Consultant’s response to
the Request for Qualifications related to this project, or in any other document prepared by Consultant and
included herein, is in conflict with Articles I-XIII of this Agreement (Articles), the Articles shall take precedence
and control to resolve said conflict.
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Hanson Professional Services, Inc.
____________________________________ _____________________________________
Michael Rodriguez Date Arthur B. Colwell, P.E. Date
Chief of Staff Vice President/Managing Principle
555 N. Carancahua, Suite 1600
Corpus Christi, TX 78401
(361) 696-3300 Office
Arthur.Colwell@hdrinc.com
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM:
____________________________________
Assistant City Attorney Date
ATTEST
____________________________________
City Secretary Date
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 1 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
EXHIBIT “A”
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS
“ALAMEDA STREET”
PROJECT NO. 18005A
BOND ISSUE 2018
I. SCOPE OF SERVICES
A. BASIC SERVICES
For the purpose of this Contract, Preliminary Phase may include Schematic Design and Design
Phase services may include Design Development as applicable to Architectural/Engineering
services.
1. Preliminary Phase.
The Architect/Engineer (A/E), also referred to as Consultant, will:
a) Attend Project Kick-off Meeting and distribute meeting minutes to attendees within
five working days of the meeting.
b) Request and review available reports, record drawings, utility maps and other
information provided by the City pertaining to the project area.
c) Develop preliminary requirements for utility relocations, replacements or upgrades.
Coordinate with the City’s Project Manager and identify Operating Departments
potential Project needs.
d) Develop preliminary typical street sections and pavement sections, incorporating
the City’s Geotechnical Consultant’s recommendations. All streets shall be
designed with flexible and rigid pavements.
e) Identify preliminary right-of-way acquisition requirements and illustrate on a
schematic strip map.
f) Prepare preliminary opinions of probable construction costs for the recommended
improvements.
g) Develop a Drainage Area Map showing the existing and proposed drainage basins
served by the Project storm system.
h) Conduct preliminary hydraulic analysis to quantify the storm water design of
existing and proposed systems.
i) Identify electric and communication utility companies and private pipeline
companies that may have existing facilities and must be relocated to accommodate
the proposed improvements. Submit a list of identified companies to the City.
j) Conduct preliminary analysis of lighting and traffic signalization, including existing
equipment, above/below ground electrical service, lane designations, etc.
Coordinate signal requirements with City Street Department. Provide
recommendations for improvements/upgrades.
k) The AE will participate in discussions with the Operating Department;
Development Services and other agencies (such as the Texas Department of
Transportation (TXDOT) and Texas Commission of Environmental Quality (TCEQ)
as required to satisfactorily complete the Project. Any directions or changes to
scope provided by the Operating Department or other agencies shall be reviewed
with the City Engineering Department PM prior to including/excluding from the
scope of work.
l) Identify and analyze requirements of governmental authorities having jurisdiction
to approve design of the Project including permitting, environmental, historical,
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 2 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
construction, and geotechnical issues; upon request or concurrence of the Project
Manager, coordinate with agencies such as RTA, USPS, affected school districts
(CCISD, FBISD, etc.), community groups, etc.
m) Identify and recommend public outreach and community stakeholder
requirements.
n) Request and review traffic counts from the City PM.
o) Prepare an Engineering Letter Report (20 – 25 page main-body text document with
supporting appendices) that documents the analyses, approach, opinions of
probable construction costs, and document the work with text, tables, schematic-
level exhibits and computer models or other applicable supporting documents
required per City Plan Preparation Standards (CPPS). The Engineering Letter
Report to include:
1. Provide a concise presentation of pertinent factors, sketches, designs,
cross-sections, and parameters which will or may impact the design,
including engineering design basis, preliminary layout sketches,
construction sequencing, alignment, cross section, geotechnical testing
report, sealed survey including topographic, right-of-way and utilities
location information (per scope in Topographic and Right-of-Way (ROW)
Survey services), right-of-way requirements, conformance to master plans,
identification of needed additional services, identification of needed permits
and environmental consideration, existing and proposed utilities, existing
electric and communication utility companies and private pipeline
companies, identification of quality and quantity of materials of
construction, and other factors required for a professional design.
2. Include existing site photos with location key map.
3. Provide opinion of probable construction costs.
4. Identify and analyze requirements of governmental authorities having
jurisdiction to approve design of the Project including permitting,
environmental, historical, construction, and geotechnical issues; meet as
City agent or with City participation and coordinate with agencies such as
TCEQ, RTA, CDBG, USPS, CCISD, community groups, TDLR, etc.
5. Summary of Geotechnical Report findings and criteria for pavement design,
including the projected growth rate, 30-year ESAL estimate and SN value,
30-year pavement recommendation, etc.
a. Analyze proposed pavement options and provide recommendation for
most cost-effective pavement section that accommodates traffic
requirements, budget constraints, utility needs, etc.
6. Provide preliminary index of anticipated drawings and specifications.
7. Provide a preliminary summary table of anticipated required ROW parcels
p) Submit one (1) copy in an approved electronic format, and three (3) hard copies of
the Draft Engineering Letter Report.
q) Initiate ELR submittal discussion with City PM to brief PM on any concerns or
issues prior to distribution of ELR submittal.
r) Participate in Project review meeting with City staff and others on the Draft
Engineering Letter Report as scheduled by City Project Manager.
s) Address review comments and questions and provide written responses to the City
PM.
t) Assimilate all City review comments into the Final Engineering Letter Report
(ELR). Provide one (1) electronic and one (1) hard copy using City Standards as
applicable and suitable for reproduction.
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 3 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
City staff will provide electronic copies of the following information (as applicable and
requested through the City PM):
a) Electronic index and database of City’s Record Drawing and record information.
b) Record Drawings and record information as available from City Engineering files.
b) The preliminary budget, specifying the funds available for construction.
c) A copy of existing studies and plans (as available from City Engineering files).
d) Copy of Geotechnical Investigation Report.
g) Traffic counts.
h) All available internal GIS utility mapping for storm water, water, wastewater and
gas utilities.
i) Schedule all project review meetings with invitations to appropriate attendees.
j) Authorization from the City Engineering Services Department allowing the A/E to
act as a “representative” of the City when coordinating with agencies other than
the City.
Note: Applicable Master Plans and GIS mapping are available on the City’s website. The
records provided for A/E’s use under this Contract are proprietary, copyrighted,
and authorized for use only by A/E, and only for the intended purpose of this
project. Any unauthorized use or distribution of the records provided under this
Contract is strictly prohibited.
2. Design Phase.
Upon approval of the preliminary phase, designated by receiving authorization to proceed
from the City Project Manager, the A/E will:
a) Provide coordination with electric and communication utility companies and private
pipeline companies that may have existing facilities and must be relocated to
accommodate the proposed improvements. Inform private utility and pipeline
owners whose facilities fall within the project limits of the proposed improvements.
Identify areas of potential conflicts. Coordinate with private utility and pipeline
owners to obtain needed locations of their respective utility/pipeline, including
Level A SUE by private utility/pipeline owner as necessary. Coordinate necessary
adjustments and provide a project schedule to utility/pipeline owner. Provide
utility/pipeline relocation schedule to the City and update monthly.
b) Coordinate with AEP and City Traffic Engineering to identify location of electrical
power conduit for street lighting and traffic signalization.
c) Identify the approximate locations and areas of existing utilities and pipelines that
may have a significant potential impact on the proposed features or utilities and for
which the existing location(s) cannot be adequately determined by the
investigation, and which require a Level A exploratory excavation during the design
phase. These critical locations and their basis of potential impact are to be clearly
provided on a layout for the City PM.
d) Provide assistance to identify potential needs for testing, handling and disposal of
any hazardous materials and/or contaminated soils that may be discovered during
construction (to be included under additional services).
e) Prepare Construction Documents in City standard format for the work identified in
the approved ELR. Construction plans to include improvements or modifications
to the street, storm water, water, wastewater, gas, IT, signal, and lighting systems
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 4 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
within the Project limits, per the Project scope. Include standard City of Corpus
Christi detail sheets and specifications as applicable to the Project.
1. Prepare construction plans in compliance with CPPS using English units
on full-size (22” x 34”).
2. Prepare Traffic Control and Construction Sequencing Plans. The TCP will
include construction sequencing, typical cross section and construction
phasing plan sheets, warning and barricades, as well as standards sheets
for barricades, traffic control plan, work zone pavement markings and
signage.
--- OR---
Provide Traffic Control parameters, sequencing and performance
requirements for the Contractors to develop the construction TCP.
3. Provide pollution control measures and BMP layout for the Contractor’s
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan, using the City Standard Notes and
BMP Detail Sheets as applicable.
4. Include computer model results and calculations used to analyze drainage.
f) Submit three (3) sets of the interim plans (60% submittal) in electronic and half-
size (11” x 17”) hard copies using City Standards as applicable to City staff for
review and approval purposes with 60% estimates of probable construction costs.
Identify distribution list for plans and bid documents to all affected franchise utilities
and stakeholders.
1. Required with the interim plans is:
a. Design Submittal Packet Checklist
b. Executive Summary of the 60% submittal,” which will identify and briefly
summarize the Project by distinguishing key elements of the Project,
decisions made, outstanding issues, items TBD, Opinion of Probable
Construction Costs (OPCC) compared to construction budget and the
schedule with changes identified.
c. Project Submittal Checklist
d. Drawing Review Checklist
e. OPCC
f. Drawings
g. Draft Table of Contents with specification list
2. Initiate 60% submittal discussion with City PM to brief PM on any concerns
or issues prior to distribution of 60% submittal.
g) Participate in Project 60% review meeting. Prepare and distribute meeting minutes
to attendees within five working days of the meeting. Assimilate all review
comments, as appropriate, and upon confirmation from the City PM proceed to the
90% design.
h) Submit three (3) sets of the pre-final plans and bid documents (90% submittal)
in electronic and half-size hard copies using City Standards as applicable to City
staff for review and approval purposes. Include the 90% estimate of probable
construction costs, 90% submittal Executive Summary, Submittal Packet, Project,
and Drawing Checklists, responses to previous review comments and the Contract
Document Book with in-line Track Changes in red to identify all proposed edits to
the City Construction Contracts.
i) Participate in Project 90% review meeting. Prepare and distribute meeting minutes
to attendees within five working days of the meeting. Assimilate all review
comments, as appropriate, and proceed to the pre-ATA submittal.
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 5 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
j) Provide one (1) set of the pre-ATA plans (100% unsealed and unstamped) in
electronic and half-size hard copy using City Standards as applicable for City’s
Pre-ATA review. Include the pre-ATA OPCC and written responses to previous
review comments. The pre-ATA (100%) submittal will not include a full distribution
and review unless in the opinion of the City Project Manager the questions from
the previous review have not been adequately addressed or resolved in the pre-
ATA submittal. If this occurs, the PM may request additional distribution, meeting,
review and related revisions at no additional cost to the City. See item (l) below.
k) Assimilate all pre-ATA comments, as appropriate, and provide one (1) set of the
final plans and contract documents (signed and sealed, electronic and half-size
hard copy using City Standards as applicable) suitable for reproduction. Said bid
documents henceforth become the shared intellectual property of the City of
Corpus Christi and the Consultant. The City agrees that any modifications of the
submitted final plans (for other uses by the City) will be evidenced on the plans
and be signed and sealed by a professional engineer prior to re-use of modified
plans.
l) Provide Quality Assurance/Quality Control (QA/QC) measures to ensure that all
submittals accurately reflect the percent completion designated and do not
necessitate an excessive amount of revision and correction by City. Additional
revisions or design submittals are required (and within the scope of Consultant’s
duties under this Contract) if, in the opinion of the City Engineer or designee,
Consultant has not adequately addressed City-provided review comments or
provided submittals in accordance with City standards.
m) Prepare and submit ten (10) Status Reports to the City Project Manager (PM) with
action items developed from any project milestone review meetings. The
submissions for these Project milestone Status Reports will be requested by the
City PM and shall be due within two weeks of the request date. The two week time
submission may be altered by a written (e-mail) mutual agreement between the
City PM and the A/E.
The City staff will:
a) Designate an individual to have responsibility, authority, and control for
coordinating activities for the Project.
b) Provide the budget for the Project specifying the funds available for the
construction contract.
c) Provide electronic copy the City’s Standard Specifications, Standard Detail sheets,
Front End Contract Documents, and forms for required bid documents.
3. Bid Phase.
The A/E will:
a) Participate in the pre-bid conference to discuss scope of work and to answer scope
questions.
b) Review all questions concerning the bid documents and prepare any revisions to
the plans, specifications, and bid form that are necessary.
c) Assist with the evaluation of bids.
d) Assist with the review of the Contractor’s Statement of Experience and confirm it
meets Contract requirements.
e) For bids over budget, the A/E will confer with City staff and provide and, if
necessary, make such revisions to the bid documents as the City staff deems
necessary to re-advertise the Project for bids.
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 6 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
f) Provide two (2) hard copy sets and one (1) electronic set of conformed drawings
and conformed Contract Documents (PDF and original format [CAD/Word/etc.])
to the City.
The City staff will:
a) Advertise the Project for bidding, maintain the list of prospective bidders, issue any
addenda, prepare bid tabulation, and conduct the bid opening.
b) Coordinate the review of the bids with the A/E.
c) Prepare agenda materials for the City Council concerning bid awards.
d) Prepare, review, and provide copies of the Contract for execution between the City
and the Contractor.
4. Construction Administration Phase.
The A/E will perform contract administration to include the following:
a) Participate in pre-construction meeting conference and provide a recommended
agenda for critical construction activities and elements impacting the project.
b) Review Contractor submittals and operating and maintenance manuals for
conformance to Contract Documents.
c) Provide interpretations and clarifications of the Contract Documents for the
Contractor and authorize required changes, which do not affect the Contractor’s
price and are not contrary to the general interest of the City under the Contract as
requested by the Owner’s Authorized Representative (OAR).
d) Make periodic visits to the site of the Project to confer with the City Project
Inspector and Contractor to observe the general progress and quality of work, and
to determine, in general, if the work is being done in accordance with the Contract
Documents. This will not be confused with the project representative observation
or continuous monitoring of the progress of construction.
e) Provide interpretations and clarifications of the plans and specifications for the
Contractor and recommendations to the City for minor changes which do not affect
the Contractor’s price and are not contrary to the general interest of the City under
the Contract as requested by the OAR
f) Attend final inspection with City staff, provide punch list items to the City’s
Construction Engineers for Contractor completion, and provide the City with a
Certificate of Completion for the Project upon successful completion of the Project.
g) Review Contractor-provided construction “red-line” drawings. Prepare Project
Record Drawings and provide a reproducible set and electronic file (both PDF and
AutoCAD r.14 or later) within one (1) month of receiving the Contractor’s red-line
drawings. All drawings shall be CADD drawn using dwg format in AutoCAD, and
graphics data will be in .dxf format with each layer being provided in a separate
file. Attribute data will be provided in ASCII format in tabular form. All electronic
data will be compatible with the City GIS system. The Record Drawings should
incorporate the Contractor’s red-lines and identify all changes made during
construction. The Drawing Cover and each sheet should be clearly identified as
the Record Drawing and should indicate the basis and date.
h) When requested by the OAR, assist in addressing Request for Information (RFI)
submitted by the Contractor.
The City staff will:
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 7 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
a) Prepare applications/estimates for payments to Contractor.
b) Conduct the final inspection with the Engineer.
B. ADDITIONAL SERVICES
This section defines the scope of additional services that may only be included as part of this
contract if authorized by the Director of Engineering Services. A/E may not begin work on any
services under this section without specific written authorization by the Director of Engineering
Services. Fees for Additional Services are an allowance for potential services to be provided and
will be negotiated by the Director of Engineering Services as required. The A/E shall, with written
authorization by the Director of Engineering Services, perform the following:
1. Permit Preparation.
Furnish the City all engineering data and documentation necessary for all required
permits. The A/E will prepare this documentation for all required signatures. The A/E will
prepare and submit identified permits as applicable to the appropriate local, state, and
federal authorities, including:
a) Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR)
1. Register the project with the Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation
(TDLR) and pay associated fee.
2. Provide copy of Contract Documents along with appropriate fee to TDLR for
review and approval of accessibility requirements for pedestrian improvements
by a Registered Accessibility Specialist (RAS).
3. Coordinate RAS inspection services at the end of construction and pay
associated fee.
2. Topographic and Right-of-Way (ROW) Survey.
All work must comply with Category 1-A, Condition I specifications of the Texas Society
of Professional Surveyors’ Manual of Practice for Land Surveying in the State of Texas,
latest edition. All work must be tied to and in conformance with the City’s Global
Positioning System (GPS) control network. All work must comply with all TxDOT
requirements as applicable. Include references tying Control Points to a minimum of two
(2) registered NGS Benchmark Monuments in the vicinity of the Project that will not be
disturbed by construction. Survey sheets shall be sealed, provided to the City and
included in the bid document plan set.
a) Establish Horizontal and Vertical Control.
b) Establish both primary and secondary horizontal/vertical control.
c) Set project control points for Horizontal and Vertical Control outside the limits of
area that will be disturbed by construction.
d) Horizontal control will be based on NAD 83 State plane coordinates (South
Zone), and the data will have no adjustment factor applied – i.e. – the coordinate
data will remain in grid.
e) Vertical control will be based on NAVD 88.
f) All control work will be established using conventional (non-GPS) methods.
Perform topographic surveys to gather existing condition information.
g) Locate proposed soil/pavement core holes as drilled by the City’s Geotechnical
Engineering Consultant.
h) Obtain x, y, and z coordinates of all accessible existing wastewater, storm water,
water, IT and gas lines as well as any other lines owned by third-parties and
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 8 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
locate all visible utilities, wells and signs within the apparent ROW width along
project limits. Survey shall include utility marking from the Texas 811 request.
i) Open accessible manholes and inlets to obtain information on structure invert,
type, and size; and all related pipe size, type, invert, orientation, and flow
direction.
j) Everything up to and including Level B subsurface engineering (SUE) is to be
included in Topographic Survey. Surveying services related to Level A SUE are
not included in Topographic and ROW Survey services, but shall be provided as
part of the scope of work for SUE below, if needed.
k) Locate existing features within the apparent ROW.
l) Locate and identify trees, at least five inches in diameter, and areas of significant
landscape or shrubs within the apparent ROW.
m) Generate electronic planimetric base map for use in project design.
n) Obtain finished floor elevations of critical and habitable structures along the
roadway corridor as needed to certify drainage design criteria are met.
o) The survey should not stop at the property line, but should extend beyond the
property line as needed to pick up features and surface flow patterns in the
vicinity of the Project that could potentially impact the design or be impacted by
the construction. This includes features such as existing swales or ditches,
foundations, loading docks/overhead doors, driveways, parking lots, etc.
p) Research plats, ROW maps, deed, easements, and survey for fence corners,
monuments, and iron pins within the existing ROW and analyze to establish
existing apparent ROW.
q) Provide a preliminary base map containing apparent ROW, which will be used by
the A/E to develop the proposed alignment and its position relative to the existing
and proposed ROW. This preliminary base map must show lot or property lines,
addresses, and significant business/facility names.
3. Environmental Issues.
Identify and develop a scope of work for any testing, handling and disposal of hazardous
materials and/or contaminated soils that may be discovered during construction.
4. Public Involvement.
Participate in two public meetings. One public meeting shall be held after submittal of the
Final Engineering Letter Report and one public meeting shall be held prior to start of
project construction. Prepare exhibits for meetings. Provide follow-up and response to
citizen comments. Revise contract drawings to address citizen comments, as directed by
the City. Significant revisions based on public meeting feedback may be negotiated for
an additional fee.
Due to COVID-19 restrictions the above requirement for public meeting involvement may
change to digital public outreach. This digital public outreach includes the responding to
and communicating with resident questions and concerns provided to you by the
Engineering PIO, development of additional exhibits to highlight project details, reviewing
of public outreach materials including brochures, mailouts, website, and social media
graphics to ensure accuracy of documents, and additional zoom style meetings with
stakeholders as needed during both the construction and design phase of the project.
5. Subsurface Utility Investigation (Level A).
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 9 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
SUE investigation for all utilities (City and third party) shall be conducted to Level B as part
of Topographic Survey referenced above and in accordance with ASCE Standard “ASCE
C-I, 38-02, Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing Subsurface
Utility Data”. A sealed Level A SUE report shall be provided to the City and included in
the bid documents as an appendix.
a) Provide subsurface utility engineering in accordance with ASCE Standard “ASCE
C-I, 38-02, Standard Guideline for the Collection and Depiction of Existing
Subsurface Utility Data” including, but not limited to, hydro-excavation. The
proposed subsurface utility investigation will be as follows:
i) Excavation – The SUE scope includes working with a subsurface utility
excavator to perform Quality Level A investigation of underground utilities
in specified areas through the project limit. Quality Level A includes the
use of minimally intrusive excavation equipment at critical points to
determine the horizontal and vertical position of underground utilities, as
well as the type, size, condition, material, and other characteristics. Utilities
located at this quality level will be physically located and tied to the
topographic survey control. The utility will be identified, and an elevation
will be obtained to the top of the utility.
6. Construction Observation Services. To Be Determined.
7. Warranty Phase.
Provide a maintenance guaranty inspection toward the end of the one-year period after
acceptance of the Project. Note defects requiring contractor action to maintain, repair, fix,
restore, patch, or replace improvement under the maintenance guaranty terms of the
contract. Document the condition and prepare a report for the City staff of the locations
and conditions requiring action, with its recommendation for the method or action to best
correct defective conditions and submit to City Staff. Complete the inspection and prepare
the report no later than sixty (60) days prior to the end of the maintenance guaranty period.
8. Televising Utility Lines.
Provide cleaning and televising of existing utility lines to verify existing conditions. Analyze
photos and videos to recommend repairs and/or improvements and provide a written
report with findings and recommendations. A copy of all photos and videos (in standard
video and image format) shall be provided to the City.
Provide the services above authorized in addition to those items shown on Exhibit “A-1” Task List,
which provides supplemental description to Exhibit “A”. Note: The Exhibit “A-1” Task List does
not supersede Exhibit “A”.
EXHIBIT “A”
Page 10 of 11
Revised 27 February 2020
II. SCHEDULE
Date Activity
TBD NTP
8 weeks Draft ELR submittal
3 weeks City Review
6 weeks from City Review Final ELR submittal
12 weeks from Final ELR 60% Design Submittal
3 weeks City Review
8 weeks from City Review 90% Design Submittal
3 weeks City Review
4 weeks from City Review 100% Pre-ATA Submittal
2 weeks from P-ATA Submittal Final Sealed Bid Package
2 weeks from Final Bid Pckg Advertise for Bids
2 weeks from Advertise for Bid Pre-Bid Conference
2 weeks from Pre-Bid Conference Receive Bids
6 weeks from Receipt of Bids Contract Award
2 weeks from Contract Award Begin Construction
60 weeks from Begin Construction Complete Construction
III. FEES
A. Fee for Basic Services.
The City will pay the A/E a fixed fee for providing all “Basic Services” authorized as per the table
below. The fees for Basic Services will not exceed those identified and will be full and total
compensation for all services outlined in Section I.A.1-4 above, and for all expenses incurred in
performing these services. The fee for this project is subject to the availability of funds. The
Engineer may be directed to suspend work pending receipt and appropriation of funds.
For services provided, A/E will submit monthly statements for services rendered. The statement
will be based upon A/E’s estimate (and with City’s concurrence) of the proportion of the total
services actually completed at the time of billing. City will make prompt monthly payments in
response to A/E’s monthly statements.
B. Fee for Additional Services.
For services authorized by the Director of Engineering Services under Section I.B. “Additional
Services”, the City will pay the A/E a not-to-exceed fee as per the table below:
EXHIBIT “A” Page 11 of 11 Revised 27 February 2020 Summary of Fees Basic Services Fees Street Storm Water Wastewater Water Gas Total 1. Preliminary Phase $38,422.88 $17,290.29 $9,605.72 $9,605.72 $1,921.14 $76,845.75 2. Design Phase $155,092.18 $69,791.48 $38,773.04 $38,773.04 $7,754.61 $310,184.35 3. Bid Phase $4,580.80 $2,061.36 $1,145.20 $1,145.20 $229.04 $9,161.60 4. Construction Administration Phase $22,510.00 $10,129.50 $5,627.50 $5,627.50 $1,125.50 $45,020.00 Subtotal Basic Services Fees $220,605.86 $99,272.63 $55,151.46 $55,151.46 $11,030.29 $441,211.70 Additional Services Fees (Allowance) 1. Permit Preparation $2,666.5 $1,199.93 $666.62 $666.62 $133.33 $5,333.00 2. Topographic and ROW Survey $14,246.00 $6,410.70 $3,561.50 $3,561.50 $712.30 $28,492.00 3. Environmental Issues $2,533.00 $1,139.85 $633.25 $633.25 $126.65 $5,066.00 4. Public Involvement $5,105.00 $2,297.25 $1,276.25 $1,276.25 $255.25 $10,210.00 5. Subsurface Utility Investigation (Level A) $- $- $- $- $- $- 6. Construction Observation Services TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD 7. Warranty Phase $1,566.00 $704.70 $391.50 $391.50 $78.30 $3,132.00 8. Televising Utility Lines $14,428.75 $6,492.93 $3,607.19 $3,607.19 $721.44 $28,857.50 Subtotal Additional Services Fees $40,545.25 $18,245.36 $10,136.31 $10,136.31 $2,027.27 $81,090.50 Total Fee $261,151.11 $117,517.99 $65,287.77 $65,287.77 $13,057.56 $522,302.20 *Additional Services authorized in coordination with the notice to proceed for Basic Services.
Exhibit A-1 1 HDR Engineering, Inc.
Alameda Street – Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
Project No. 18005A
Exhibit A-1
Task List
HDR, Inc
“ALAMEDA STREET – LOUISIANA AVENUE TO CHAMBERLAIN STREET”
PROJECT NO. 18005A
BOND ISSUE 2018
I. SCOPE OF SERVICES
The following scope of services appends Exhibit “A” of the Alameda Street Bond
2018(18005A) contract. Any items of Exhibit “A” not intended to be appended by Exhibit “A-
1” are listed as “N/A”. The Alameda Street Bond 2018 project limits are from Louisiana
Avenue to Chamberlain Street. The anticipated construction work consists of reconstruction
of the roadway, replacement of City water lines, waste water lines, storm water,
reconstruction of curb and gutter, reconstruction of sidewalks / driveways, and
reconstruction of ADA accessible ramps.
A. BASIC SERVICES
1) Preliminary Phase
a) N/A
b) N/A
c) N/A
d) N/A
e) N/A
f) N/A
g) The drainage areas studied for the project are the current contributing areas
along the centerline of Alameda St from Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain
Street.
h) Analysis of the contributing areas to the Louisiana Avenue outfall (11’x10’ RCB)
is not included in the scope of services. A tail water elevation equivalent to the
soffit elevation of the Louisiana Avenue outfall (11’x10’ RCB) at the “tie-in” point
will be utilized for the Alameda St Bond 2018 storm water analysis.
i) N/A
j) N/A
k) N/A
l) N/A
m) N/A
n) N/A
o) N/A
p) N/A
q) N/A
r) One two hour meeting is assumed for the review meeting of the draft ELR.
s) N/A
t) N/A
City staff will provide electronic copies of the following (as applicable and requested):
a) N/A
b) N/A
b) N/A
EXHIBIT A-1
Page 1 of 5
Exhibit A-1 2 HDR Engineering, Inc.
Alameda Street – Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
Project No. 18005A
c) N/A
d) N/A
g) N/A
2) Design Phase
a)
1. Confirm POC's, send out formal Notification Letters communicating project
timeline, timeline needs of utility relocations.
2. Create and maintain Utility Communication Log tracking correspondence
with utility companies.
3. Preparation of Existing Utility Layout (includes proposed roadway, all
proposed features, aerial background and preferred options with all utilities
getting assigned a distinct linestyle for ease of visual identity (Includes ASCE
QL-B and QL-A to be provided by SUE firm).
4. Coordinate and Conduct utility coordination meetings (including meeting
minutes) (Assume 2 joint in-person meetings MAX).
5. Identify Utilities with Compensable Rights-Coordinator will investigate prior
right claims by utilities submitting such claims, Coordinator will request
appropriate documentation from utilities to validate prior rights.
6. Identify utility conflicts with proposed improvements and constructability of
improvements with labeling corresponding numerical ID.
7. Display all potential utility conflicts on Utility Layout.
8. Create and maintain Utility Conflict Matrix identifying each Conflict ID.
9. Calculate conflict confirmation/ clearance with pavement/ drainage/ all
improvement design information Including all prop water, wastewater and
storm sewer.
10. Provide Calculation Binder showing evidence of all information used to
confirm/ clear EACH conflict.
11. Provide formal QC of Utility Layout, Conflict Matrix utilizing Calculation
Binder.
12. Evaluate if any potential property interests exists for each utility conflict.
13. Upon confirmation of all conflicts, work with design team(s) and utility
companies to obtain best solution to resolve each conflict - Design
Modifications, or Protect in Place or Relocate facility.
14. Review all confirmed utility conflicts with each utility company and determine
best mitigation of each.
15. Coordinate with each utility company to determine: design time, long-lead
material time, moratorium periods, bidding/ award time, construction time and
removal/ proper abandonment.
16. Provide technical support for interpretation of Utility: standards, timelines,
material descriptions, labor quantities, symbols, terms/ slang, and prior rights
validation.
17. Provide conceptual alignments for all required facilities needing relocation.
18. Prepare Proposed Utility layout.
19. Assist utility companies in the relocation design by providing interim over-the-
shoulder reviews on their relocation design plans (Assuming MAX of 2
utilities).
20. Review/ sign-off final relocation plan (Compatibility with road/ drainage
improvements, Compliance to Design Criteria Manual, Utility
Accommodations Rules and/ or applicable Regulations, Constructability,
EXHIBIT A-1
Page 2 of 5
Exhibit A-1 3 HDR Engineering, Inc.
Alameda Street – Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
Project No. 18005A
Schedule/ sequencing for Installations, Cutovers and customer outages,
removal/ abandonment of old facilities).
21. Provide a finalized utility layout, conflict matrix and evidence of conflict
resolution.
b) N/A
c)
1. Prepare SUE work plan and coordinate with City PM to obtain additional
horizontal and/ or depth information (ASCE QL-A) from City SUE Consultant.
d) Provide assistance to identify testing and provide recommendations for handling
and disposal of any hazardous materials and/or contaminated soils that may be
discovered during construction (to be included under additional services).
e) A/E will coordinate with City Gas Department to show any proposed gas lines
within the project limits in plan view only. Intermittent profile information for the
gas line will be recommended to avoid conflict with proposed City utilities.
Anticipated construction drawings are as follows:
1. General Sheets
2. Demolition Sheets
3. City Base Maps
4. Street and Storm Sewer Sheets
5. Water and Waste Water Sheets
6. IT and Gas Sheets
7. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
8. Signing and Striping Sheets
9. Traffic Signal Improvements – If City budget allows, pedestrian signal
upgrades will be designed for the Louisiana Avenue intersection.
One traffic control plan concept will be included in the project plan set. It is
anticipated that construction phasing plan sheets, warning and barricades,
detailed construction sequencing, and detailed phasing typical sections will be
required for the traffic control plan.
f) N/A
g) N/A
h) N/A
i) N/A
j) N/A
k) N/A
l) N/A
m) N/A
City staff will:
a) N/A
b) N/A
c) N/A
3) Bid Phase
a) N/A
b) N/A
c) N/A
d) N/A
e) If bids are over budget through no fault of HDR, revision of the bid documents will
require an amendment to the contract.
EXHIBIT A-1
Page 3 of 5
Exhibit A-1 4 HDR Engineering, Inc.
Alameda Street – Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
Project No. 18005A
f) N/A
City staff will:
a) N/A
b) N/A
c) N/A
d) N/A
4) Construction Administration Phase
a) N/A
b) HDR plans for the following hours to review and respond to contractor submittals
and RFIs: project manager (6 hours), project engineer (14 hours), engineer-in-
training (24 hours), and technician (4 hours). If contractor submittals and RFIs
require HDR to exceed these planned hours, it will require the Alameda Street
project contract to be amended to accommodate the additional hours.
c) N/A
d) N/A
e) The construction schedule duration is estimated at 14 months. During this
duration, HDR estimates the following hours for site visits: project manager (16
hours), project engineer (30 hours), engineer-in-training (90 hours), and
technician (15 hours). If the construction schedule extends past 14 months
causing HDR to exceed these estimated hours, it will require an amendment to
the contract for additional hours to accommodate the extended construction
schedule. Any additional time spent on the project site at the request of City staff
will require the Alameda Street project contract to be amended to accommodate
the agreed upon additional hours.
f) N/A
g) N/A
h) N/A
i) N/A
j) The schedule from design completion to construction completion is planned for
14 months. The project engineer requires 1 hour for preparation and submittal of
monthly invoices/progress reports to the City for a total of 14 hours. These hours
are independent of the additional staff hours required for supporting the project
engineer. If through no fault of HDR the design schedule extends past 14
months, it will require the Alameda Street project contract to be amended to
accommodate the additional hours.
City staff will:
a) N/A
b) N/A
B. Additional Services
This section defines the scope of additional services that may only be included as
part of this contract if authorized by the Director of Engineering Services. A/E may not
begin work on any services under this section without specific written authorization by
the Director of Engineering Services. Fees for Additional Services are an allowance for
potential services to be provided and will be negotiated by the Director of Engineering
Services as required. The A/E shall, with written authorization by the Director of
EXHIBIT A-1
Page 4 of 5
Exhibit A-1 5 HDR Engineering, Inc.
Alameda Street – Louisiana Avenue to Chamberlain Street
Project No. 18005A
Engineering Services, perform the following services which append Exhibit “A” Additional
Services of the contract:
1) Permit Preparation N/A
2) Topographic and Right-of-Way (ROW) Survey - N/A
3) ROW/Easement Acquisition Survey and Parcel Description - N/A
4) Environmental Issues – Conduct a desktop review of the Texas Historical
Commission’s Atlas database for recorded cultural and historic resources in the project
area. Order and review a hazardous materials database report for records within the
project area. A summary of both the cultural and hazmat database reports will be
provided in a short letter report. HDR is not performing a Phase I environmental site
assessment (ESA) to identify Recognized Environmental Conditions (RECs) that
either currently exist or may have existed on or around the Site as defined under the
ASTM Method E1527-13. If based on the report findings the City chooses to
investigate further, an amendment for additional environmental services is required.
5) Public Involvement. – HDR plans for the following hours to prepare for public
involvement meetings: Project Manager (5 hours), Senior Engineer (6 hours), Project
Engineer (14 hours), Engineer-In-Training (30 hours), Technician (30 hours), and
Administrative Assistant (10 hours). If Public Involvement requires HDR to exceed
these planned hours, it will require the Alameda Street project contract to be
amended to accommodate the additional hours.
6) Subsurface Utility Investigation
a) SUE investigation for quality Level A will be provided by a third party firm procured by
the City.
7) Construction Observation Services - Construction observation services are not
included as part of the scope for this project. The A/E can provide a scope and fee
for construction observation services if requested by the City.
8) Warranty Phase – Warranty phase services are not included as part of the scope for
this project. The A/E can provide a scope and fee for warranty phase services if
requested by the City.
9) Televising Utility Lines. – A/E will recommend existing storm water and/or
wastewater lines to be televised to the City PM. Upon approval of the City PM, the
A/E will perform television for agreed upon utility lines and associated limits.
II. SCHEDULE – N/A
III. FEES - N/A
EXHIBIT A-1
Page 5 of 5
Sample form for:
Payment Request
AE Contract
Revised 02/01/17
COMPLETE PROJECT NAME
Project No. XXXX
Invoice No. 12345
Invoice Date 01/01/2017
Total Current Previous Total Remaining Percent
Basic Services:Contract Amd No. 1 Amd No. 2 Contract Invoice Invoice Invoice Balance Complete
Preliminary Phase $1,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 100.0%
Design Phase $2,000.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 $3,000.00 $1,000.00 $500.00 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 50.0%
Bid Phase $500.00 $0.00 $250.00 $750.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $750.00 0.0%
Construction Phase $2,500.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $3,500.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $3,500.00 0.0%
Subtotal Basic Services $6,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,250.00 $8,250.00 $1,000.00 $1,500.00 $2,500.00 $5,750.00 30.3%
Additional Services:
Permitting $2,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $2,000.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $1,500.00 25.0%
Warranty Phase $0.00 $1,120.00 $0.00 $1,120.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,120.00 0.0%
Inspection $0.00 $0.00 $1,627.00 $1,627.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,627.00 0.0%
Platting Survey TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
O & M Manuals TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
SCADA TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Subtotal Additional Services $2,000.00 $1,120.00 $1,627.00 $4,747.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $4,247.00 10.5%
Summary of Fees:
Basic Services Fees $6,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,250.00 $8,250.00 $1,000.00 $1,500.00 $2,500.00 $5,750.00 30.3%
Additional Services Fees $2,000.00 $1,120.00 $1,627.00 $4,747.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $4,247.00 10.5%
Total of Fees $8,000.00 $2,120.00 $2,877.00 $12,997.00 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 $9,997.00 23.1%
Notes:
A PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER MUST BE INCLUDED ON ALL INVOICES AND INVOICE CORRESPONDENCE. FAILURE TO COMPLY
WILL RESULT IN DELAYED PAYMENT OF INVOICES.
If needed, update this sample form based on the contract requirements.
If applicable, refer to the contract for information on what to include with time and materials (T&M).Exhibit BPage 1 of 1
1 Rev 12/20
EXHIBIT C
Insurance Requirements
Pre-Design, Design and General Consulting Contracts
1.1 Consultant must not commence work under this agreement until all required
insurance has been obtained and such insurance has been approved by the City.
Consultant must not allow any subcontractor to commence work until all similar
insurance required of any subcontractor has been obtained.
1.2 Consultant must furnish to the Director of Engineering Services with the signed
agreement a copy of Certificates of Insurance (COI) with applicable policy
endorsements showing the following minimum coverage by an insurance company(s)
acceptable to the City’s Risk Manager. A waiver of subrogation is required on all
applicable policies. Endorsements must be provided with COI. Project name and
or number must be listed in Description Box of COI.
TYPE OF INSURANCE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE
30-written day notice of cancellation,
required on all certificates or by
applicable policy endorsements
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
Per occurrence - aggregate
PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY
(Errors and Omissions)
$1,000,000 Per Claim
If claims made policy, retro date must
be prior to inception of agreement,
have 3-year reporting period provisions
or be maintained for 3 years after
project completion.
1.3 In the event of accidents of any kind related to this agreement, Consultant must
furnish the City with copies of all reports of any accidents within 10 days of the accident.
1.4 Consultant shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this
Contract, and any extension hereof, at Consultant's sole expense, insurance coverage
written on an occurrence basis, with the exception of professional liability, which may be
on a per claims made basis, by companies authorized and admitted to do business in
the State of Texas and with an A.M. Best's rating of no less than A- VII. Consultant is
required to provide City with renewal Certificates.
2 Rev 12/20
1.5 Consultant is required to submit a copy of the replacement certificate of
insurance to City at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested
change. Consultant shall pay any costs incurred resulting from said changes. All notices
under this Article shall be given to City at the following address:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Engineering Services
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277
1.6 Consultant agrees that with respect to the above required insurance, all
insurance policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following required
provisions:
1.6.1 Provide thirty (30) calendar days advance written notice directly to City of
any suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of coverage, and not less
than ten (10) calendar days advance written notice for nonpayment of
premium.
1.7 Within five (5) calendar days of a suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of
coverage, Consultant shall provide a replacement Certificate of Insurance and
applicable endorsements to City. City shall have the option to suspend Consultant's
performance should there be a lapse in coverage at any time during this contract.
Failure to provide and to maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of this contract.
1.8 In addition to any other remedies the City may have upon Consultant's failure to
provide and maintain any insurance or policy endorsements to the extent and within the
time herein required, the City shall have the right to order Consultant to remove the
exhibit hereunder, and/or withhold any payment(s) if any, which become due to
Consultant hereunder until Consultant demonstrates compliance with the requirements
hereof.
1.9 Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to
which Consultant may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or
property resulting from Consultant's or its subcontractor’s performance of the work
covered under this agreement.
1.10 It is agreed that Consultant's insurance shall be deemed primary and non-
contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the City of
Corpus Christi for liability arising out of operations under this agreement.
1.11 It is understood and agreed that the insurance required is in addition to and
separate from any other obligation contained in this agreement.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to
design services
Table of Contents
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ....................................................................................................... 2
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ..................................................................................................................... 8
Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................... 8
Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ................................................................................ 9
Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface, Physical and Hazardous Environmental Conditions .............. 9
Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 10
Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 10
Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 10
Article 9 – Owner’s and OPT’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 10
Article 10 – OAR’s and Designer’s Status During Construction .................................................................. 11
Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 13
Article 12 – Change Management .............................................................................................................. 13
Article 13 – Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 14
Article 14 – Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements ....................................................................................... 16
Article 15 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 16
Article 16 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 16
Article 17 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 16
Article 18 – Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 16
Article 19 – Project Management ............................................................................................................... 16
Article 20 – Project Coordination ................................................................................................................ 16
Article 21 – Quality Management ............................................................................................................... 17
Article 22 – Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................... 17
Article 23 – Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy .................................................................................. 17
Article 24 – Document Management .......................................................................................................... 17
Article 25 – Shop Drawings ......................................................................................................................... 17
Article 26 – Record Data ............................................................................................................................. 20
Article 27 – Construction Progress Schedule .............................................................................................. 21
Article 28 – Video and Photographic documentation ................................................................................ 21
Article 29 – Execution and Closeout ........................................................................................................... 21
Article 30 – Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 22
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 1 of 22
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A.Terms with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, have the
meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract
Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in
the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and
the titles of other documents or forms.
1.Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the
Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.
2.Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the
Work.
3.Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled
as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement
between themselves.
4.Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from
Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents.
5.Award Date – The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the
City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City.
6.Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and
Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the
Bidding Requirements.
7.Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents,
and Addenda.
8.Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner.
9.Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid
Form and attachments, and required certifications.
10.Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the
time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the
evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A
cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National
Bank will also be acceptable.
11.Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety
instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument.
12.Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and
signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract
Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract.
13.Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents:
a.Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times;
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 2 of 22
b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract
Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents;
c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or
d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract.
14. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as
identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed.
15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an
entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim.
16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other
materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to:
a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42
U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”);
b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.;
c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”);
d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.;
e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.;
f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or
g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or
standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance,
or material.
17. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing
the relationship between the Owner and Contractor.
18. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract
and signed by Owner and Contractor which:
a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract
Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or
b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in
the Work.
19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the
Agreement.
20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by
Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has
agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
21. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must:
a. Achieve specified Milestones;
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 3 of 22
b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and
c. Complete the Work.
22. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance
of the Work.
23. Contractor’s Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities
directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or
anyone for whose acts they may be liable.
24. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work
as allowed by Article 15.
25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or
deficient in that it:
a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents;
b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards,
tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR’s recommendation of final payment
unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner
at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 17.12 or 17.13.
26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the
subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by
Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has
responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the
Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered
Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in
the State of Texas.
27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and
character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not
Drawings.
28. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City
Manager or designee has signed the Contract.
29. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that
do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
30. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the
Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property
exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the
Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a
Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are
controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the
requirements of the Contract.
31. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs
resulting from claims or demands against Owner’s Indemnitees. These costs include
fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 4 of 22
32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts
having jurisdiction over the Project.
33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real
property, or personal property.
34. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required
by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time.
35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following
methods:
a. Contract Amendment;
b. Change Order;
c. Field Order; or
d. Work Change Directive.
36. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner’s intent to enter into a contract with the Selected
Bidder.
37. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is
to begin.
38. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and
political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and
through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the
Director of Engineering Services), and the City’s officers, employees, agents, or
representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project.
39. Owner’s Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in
the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or
indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services
to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner.
40. Owner’s Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors.
41. Owner’s Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representative,
Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants,
individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide
services to the Owner.
42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work
for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work.
43. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the
sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish
the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path
Method (CPM) Schedule.
44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract
Documents.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 5 of 22
45. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned
to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative
includes assistants and field staff of the OAR.
46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing
some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of
the Work.
47. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained
by Contractor.
48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating
portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for
Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
49. Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract.
50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or
information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to
illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not
Drawings and are not Contract Documents.
51. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner
upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements,
and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor.
52. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials,
equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain
administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work.
53. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with
other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work.
54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is
sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
55. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the
General Conditions.
56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor
having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work.
57. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary
Conditions with respect to either:
a. Subsurface conditions at the Site;
b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site,
except Underground Facilities; or
c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site.
58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and
encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases,
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 6 of 22
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic
transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or
chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
59. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the
Contract Documents.
61. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date
of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work
Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive
until a Change Order can be issued.
1.02 Terminology
A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the
Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no
additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the
Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to “at no additional cost to Owner,”
“at Contractor’s expense,” or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide
specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price.
C. The terms “day” or “calendar day” mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight
to the next midnight.
D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows:
1. The terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed,” or similar terms in
the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT.
2. Adjectives including or similar to “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,”
“satisfactory,” or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT
regarding the Work.
3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the
Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific
statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise.
4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give
authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles
9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents.
E. The use of the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” and “provide” have the following
meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment:
1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to
the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation.
2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials,
or equipment so they are ready for their intended use.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 7 of 22
3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or
equipment, complete and ready for their intended use.
4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready
for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or
equipment, but do not expressly use the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or
“provide.”
F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style:
1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word
“all” is not stated.
2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the
sentence. It is understood that the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” “provide,” or
similar words include the meaning of the phrase “The Contractor shall...” before these
words.
3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood
that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor.
G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade
meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals,
consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications
required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by
Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may
be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT’s project management information
system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the
OAR.
I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media
using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents.
The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to
complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional
details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the
Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR.
3.02 Reference Standards
Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not.
1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced
but recognized as applicable in the construction industry.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 8 of 22
2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher
quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards.
3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are
applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents
Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents
to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of
the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by
providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of
the OPT to Contractor.
C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to
the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may
appeal Designer’s or OAR’s interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal.
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition
from the Contractor. Designer is to:
1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition;
2. Determine the necessity of OPT’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect
the subsurface or physical condition;
3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the
differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A;
4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in
connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question;
5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and
6. Advise OPT of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations.
C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in
question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings,
conclusions, and recommendations.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 9 of 22
5.05 Underground Facilities
The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR:
1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground
Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or
indicated with reasonable accuracy;
2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in
connection with this Underground Facility;
3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to
document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility;
and
4. Advise OAR of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide
revised Drawings and Specifications if required.
D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and
recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and
recommendations.
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S AND OPT’S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members
A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion.
9.03 Furnish Data
A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents.
9.04 Pay When Due
9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
A. Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph
5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and
drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the
Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 10 of 22
9.06 Insurance
9.07 Modifications
9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A. OPT’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in
Paragraph 16.02.
9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities
A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible
for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or
related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A. OPT’s responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in
Paragraph 5.06.
9.11 Compliance with Safety Program
A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific
applicable requirements of this program.
ARTICLE 10 – OAR’S AND DESIGNER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 Owner’s Representative
A. OAR is Owner’s representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of
authority of OAR as Owner’s representative are described in the Contract Documents.
10.02 Visits to Site
A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work.
Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not
required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of
the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with
Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer’s visits and observations are
subject to the limitations on Designer’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs
9.09 and 10.07.
B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner’s
quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner’s representative as
described in the Contract Documents. OAR’s visits and observations are subject to the
limitations on OAR’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 11 of 22
10.03 Resident Project Representatives
A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the
Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives’ authority and
responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07.
10.04 Rejecting Defective Work
A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a
Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been
corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16.
10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments
A. Designer’s authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract
Documents.
B. Designer’s authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in
response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15.
C. OAR and Designer’s authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11.
D. OAR’s authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17.
10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative
requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to
Contractor.
B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements
of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective
Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04, if Work does not conform
to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor.
C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide
documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative
requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design
related changes are required.
D. Contractor may appeal Designer’s decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor
does not agree with the Designer’s decision.
10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities
A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Team. No actions or failure
to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or
responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or
otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor’s Team.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 12 of 22
ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK
ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE MANAGEMENT
12.01 Requests for Change Proposal
A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP).
1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications.
2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number
will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued.
3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for
evaluation by the OPT.
12.02 Change Proposals
A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the
Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal.
1. Use the Change Proposal form provided.
2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued.
3. Include with the Change Proposal:
a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or
proposed changes to the OPT’s description of the proposed Modification.
b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a
Change Proposal.
c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a
change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include:
1) List of materials and equipment to be installed;
2) Man hours for labor by classification;
3) Equipment used in construction;
4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials;
5) Royalties and patent fees;
6) Bonds and insurance;
7) Overhead and profit;
8) Field office costs;
9) Home office cost; and
10) Other items of cost.
d. Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor
or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a
Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 13 of 22
provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline
in the paragraph above for self-performed Work.
e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work.
f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule
and the Contract Times.
B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order.
C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract
Documents.
D. Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25.
12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification
A. Designer will issue a Modification per Article 11 if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the
Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in
Contract Price or Contract Times.
1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution
with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be
issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can
be authorized by the Owner.
2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be
approved by the Owner.
a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change
Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at
the Contractor’s risk.
b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments
until approved by the Owner.
B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and
construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 13 – CLAIMS
13.01 Claims
13.02 Claims Process
A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice
of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence
of the claimed event.
B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR
within 7 days:
1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or
2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 14 of 22
C. Claims by Contractor that are not received within the time period provided by section
13.02(B) are waived. Owner may choose to deny such Claims without a formal review. Any
Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the
Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied.
D. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor.
E. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must
contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim.
1. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor’s job cost
report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR.
2. Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include native schedule files in
Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as
requested by OAR.
F. Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is
accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the relief
requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled.
G. Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those
alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12, shall
be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation to Owner.
H. Designer may review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take
one or more of the following actions:
1. Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim;
2. Issue a recommendation;
3. Suggest a compromise; or
4. Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to
insufficient information or a conflict of interest.
I. If the Designer does not take any action, the claim shall be deemed denied.
J. The Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of
information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim
shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the
Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim.
K. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time
after a recommendation is issued by the Designer.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 15 of 22
ARTICLE 14 – PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS
ARTICLE 15 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
ARTICLE 16 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
ARTICLE 17 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD
ARTICLE 18 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE 19 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 20 – PROJECT COORDINATION
20.01 Work Included
20.02 Document Submittal
20.03 Communication During Project
A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project.
B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning:
1. Documents, including Applications for Payment.
2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents.
3. Contract Modifications.
4. Observation of Work and testing.
5. Claims.
20.04 Requests for Information
A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or
clarification of the Contract Documents.
1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided.
2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification.
Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor
for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from
multiple document submittals due to inadequate information.
3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be
made on the RFI form or in attached information.
B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification
of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract
Documents.
C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates
that a Contract Modification is required.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 16 of 22
ARTICLE 21 – QUALITY MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 22 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
ARTICLE 23 – MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY
ARTICLE 24 – DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 25 – SHOP DRAWINGS
25.01 Work Included
A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the
Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without
additional detailed information from the Supplier.
B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested
by the OPT to:
1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner;
2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their
fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and
3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the
Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents.
25.02 Quality Assurance
25.03 Contractor’s Responsibilities
25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements
A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can:
1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features.
2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise
Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents.
3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and
advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria
specified in the Contract Documents.
4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 17 of 22
25.05 Special Certifications and Reports
25.06 Warranties and Guarantees
25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures
25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures
25.09 Requests for Deviation
25.10 Designer Responsibilities
A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review
per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents.
1. Designer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in
the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work,
conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents.
2. Designer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident
thereto.
3. Designer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of
the assembly in which the item functions.
B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and
comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the
document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations
from the Contract requirements.
1. Designer will respond to Contractor’s markups by either making markups directly in the
Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments
form with review comments.
2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following
status designations:
a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted.
b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations
made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing.
c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable.
3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions:
a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been
filed as a record document.
b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract
Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 18 of 22
c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be
removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that
document are to cease.
d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents,
significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for
subsequent review.
e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is “Approved as Noted,” but has
significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document
with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are
required.
f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet
the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point
where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the
review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this
Section and resubmit.
g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further
action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action
to close out the review process.
4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be
marked “Approved as Noted” and “Resubmit with corrections made.” These drawings
are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering
products as the documents are revised.
5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents
will be marked as “At Variance With” (AVW) the Contract Documents or other
information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply
with the Contract Documents.
C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using
the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so
the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If
approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then
all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and
action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole.
D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents.
1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as “Not Approved” if the requested deviation is
unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections
for approval.
2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if
the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a
change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract
Documents may only be approved by Field Order.
3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the
requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 19 of 22
Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract
Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing.
E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or
Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.10.B that indicates that the
Shop Drawing process is closed.
F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data
or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be
deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will
be closed.
ARTICLE 26 – RECORD DATA
26.01 Work Included
26.02 Quality Assurance
26.03 Contractor’s Responsibilities
26.04 Record Data Requirements
26.05 Special Certifications and Reports
26.06 Warranties and Guarantees
26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures
26.08 Designer’s Responsibilities
A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project
record.
1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the
purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may
be rejected as unacceptable.
2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments
may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the
cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate.
3. Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not
relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by
a Modification.
B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data:
1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets
the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of “Filed as
Received” and no further action is required on that Record Data.
2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons:
a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the
document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 20 of 22
Drawing. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Submit Shop Drawing.”
No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data
process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25.
b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements
of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Revise and
Resubmit.” Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and
marked “Filed as Received.” When Record Data is filed, no further action is
required and the Record Data process will be closed.
c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data
applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Cancel
- Not Required.” No further action is required and the Record Data process will be
closed.
C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as
Received.”
ARTICLE 27 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
ARTICLE 28 – VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
ARTICLE 29 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
29.01 Substantial Completion
A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially
complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed
or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete.
B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is
received to determine the status of the Project.
C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that
additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially
complete.
1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project
will be considered substantially complete.
2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work.
3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been
completed.
4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process.
5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the
OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a
tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended.
6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10
days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 21 of 22
29.02 Final Inspections
A. Notify the Designer when:
1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents;
2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully
operational;
3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all
operator training has been completed;
4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and
5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection.
B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment
within a reasonable time after the notice is received.
C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor
that Work is Defective.
D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work
has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is
acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the
Contractor that Work is Defective.
E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph
29.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable.
ARTICLE 30 – MISCELLANEOUS
END OF SECTION
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 22 of 22
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST
City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with “NA”. See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions.
FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 2.Partnership 3.Sole Owner4.Association 5.Other____________________________________
DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1.State the names of each “employee” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownershipinterest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.”
Name Job Title and City Department (if known)
2.State the names of each “official” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownership interest”constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.”
Name Title
3.State the names of each “board member” of the City of Corpus Christi having an “ownershipinterest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.”
Name Board, Commission or Committee
4.State the names of each employee or officer of a “consultant” for the City of Corpus Christiwho worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an “ownershipinterest” constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named “firm.”
Name Consultant
COMPANY NAME:
P. O. BOX:
STREET ADDRESS:
CITY: STATE: ZIP:
FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur.
Certifying Person (Type or Print) Title:
Signature of Certifying Person Date:
DEFINITIONS
a. “Board member.” A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the
City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas.
b. “Economic benefit”. An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to
have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public
in general or a substantial segment thereof.
c. “Employee.” Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or
part-time basis, but not as an independent contractor.
d. “Firm.” Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or
commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including
but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed
person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and
entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations.
e. “Official.” The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City
Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court
Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas.
f. “Ownership Interest.” Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held,
in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding
entity. “Constructively held” refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts,
proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements.”
g. “Consultant.” Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of
Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation.
Capital Improvement Plan
City of Corpus Christi, Texas
2019 2023
thru
Description
This project consists of reconstruction of existing roadway with new pavement, curb & gutter, sidewalk, ADA compliant curb ramps, signage,
pavement markings, traffic signalization improvements, and concrete bus pads. Consideration will be given for improvements to bike mobility per
the adopted MPO bicycle mobility plan.
Project #18005A
Justification
Consistency with the Comprehensive Plan; Policy Statements pp. 25-32; Transportation Master Plan
This project will replace aging utilities where applicable, improve the road to accommodate heavier traffic flows and provide a safer driving
experience.
Budget Impact/Other
There is no projected operational impact with this project at this time. A reassessment will be done upon completion of project to determine on-
going or maintenance costs.
Useful Life 25 years
Project Name Alameda Street (Louisianna St to Chamberlain St)
Category Street-Rehabilation
Type Reconditioning-Asset Longevit Department Street Department
Status Active
Total2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Expenditures
2,938,7002,580,000358,700Construction/Rehab
1,140,7501,140,750Storm Water-St.
505,000505,000WasteWater-St
458,000458,000Water-St.
141,750141,750Gas-St.
3,720,750 1,104,750 5,184,200Total
Total2019 2020 2021 2022 2023Funding Sources
2,580,0002,580,000G.O. Bond 2018
358,700358,700G.O. Bond Prior
2,245,5001,140,750 1,104,750Revenue Bonds
3,720,750 1,104,750 5,184,200Total
Contact Director of Public Works
Priority 2 Critical- Asset Condition\longe
358,700
358,700
523
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Jeffrey Edmonds, Director of Engineering Services
jeffreye@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3851
Heather Hurlbert, Director of Finance
heatherh3@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3227
CAPTION:
Motion authorizing the award of a professional services contract to Turner Ramirez &
Associates, Inc., Corpus Christi, Texas, to provide design, bid, and construction phase services
for the Bond 2020 Police Training Academy project, located at the Del Mar South Campus in
Council District 5, in a total amount of $1,056,100.00, with FY 2021 funding approved and
available from Bond 2020.
SUMMARY:
This item is for the approval of a professional services contract for the design of the Bond 2020
Police Training Academy project. This project is to design a turn-key complex that includes
space for applied instruction, physical training, and all the necessary supporting utilities
including water, wastewater, electrical infrastructure.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
On November 3, 2020 voters approved the City of Corpus Christi’s Bond 2020 Program for a
total of $75 million with 42 projects. The propositions passed on election day include projects for
streets, parks, and public safety improvements.
Proposition C – Public Safety projects includes a total of two projects, Police Training Academy
design only and Fire Station # 3 land acquisition and design only for $2 million. The public
safety projects are located in Council District 1 and 5.
The City of Corpus Christi Police Department (CCPD) training began in the 1950’s. The Police
Department training academy provides training to cadets and in-service officers. To date, 80
cadet classes have graduated from the training program. The current CCPD training facility was
Professional Services Contract
Bond 2020 Program Proposition C – Public Safety
Police Training Academy (Design Only)
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for the City Council Meeting of March 23, 2021
purchased by the City in October 1981 and is located at 4510 Corona Drive. The 8,160 square
foot facility is used for classroom training. It originally served not only as a training facility, but as
an indoor firing range for pistol qualifications. The range was later modified to offices and
classrooms. An old warehouse on the property is used as a physical fitness training area. The
current property and facility do not have adequate parking spaces and restroom facilities.
Currently, CCPD leases the parking spaces from the surrounding business for approximately
$10,000 per year and rents the portable restrooms and hand washing stations for approximately
$4,000 per year. The number of cadets and in-service officers attending the training academy
has grown from a force of 306 cadets/officers in 1981 to 456 cadets/officers today. Overall, the
facility does not have the capacity to accommodate CCPD’s growing needs for its force.
This council item is for the design of a new Police Training Academy complex at the Del Mar
South Campus. This project involves the development of design plans for the facility and is
anticipated to be in the area range of 24,000 to 27,000. The current conceptual design includes
a two-story building with the following: large training classrooms, administrative offices, resource
room, research library, breakroom, physical training spaces to include locker rooms and showers,
an outdoor running track, and secure Patrol Car parking. The buildings will be constructed on
approximately five acres located on the west portion of the Del Mar South Campus location
(Yorktown & Roddfield). City Council approved a 20-year lease agreement with Del Mar College
for the use of the five acres on the south side campus on November 10, 2020. This new facility
will be designed to maintain the current Del Mar campus aesthetics for a unified and cohesive
campus.
Additionally, there are costs savings and partnership benefits to the police training academy
location at Del Mar College South Campus. The preconstruction feasibility studies for this project
have been completed and paid for by Del Mar College. These include a traffic impact analysis,
environmental studies, and a geotechnical study. The Police Training Academy can be utilized
not only for the training of cadets but also as a training resource hub for other Coastal Bend police
agencies. All supporting utilities infrastructure (water, wastewater, electrical) will be included with
this project. The project will also provide for fixtures, furnishing, and equipment necessary for a
complete and usable facility. Lastly, its location on campus is exemplary for promoting and
encouraging cadets to pursue continuing education.
The project construction project budget is estimated at approximately $11,000,000.00.
COMPETITIVE SOLICITATION PROCESS:
On December 28, 2020, the Contracts and Procurement Department issued a Request for
Qualifications for engineering services with the RFQ Number 3049 for Professional Engineering
Services Bond 2020 Facilities and Parks & 2021 CIP Projects. The City received a total of 13
Statements of Qualifications. The selection committee consisted of representatives from
Engineering Services, Asset Management, and the City Manager’s Office (non-scoring
member). On March 5, 2021, the selection committee conducted interviews for two of the firms
that were recommended by the evaluation committee. Firms were ranked based on five factors:
1) firm’s experience and qualifications of firm; 2) team’s experience and qualifications; 3)
understanding of project scope based on understanding of scope of services, ability to maintain
schedules, cost and quality controls.
Turner Ramirez & Associates, Inc. has previously worked on several projects for City like
Corpus Christi Police Department re-roof and miscellaneous renovations, La Retama Park
improvements, Gas Department Warehouse renovations, West Guth Pool renovations and West
Guth Park. The firm designed the new Del Mar College South Side Campus building which is
currently in construction. The firm has also completed several similar projects such as designing
the Workforce Development Center located at Del Mar College, Austin Armed Forces Reserve
Center & Joint Vehicle Maintenance Facility in Austin, TX, and the new Texas State Aquarium
Wildlife Rescue Center.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternative is for staff to reject the proposal and re-solicit for the design of the police training
academy. This would delay the project.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The fiscal impact in FY2021 is an amount of $1,056,100.00 with funding available from Bond
2020 funds for this project.
FUNDING DETAIL:
Fund: Police Bond 2020 Fund (Fund 3344)
Mission Elem: Law Enforcement (151)
Project: Police Training Academy (21086)
Account: Outside Consultants (550950)
Activity: 21086-3344-EXP
Amount $1,056,100.00
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that City Council authorize the award to Turner Ramirez & Associates, Inc.
for the design of the Police Training Academy.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Location and Vicinity Map
Contract
37
N
CITY COUNCIL EXHIBIT
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SERVICES
Police Training Academy
VICINITY MAP
NOT TO SCALE PROJECT NUMBER: 21086
PROJECT LOCATION
PROJECT LOCATION
LOCATION MAP
NOT TO SCALE
N
CITY COUNCIL EXHIBIT
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING SERVICES
Police Training Academy
AERIAL MAP
NOT TO SCALE PROJECT NUMBER: 21086
PROJECT LOCATION
CIMARRON BLVD.AIRLINE RD.YO
R
K
T
O
W
N
B
L
V
D
.
BI
L
L
W
I
T
T
C
I
T
Y
P
A
R
K
Contract for Professional Services
Page 1 of 11
Revised January 2021
SERVICE AGREEMENT NO. 3556
CONTRACT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
FOR PROJECT 21086 POLICE TRAINING ACADEMY DESIGN
The City of Corpus Christi, a Texas home rule municipal corporation, P.O. Box 9277, Corpus Christi,
Nueces County, Texas 78469-9277 (City) acting through its duly authorized City Manager or Designee
(Director) and Turner Ramirez & Associates, Inc. 3751 S. Alameda St Corpus Christi, Texas 78411
(Consultant), hereby agree as follows:
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ARTICLE NO. TITLE PAGE
ARTICLE I – SCOPE OF SERVICES ..............................................................................2
ARTICLE II – QUALITY CONTROL .................................................................................3
ARTICLE III – COMPENSATION .....................................................................................3
ARTICLE IV – TIME AND PERIOD OF SERVICE ...........................................................4
ARTICLE V – OPINIONS OF COST ................................................................................5
ARTICLE VI – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ...............................................................5
ARTICLE VII – INDEMNIFICATION .................................................................................5
ARTICLE VIII – TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT .........................................................6
ARTICLE IX – RIGHT OF REVIEW AND AUDIT .............................................................7
ARTICLE X – OWNER REMEDIES .................................................................................7
ARTICLE XI – CONSULTANT REMEDIES......................................................................8
ARTICLE XII – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION ..................................................8
ARTICLE XIII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................................................ 10
Contract for Professional Services
Page 2 of 11
Revised January 2021
ARTICLE I – SCOPE OF SERVICES
1.1 City and Consultant agree that the services provided are properly described in the Scope of Services, which
is incorporated herein and attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A. The Scope of Services shall include all
associated services required for Consultant to provide such Services, pursuant to this Agreement, and any and all
Services that would normally be required by law or common due diligence in accordance with the standard of care
defined in Article XIII of this Agreement. The approved Scope of Services defines the services to be performed by
Consultant under this Agreement. Consultant will perform the Services in accordance with Exhibit A and with
Consultant’s response to the Request for Qualifications related to this project, which response is incorporated by
reference into this Agreement as if set out here in its entirety.
1.2 Consultant shall follow City Codes and Standards effective at the time of the execution of the contract. At
review milestones, the Consultant and City will review the progress of the plans to ensure that City Codes and
Standards are followed unless specifically and explicitly excluded from doing so in the approved Scope of Services
attached as Exhibit A. A request made by either party to deviate from City standards after the contract is executed
must be in writing.
1.3 Consultant shall provide labor, equipment and transportation necessary to complete all services agreed to
hereunder in a timely manner throughout the term of the Agreement. Persons retained by Consultant to perform
work pursuant to this Agreement shall be employees or subconsultants of Consultant. Upon request, Consultant
must provide City with a list of all subconsultants that includes the services performed by subconsultant and the %
of work performed by subconsultant (in dollars). Changes in Consultant’s proposed team as specified in the SOQ
or Scope of Services must be agreed to by the City in writing.
1.4 Consultant shall not begin work on any phase/task authorized under this Agreement until they are briefed
on the scope of the Project and are notified in writing to proceed. If the scope of the Project changes, either
Consultant or City may request a review of the changes with an appropriate adjustment in compensation.
1.5 Consultant will provide monthly status updates (project progress or delays) in the format requested by the
City with each monthly invoice.
1.6 For design services, Consultant agrees to render the professional services necessary for the advancement
of the Project through Final Completion of the Construction Contract. Consultant acknowledges and accepts its
responsibilities, as defined and described in City’s General Conditions for Construction Contracts, excerpt attached
as Exhibit D.
1.6.1 The Consultant agrees to serve as the City’s Designer as defined in the General Conditions and will
consult and advise the City on matters related to the Consultant’s Scope of Services during the
performance of the Consultant’s services.
1.6.2 The Consultant agrees to prepare plans, specification, bid and contract documents and to analyze
bids and evaluate the documents submitted by bidders.
1.6.3 The Consultant agrees to assist the City in evaluating the qualifications of the prospective
contractors, subcontractors and suppliers.
1.7 For projects that require subsurface utility investigation:
1.7.1 The Consultant agrees to prepare and submit to the City prior to the 60% submittal a signed and
sealed report identifying all utilities within the project area at the Quality Level specified in Exhibits A and
A-1. It is assumed that all utilities will be identified using Quality Level A exploratory excavation unless
stated otherwise.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 3 of 11
Revised January 2021
1.7.2 Utilities that should be identified include but are not limited to utilities owned by the City, local
franchises, electric companies, communication companies, private pipeline companies and 3rd party
owners/operators.
1.8 For project with potential utility conflicts:
1.8.1 The Consultant agrees to coordinate the verification and resolution of all potential utility conflicts.
1.8.2 The Consultant agrees to prepare and submit a monthly Utility Coordination Matrix to the City.
1.9 The Consultant agrees to complete the Scope of Services in accordance with the approved project
schedule and budget as defined in Exhibit A, including completing the work in phases defined therein.
ARTICLE II – QUALITY CONTROL
2.1 The Consultant agrees to perform quality assurance-quality control/constructability reviews (QCP Review).
The City reserves the right to retain a separate consultant to perform additional QCP services for the City.
2.2 The Consultant will perform QCP Reviews at intervals during the Project to ensure deliverables satisfy
applicable industry quality standards and meet the requirements of the Project scope. Based on the findings of the
QCP Review, the Consultant must reconcile the Project Scope and the Opinion of Probable Cost (OPC), as
needed.
2.3 Final construction documents that do not meet City standards in effect at the time of the execution of
this Agreement may be rejected. If final construction documents are found not to be in compliance with this
Agreement, Consultant will not be compensated for having to resubmit documents.
ARTICLE III – COMPENSATION
3.1 The Compensation for all services (Basic and Additional) included in this Agreement and in the Scope of
Services for this Agreement shall not exceed $1,056,100.00
3.2 The Consultant’s fee will be on a lump sum or time and materials (T&M) basis as detailed in Exhibit A and
will be full and total compensation for all services and for all expenses incurred in performing these services.
Consultant shall submit a Rate Schedule with their proposal.
3.3 The Consultant agrees to complete the Scope of Services in accordance with the approved project
schedule and budget as defined in Exhibit A, including completing the work in phases defined therein.
3.4 The Director of Engineering Services may request the Consultant to undertake additional services or tasks
provided that no increase in fee is required. Services or tasks requiring an increase of fee will be mutually agreed
and evidenced in writing as an amendment to this contract. Consultant shall notify the City within three (3) days of
notice if tasks requested requires an additional fee.
3.5 Monthly invoices will be submitted in accordance with the Payment Request as shown in Exhibit B. Each
invoice will include the Consultant’s estimate of the proportion of the contracted services completed at the time of
billing. For work performed on a T&M Basis, the invoice shall include documentation that shows who worked on
the Project, the number of hours that each individual worked, the applicable rates from the Rate Schedule and any
reimbursable expenses associated with the work. City will make prompt monthly payments in response to
Consultant’s monthly invoices in compliance with the Texas Prompt Payment Act.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 4 of 11
Revised January 2021
3.6 Principals may only bill at the agreed hourly rate for Principals (as defined in the Rate Schedule) when
acting in that capacity. Principals acting in the capacity of staff must bill at applicable staff rates.
3.7 Consultant certifies that title to all services covered by a Payment Request shall pass to City no later than
the time of payment. Consultant further certifies that, upon submittal of a Payment Request, all services for which
Payment Requests have been previously issued and payments received from City shall, to the best of Consultant’s
knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of
Consultant or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor or services relating to
this Agreement. Consultant shall indemnify and hold City harmless from any liens, claims, security
interests or encumbrances filed by anyone claiming by, through or under the items covered by
payments made by City to Consultant.
3.8 The final payment due hereunder shall not be paid until all reports, data and documents have been
submitted, received, accepted and approved by City. Final billing shall indicate “Final Bill – no additional
compensation is due to Consultant.”
3.9 City may withhold compensation to such extent as may be necessary, in City’s opinion, to protect City from
damage or loss for which Consultant is responsible, because of:
3.9.1 delays in the performance of Consultant’s work;
3.9.2 failure of Consultant to make payments to subconsultants or vendors for labor, materials or
equipment;
3.9.3 damage to City; or
3.9.4 persistent failure by Consultant to carry out the performance of its services in accordance with this
Agreement.
3.10 When the above reasons for withholding are removed or remedied by Consultant, compensation of the
amount withheld shall be made within 30 days. City shall not be deemed in default by reason of withholding
compensation as provided under this Agreement.
3.11 In the event of any dispute(s) between the Parties regarding the amount properly compensable for any
phase or as final compensation or regarding any amount that may be withheld by City, Consultant shall be required
to make a claim pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and follow the procedures
provided herein for the resolution of such dispute. In the event Consultant does not initiate and follow the claims
procedures as required by the terms of this Agreement, any such claim shall be waived.
3.12 Request of final compensation by Consultant shall constitute a waiver of claims except those previously
made in writing and identified by Consultant as unsettled at the time of final Payment Request.
3.13 All funding obligations of the City under this Agreement are subject to the appropriation of funds in its
annual budget. The City may direct the Consultant to suspend work pending receipt and appropriation of funds.
The right to suspend work under this provision does not relieve the City of its obligation to make payments in
accordance with section 3.5 above for services provided up to the date of suspension. ARTICLE IV – TIME AND PERIOD OF SERVICE
4.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon the signature of the City Manager or designee (Effective Date).
Contract for Professional Services
Page 5 of 11
Revised January 2021
4.2 The term of this Agreement will be for a period of six years beginning on the effective date, unless
extended by authority of the City Manager or designee.
4.3 The Consultant agrees to begin work on those authorized Services for this contract upon receipt of the
Notice to Proceed from the Contracts and Procurement Department. Work will not begin on any phase or any
Additional Services until requested in writing by the Consultant and written authorization is provided by the Director
of Engineering Services.
4.4 Time is of the essence for this Agreement. Consultant shall perform and complete its obligations under this
Agreement in a prompt and continuous manner so as to not delay the Work for the Project, in accordance with the
schedules approved by City. The Consultant and City are aware that many factors may affect the Consultant’s
ability to complete the services to be provided under this agreement. The Consultant must notify the City within ten
business days of becoming aware of a factor that may affect the Consultant’s ability to complete the services
hereunder.
4.5 City shall perform its obligations of review and approval in a prompt and continuous manner so as to not
delay the project.
4.6 This Agreement shall remain in force for a period which may reasonably be required for completion of the
Project, including any extra work and any required extensions thereto, unless terminated as provided for in this
Agreement. For construction design services, “completion of the Project” refers to acceptance by the City of the
construction phase of the Project, i.e., Final Completion.
ARTICLE V – OPINIONS OF COST
5.1 The Opinion of Probable Cost (OPC) is computed by the Consultant and includes the total cost for
construction of the Project.
5.2 The OPC does not include the cost of the land, rights-of-way or other costs which are the responsibility of
the City.
5.3 Since Consultant has no control over a construction contractor’s cost of labor, materials or equipment, or
over the contractor’s methods of determining prices, or over competitive bidding or market conditions, Consultant’s
opinions of probable Project Cost or Construction Cost provided herein are to be made on the basis of Consultant’s
experience and qualifications and represent Consultant’s best judgment as a design professional familiar with the
construction industry, but Consultant cannot and does not guarantee proposals, bids or the construction cost shall
not vary from the OPC prepared by Consultant.
ARTICLE VI – INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Consultant must not commence work under this Agreement until all insurance required has been obtained
and such insurance has been approved by the City. Consultant must not allow any subcontractor to commence
work until all similar insurance required of any subcontractor has been obtained.
6.2 Insurance Requirements are shown in EXHIBIT C.
ARTICLE VII – INDEMNIFICATION
Consultant shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the City of Corpus Christi and its officials,
officers, agents, employees, excluding the engineer or architect or that person’s agent, employee
or subconsultant, over which the City exercises control (“Indemnitee”) from and against any and
all claims, damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney fees and court costs, to the
Contract for Professional Services
Page 6 of 11
Revised January 2021
extent that the damage is caused by or results from an act of negligence, intentional tort,
intellectual property infringement or failure to pay a subcontractor or supplier committed by
Consultant or its agent, Consultant under contract or another entity over which Consultant
exercises control while in the exercise of rights or performance of the duties under this
agreement. This indemnification does not apply to any liability resulting from the negligent acts or
omissions of the City or its employees, to the extent of such negligence.
Consultant shall defend Indemnitee, with counsel satisfactory to the City Attorney, from and
against any and all claims, damages, liabilities or costs, including reasonable attorney fees and
court costs, included in the indemnification above if the claim is not based wholly or partly on the
negligence of, fault of or breach of contract by Indemnitee. If a claim is based wholly or partly on
the negligence of, fault of or breach of contract by Indemnitee, the Consultant shall reimburse the
City’s reasonable attorney’s fees in proportion to the Consultant’s liability.
Consultant must advise City in writing within 24 hours of any claim or demand against City or
Consultant known to Consultant related to or arising out of Consultant’s activities under this
Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII – TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
8.1 By Consultant:
8.1.1 The City reserves the right to suspend this Agreement at the end of any phase for the convenience
of the City by issuing a written and signed Notice of Suspension. The Consultant may terminate this
Agreement for convenience in the event such suspension extends for a period beyond 120 calendar days
by delivering a Notice of Termination to the City.
8.1.2 The Consultant must follow the Termination Procedure outlined in this Agreement.
8.2 By City:
8.2.1 The City may terminate this agreement for convenience upon seven days written notice to the
Consultant at the address of record.
8.2.2 The City may terminate this agreement for cause upon ten days written notice to the Consultant. If
Consultant begins, within three days of receipt of such notice, to correct its failure and proceeds to diligently
cure such failure within the ten days, the agreement will not terminate. If the Consultant again fails to
perform under this agreement, the City may terminate the agreement for cause upon seven days written
notice to the Consultant with no additional cure period. If the City terminates for cause, the City may reject
any and all proposals submitted by Consultant for up to two years.
8.3 Termination Procedure
8.3.1 Upon receipt of a Notice of Termination and prior to the effective date of termination, unless the
notice otherwise directs or Consultant takes action to cure a failure to perform under the cure period,
Consultant shall immediately begin the phase-out and discontinuance of all services in connection with the
performance of this Agreement. Within 30 calendar days after receipt of the Notice of Termination, unless
Consultant has successfully cured a failure to perform, Consultant shall submit a statement showing in
detail the services performed under this Agreement prior to the effective date of termination. City retains
the option to grant an extension to the time period for submittal of such statement.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 7 of 11
Revised January 2021
8.3.2 Consultant shall submit all completed and/or partially completed work under this Agreement,
including but not limited to specifications, designs, plans and exhibits.
8.3.3 Upon receipt of documents described in the Termination Procedure and absent any reason why City
may be compelled to withhold fees, Consultant will be compensated for its services based upon a Time &
Materials calculation or Consultant and City's estimate of the proportion of the total services actually
completed at the time of termination. There will be no compensation for anticipated profits on services not
completed.
8.3.4 Consultant acknowledges that City is a public entity and has a duty to document the expenditure of
public funds. The failure of Consultant to comply with the submittal of the statement and documents, as
required above, shall constitute a waiver by Consultant of any and all rights or claims to payment for
services performed under this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX – RIGHT OF REVIEW AND AUDIT
9.1 Consultant grants City, or its designees, the right to audit, examine or inspect, at City’s election, all of
Consultant’s records relating to the performance of the Work under this Agreement, during the term of this
Agreement and retention period herein. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by a City
designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by City. Consultant agrees
to retain its records for a minimum of four years following termination of the Agreement, unless there is an ongoing
dispute under this Agreement, then such retention period shall extend until final resolution of the dispute.
9.2 Consultant’s records include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character
generated as a result of and relevant to the Work under this Agreement (Consultant’s Records). Examples include
billings, books, general ledger, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondence, meeting
notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily
diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, and
any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in City’s and Consultant’s reasonable
judgment, have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any
Agreement Documents.
9.3 City agrees that it shall exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Consultant’s Records only during
Consultant’s regular business hours. Consultant agrees to allow City’s designee access to all of Consultant’s
Records, Consultant’s facilities and Consultant’s current employees, deemed necessary by City or its designee(s),
to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Consultant also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate
work space necessary to City or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations.
9.4 Consultant shall include this audit clause in any subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract.
ARTICLE X – OWNER REMEDIES
10.1 The City and Consultant agree that in the event the City suffers actual damages, the City may elect to
pursue its actual damages and any other remedy allowed by law. This includes but is not limited to:
10.1.1 Failure of the Consultant to make adequate progress and endanger timely and successful
completion of the Project, which includes failure of subconsultants to meet contractual obligations;
10.1.2 Failure of the Consultant to design in compliance with the laws of the City, State and/or federal
governments, such that subsequent compliance costs exceed expenditures that would have been involved
had services been properly executed by the Consultant.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 8 of 11
Revised January 2021
10.1.3 Losses are incurred because of errors and/or omissions in the design, working drawings,
specifications or other documents prepared by the Consultant to the extent that the financial losses are
greater than the City would have originally paid had there not been errors and/or omissions in the
documents.
10.2 When the City incurs non-value added work costs for change orders due to design errors and/or omissions,
the City will send the Consultant a letter that includes:
(1) Summary of facts with supporting documentation;
(2) Instructions for Consultant to revise design documents, if appropriate, at Consultant’s expense;
(3) Calculation of non-value added work costs incurred by the City; and
(4) Deadline for Consultant’s response.
10.3 The Consultant may be required to revise bid documents and re-advertise the Project at the Consultant’s
sole cost if, in the City’s judgment, the Consultant generates excessive addenda, either in terms of the nature of the
revision or the actual number of changes due to the Consultant’s errors or omissions.
10.4 The City may withhold or nullify the whole or part of any payment as detailed in Article III.
ARTICLE XI – CONSULTANT REMEDIES
11.1 If Consultant is delayed due to uncontrollable circumstances, such as strikes, riots, acts of God, national
emergency, acts of the public enemy, governmental restrictions, laws or regulations or any other causes beyond
Consultant’s and City’s reasonable control, an extension of the Project schedule in an amount equal to the time lost
due to such delay shall be Consultant’s sole and exclusive remedy. The revised schedule should be approved in
writing with a documented reason for granting the extension.
11.2 The City agrees that the Consultant is not responsible for damages arising from any cause beyond
Consultant’s reasonable control.
11.3 If Consultant requests a remedy for a condition not specified above, Consultant must file a Claim as
provided in this Agreement.
ARTICLE XII – CLAIMS AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
12.1 Filing of Claims
12.1.1 Claims arising from the circumstances identified in this Agreement or other occurrences or events,
shall be made by Written Notice delivered by the party making the Claim to the other party within 21
calendar days after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the Claim and stating the general
nature of the Claim.
12.1.2 Every Claim of Consultant, whether for additional compensation, additional time or other relief, shall
be signed and sworn to by a person authorized to bind the Consultant by his/her signature, verifying the
truth and accuracy of the Claim.
12.1.3 The responsibility to substantiate a claim rests with the party making the Claim.
12.1.4 Within 30 calendar days of receipt of notice and supporting documentation, City will meet to discuss
the request, after which an offer of settlement or a notification of no settlement offer will be sent to
Consultant. If Consultant is not satisfied with the proposal presented, Consultant will have 30 calendar
days in which to (i) submit additional supporting data requested by the City, (ii) modify the initial request for
Contract for Professional Services
Page 9 of 11
Revised January 2021
remedy or (iii) request Mediation.
12.1.5 Pending final resolution of a claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing, Consultant shall proceed
diligently with performance of the Agreement, and City shall continue to make payments in accordance with
this Agreement.
12.2 Mediation
12.2.1 All negotiations pursuant to this clause are confidential and shall be treated as compromise and
settlement negotiations for purposes of applicable rules of evidence.
12.2.2 Before invoking mediation, the Parties agree that they shall first try to resolve any dispute arising
out of or related to this Agreement through discussions directly between those senior management
representatives within their respective organizations who have overall managerial responsibility for similar
projects. This step shall be a condition precedent to the use of mediation. If the parties’ senior
management representatives cannot resolve the dispute within 30 calendar days after a Party delivers a
written notice of such dispute, then the Parties shall proceed with the mediation process contained herein.
12.2.2.1 In the event that City or Consultant shall contend that the other has committed a material
breach of this Agreement, the Party alleging such breach shall, as a condition precedent
to filing any lawsuit, request mediation of the dispute.
12.2.2.2 Request for mediation shall be in writing, and shall request that the mediation commence
no less than 30 or more than 90 calendar days following the date of the request, except
upon agreement of both parties.
12.2.2.3 In the event City and Consultant are unable to agree to a date for the mediation or to the
identity of the mediator or mediators within 30 calendar days of the request for mediation,
all conditions precedent in this Article shall be deemed to have occurred.
12.2.2.4 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee. Venue for mediation shall be Nueces County,
Texas. Any agreement reached in mediation shall be enforceable as a settlement
agreement in any court having jurisdiction thereof. No provision of this Agreement shall
waive any immunity or defense. No provision of this Agreement is a consent to suit.
12.3 In calculating the amount of any Claim or any measure of damages for breach of contract, the following
standards shall apply both to claims by Consultant and to claims by City:
12.3.1 In no event shall either Party be liable, whether in contract or tort or otherwise, to the other Party for
loss of profits, delay damages or for any special incidental or consequential loss or damage of any nature
arising at any time or from any cause whatsoever;
12.3.2 Damages are limited to extra costs specifically shown to have been directly caused by a proven
wrong for which the other Party is claimed to be responsible.
12.4 In case of litigation between the parties, Consultant and City agree that neither party shall be responsible
for payment of attorney’s fees pursuant to any law or other provision for payment of attorneys’ fees. Both Parties
expressly waive any claim to attorney’s fees should litigation result from any dispute between the parties to this
Agreement.
12.5 In case of litigation between the parties, Consultant and City agree that they have knowingly waived and do
hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or
Contract for Professional Services
Page 10 of 11
Revised January 2021
connected to this Agreement, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree
otherwise in writing.
12.6 No Waiver of Governmental Immunity. This Agreement is to perform a governmental function
solely for the public benefit. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to waive City’s
governmental immunity from lawsuit, which immunity is expressly retained to the extent it is not
clearly and unambiguously waived by state law.
ARTICLE XIII – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 Assignability. Neither party will assign, transfer or delegate any of its obligations or duties under this
Agreement contract to any other person and/or party without the prior written consent of the other party, except for
routine duties delegated to personnel of the Consultant staff. This includes subcontracts entered into for services
under this Agreement. If the Consultant is a partnership or joint venture, then in the event of the termination of the
partnership or joint venture, this contract will inure to the individual benefit of such partner or partners as the City
may designate. No part of the Consultant fee may be assigned in advance of receipt by the Consultant without
written consent of the City.
The City will not pay the fees of expert or technical assistance and consultants unless such employment, including
the rate of compensation, has been approved in writing by the City.
13.2 Provisions Required by Law. Each applicable provision and clause required by law to be inserted into the
Agreement shall be deemed to be enacted herein, and the Agreement shall be read and enforced as though each
were physically included herein.
13.3 Standard of Care. Services provided by Consultant under this Agreement shall be performed with the
professional skill and care ordinarily provided by competent licensed professionals practicing under the same or
similar circumstances and professional license; and performed as expeditiously as is prudent considering the
ordinary professional skill and care of a competent engineer or architect.
13.4 Licensing. Consultant shall be represented by personnel with appropriate licensure, registration and/or
certification(s) at meetings of any official nature concerning the Project, including scope meetings, review meetings,
pre-bid meetings and preconstruction meetings.
13.5 Independent Contractor. The relationship between the City and Consultant under this Agreement shall be
that of independent contractor. City may explain to Consultant the City’s goals and objectives in regard to the
services to be performed by Consultant, but the City shall not direct Consultant on how or in what manner these
goals and objectives are to be met.
13.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire and integrated Agreement between City and
Consultant and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either oral or written. This
Agreement may be amended only by written instrument signed by both the City and Consultant.
13.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement can be construed to create rights in any entity
other than the City and Consultant. Neither the City nor Consultant intends to create third party beneficiaries by
entering into this Agreement.
13.8 Disclosure of Interest. Consultant agrees to comply with City of Corpus Christi Ordinance No. 17112 and
complete the Disclosure of Interests form.
Contract for Professional Services
Page 11 of 11
Revised January 2021
13.9 Certificate of Interested Parties. For contracts greater than $50,000, Consultant agrees to comply with
Texas Government Code section 2252.908 and complete Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties as part of this
agreement. Form 1295 must be electronically filed with the Texas Ethics Commission at
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf_info_form1295.htm. The form must then be printed, signed and
filed with the City. For more information, please review the Texas Ethics Commission Rules at
https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/legal/ch46.html.
13.10 Conflict of Interest. Consultant agrees, in compliance with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government
Code, to complete and file Form CIQ with the City Secretary’s Office. For more information and to determine if
you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary’s website at
http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict-disclosure/index.
13.11 Title VI Assurance. The Consultant shall prohibit discrimination in employment based upon race, color,
religion, national origin, gender, disability or age.
13.12 Controlling Law. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its
conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. Cases must be filed and
tried in Nueces County and cannot be removed from Nueces County.
13.13 Severability. If, for any reason, any one or more Articles and/or paragraphs of this Agreement are held
invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect, impair or invalidate the remaining
Articles and/or paragraphs of this Agreement but shall be confined in its effect to the specific Article, sentences,
clauses or parts of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any
Article, sentence, clause or parts of this Agreement, in any one or more instance, shall not affect or prejudice in any
way the validity of this Agreement in any other instance.
13.14 Conflict Resolution Between Documents. Consultant hereby agrees and acknowledges if anything
contained in the Consultant-prepared Exhibit A, Consultant’s Scope of Services, the Consultant’s response to the
Request for Qualifications related to this project, or in any other document prepared by Consultant and included
herein, is in conflict with Articles I-XIII of this Agreement (Articles), the Articles shall take precedence and control to
resolve said conflict.
CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI TURNER RAMIEREZ & ASSOCITIATES, INC.
____________________________________ _____________________________________
Michael Rodriguez Date Phillip Ramirez Date
Chief of Staff 3751 S. Alameda St
Corpus Christi, Texas 78411
361-877-9238
philip@trarch.com
APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM:
____________________________________
Assistant City Attorney Date
ATTEST
____________________________________
City Secretary Date
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 1 of 9
3/11/2021
Ratna S. Pottumuthu, PE, LEED AP – Assistant Director of Project Management
City of Corpus Christi Engineering Services
1201 Leopard Street
Corpus Christi, Texas 78401
FOR PLAN AND SPECIFICATION PREPARATION
SUBJECT: New City of Corpus Christi Police Training Academy
Dear Ms. Pottumuthu:
Please accept this letter as our proposal to perform the professional services desired in developing the new
City of Corpus Christi Police Academy project. It is understood that the proposed hard construction project
budget for the new Police Academy Project is approximately $11,000,000.00.
Project Description and Task List:
The Police Training Academy will be located on approximately five (5) acres off Yorktown Boulevard at Del
Mar College’s new South Campus. The facility is anticipated to be in the area range of 24,000 to 27,000
square feet and may include a two story and high bay sections of the building. The Police Training
Academy program is understood to include the following: large training classrooms, administrative offices,
resource room, research library, breakroom, armory, physical training spaces, an outdoor track, and secure
Patrol Car parking. This new facility will be designed to maintain the current Phase 1A campus aesthetics
for a unified and cohesive campus. The program is anticipated to be refined and verified to provide the
design and construction of a facility that can be utilized not only for the training of cadets but also as a
Regional Police Training Academy.
Scope of Services:
1. Schematic Design Phase
Turner Ramirez Architects (TRA) will review information furnished by the City such as surveys of
existing conditions; and will review laws, codes, and regulations applicable to our design services.
TRA will evaluate initial project information, each in terms of the other, to ascertain the
requirements of the Project. TRA will thus notify the City of Corpus Christi of any inconsistencies
discovered in the information and other information that may be reasonably needed for the project.
TRA will thus reach an understanding with the City of Corpus Christi regarding the requirements of
the Project.
Based on the Project’s requirements agreed upon with the City of Corpus Christi, TRA will prepare
and present for the City’s approval the Schematic Design package illustrating the scale and
relationship of the Project site and overall Schematic Design Concept.
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 2 of 9
Tasks:
Confirm, evaluate, and field-verify existing site conditions. [Del Mar College / City of Corpus
Christi will provide record information and data as available from existing files.]
Review previously developed sketches, designs and/or building program documents previously
provided by City of Corpus Christi.
Provide a conceptual design to replace the existing Police Academy facilities (at old location) in
their entirety with a newly facility (on Del Mar South Campus) to include training classrooms,
physical fitness areas, exterior physical fitness areas, secure parking and POV parking.
Review and study the project scope / program and proposed budget as they relate to
construction feasibility.
Provide a preliminary opinion of construction cost.
Assimilate all review comments, modifications, additions / deletions and proceed to next
phase, upon Notice to Proceed.
Schematic Design TRA Deliverables:
Project Design Meetings (3 anticipated)
Architectural Schematic Design
Civil Engineering Narrative
Structural Engineering Narrative
MEP Engineering Narrative
Opinion of Probable Construction Cost
Exterior Colored Renderings (2 Exterior Perspectives, 2 Interior Renderings)
Schematic Design City Deliverables:
Building Program of Spaces (Already provided by City of Corpus Christi)
Metes & Bounds Survey (To be provided by Del Mar College)
Existing Utility Survey (To be provided by Del Mar College)
Re-plat of Property (to be provided by Del Mar College)
Geotechnical Investigation (to be provided by the City of Corpus Christi)
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 3 of 9
2. Design Development Phase
Based on the City’s approval of the Schematic Design Documents and the City’s authorization of
any adjustments in the Project requirements and the budget for the Cost of the Work, TRA will
provide architectural services in which the process moves from the Schematic Phase to the
Contract Documents phase. In this phase, TRA will prepare drawings and other presentation
documents to solidify the design concept and describe it in terms of the Architectural design. The
Design Development Documents will illustrate and describe the development of the approved
Schematic Design Documents and will consist of drawings and other documents including plans,
sections, elevations, typical construction details, and engineering diagrammatic layouts to fix and
describe the character of the Project as to architectural and other elements as may be appropriate.
The Design Development Documents will also include outline specifications that identify major
materials and systems and establish in general their quality levels.
Tasks:
Develop and submit for review Design Development set of plans with layout of the plans in the
City of Corpus Christi’s preferred format consistent with the City of Corpus Christi Plan
Preparation Standards.
Develop and submit an opinion of probable construction cost for the project improvements.
Assimilate all review comments, modifications, additions / deletions and proceed to next
phase, upon written Notice to Proceed.
Design Development TRA Deliverables:
Project Design Meetings (2 anticipated)
Architectural Design Development Drawings
Civil Engineering Design Development Drawings
Landscape Architecture Design Development Drawings
Structural Engineering Design Development Diagrammatic Drawings
MEP Engineering Design Development Diagrammatic Drawings
Outline Project Specifications
Opinion of Probable Construction Cost
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 4 of 9
3. Construction Document Phase
Based on the City’s approval of the Design Development Documents, and the City’s authorization
of any adjustments in the Project requirements and the budget for the Cost of the Work, TRA will
prepare Construction Documents for the City’s approval at 65%, 100% Unsigned & Unsealed and
100% Signed & Sealed Final milestones. The Construction Documents will illustrate and describe
the further development of the approved Design Development Documents and shall consist of
Drawings and Specifications setting forth in detail specific materials and systems and other
requirements for the construction of the Work. All drawings and specifications for building systems,
and components that will make up the Construction Documents. A final set of Professionally
Sealed Construction Documents provides drawings and specifications that are sufficient to
comprehensively support the City’s ability to obtain construction bids, necessary permits and
construct the project. The City of Corpus Christi and TRA will acknowledge that in order to
construct the work the City’s selected General Contractor will provide additional information,
including Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other similar submittals which TRA will
review.
The final Design Phase of TRA’s architectural services which focuses upon finalizing drawings and
will provide detailed development of Architectural Designs and perform coordination with
Engineering documents to ensure the completeness and technical correctness of final design
package.
Tasks:
Develop and submit for review a 65% set of plans with layout of the plans in the City of
Corpus Christi’s preferred format consistent with the City of Corpus Christi Plan Preparation
Standards.
Develop and submit an opinion of probable construction cost for the project improvements.
Assimilate all review comments, modifications, additions / deletions and proceed to next
phase, upon written Notice to Proceed.
Complete and submit a 100% Unsigned & Unsealed complete set of construction drawings,
plans, details, contract documents and technical specifications in accordance with the City of
Corpus Christi’s preferred standard format.
Provide the final opinion of probable construction cost.
Assimilate all review comments, modifications, additions / deletions and proceed to next
phase, upon written Notice to Proceed.
Complete and submit a 100% Signed & Sealed complete set of construction drawings,
plans, details, contract documents and technical specifications in accordance with the City of
Corpus Christi’s preferred standard format for Bidding Purposes.
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 5 of 9
Furnish two (2) Full Size 22”x34” and two (2) 11”X17” hardcopy set of plans, as well as one (1)
Flash Drive containing full size PDF Files to the City of Corpus Christi for review and comment.
The City shall assume cost for reproduction of additional sets.
Prepare and submit documents to regulatory agencies having jurisdiction TDI (WPI-8
Documents) and TDLR (ADA), etc. for review.
Construction Document TRA Deliverables:
Project Design Meetings (4 anticipated)
Architectural 65% CD Drawings
Civil Engineering 65% CD Drawings
Landscape Architecture 65% CD Drawings
Structural Engineering 65% CD Drawings
MEP Engineering Design 65% CD Drawings
65% Project Specifications
65% Opinion of Probable Construction Cost
Architectural 100% Unsigned & Unsealed CD Drawings
Civil Engineering 100% Unsigned & Unsealed CD Drawings
Landscape Architecture 100% Unsigned & Unsealed CD Drawings
Structural Engineering 100% Unsigned & Unsealed CD Drawings
MEP Engineering Design 100% Unsigned & Unsealed CD Drawings
100% Unsigned & Unsealed Project Specifications
Final Opinion of Probable Construction Cost
Architectural 100% Signed & Sealed CD Drawings
Civil Engineering 100% Signed & Sealed CD Drawings
Landscape Architecture 100% Signed & Sealed CD Drawings
Structural Engineering 100% Signed & Sealed CD Drawings
MEP Engineering Design 100% Signed & Sealed CD Drawings
100% Signed & Sealed Project Specifications
Conformed Construction Documents Set - “For Construction”
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 6 of 9
4. Bidding Phase
After the City’s approval of Construction Documents, TRA will provide support in obtaining
competitive General Contractor bids or negotiated proposals.
Tasks:
Attend General Contractor pre-construction conference chaired by City and assist City in
defining, clarifying, and responding to General Contractor questions with respect to project
design, specifications, materials, and methods.
Prepare addenda, in preferred City format, necessary to inform General Contractors of
modifications and clarifications prior to construction. The City’s Engineering Services will
distribute any addendum.
5. Construction Phase
TRA will advise the City during project construction milestones, including significant field matters
relating to the construction of the project.
TRA’s action in reviewing submittals will be taken in accordance with a mutually approved (City &
TRA) submittal schedule generated by the General Contractor. TRA will review and approve or take
appropriate action upon the General Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data
and Samples, but only for checking for conformance with information given and the design concept
expressed in the Contract Documents. No more than two reviews of each submittal will be provided.
TRA will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents as they
pertain to design intent. Requests for information are anticipated to include, at a minimum, a detailed
written statement that indicates the specific Drawings or Specifications in need of clarification and the
nature of the clarification requested. If appropriate, TRA will prepare and issue supplemental
Drawings and Specifications in response to requests for information.
If required, TRA will issue minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the
Contract Documents that do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the
Contract Time. TRA will prepare a punch list and submit it to the City and conduct the final inspection
upon the completion of the project.
Tasks:
Coordinate with the City inspector to authorize minor field alterations that do not affect the
contractor’s price and are not contrary to the interest of the City.
Conduct a “final inspection” with City and General Contractor, and make a recommendation
concerning final acceptance.
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 7 of 9
Review and approve all General Contractor’s shop drawings and/or submittals.
Prepare necessary change orders during the process of the work. City will process all change
orders.
Schedule: (Assumes Notice to Proceed on March 26th, 2020)
1. Schematic Design Phase Submittal Due May 14th, 2021
2. City Schematic Design Review June 4th, 2021
3. Design Development Submittal Due July 30th, 2021
4. City Design Development Review August 20th, 2021
5. Construction Documents 65% Submittal Due
October 15th, 2021
6. City 65% CD’s Review November 5th, 2021
7. Construction Documents 100% Unsigned &
Unsealed Submittal Due
December 31st, 2021
8. City 100% CD’s Unsigned & Unsealed Review January 21st, 2022
9. Construction Documents 100% Signed &
Sealed Submittal Due
February 11th, 2022
10. Bidding Phase To be Determined
11. Construction Phase To Be Determined
Fees:
A. Basic A/E Services Fees include:
Architecture
Landscape Architecture
Civil Engineering
Structural Engineering
TDI Windstorm Engineering
MEP Engineering
TDLR Review (ADA)
Performance Telecommunications Design
Performance Fire Protection / Life Safety Design
Bidding Support Services (as outlined above)
Construction Administration Services (as outlined above)
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 8 of 9
B. Optional Services:
Topographic Surveying, (Design Phase Service)
Permit Preparation (Construction Phase Service)*
Construction Observation Services (Construction Phase Service, Hourly Not to Exceed)* -
Perform twenty-eight (28) Site Inspections to confer with City’s Construction Inspector and
General Contractor to observe the progress and quality of work, and to determine, in general,
whether the work is accordance with project design. Prepare Site Observation Reports.
2015 IECC Required Commissioning (Construction Phase Service)*
Provide record drawings in Autodesk AutoCAD 2020 and PDF from General Contractor-prepared
redlined marked-up set of construction documents (Construction Phase Service)*
Project Closeout (Construction Phase Service)*
*Note: All Construction Phase Services Listed to be Part of Construction Cost Budget
C. Summary of A/E Fees: (Basic Services are a fixed fee based on a construction budget of
$11,000,000.00)
1. Schematic Design Phase $197,680.00
2. Design Development Phase $197,680.00
3. Construction Document Phase $397,360.00
4. Bidding Phase $24,670.00
5. Construction Phase $149,010.00
Sub-Total A/E Basic Services (Fixed Fee) $966,400.00
6. Optional Services
Topographic Surveying (Design Phase – Fixed Fee) $6,600.00
Permit Preparation (Construction Phase – Fixed Fee) $5,100.00
Construction Observation Services (Construction Phase –
Hourly / Not to Exceed)
$28,000.00
IECC Commissioning (Construction Phase – Fixed Fee) $25,000.00
Record Drawings (Construction Phase – Fixed Fee) $20,000.00
Project Closeout (Construction Phase – Fixed Fee) $5,000.00
Sub-Total Optional Services $89,700.00
TOTAL PROPOSED FEE $1,056,100.00
TURNER | RAMIREZ ARCHITECTS 3751 S. ALAMEDA ST. | CORPUS CHRIS TI, TX 78411 | TRARCH.COM
Page 9 of 9
D. TRA Hourly Rate Schedule: (For use in Not to Exceed and Additional Services Scopes)
Turner | Ramirez Architects – Hourly Rates (2020– 2021)
Principal $240.00/hr
Director of Operations $220.00/hr
Design Director $200.00/hr
Project Architect $185.00/hr
Interior Designer $185.00/hr
Project Manager $175.00/hr
Production Associate $125.00/hr
Admin $75.00/hr
We appreciate working with the City of Corpus Christi once again and look to many more opportunities in
the future. Should you have any questions please feel free to contact me at my office.
Regards,
Philip Ramirez, AIA, RID, LEED AP
Principal Architect / President
Sample form for:
Payment Request
AE Contract
Revised 02/01/17
COMPLETE PROJECT NAME
Project No. XXXX
Invoice No. 12345
Invoice Date 01/01/2017
Total Current Previous Total Remaining Percent
Basic Services:Contract Amd No. 1 Amd No. 2 Contract Invoice Invoice Invoice Balance Complete
Preliminary Phase $1,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 100.0%
Design Phase $2,000.00 $1,000.00 $0.00 $3,000.00 $1,000.00 $500.00 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 50.0%
Bid Phase $500.00 $0.00 $250.00 $750.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $750.00 0.0%
Construction Phase $2,500.00 $0.00 $1,000.00 $3,500.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $3,500.00 0.0%
Subtotal Basic Services $6,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,250.00 $8,250.00 $1,000.00 $1,500.00 $2,500.00 $5,750.00 30.3%
Additional Services:
Permitting $2,000.00 $0.00 $0.00 $2,000.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $1,500.00 25.0%
Warranty Phase $0.00 $1,120.00 $0.00 $1,120.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,120.00 0.0%
Inspection $0.00 $0.00 $1,627.00 $1,627.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $1,627.00 0.0%
Platting Survey TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
O & M Manuals TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
SCADA TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD
Subtotal Additional Services $2,000.00 $1,120.00 $1,627.00 $4,747.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $4,247.00 10.5%
Summary of Fees:
Basic Services Fees $6,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,250.00 $8,250.00 $1,000.00 $1,500.00 $2,500.00 $5,750.00 30.3%
Additional Services Fees $2,000.00 $1,120.00 $1,627.00 $4,747.00 $500.00 $0.00 $500.00 $4,247.00 10.5%
Total of Fees $8,000.00 $2,120.00 $2,877.00 $12,997.00 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 $9,997.00 23.1%
Notes:
A PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER MUST BE INCLUDED ON ALL INVOICES AND INVOICE CORRESPONDENCE. FAILURE TO COMPLY
WILL RESULT IN DELAYED PAYMENT OF INVOICES.
If needed, update this sample form based on the contract requirements.
If applicable, refer to the contract for information on what to include with time and materials (T&M).EXHIBIT B Page 1 of 1
1 EXHIBIT C
PAGE 1 OF 3
EXHIBIT C
Insurance Requirements
1.1 Consultant must not commence work under this agreement until all
required insurance has been obtained and such insurance has been approved by
the City. Consultant must not allow any subcontractor to commence work until
all similar insurance required of any subcontractor has been obtained.
1.2 Consultant must furnish to the Director of Engineering Services with the
signed agreement a copy of Certificates of Insurance (COI) with
applicable policy endorsements showing the following minimum coverage by an
insurance company(s) acceptable to the City’s Risk Manager. The City must be
listed as an additional insured on the General liability and Auto Liability
policies, and a waiver of subrogation is required on all applicable
policies. Endorsements must be provided with COI. Project name and or
number must be listed in Description Box of COI.
TYPE OF INSURANCE MINIMUM INSURANCE COVERAGE
30-written day notice of cancellation,
required on all certificates or by
applicable policy endorsements
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
Per occurrence - aggregate
Commercial General Liability including:
1.Commercial Broad Form
2.Premises – Operations
3.Products/ Completed Operations
4.Contractual Liability
5.Independent Contractors
6.Personal Injury- Advertising Injury
$1,000,000 Per Occurrence
$2,000,000 Aggregate
AUTO LIABILITY (including)
1. Owned
2.Hired and Non-Owned
3. Rented/Leased
$500,000 Combined Single Limit
PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY
(Errors and Omissions)
$1,000,000 Per Claim
If claims made policy, retro date must
2 EXHIBIT C
PAGE 2 OF 3
be prior to inception of agreement,
have 3-year reporting period provisions
and identify any limitations regarding
who is insured.
1.3 In the event of accidents of any kind related to this agreement, Consultant must
furnish the City with copies of all reports of any accidents within 10 days of the accident.
1.4 Consultant shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this
Contract, and any extension hereof, at Consultant's sole expense, insurance coverage
written on an occurrence basis, with the exception of professional liability, which may be
on a per claims made basis, by companies authorized and admitted to do business in
the State of Texas and with an A.M. Best's rating of no less than A- VII. Consultant is
required to provide City with renewal Certificates.
1.5 Consultant is required to submit a copy of the replacement certificate of
insurance to City at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested
change. Consultant shall pay any costs incurred resulting from said changes. All notices
under this Article shall be given to City at the following address:
City of Corpus Christi
Attn: Engineering Services
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277
1.6 Consultant agrees that with respect to the above required insurance, all
insurance policies are to contain or be endorsed to contain the following required
provisions:
1.6.1 List the City and its officers, officials, employees and elected
representatives as additional insured by endorsement, as respects
operations, completed operation and activities of, or on behalf of, the
named insured performed under contract with the City with the exception
of the professional liability/Errors & Omissions policy;
1.6.2 Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not
apply to the City of Corpus Christi where the City is an additional insured
shown on the policy;
1.6.3 Provide thirty (30) calendar days advance written notice directly to City of
any suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of coverage, and not less
than ten (10) calendar days advance written notice for nonpayment of
premium.
1.7 Within five (5) calendar days of a suspension, cancellation or non-renewal of
coverage, Consultant shall provide a replacement Certificate of Insurance and
3 EXHIBIT C
PAGE 3 OF 3
applicable endorsements to City. City shall have the option to suspend Consultant's
performance should there be a lapse in coverage at any time during this contract.
Failure to provide and to maintain the required insurance shall constitute a material
breach of this contract.
1.8 In addition to any other remedies the City may have upon Consultant's failure to
provide and maintain any insurance or policy endorsements to the extent and within the
time herein required, the City shall have the right to order Consultant to remove the
exhibit hereunder, and/or withhold any payment(s) if any, which become due to
Consultant hereunder until Consultant demonstrates compliance with the requirements
hereof.
1.9 Nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting in any way the extent to
which Consultant may be held responsible for payments of damages to persons or
property resulting from Consultant's or its subcontractor’s performance of the work
covered under this agreement.
1.10 It is agreed that Consultant's insurance shall be deemed primary and non-
contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the City of
Corpus Christi for liability arising out of operations under this agreement.
1.11 It is understood and agreed that the insurance required is in addition to and
separate from any other obligation contained in this agreement.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to
design services
Table of Contents
Page
Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology ....................................................................................................... 2
Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ..................................................................................................................... 8
Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse ................................................................... 8
Article 4 – Commencement and Progress of the Work ................................................................................ 9
Article 5 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface, Physical and Hazardous Environmental Conditions .............. 9
Article 6 – Bonds and Insurance ................................................................................................................. 10
Article 7 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ..................................................................................................... 10
Article 8 – Other Work at the Site ............................................................................................................... 10
Article 9 – Owner’s and OPT’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 10
Article 10 – OAR’s and Designer’s Status During Construction .................................................................. 11
Article 11 – Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work .................................................... 13
Article 12 – Change Management .............................................................................................................. 13
Article 13 – Claims ....................................................................................................................................... 14
Article 14 – Prevailing Wage Rate Requirements ....................................................................................... 16
Article 15 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ...................................................................... 16
Article 16 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work .................... 16
Article 17 – Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period ........................................ 16
Article 18 – Suspension of Work and Termination ..................................................................................... 16
Article 19 – Project Management ............................................................................................................... 16
Article 20 – Project Coordination ................................................................................................................ 16
Article 21 – Quality Management ............................................................................................................... 17
Article 22 – Final Resolution of Disputes .................................................................................................... 17
Article 23 – Minority/MBE/DBE Participation Policy .................................................................................. 17
Article 24 – Document Management .......................................................................................................... 17
Article 25 – Shop Drawings ......................................................................................................................... 17
Article 26 – Record Data ............................................................................................................................. 20
Article 27 – Construction Progress Schedule .............................................................................................. 21
Article 28 – Video and Photographic documentation ................................................................................ 21
Article 29 – Execution and Closeout ........................................................................................................... 21
Article 30 – Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................... 22
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 1 of 22
ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
1.01 Defined Terms
A.Terms with initial capital letters, including the term’s singular and plural forms, have the
meanings indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract
Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in
the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and
the titles of other documents or forms.
1.Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the
Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents.
2.Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the
Work.
3.Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled
as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement
between themselves.
4.Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from
Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents.
5.Award Date – The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the
City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City.
6.Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and
Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the
Bidding Requirements.
7.Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents,
and Addenda.
8.Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner.
9.Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid
Form and attachments, and required certifications.
10.Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the
time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the
evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A
cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National
Bank will also be acceptable.
11.Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety
instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument.
12.Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and
signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract
Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract.
13.Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents:
a.Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times;
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 2 of 22
b.Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract
Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents;
c.Challenging a set-off against payment due; or
d.Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract.
14.City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as
identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed.
15.Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with
the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an
entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim.
16.Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other
materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to:
a.The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42
U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. (“CERCLA”);
b.The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5101 et seq.;
c.The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. (“RCRA”);
d.The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.;
e.The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.;
f.The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or
g.Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or
standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance,
or material.
17.Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing
the relationship between the Owner and Contractor.
18.Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract
and signed by Owner and Contractor which:
a.Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract
Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or
b.Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in
the Work.
19.Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the
Agreement.
20.Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by
Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has
agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
21.Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must:
a.Achieve specified Milestones;
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 3 of 22
b.Achieve Substantial Completion; and
c.Complete the Work.
22.Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance
of the Work.
23.Contractor’s Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities
directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or
anyone for whose acts they may be liable.
24.Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work
as allowed by Article 15.
25.Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or
deficient in that it:
a.Does not conform to the Contract Documents;
b.Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards,
tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or
c.Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR’s recommendation of final payment
unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner
at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 17.12 or 17.13.
26.Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the
subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by
Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has
responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the
Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered
Architects or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in
the State of Texas.
27.Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and
character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not
Drawings.
28.Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City
Manager or designee has signed the Contract.
29.Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that
do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times.
30.Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the
Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property
exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the
Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a
Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are
controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the
requirements of the Contract.
31.Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs
resulting from claims or demands against Owner’s Indemnitees. These costs include
fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 4 of 22
32.Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations,
ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts
having jurisdiction over the Project.
33.Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real
property, or personal property.
34.Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required
by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time.
35.Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following
methods:
a.Contract Amendment;
b.Change Order;
c.Field Order; or
d.Work Change Directive.
36.Notice of Award - The notice of Owner’s intent to enter into a contract with the Selected
Bidder.
37.Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is
to begin.
38.Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and
political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and
through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the
Director of Engineering Services), and the City’s officers, employees, agents, or
representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project.
39.Owner’s Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in
the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or
indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services
to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner.
40.Owner’s Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members,
partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors.
41.Owner’s Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner’s Authorized Representative,
Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants,
individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide
services to the Owner.
42.Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work
for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial
Completion of all the Work.
43.Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the
sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish
the Work within the Contract Times. The Progress Schedule must be a Critical Path
Method (CPM) Schedule.
44.Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract
Documents.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 5 of 22
45.Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned
to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative
includes assistants and field staff of the OAR.
46.Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing
some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of
the Work.
47.Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained
by Contractor.
48.Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating
portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for
Contractor’s Applications for Payment.
49.Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract.
50.Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or
information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to
illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not
Drawings and are not Contract Documents.
51.Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner
upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements,
and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor.
52.Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials,
equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain
administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work.
53.Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with
other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work.
54.Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is
sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
55.Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the
General Conditions.
56.Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor
having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to
furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work.
57.Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary
Conditions with respect to either:
a.Subsurface conditions at the Site;
b.Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site,
except Underground Facilities; or
c.Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site.
58.Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires,
manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and
encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases,
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 6 of 22
steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic
transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or
chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.
59.Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices.
60.Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the
Contract Documents.
61.Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date
of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work
Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive
until a Change Order can be issued.
1.02 Terminology
A.The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the
Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning.
B.It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no
additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the
Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to “at no additional cost to Owner,”
“at Contractor’s expense,” or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide
specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price.
C.The terms “day” or “calendar day” mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight
to the next midnight.
D.The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows:
1.The terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed,” or similar terms in
the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT.
2.Adjectives including or similar to “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,”
“satisfactory,” or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT
regarding the Work.
3.Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the
Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific
statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise.
4.The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT
authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give
authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles
9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents.
E.The use of the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” and “provide” have the following
meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment:
1.Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to
the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation.
2.Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials,
or equipment so they are ready for their intended use.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 7 of 22
3.Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or
equipment, complete and ready for their intended use.
4.Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready
for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or
equipment, but do not expressly use the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” or
“provide.”
F.Contract Documents are written in modified brief style:
1.Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word
“all” is not stated.
2.Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the
sentence. It is understood that the words “furnish,” “install,” “perform,” “provide,” or
similar words include the meaning of the phrase “The Contractor shall...” before these
words.
3.Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood
that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor.
G.Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade
meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning
unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents.
H.Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals,
consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications
required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by
Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may
be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT’s project management information
system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the
OAR.
I.Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media
using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice.
ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS
ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE
3.01 Intent
B.Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents.
The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to
complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional
details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the
Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR.
3.02 Reference Standards
Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not.
1.Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced
but recognized as applicable in the construction industry.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 8 of 22
2.Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher
quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards.
3.Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are
applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work.
3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies
3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents
Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents
to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of
the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by
providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of
the OPT to Contractor.
C.OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to
the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may
appeal Designer’s or OAR’s interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal.
ARTICLE 4 – COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
ARTICLE 5 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
5.01 Availability of Lands
5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas
5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions
5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions
OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition
from the Contractor. Designer is to:
1.Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition;
2.Determine the necessity of OPT’s obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect
the subsurface or physical condition;
3.Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the
differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A;
4.Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in
connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question;
5.Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and
6.Advise OPT of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations.
C.OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in
question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings,
conclusions, and recommendations.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 9 of 22
5.05 Underground Facilities
The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR:
1.Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground
Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or
indicated with reasonable accuracy;
2.Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor’s resumption of Work in
connection with this Underground Facility;
3.Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to
document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility;
and
4.Advise OAR of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide
revised Drawings and Specifications if required.
D.OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and
recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer’s findings, conclusions, and
recommendations.
ARTICLE 6 – BONDS AND INSURANCE
ARTICLE 7 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
ARTICLE 8 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE
ARTICLE 9 – OWNER’S AND OPT’S RESPONSIBILITIES
9.01 Communications to Contractor
A.OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the
Contract Documents.
9.02 Replacement of Owner’s Project Team Members
A.Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion.
9.03 Furnish Data
A.OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents.
9.04 Pay When Due
9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests
A.Owner’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph
5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and
drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the
Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 10 of 22
9.06 Insurance
9.07 Modifications
9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals
A.OPT’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in
Paragraph 16.02.
9.09 Limitations on OPT’s Responsibilities
A.The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible
for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or
related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws
and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for
Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition
A.OPT’s responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in
Paragraph 5.06.
9.11 Compliance with Safety Program
A.Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific
applicable requirements of this program.
ARTICLE 10 – OAR’S AND DESIGNER’S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION
10.01 Owner’s Representative
A. OAR is Owner’s representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of
authority of OAR as Owner’s representative are described in the Contract Documents.
10.02 Visits to Site
A.Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work.
Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the
Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not
required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of
the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with
Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer’s visits and observations are
subject to the limitations on Designer’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs
9.09 and 10.07.
B.OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner’s
quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner’s representative as
described in the Contract Documents. OAR’s visits and observations are subject to the
limitations on OAR’s authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 11 of 22
10.03 Resident Project Representatives
A.Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the
Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives’ authority and
responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07.
10.04 Rejecting Defective Work
A.OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 16. OAR is to issue a
Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been
corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 16.
10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments
A.Designer’s authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract
Documents.
B.Designer’s authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in
response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15.
C.OAR and Designer’s authority related to Modifications is described in Article 11.
D.OAR’s authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 15 and 17.
10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work
A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative
requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to
Contractor.
B.Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements
of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective
Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 16.04, if Work does not conform
to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor.
C.OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide
documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative
requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design
related changes are required.
D.Contractor may appeal Designer’s decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor
does not agree with the Designer’s decision.
10.07 Limitations on OAR’s and Designer’s Authority and Responsibilities
A.OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor’s Team. No actions or failure
to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or
responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or
otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor’s Team.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 12 of 22
ARTICLE 11 – AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK
ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE MANAGEMENT
12.01 Requests for Change Proposal
A.Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP).
1.Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications.
2.Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number
will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued.
3.Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 12.02 to the Designer for
evaluation by the OPT.
12.02 Change Proposals
A.Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the
Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal.
1.Use the Change Proposal form provided.
2.Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued.
3.Include with the Change Proposal:
a.A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or
proposed changes to the OPT’s description of the proposed Modification.
b.The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a
Change Proposal.
c.A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a
change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include:
1)List of materials and equipment to be installed;
2)Man hours for labor by classification;
3)Equipment used in construction;
4)Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials;
5)Royalties and patent fees;
6)Bonds and insurance;
7)Overhead and profit;
8)Field office costs;
9)Home office cost; and
10)Other items of cost.
d.Provide the level of detail outlined in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor
or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a
Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 13 of 22
provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline
in the paragraph above for self-performed Work.
e.Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 15 for Cost of Work.
f.Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule
and the Contract Times.
B.Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order.
C.A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract
Documents.
D.Request changes to products in accordance with Article 25.
12.03 Designer Will Evaluate Request for Modification
A.Designer will issue a Modification per Article 11 if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the
Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in
Contract Price or Contract Times.
1.Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution
with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be
issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can
be authorized by the Owner.
2.Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be
approved by the Owner.
a.Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change
Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at
the Contractor’s risk.
b.No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments
until approved by the Owner.
B.The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and
construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 13 – CLAIMS
13.01 Claims
13.02 Claims Process
A.Claims must be initiated by written notice. Notice must conspicuously state that it is a notice
of a Claim in the subject line or first sentence. Notice must also list the date of first occurrence
of the claimed event.
B.Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer and the OAR
within 7 days:
1.After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or
2.After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 14 of 22
C.Claims by Contractor that are not received within the time period provided by section
13.02(B) are waived. Owner may choose to deny such Claims without a formal review. Any
Claims by Contractor that are not brought within 90 days following the termination of the
Contract are waived and shall be automatically deemed denied.
D.Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor.
E.The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. Claims must
contain sufficient detail to allow the other party to fully review the Claim.
1.Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Price must include the Contractor’s job cost
report. Provide additional documentation as requested by OAR.
2.Claims seeking an adjustment of Contract Time must include native schedule files in
Primavera or MS Project digital format. Provide additional documentation as
requested by OAR.
F.Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is
accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor’s knowledge and belief, the relief
requested accurately reflects the full compensation to which Contractor is entitled.
G.Claims by Contractor against Owner and Claims by Owner against Contractor, including those
alleging an error or omission by Designer but excluding those arising under Section 7.12, shall
be referred initially to Designer for consideration and recommendation to Owner.
H.Designer may review a Claim by Contractor within 30 days of receipt of the Claim and take
one or more of the following actions:
1.Request additional supporting data from the party who made the Claim;
2.Issue a recommendation;
3.Suggest a compromise; or
4.Advise the parties that Designer is not able to make a recommendation due to
insufficient information or a conflict of interest.
I.If the Designer does not take any action, the claim shall be deemed denied.
J.The Contractor and the Owner shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of
information and direct negotiations. If no agreement is reached within 90 days, the Claim
shall be deemed denied. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the
Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of any actions taken on a Claim.
K.Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time
after a recommendation is issued by the Designer.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 15 of 22
ARTICLE 14 – PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS
ARTICLE 15 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK
ARTICLE 16 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK
ARTICLE 17 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET-OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD
ARTICLE 18 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION
ARTICLE 19 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 20 – PROJECT COORDINATION
20.01 Work Included
20.02 Document Submittal
20.03 Communication During Project
A.The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project.
B.The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning:
1.Documents, including Applications for Payment.
2.Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents.
3.Contract Modifications.
4.Observation of Work and testing.
5.Claims.
20.04 Requests for Information
A.Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or
clarification of the Contract Documents.
1.Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided.
2.Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification.
Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor
for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from
multiple document submittals due to inadequate information.
3.A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be
made on the RFI form or in attached information.
B.Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification
of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract
Documents.
C.Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per Article 12 if the RFI indicates
that a Contract Modification is required.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 16 of 22
ARTICLE 21 – QUALITY MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 22 – FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
ARTICLE 23 – MINORITY/MBE/DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY
ARTICLE 24 – DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT
ARTICLE 25 – SHOP DRAWINGS
25.01 Work Included
A.Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the
Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without
additional detailed information from the Supplier.
B.Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested
by the OPT to:
1.Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner;
2.Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their
fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and
3.Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the
Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents.
25.02 Quality Assurance
25.03 Contractor’s Responsibilities
25.04 Shop Drawing Requirements
A.Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can:
1.Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features.
2.Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise
Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents.
3.Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and
advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria
specified in the Contract Documents.
4.Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for
compliance with the Contract Documents.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 17 of 22
25.05 Special Certifications and Reports
25.06 Warranties and Guarantees
25.07 Shop Drawing Submittal Procedures
25.08 Sample and Mockup Submittal Procedures
25.09 Requests for Deviation
25.10 Designer Responsibilities
A.Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review
per this Article for general conformance with the Contract Documents.
1.Designer’s review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in
the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work,
conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with
the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the
Contract Documents.
2.Designer’s review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques,
sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident
thereto.
3.Designer’s review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of
the assembly in which the item functions.
B.Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and
comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the
document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations
from the Contract requirements.
1.Designer will respond to Contractor’s markups by either making markups directly in the
Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments
form with review comments.
2.Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following
status designations:
a.Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted.
b.Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations
made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing.
c.Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable.
3.Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions:
a.Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been
filed as a record document.
b.Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract
Documents. Resubmit the document per Article 26.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 18 of 22
c.Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be
removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that
document are to cease.
d.Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents,
significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for
subsequent review.
e.Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is “Approved as Noted,” but has
significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document
with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are
required.
f.Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet
the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point
where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the
review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract
Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this
Section and resubmit.
g.Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further
action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action
to close out the review process.
4.Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be
marked “Approved as Noted” and “Resubmit with corrections made.” These drawings
are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering
products as the documents are revised.
5.Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents
will be marked as “At Variance With” (AVW) the Contract Documents or other
information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply
with the Contract Documents.
C.Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using
the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so
the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If
approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then
all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and
action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole.
D.Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents.
1.A Requested deviation will be rejected as “Not Approved” if the requested deviation is
unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections
for approval.
2.A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if
the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a
change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract
Documents may only be approved by Field Order.
3.A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the
requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 19 of 22
Submit any requested deviation that requires a change in Contract Price or Contract
Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing.
E.Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or
Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 25.10.B that indicates that the
Shop Drawing process is closed.
F.Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data
or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be
deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will
be closed.
ARTICLE 26 – RECORD DATA
26.01 Work Included
26.02 Quality Assurance
26.03 Contractor’s Responsibilities
26.04 Record Data Requirements
26.05 Special Certifications and Reports
26.06 Warranties and Guarantees
26.07 Record Data Submittal Procedures
26.08 Designer’s Responsibilities
A.Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project
record.
1.Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the
purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 26.02 may
be rejected as unacceptable.
2.Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments
may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the
cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate.
3.Contractor’s responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not
relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by
a Modification.
B.Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data:
1.File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets
the requirements of Paragraph 26.02. Document will be given the status of “Filed as
Received” and no further action is required on that Record Data.
2.Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons:
a.The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the
document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 20 of 22
Drawing. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Submit Shop Drawing.”
No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data
process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per Article 25.
b.The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements
of Paragraph 26.02. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Revise and
Resubmit.” Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and
marked “Filed as Received.” When Record Data is filed, no further action is
required and the Record Data process will be closed.
c.The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is the Record Data
applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked “Rejected” and “Cancel
-Not Required.” No further action is required and the Record Data process will be
closed.
C.Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked “Filed as
Received.”
ARTICLE 27 – CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
ARTICLE 28 – VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION
ARTICLE 29 – EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT
29.01 Substantial Completion
A.Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially
complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed
or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete.
B.OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is
received to determine the status of the Project.
C.Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that
additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially
complete.
1.Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project
will be considered substantially complete.
2.Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work.
3.Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been
completed.
4.OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process.
5.Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the
OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a
tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended.
6.Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10
days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion.
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services EXHIBIT D
Page 21 of 22
29.02 Final Inspections
A.Notify the Designer when:
1.Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents;
2.Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully
operational;
3.Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all
operator training has been completed;
4.Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and
5.Work is complete and ready for final inspection.
B.OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment
within a reasonable time after the notice is received.
C.Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor
that Work is Defective.
D.Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work
has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is
acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the
Contractor that Work is Defective.
E.Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph
29.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable.
ARTICLE 30 – MISCELLANEOUS
END OF SECTION
Excerpt from FORM 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS for Construction Projects related to design services
EXHIBIT D
Page 22 of 22
Capital Improvement Plan
City of Corpus Christi, Texas
2020 2024
thru
Description
The current Police academy building is over 30 years old and is obsolete in both space and needed training amenities. This project is for design
only and will be the first steps in the project to design and construct a new Police Training Academy. The new facility is estimated to be 24,000
to 27,000 sq feet and will include all the needed space such as large training classrooms, resource room, library, physical training spaces and
running track as well as administrative offices and adequate parking. The location objective is Del Mar College South Campus, this partnership
will offer costs savings and can be used as a Regional Police Academy. The diagram attached is a rough draft of the new design the CCPD is
considering.
Project #21086A
Priority 7 --Future Consideration
Justification
The current police academy building is over 30 years old and has no room for expansion. Current cadet academies are limited to 30 cadets due
to lack of space and parking. The current facility is 8,160 sq feet and is used for classroom training only. An old warehouse is used as the
physical fitness training area. CCPD must lease needed parking space for the current academy and must rent portable restrooms and hand wash
stations. These costs are currently included in the police's operating budget. The replacement of the old police training academy is evident and
will serve the growing needs of Corpus Christi Police Department as the enrollment in the academy has increased over 60% in the last 15 years.
Additional cost savings will be seen as the location at Del Mar College South Campus allows the new academy to be used as Regional Police
Academy with usage revenue from other entities.
Budget Impact/Other
There is no projected operational impact with this project at this time. Once the design and construction phases have been completed a
reassessment will made of on-going and maintenance costs; as well as estimated revenue from regional usage fees..
Useful Life 40 years
Project Name Police training academy design
Category Building Addition
Type Improvement/Additions
Contact Police Chief
Department Police Department
Status Active
Total2020 2021 2022 2023 2024Expenditures
1,100,0001,100,000Design
130,000130,000Contingency
12,00012,000Engineering Svc
8,0008,000Admin Reimbursement
1,250,000 1,250,000Total
Total2020 2021 2022 2023 2024Funding Sources
1,250,0001,250,000G.O.Bond 2020
1,250,000 1,250,000Total
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Action Item for City Council Meeting March 23, 2021
DATE: 3/5/2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Jennifer Buxton, Assistant Director Grant Monitoring Department
jenniferb9@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3976
CAPTION:
Resolution authorizing the execution of all documents necessary to accept a grant from the Texas Department
of Housing and Community Affairs (TDHCA) for Homeless and Housing Services Program funds in the amount
of $190,458.00 to provide housing and case management to homeless people with mental illness and other
disabilities.
SUMMARY:
This Resolution authorizes the City Manager to execute a contract accepting a Homeless Housing and Services
Program (HHSP) grant of $190,458.00 from the Texas Department of Housing and Community (TDHCA).
Funding from this grant will provide transitional and permanent housing to very low and extremely low-income
homeless persons with mental illness and other disabilities.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The City of Corpus Christi has identified access to housing for people with very low and extremely low incomes
as a significant gap in the City’s homeless services system. To address this shortfall, the City will accept
assistance from the Texas Department of Housing and Community (TDHCA) in the form of a Homeless Housing
and Services Program (HHSP) grant for $190,458.00.
The City will assign the funds to Accessible Housing Resources Inc (AHRI). AHRI provides housing and housing
assistance to residents of Corpus Christi with very low or extremely low incomes and people with mental or
physical disabilities. With the HHSP funds, AHRI will provide temporary rental assistance, outreach services,
Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) documentation assistance, and case management services
to 10 clients. AHRI’s goal is to provide this assistance until the 10 clients secure Tenant Based Rental Assistance
(TBRA), U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Section 811 vouchers, or another program to
secure long-term housing.
ALTERNATIVES:
The alternative is to not accept the grant.
Resolution accepting a grant in the amount of $190,458.00 from the Texas Department of Housing
and Community Development Homeless Housing and Services Program.
FISCAL IMPACT:
The City of Corpus Christi will receive $190,458.00 in state grant funds.
Funding Detail:
Fund: 1071
Organization/Activity: 806100S
Mission Element: 717
Project # (CIP Only): NA
Account: 530000 Professional Services
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the resolution authorizing the City Manager to execute a contract with TDHCA
for the $190,458 HHSP grant.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Resolution
Resolution accepting a grant from the Texas Department of Housing and
Community Affairs for homeless and housing services program funds in
the amount of $190,458.00 to provide housing and case management to
homeless people with mental illness and other disabilities and authorizing
the City Manager or designee to enter into an agreement with TDHCA.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI:
SECTION 1. That the City of Corpus Christi has applied for $190,458.00 of Homeless Housing and
Services Program funding from the Texas Department of Housing and Community Affairs
(“TDHCA”) and is accepting the funds to provide temporary and permanent housing and case
management services to homeless persons with mental illness and other disabilities.
SECTION 2. That the City Manager or designee is authorized to execute all documents necessary
to accept the grant funding from TDHCA and to implement the Homeless Housing and Services
Program for homeless persons with mental illness and other disabilities.
PASSED AND APPROVED on the day of , 2021:
Paulette M. Guajardo _______________________
Roland Barrera _______________________
Gil Hernandez _______________________
Michael Hunter _______________________
Billy Lerma _______________________
John Martinez _______________________
Ben Molina _______________________
Mike Pusley _______________________
Greg Smith _______________________
ATTEST: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
DATE: March 2, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
FROM: Al Raymond, Director, Development Services
AlRaymond@cctexas.com
(361)826-3575
Richard Martinez, Director, Public Works
RichardM5@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3419
CAPTION:
Resolution by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi requesting financial assistance from the Texas
Water Development Board for a 12-mile OSO Creek Channel Bottom and Green Infrastructure project;
authorizing the filing of an application for financial assistance; and making certain findings in connection
therewith.
SUMMARY:
This resolution authorizes an application for financial assistance from the Texas Water Development
Board for $4,751,502 for planning and design for the Oso Creek Channel Bottom and Green
Infrastructure project. Financial assistance is through a low interest loan, with up to $4,250,000 available
in principal forgiveness. This is an application for financial assistance, and if the award is favorable, staff
will bring the item back to City Council for consideration of acceptance.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF), authorized by the Clean Water Act, provides low-cost
financial assistance for planning, acquisition, design, and construction of wastewater, reuse, and
stormwater infrastructure. Eligible applicants for the CWSRF include cities, counties, districts, river
authorities, designated management agencies, authorized Indian tribal organizations, and public and
private entities proposing nonpoint source or estuary management projects.
In March 2020, the City of Corpus Christi submitted a project information form (PIF) to request funding
Resolution by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi requesting financial assistance from the
Texas Water Development Board; authorizing the filing of an application for financial assistance
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
Resolution for March 23, 2021
for the Oso Creek Channel Bottom Rectification and Green Infrastructure Project. This project would
address a 12-mile section of Oso Creek channel from Greenwood Drive to Cayo del Oso including
channel modifications to remove peaks and valleys, and implement bank stabilization, revegetation, and
other green infrastructure techniques. It will advance long term resilience by enhancing capacity of
stormwater system and improving water quality. The total project cost is estimated at $44 million. This
includes $4,751,502 for planning and designs costs. The TWDB stated that the city could phase the
project and could apply in a subsequent year for construction.
The TWDB added this project to the State’s 2021 Intentional Use Plan (IUP) and issued an invitation to
apply for financial assistance on January 22, 2021. The Oso Creek project was ranked as number one
in the IPU under the category of Nonpoint Source Pollution, and $17.5 million in financial assistance is
available for the project along with an opportunity of $4,250,000 in principal forgiveness.
Both below market interest rate loans and loan forgiveness (similar to grants) are offered. Loan terms are
available up to 30 years. Principal forgiveness is available on a limited basis to eligible communities. The
Oso Creek project has been identified as eligible for principal forgiveness, subject to funding availability.
Final principal forgiveness eligibility is determined following application review and documented in the
Funding Award. For State Fiscal Year 2021, at least $250 Million is available under the CWSRF for all
financing options including $28.6 Million in principal forgiveness.
ALTERNATIVES:
Continue to seek other funding sources for the project.
FISCAL IMPACT:
If the application is approved by the Texas Water Development Board, phase 1 of the project could be
financed up to $4,751,502 with an opportunity for principal forgiveness. Financing can be arranged
through bonds, loan agreements, system revenue, contract revenue, or tax revenue pledges.
FUNDING DETAIL:
Revenue:
Fund:
Organization/Activity:
Mission Element:
Project # (CIP Only):
Account:
Expense:
Fund:
Organization/Activity:
Mission Element:
Project # (CIP Only):
Account:
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends approval of the resolution.
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Resolution
TWDB Invitation to Apply
SFY 2021 Intended Use Plan Appendix J.
Resolution by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi requesting financial assistance
from the Texas Water Development Board for a 12-mile OSO Creek Channel Bottom and
Green Infrastructure project; authorizing the filing of an application for financial assistance;
and making certain findings in connection therewith.
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI:
SECTION 1: That an application is hereby approved and authorized to be filed with the Texas
Water Development board seeking financial assistance in an amount not to exceed $4,751,502 for
the costs of planning and design of the Oso Creek Channel Bottom Rectification and Green
Infrastructure project.
SECTION 2: That Peter Zanoni, City Manager, or designee be designated the authorized
representative of the City of Corpus Christi for purposes of furnishing such information and executing
such documents as may be required in connection with the preparation and filing of such application
for financial assistance and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board.
SECTION 3: That the City Manager or designees are hereby authorized and directed to aid and
assist in the preparation and submission of such application and appear on behalf of and represent
the City of Corpus Christi before any hearing held by the Texas Water Development Board on
such application.
PASSED AND APPROVED on the ______ day of _________, 2021:
Paulette M. Guajardo _______________________
Roland Barrera _______________________
Gil Hernandez _______________________
Michael Hunter _______________________
Billy Lerma _______________________
John Martinez _______________________
Ben Molina _______________________
Mike Pusley _______________________
Greg Smith _______________________
ATTEST: CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
P.O. Box 13231, 1700 N. Congress Ave.
Austin, TX 78711-3231, www.twdb.texas.gov
Phone (512) 463-7847, Fax (512) 475-2053
Our Mission
Leading the state’s efforts in ensuring a
secure water future for Texas and its citizens
.............
Board Members
Peter M. Lake, Chairman │ Kathleen Jackson, Board Member │Brooke T. Paup, Board Member
Jeff Walker, Executive Administrator
January 22, 2021
Ms. Nina Nixon-Mendez
Assistant Director
City of Corpus Christi
P.O. Box 9277
Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277
ninam@cctexas.com
Re: State Fiscal Year Amended 2021 Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF)
Application Invitation
Dear Ms. Nixon-Mendez:
We are pleased to provide you this official notice that the City of Corpus Christi is hereby
invited to submit an application for funding to the Texas Water Development Board
(TWDB) through the Clean Water State Revolving Fund.
The proposed project is listed in the Intended Use Plan (IUP) as being eligible to receive
funding as shown below:
Project Description Oso Creek Channel Bottom Rectification &
Green Infrastructure
Eligible Phases Planning Design & Construction
Project Information Form Number 13352
Eligible Project Costs $17,500,000
Your proposed project has also been identified as eligible for principal forgiveness
allocated for equivalency, which is subject to funding availability. Final principal
forgiveness eligibility is determined following a detailed review of the full application
budget and will be documented in a Funding Determination Letter prior to the Board
taking formal action on the funding request. The eligible amount is subject to the
current NPS maximum commitment amount a project may receive under the SFY 2021
IUP of $17.5 million. The Water Development Fund program is a potential funding option for the remaining $26,001,502 proposed project cost.
Both of the following deadlines must be met for the project to receive funding
consideration: •The attached Intent to Apply Form must be submitted via email to
SRFIUPSubmissions@twdb.texas.gov by 5:00pm CST on February 26, 2021. The
Ms. Nina Nixon-Mendez
January 22, 2021
Page 2
Intent to Apply Form includes a Statement of Funding section that TWDB will use to
confirm the amount of funds requested. To allow effective management of the
limited principal forgiveness allocation, increases in the amount of funds requested
will not be considered after the Intent to Apply form is received.
• If you do intend to apply, the complete application must be received by TWDB no
later than 5:00 p.m., CST on March 31, 2021. Late submittals will not be accepted.
Application submittal guidance and the related application materials may be found
on our website at www.twdb.texas.gov/financial/applications/.
A pre-application conference is a requirement of the Clean Water State Revolving Fund
program. If you have not already scheduled yours, please contact Team 6 by phone at 512-
463-8492 or by e-mail at Dannelle.Tejeda@twdb.texas.gov. They will be able to assist you
with scheduling a meeting prior to your submission of the application.
We look forward to working with the City of Corpus Christi on its project. Please contact
Issá McDaniel, Program Coordinator, by phone at (512) 463-1706 or by email at
issa.mcdaniel@twdb.texas.gov, should you have any concerns or questions.
Sincerely,
Mark Wyatt
Director, Program Administration and Reporting
Water Supply and Infrastructure
cc: Mr. Wilfredo Rivera, wrivera@hanson-inc.com
WSI-RWPD-Team 6
Texas Water Development Board
SFY 2021 Clean Water State Revolving Fund
Intended Use Plan
Appendix J. Project Priority List - By Rank
Rank Points PIF #Entity NPDES #Population Project Description EPA
Cat.
Requested
Phase(s)
Total Project Cost Disadv
%
Green
Type
GPR Related
PIF #'s
Nonpoint Source
1 93 13352
Corpus Christi 123,307 The past decade has resulted in significantly higher numbers
of extreme storm events, and an increase in tropical storm severity. Oso Creek, which serves as the natural storm water
conveyance for the region has been subjected to severe flash
floods, especially during tropical storm season. Oso Creek extends 24 miles through Corpus Christi’s city limits and extraterritorial jurisdiction (ETJ) and terminates on the Cayo
del Oso. This project will address flooding, stemming from
repeated flooding events, one which was a Disaster Declaration (DR-4223) in 2015. By enhancing a 12 mile
section of the natural creek channel, the project will improve
the capacity of the stormwater system and provide reduction in storm water pollution through preventing erosion and
providing infiltration of runoff water into the soil with bank and
outfall stabilization and revegetation.
GPR PDC $43,501,502.00 50% Yes-BC $43,501,502.00
2 80 13368
Los Fresnos 7,707 Flooding constantly occurs during large rainfall events in
three areas (Resaca Escondida, Valle Alto, and Whipple Rd.)
within the city limits. This project is proposing to complete drainage improvements at three areas (Resaca Escondida,
Valle Alto, and Whipple Rd.) and to create a master plan for a
reliable functioning of the city’s storm drainage system.
GPR PADC $1,674,200.00 50%
Texas Water Development Board
SFY 2021 Clean Water State Revolving Fund
Intended Use Plan
Appendix J. Project Priority List - By Rank
Rank Points PIF #Entity NPDES #Population Project Description EPA
Cat.
Requested
Phase(s)
Total Project Cost Disadv
%
Green
Type
GPR Related
PIF #'s
Nonpoint Source
3 45 13273
Nueces Co DCD # 2 11,901 There is a need to have a structured approach to resolve the
many issues presented by flooding events at the NCDD2 area of responsibility. The Master Drainage Plan will present a
unified strategy to resolve and mitigate the Regional Flooding
Events. Develop a Master Drainage Plan for the jurisdictional limits of Nueces County Drainage District No. 2, as well as the Petronila Creek and surrounding watersheds. The Master
Drainage Plan will include research, data collection, and
coordination with local, state, and federal agencies to obtain the latest information available for use with GIS mapping,
hydrologic & hydraulic analyses, and infrastructure planning.
Inventory of existing infrastructure will require field survey data to accurately analyze the structures, open channels,
detention facilities, and storm drain systems. Community
involvement will consist of public input to confirm field data and identify other areas of concern, and discussions of
drainage issues and solutions. Based on the inventory of
existing infrastructure the Plan will identify existing drainage systems that need improvement, flood prone areas, and
provide recommendations to address areas of concern
through structural and non-structural measures.
Other P $64,088.00 50% IUP 2020:
PIF#13241
4 32 13320
Hays County 225,000 Hays County has identified a need to restore and preserve
water quality in the county's waterways. To improve and
protect the water quality in the county's waterways, Hays County will acquire water quality protection land.
NPS A $30,000,000.00 Yes-BC $30,000,000.00
Nonpoint
Source Total
4 $75,239,790.00 3 2 $73,501,502.00
Total 103 $1,253,463,037.00 68 33 $253,067,712.00
Phase(s): P-Planning; A-Acquisition; D-Design; C-Construction
Green Type: BC-Business Case; CE-Categorically Eligible; Comb-Project consists of both CE and BC components
Resolution requesting financial assistance from
the Texas Water Development Board; authorizing
the filing of an application for financial
assistance.
Resolution
City Council
Mach 23, 2021
2
Clean Water State Revolving Fund
• The Clean Water State Revolving Fund (CWSRF), authorized
by the Clean Water Act, provides low-cost financial assistance
for planning,acquisition,design,and construction of
wastewater, reuse, and stormwater infrastructure.
• In March 2020, the City of Corpus Christi submitted a project
information form (PIF) to request funding for the Oso Creek
Channel Bottom Rectification and Green Infrastructure Project.
• The TWDB added this project to the State’s 2021 Intentional
Use Plan (IUP) and an invitation to apply for financial
assistance was received on January 22, 2021.
• Assistance deadline is March 31, 2021 at 5 p.m.
3
•Channel improvements to a 12-
mile section of Oso Creek to
remove peaks and valleys,
provide bank stabilization,
revegetation, and other green
infrastructure techniques, remove
debris and construct a pervious
access roads for cleaning and
maintenance purposes.
•Positive effect on The Lakes,
Kings Crossing,Sun Valley
Estates, Oso Parkway and Cedar
Ridge neighborhoods on the
north side of the creek.
Oso Creek Bottom Rectification
4
Clean Water State Revolving Fund
• The Oso Creek project was ranked as number one in the IPU
under the category of Nonpoint Source Pollution.
• The total project cost is $44 million.
• Financial assistance of up to $17.5 million is available with an
opportunity of $4,250,000 in principal forgiveness, and a low
interest loan for the balance.
• Final principal forgiveness eligibility is determined following
application review and documented in the Funding Award.
• TWDB will allow a phased application.The city’s request
would be $4,751,502 for planning and design.
5
Approval
Recommendation
DATE: March 23, 2021
TO: Peter Zanoni, City Manager
THRU: Neiman Young, Assistant City Manager
neimany@cctexas.com
(361) 826-3898
FROM: Bill Mahaffey, Director of Gas Department
billm@cctexas.com
(361) 826-8201
CAPTION:
Ordinance amending the Code of Ordinances, Chapter 55, Utilities, Section 55 -61
(a.)(1&2) regarding classification of customers and schedules of rates in order to mitigate
the gas bills from February's extreme weather event for residential c ustomers effective
June 1, 2021.
SUMMARY:
The cold weather event that occurred in February will have an impact on utility bills for
the City of Corpus Christi’s residential gas customers. From February 12, 2021 to
February 19, 2021, the cost of gas jumped from an average monthly price of $4.09 per
one thousand cubic feet (mcf) the week prior to over $100 per mcf for several days. To
put this into perspective, this price increase has led our resident’s cost for natural gas to
surge from slightly over one million in January to nearly tens of millions in February.
Customers who used more mcf of gas in February will see that increased consumption
on their March utility bill. The cost that the City incurs for gas is recovered in the following
month’s billing cycle through the Purchased Gas Adjustment (PGA) Rate. However, the
2600% increase in the February’s PGA has led the City staff to explore alternate pricing
measures to recoup the cost from gas customers.
Based on preliminary data, this surge in gas costs, without intervention, would cause the
average residential customer’s gas bill during this extreme cold weather event to reach
Ordinance Adjusting Natural Gas Rates for Residential Class Customers
AGENDA MEMORANDUM
First Reading Ordinance for City Council Meeting of March 23, 2021
Second Reading Ordinance for City Council Meeting of March 30, 2021
an estimated $600 as compared to $30 during routine weather. For customers that used
generators and/or gas heaters, the bill would be above $2,000 without intervention as
opposed to $120 during routine weather.
BACKGROUND AND FINDINGS:
The City’s Gas Ordinance requires that all costs borne by gas operations be recouped by
the City. The Gas Department desires to comply with City Ordinances while also
smoothing the financial burden this action will place on our customers. To accomplish
this, City staff proposes the Ordinance be amended in order to implement the following
Gas Utility Mitigation Program (GUMP) for residential customers:
Beginning June 1, 2021
a. The minimum monthly cost of service charge will increase from $11.65 to
approximately $18.60
b. The gas volume included in the minimum bill will increase from 1 to 2 MCF
free of charge.
c. The cost of service volume charge will be set to a fixed rate of $2.25 per
MCF
d. Remaining finance costs of the unpaid balance not paid through the cost of
service rate adjustment will be recovered through future PGA rates. The
monthly increase to the PGA will vary but is not expected to exceed $1.50
per MCF.
ALTERNATIVES:
Not adopting the GUBM plan will lead to residential gas customers experiencing
negative financial impacts from the gas price surge as a result of the extreme weather
event.
FISCAL IMPACT:
Bill mitigation will increase revenue to cover costs related to payment of natural gas
supply during the February 2021 extreme weather event.
RECOMMENDATION:
City staff recommends adoption of the amendment to the Code of Ordinance s
LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS:
Residential GUMP Presentation
Ordinance Amendment – Gas Rate Schedule
Ordinance adjusting natural gas rates
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS:
SECTION 1. Section 55-61 of the Code of Ordinances regarding gas rates is revised to delete the struck-
through text and insert the underlined text to be effective June 1, 2021.
Sec. 55-61. - Classification of customers and schedules of rates.
(a) Residential customers.
(1) Inside city limits:
a. Winter rates (from November Cycle 11 through April Cycle 10).
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016June 1, 2021
Meter Charge $1.2718.60
First 1 2 MCF (minimum bill) 10.380.00
Next 2 MCF All over 2 MCF 5.81 2.25
Next 3 MCF 3.36
Next 4 MCF 3.26
Next 20 MCF 3.17
Next 20 MCF 2.71
All over 50 MCF 2.25
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
b. Summer rates (from April Cycle 11 through November Cycle 10).
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $1.27
First 1 MCF (Minimum Bill) 10.38
Next 2 MCF 5.81
Next 3 MCF 3.36
Next 4 MCF 2.53
Next 20 MCF 1.69
Next 20 MCF 1.65
All over 50 MCF 1.50
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(2) Outside city limits:
a. Winter rates (from November Cycle 11 through April Cycle 10).
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $1.53
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 12.80
Next 2 MCF 6.50
Next 3 MCF 3.77
Next 4 MCF 3.66
Next 20 MCF 3.56
Next 20 MCF 3.03
All over 50 MCF 2.52
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
b. Summer rates (from April Cycle 11 through November Cycle 10).
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $1.53
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 12.80
Next 2 MCF 6.50
Next 3 MCF 3.77
Next 4 MCF 2.82
Next 20 MCF 1.89
Next 20 MCF 1.84
All over 50 MCF 1.68
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(b) General rate customers (commercial, industrial, and institutional rates):
(1) Inside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $16.30
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 10.62
Next 2 MCF 5.81
Next 3 MCF 5.42
Next 4 MCF 5.33
Next 40 MCF 5.22
Next 50 MCF 2.25
Next 100 MCF 1.87
Next 100 MCF 1.65
Next 700 MCF 1.57
Next 1,000 MCF 1.35
Next 13,000 MCF 1.22
All over 15,000 MCF 1.16
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(2) Outside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $19.44
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 13.09
Next 2 MCF 6.50
Next 3 MCF 6.07
Next 4 MCF 5.97
Next 40 MCF 5.85
Next 50 MCF 2.52
Next 100 MCF 2.10
Next 100 MCF 1.84
Next 700 MCF 1.76
Next 1,000 MCF 1.52
Next 13,000 MCF 1.37
All over 15,000 MCF 1.30
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(c) Seasonal customers (partial year service) rates. (All customers who have requested a cutoff and re-
connection at the same location or for services to the same premises, including increases or reductions
of the same premises, and which cutoff was not necessitated by reason of reconstruction of the
building on the premises, shall be classified as seasonal customers, and in lieu of the rates applicable
to residential customers, shall be charged and collected the following charge for gas furnished and
delivered to the meters by the gas department of the city):
(1) Inside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $ 1.27
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 17.23
Next 2 MCF 15.56
Next 3 MCF 11.47
Next 4 MCF 7.40
Next 30 MCF 3.17
Next 20 MCF 2.71
All over 50 MCF 2.25
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(2) Outside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $ 1.53
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 20.69
Next 2 MCF 17.41
Next 3 MCF 12.85
Next 4 MCF 8.28
Next 20 MCF 3.56
Next 20 MCF 3.03
All over 50 MCF 2.52
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(d) Incentive air cooling and conditioning rate customers rates. (Limited to customers using less than
fifteen thousand (15,000) MCF per month annual average. All genera l rate customers that have
installed total energy or have gas operated air cooling and air conditioning equipment, or both, and
have an average used in MCF per month in the seven (7) summer months that exceeds the five (5)
winter months in average use, when inspected and approved by the gas department, who request in
writing to be billed in the summer months on the summer incentive gas rate schedule starting with
Cycle 11 in April and ending with the billing Cycle 10 in November shall be billed on the following rate
schedule):
(1) Inside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $16.30
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 10.62
Next 2 MCF 5.81
Next 3 MCF 5.42
Next 4 MCF 4.71
Next 40 MCF 3.97
Next 150 MCF 1.69
Next 100 MCF 1.57
Next 700 MCF 1.35
Next 1,000 MCF 1.22
Next 13,000 MCF 1.16
All over 15,000 MCF 1.11
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(2) Outside city limits:
Rate per MCF
Monthly Consumption Effective
January 1, 2016
Meter Charge $19.44
First 1 MCF (minimum bill) 13.09
Next 2 MCF 6.50
Next 3 MCF 6.07
Next 4 MCF 5.28
Next 40 MCF 4.45
Next 150 MCF 1.89
Next 100 MCF 1.76
Next 700 MCF 1.52
Next 1,000 MCF 1.37
Next 13,000 MCF 1.30
All over 15,000 MCF 1.24
Note: Rates do not include purchased gas adjustment and sales tax, where applicable.
(e) Purchased gas adjustment (PGA). The rates in subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section are
subject to gas cost adjustments as follows: Rates will be adjusted monthly by the city following the
receipt of notice of the cost of gas from the supplier to pass on to the consumer the full amount of such
cost adjusted for pressure base and gas loss and unaccounted-for factors. Additional fees and charges
paid to the supplier, which are necessary for the city to receive the gas, shall be included in the cost
of gas. All general rate customers, who consume over fifteen thousand (15,000) MCF in one (1) month,
and who receive gas from the city's distribution system at the same pressure base at which the city
receives the gas from its supplier (14.65 psi), shall be billed 2.05 per cent less per MCF for purchased
gas adjustment than the general customer rate schedule. Transmission costs including operating, debt
service, fixed rate/volume gas resale losses, gas processing and storage will be included in the cost
of gas. Unpaid gas costs resulting from price adjustments during extreme daily pricing, gas losses,
billing errors, and other events will be distributed monthly during a recovery period and included in
future monthly gas costs. During extreme daily market pricing events customers using city gas to
generate electricity for the purposes of selling back to the grid or intermittent users with usage profiles
outside of their average use may be charged based on their actual daily cost of gas.
(f) Interruptions. Deliveries of gas to commercial or industrial customers may be interrupted or curtailed
in case of shortage, or threatened shortage, of gas supply from any cause whatsoever, to conserve
gas for residential and other human need customers served hereunder, according to all mandatory
orders of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.
(Code 1958, §§ 38-46, 38-47; Ord. No. 8552, § 1, 8-2-1967; Ord. No. 9685, § 1, 3-25-1970; Ord.
No. 9812, § 1, 6-24-1970; Ord. No. 9883, § 2, 8-12-1970; Ord. No. 11614, § 1, 8-8-1973; Ord.
No. 11755, § 1, 10-24-1973; Ord. No. 11867, § 1, 1-9-1974; Ord. No. 12210, § 1, 8-7-1974; Ord.
No. 15043, § 1, 8-8-1979; Ord. No. 15701, §§ 1, 3, 8-13-1980; Ord. No. 15950, §§ 1, 3, 12-24-
1980; Ord. No. 16451, § 1, 8-12-1981; Ord. No. 16582, § 1, 10-7-1981; Ord. No. 17155, §§ 1, 2,
4, 7-28-1982; Ord. No. 17761, §§ 1, 2, 4, 8-3-1983; Ord. No. 18939, §§ 1, 2, 4, 7-23-1985; Ord.
No. 21001, § 1, 10-9-1990; Ord. No. 21439, § 1, 7-21-1992; Ord. No. 21814, § 1(d), 12-14-
1993; Ord. No. 23706, § 1, 7-20-1999; Ord. No. 24132, § 1, 7-25-2000; Ord. No. 24531, § 1c, 7-
24-2001; Ord. No. 24969, § 4, 7-23-2002; Ord. No. 25396, § 4, 7-22-2003; Ord. No. 025866, §
3, 7-27-2004; Ord. No. 026368, § 3, 7-26-2005; Ord. No. 026900, § 3, 7-25-2006; Ord. No.
027355, § 3, 7-24-2007; Ord. No. 027781, § 5, 7-22-2008; Ord. No. 028256, § 3, 7-28-2009;
Ord. No. 028688, § 1, 7-20-2010; Ord. No. 029917, § 3, 7-30-2013; Ord. No. 030242, § 3(Exh.
A), 7-29-2014; Ord. No. 030295, § 3, 9-23-2014; Ord. No. 030605, § 2, 9-8-2015)
SECTION 2. Publication shall be made in the official publication of the City of Corpus Christi
as required by the City Charter of the City of Corpus Christi.
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second reading on this
the ______ day of March 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo _________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera _________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez _________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter _________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma _________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this the
______day of _____________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo _________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera _________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez _________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter _________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma _________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the _______ day of _____________, 2021.
ATTEST:
______________________________ ___________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor
Residential Gas Utility Mitigation Program (GUMP)
1
•Extreme winter weather event resulted in record natural gas sales volumes and
significant spike in gas prices.
•Customer bills will be adversely affected without assistance.
•Propose assistance through a Bill Mitigation Program:
•Calculate bills using pre-event gas prices
•Collect unpaid balance from customers over 7-year period
2
•Entire unpaid balance can be financed at attractive rates.
•Revenue recovery mechanism:
•Recovered in proportion to usage
•Increase in cost of service and PGA adder
•Provides meaningful bill mitigation, but maintains revenue stability
Residential Gas Utility Mitigation Program (GUMP)
Purchased Gas Adjustment (PGA)
3
•The Corpus Christi Gas Department passes through to customers the full cost of gas used
each month by charging a PGA rate per 1,000 cu-ft of gas used (mcf)
•PGA = (Monthly Cost of Gas + PGA Adder**)/Monthly Volume Delivered
•PGA is expected to average $4.70 per mcf during the cost recovery period, which reflects an
increase of $0.93 per mcf over current rate
**NOTE: PGA Adder = Transmission related costs including operating costs, debt service, and lost gas
Residential Service Rate – Current vs GUMP
4
Current Rates Proposed GUMP Rates
Minimum Charge-$11.65 per month Minimum Charge-$18.60 per month
Volume Charges per mcf (block rates)Volume Charge per mcf (single rate)
First 1 mcf- $0 First 2 mcf- $0; 3 mcf or more - $2.25
Next 2 mcf- $5.81
Next 3 mcf- $3.36
Next 4 mcf- $3.26
Next 20 mcf- $2.71
Next 50 mcf- $2.25
Residential Average Bill – Current vs GUMP
Cost of service and expected PGA
5
Current Average Bill Proposed GUMP Average Bill
Summer- $16.35 (1 mcf)Summer- $23.30 (1 mcf)
Annual- $26.86 (2 mcf)Annual- $28.00 (2 mcf)
Winter- $37.37 (3 mcf)Winter- $34.95 (3 mcf)
1
Ordinance appointing Mike Alaniz, Jacqueline Del Llano Chapa, Mark DeKoch,
Gail G. Loeb, Julianna Siracusa Rivera, and David Walsh as full-time
Municipal Judges of the Municipal Court of Record in the City of Corpus
Christi, Texas; appointing Gail G. Loeb as the presiding judge; appointing
Jerry L. Batek, Bill Bonilla, Kali Guttman, Christopher E. Matt, George Picha,
and Todd A. Robinson, as part-time judges of the Municipal Court of Record
in the City Of Corpus Christi; determining salary; providing a term of office;
and declaring an effective date
WHEREAS, pursuant to Corpus Christi Code Sec. 29-4, the City Council shall
appoint municipal judges, as deemed necessary for the benefit and conduct of the court.
Each judge shall be appointed by the City Council and shall hold office for a two-year term
coterminous with the term of the appointing City Council unless sooner removed or until
the successor, if any, is appointed;
WHEREAS, the City Council shall by ordinance appoint its municipal judges
pursuant to Texas Government Code §30.00006; and
WHEREAS, the City Council finds the following appointees meet the qualifications
for Municipal Court judge pursuant to Corpus Christi Code and State law.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY
OF CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS, THAT:
SECTION 1. That Mike Alaniz, Jacqueline Del Llano Chapa, Mark DeKoch, Gail G. Loeb,
Julianna Siracusa Rivera, and David Walsh are appointed as Municipal Judges of the
Municipal Court of Record in the City of Corpus Christi, Texas.
SECTION 2. That Gail G. Loeb is appointed as Presiding Judge of the Municipal Court of
Record in the City of Corpus Christi, Texas.
SECTION 3. Gail G. Loeb shall receive the fixed salary of $122,225.89. Jacqueline Del
Llano Chapa shall receive the fixed salary of $104,938.18. Mike James Alaniz shall receive
the fixed salary of $103,409.98. Julianna Siracusa Rivera shall receive the fixed salary of
$101,881.78. Mark DeKoch and David Walsh shall receive a fixed salary of $100,000.
SECTION 4. That each person appointed as Municipal Judge of the Municipal Court of
Record will not be entitled to a car allowance.
SECTION 5. That Jerry L. Batek, Bill Bonilla, Kali Guttman, Christopher E. Matt, George
Picha, and Todd A. Robinson are appointed as Part-Time Judges of the Municipal Court of
Record in the City of Corpus Christi, Texas.
SECTION 6. That Jerry L. Batek, Christopher E. Matt, and Todd A. Robinson shall receive
an hourly rate of $47.65 per hour. That Bill Bonilla shall receive an hourly rate of $45.58
per hour. George Picha and Kali Guttman shall receive $44.25 per hour.
2
SECTION 7. That each judge shall hold office for a term coterminous with the term of the
appointing City Council unless sooner removed or until the successor, if any, is appointed.
SECTION 8. This ordinance constitutes an action by the City Council not to reappoint any
and all judges not appointed herein.
SECTION 9. This ordinance takes effect upon passage on second reading.
3
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the first time and passed to its second reading on this
the _____ day of ___________, 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
That the foregoing ordinance was read for the second time and passed finally on this the _____
day of __________ 2021, by the following vote:
Paulette M. Guajardo ________________ John Martinez ________________
Roland Barrera ________________ Ben Molina ________________
Gil Hernandez ________________ Mike Pusley ________________
Michael Hunter ________________ Greg Smith ________________
Billy Lerma ________________
PASSED AND APPROVED on this the ______ day of _________________, 2021.
ATTEST:
_________________________ ________________________
Rebecca Huerta Paulette M. Guajardo
City Secretary Mayor